IMAGE EVALUATION
TEST TARGET (MT-3)

1.0 ^1^ 1^

1^
1^ 124

I.I

11.25

IS 120

Phok^raphic

Sciences
Corporation

23 WEST MAIN STREET

WEBSTER, NY. 14580

(716) 872-4503

CIHM/ICMH

Microfiche

Series.

CIHM/ICMH
Collection de
microfiches.

Canadian Institute for Historical Microreproductions / Institut canadien de microreproductions historiques

Technical and Bibliographic Notes/Note^ techniques et bibliographiques

The Institute has attempted to obtain the best
original copy available for filming. Features of this
copy which may be bibliographically unique,
which may alter any of the images in the
reproduction, or which may significantly change
the usual method of filming, are checked below.

Coloured covers/
Couverture de couleur

I I Covers damaged/

Couverture endommagde

Covers restored and/or laminated/
Couverture restaurde et/ou pellicul6e

Cover title missing/

Le titre de couverture manque

Coloured maps/

Cartes gdographiques en couleur

Coloured ink (i.e. other than blue or black)/
Encre de couleur (i.e. autre que bleue ou noire)

I I Coloured plates and/or illustrations/

Planches et/ou illustrations en couleur

Bound with other material/
Relid avec d'autres documents

FTI Tight binding may cause shadows or distortion

along interior margin/

La re liure sarrde peut causer de I'ombre ou de la

distortion le long da la marge int^rieure

Blank leaves added during restoration may
appear within the text. Whenever possible, these
have been omitted from filming/
11 se peut que certaines pages blanches ajout6es
lors d'une restauration apparaissent dans le texte,
mais, lorsque cela 6tait possible, ces pages n'ont
pas 6t6 film^es.

Additional comments:/
Commentaires suppl6mentaires:

L'Institut a microfilm^ le meilleur exemplaire
qu'il lui a dtd possible de se procurer. Les details
de cet exemplaire qui sont peut-dtre uniques du
point de vue bibliographique, qui peuvent modifier
une image reproduite, ou qui peuvent exiger une
modification dans la mdthode normale de filmage
sont indiqu6s ci-dessous.

D
D

n
n

Coloured pages/
Pages de couleur

Pages damaged/
Pages endommagdes

Pages restored and/or laminated/
Pages restaurdes et/ou pelliculdes

Pages discoloured, stained or foxed/
Pages ddcolordes, tachetdes ou piqudes

Pages detached/
Pages ddtachdes

Showthrough/
Transparence

Quality of print varies/
Quality indgale de I'impression

Includes supplementary material/
Comprend du materiel suppldmentaire

Only edition available/
Seule Edition disponible

Pages wholly or partially obscured by errata
slips, tissues, etc., have been refilmed to
ensure the best possible image/
Les pages totalement ou partiellement
obscurcies par un feuillet d'errata, une pelure,
etc., ont M filmdes d nouveau de fapon d
obtenir la meilleure image possible.

This item is filmed at the reduction ratio checked below/

Ce document est filmd au taux de reduction indiqud ci-dessous.

10X

14X

18X

22X

26X

30X

12X

16X

20X

24X

28X

3iUt

The copy filmed here has been reproduced thanks
to the generosity of:

National Library of Canada

L'exemplaire film6 fut reproduit grdce d la
g6n6rosit6 de:

Bibliothdque nationale du Canada

The images appearing here are the best quality
possible considering the condition and legibility
of the original copy and in keeping with the
filming contract specifications.

Original copies in printed paper covers are filmed
beginning with the front cover and ending on
the last page with a printed or illustrated impres-
sion, or the back cover when appropriate. All
other original copies are filmed beginning on the
first page with a printed or illustrated impres-
sion, and ending on the last page with a printed
or illustrated impression.

The last recorded frame on each microfiche
shall contain the symbol — ^ (meaning "CON-
TINUED"). or the symbol V (meaning "END"),
whichever applies.

Maps, plates, charts, etc., may be filmed at
different reduction ratios. Those too large to be
entirely included in one exposure are filmed
beginning in the upper left hand corner, left to
right and top to bottom, as many frames as
required. The following diagrams illustrate the
method:

Les images suivantes ont 6t6 reproduites avec le
plus grand soin, compte tenu de la condition et
de la nettetd de l'exemplaire filmd, et en
conformity avec les conditions du contrat de
filmage.

Les exemplaires originaux dont la couverture en
papier est imprim^e sont filmds en commenpant
par le premier plat et en terminant soit par la
dernidre page qui comporte une empreinte
d'impression ou d'iltustration, soit par le second
plat, selon le cas. Tous les autres exemplaires
originaux sont filmds en commenpant par la
premidre page qui comporte une empreinte
d'impression ou d'illustration et en terminant par
la dernidre page qui comporte une telle
empreinte.

Un des symboles suivants apparaitra sur la
dernidre image de cheque microfiche, selon le
cas: le symbole — ► signifie "A SUIVRE", le
symbole y signifie "FIN".

Les cartes, planches, tableaux, etc., peuvent Stre
filmds d des taux de reduction diffdrents.
Lorsque le document est trop grand pour dtre
reproduit en un seul clichd, il est film6 d partir
de Tangle sup6rieur gauche, de gauche d droite,
et de haut en bas, en prenant le nombre
d'images n^cessaire. Les diagrammes suivants
illustrent la mdthode.

32X

THE

u,.

G. 0. BEi

!•

THE

THIRD BOOK

READING LESSONS

COMPILED BY

■3^

THE BROTHERS OF THE CHRISTIAN SCHOOLS.

NEW EDITION,

REVISED, AW) DEFmiTIONS PREFIIED TO EACH LESSON.

'I'

MONTREAL:

PUBLISHED FC« THE CHRISTIAN BROTHERS V\ ~ '

C, 0. BEAUGHEMIN & VALOIS, BOOKSELLERS AND PUINTERS,

«37 4 239, St. Paul Street, '' 8 fi 2 S

(

[

1 .

PREFACE.

The Tuird Book of Heading Lessons, of whicli a new
edition is now presented to the public i)y the Christian
Brothers, will be found to correspond in tnatler and
arrangement with the foregoing parts of the series. In
its adaptation to the analytic, or explanatory mode of ins-
truction, as well as in the order, variety, and graduated
scale of the lessons, it will be found, not only to harmo-
nize with the educational system of the Inslitute from
wdiich it emanates, but to exhibit its peculiar features.

In the short sketches of History, Geography, and
Science, which are scattered throughout the work, the
compilers have endeavored to select whatever was most
picturesque and striking, for the purpose of exciling the
interest of the youthful mind, by the charms of truth,
and presenting the wonders of nature in so strong a light,
as to render the marvels of liclion tame and feeble in com-
parison. In order to accommodate the length of the ex-
tracts to the capacity of the class of readers for whom the
Third Book is designed, and to allbrd the teachers an op-
portunity of practical illustration, it has been considered
expedient to render the lessons as short as the nature of
the subjects would admit. By the miscellaneous charac-
ter of the arrangement, an opportunity is afforded of
training the pupil to habits, not only of observation, but
of reflection ; the lirst, by a reference to living objects, or
to the scenes arid characters of real life ; the second, by
the impressive appeals of religious truth, which, apart

If' } '.

/'I

from their moral crfocts, possess a paramount influence
in giving a rcllecting tone to the mind. As the tacts of
rehgion have rurnished at all times the best refutation of
its adversaries, it has heen considered judicious, occasion-
ally to vary its didactic lessons with hrief extracts from
the history of the Christian Church. ;

Among the moral and religious pieces in prose and
poetry, the pupils of the Christian Schools will recognize
the elfusions of one whose voice once sup[»lied the lessons
now furnished hy his writings, and whose living example
impressed the moral which his memory must illustrate
for the future. The look of attention and the tone of he-
nevolence, in which these lessons were conveyed, will
indeed he missed j hut his spirit will still speak to the
hearts of those over whom he bent with more than
parental solicitude. In recalling the memory of one who,
for their sakes, forsook not only the first circle of litterary
distinction, but the more endearing one of kindred and
of home, it will not fail also to convey the salutary truth,
that the highest attainments of the scholar may be still
further exalted and ennobled by religion ; that the lustre
of genius never appears to such advantage as through the
veil of humility ; and that the moral beauty of virtue
itself acquires an additional charm, when exercised in the
cause of charity.

CUVIER.

CONTENTS.

PAGS

Rules for Rejulini? nnd Rocilation 10

Introductory Lesson on Heading 11

The English Language liiair 280

Prefixes, Alilxes, and Roots of words 878

MORAL AND RELIGIOUS LESSONS.

tmportance of Early Habits Mnssillon 13

Chi'istian Fortitude Veith 26

Adlierence to Truth L'Ecole des Moeura 35

Vhe Fallen Leaf Anon 39

First C(»nimunion Studenmnier 41

IloUandtide G. Griffin 55

The Join-ney to Bethlehem Dr. Wiseman 57

Respect for Old Age Adtlison 68

The Zealous Child Lettres Edifinnten 79

lluniility, the Foundation of Patience ..... liutler 92

Providential Delivera.ice Pcre Geranih 101

Forgiveness of liijwries Mnnzoni 113

Death of a Young friend G. Griffin 118

St. Bridget Moore 131

The flower everlasting G, Griffin 148

Modesty and Humility Mnnzoni 161

The Cross of Ihi' South Humboldt Hi

The Duties of School-boys Hollin 183

The Seven Churches G. Griffin 203

Influence of Religion on the Tyrolose Alison 222

Prayer ' Massillon 245

Excellence and Uses of the Eye G. Griffin 250

The Everlasting Church Edinburgh Review 302

Death of the Christian Chateaubriand 307

StIENCE.

Of the Fixed Stars Joyce 85

Influence of Heat on the Creation Amot \\i

On Light W. 153

Properties of matter Id. 180

(Ueam Navigation Id. 219

*^iL

.'.*]
'^=^i

tf PAGE

On the Laws of Motion Joj/c? 229

Laws of Motion ^coiitimicd) Id. 233

The Diving Jk'll Cyclopedia 235

Gravity or Attraction Arnott 248

Architecture Cyclopedia 260

CHURCH HISTORY. ' ]

riio Life of our Lord DOllinger 70

The f.ile of our Lord (continued) Id. Id

Kstahlishment of the Church Id. 104

Chiiritianity in Britain Lingnrd lOG

Destruction of Jerusalem DOllinger 121

Virtues of the Early Christians Reeve 146

The Emperor Constantine DOllinger 165

Final Destruction of the Temple Bercastcl 190

GEOGRAPHY

The Wall of China Synith's Wonders 17

The Banks of the Savannah Dr. England 25

Ice Islands and Icebergs of Spitzbergen .... Goldsmith 28

Remarkable Lakes Smith's Wonders 50

Natural Divisions of the Earth C 5. 141

Europe C. B. 157

Asia C. B. 176

The Lakes of Killarney Clarke's Wo}iders 185

Africa C. B. 190

Glendalough W^akeman 205

America C. B. 215

The North Cape Anon 239

Oceanica Multe Brun 253

The Giant's Causeway ....... Clarke's Wonders 264

Guadaloupe Dr. England 270

Figure of the Earth C. B. 274

Norwegian Winter Inglis 286

Solar System C. B. 291

African Deserts 1 Clarke's Wonders 296

NATURAL HISTORY.

Animal Sagacity Smith's Wonders 15

The Cork-Tree # Mayo 18

The Leopard and Panther Aikman 22

The Locust . Id. 30

The CoHee-Tree . . , Vegetable Productions 33

The Tiger Aikman 46

Indian-Rubber, and Sponge , . . Mayo 51

The Cassique Waterton 64

The Vampire Id. 87

rAr,(.:

The NVaddinp-Trpo A^'/Z/vv ICthfnnfr.i 9;

Tilt' lly|ii»r)|int,'uriiis \il{iiuiv loy

TIio ll;il»it;ili(tii of M(i|t>s Sun'/lif \i.\

l-'orci^ii (liirraiils — T-iiii.triiuh'. — Siillroii — ("-;iiii|)li(»r . . Mm/n |-2.i

The I';i|iynis ('i\hi'irl LiUrnv>i \\\\\

Till' Ht'imloor IJhrnrn nf Enirrtinninii Knowli'ihi*' 1 i ;i

The II;il»il;itioii of lieos SmrUii' ItiT

M.inmialia Ciiricr ^jotj

Various Uses of Trees and Plants .... I'opu/nr I'hi/nMoiihi/ i>o'j

Birds Curii-r -2-it»

Fislios ('i/i'/n/K't//(f "I'M

Reptiles (nr/rr -i(;s

Insects Ci/clopcilifi t'll

POI'TICAL IJ-SSONS.

Arpfumonts for the Love of God G. GnfJ'iit, 23

Loss ill Delays SontliHwIl :ii

The Moniiii;; Lark Thointo/i ;i;J

The Captive Lark Ijtnnn 44

The Traveller at the Source of the Nile . . . J//-.v. Hi-nmns 53

Hymn of the City liri/oNi !)U

The Deserted Milage Gold^'mitk (iO

The Drowning Fly \itnii. 07

Hymn to the blessed Virgin Kahla 78

Providence Filirjija 78

Time and Eternity G, Grijfia 84

Vision of IJaltassar U\jmn 97

Switzerland GoliUnnlli 103

Hymn of a child at waking Lmnartine 113

Come not, Lord, in Terrors Maura 117

The Three Crows Bymm 1-27

Stages of Life Hill 129

The Dying Christian to his Soul Pope 140

Ave Maria ....'. Scott 140

Devotion, a Vision G. Gri//'in 150

The Banvan-Tree Moore 153

The Rainbow 161

To the Cuckoo Lof/an 104

The Annunciatior. ...» Mrs. Hemnns 163

The Cross of the South Mrs. Hemnns 1 7 4

The Sister of Mercy % W. 173

Innisfallen ] . . . Moore 188

Nature's Miracles Cowper 193

Chance Croly 196

The Choice of Friends G. Griffin 219

To my Mother H.K. White 224

The Crucifixion , . Anon. 223

kTheFire-Fly Rogers 225

f-i

PACK

Tliere is a Jov of heavenly birth Af. S. 438

To thfi blcRscil Virgin G.Gtiffin 241

Prayer , Anon. 247

Who is thy Neighbor? Anon 255

Sonnet II. K. White 250

Jcphte 8 Dauphter M. S. 273

Occupations of Dees Shnkspenre 274

Green Uiver liri/nnt 283

Mercy Shakspenre 285

A Comparison Cowper 288

The Honsebuiider Khemnitzer 295

Remorse Filicnja 295

The Flying Fish Moore 304

Destruction of .lerusalem Hijvon 305

Pi!i<rim's Hymn Hogg 305

Dangerous Kll'ects of Fancy ^cott 30«J

The Pillar-Towers of Ireland D. F. McCarthy 375

MISCELLANEOUS LESSONS.

Whang the Miller Goldsmith 19

The Simoom Cabinet Lihrnry 37

Church of our Lady near Bologna Eustace 45

Origin of the Early Inhabitants of Ireland 48

Snow Houses Capt. Franklin 60

Foundation of Knowledge Amott 62

Politeness Mrs. Chapone 69

Natural Philosophy of Children Hollin 76

Progress of Givili/.ation Amott 82

Shipwreck of the Children of Henry 1 Litigard 89

Porcelain Tower, Nankin Smith's Wonders 96

Poor Richai'd Franklin 99

Glass,— Putty Mayo 129

The Catacombs Eustace 133

Manufacture of Tape Manchester as it is 137

The Colossus at Rhodes Rollin 155

Ruins of the Colosseum Sir H. Davy 169

Influence of Music G. Griffin 171

A Quarrel //. D. /?, 185

Silk Mayo 193

Irish Music Moore 197

-*:olian Harp • • ^ • Amott 213

Pope Pius VII, and Napoleon Alison 242

Ruins of Herculaneum Kotzebue 289

The Vatican Library • Eustace 299

Discovery of America .... Abridged from Robertson 308

Discovery of America (continued) Id. 811

Discovery of America (continiied) Id. 314

Story and speech of Logan, an Indian Chief . , Jefferson ?17

}

' •

PAGlt

rirandcur and Moral Iiilorcstof American Antiquities. ..F. FUut 3111

The American Indian ha he was, and as he is C. Sprnf/ue 3iil

Pussa^'e of tiie Potomac and Shenandoah Kivera through Uie

IMne lUd^'e .... Je/li'i'.m/i :i2ti

Account ol' the tlt'st hostile Attack u^ioit the Amei'icau Culonist^i

Bott(t 3i7

The same ''conrhided) Id. 333

The Address of tfu; Hoinan Catholics to /Jeoi'p) VVashinptou... 335
The Answer to the Uoman Catiiolics in tlie Lnited States of

America G, \\ njihinyto/i 337

Extracts I'rom Archhishop Carroll's Euloij'ium on General

Washin^^ton 33i)

Extracts from Archbishop Carroll's Eulo^'ium (continued) . . . 8-43
Conduct of Lafayette in the American Uevolution...i. Q. Aifam^ 347

Character of Washington . . P/tilitiJit 3411

Education Pi-events Crime EUiufntrgh Review 3ol

Address to the Surviving Soldiers of tlie American Revolulion

Wf^^ter 853
The Kesistance of the Colonies Advocated .... PaO^ick .'{ftnf 33i&

National (Jloi'y Ihniij Clmf 837

Tlie Education of the Poor i?mith. 331)

Character of Napoleon Bonaparte PhiUtiiH 3t5U

Niagara Falls lloun'-m/t 3G3

Character of the Irish Peasantry .... Sir J, Barri'tyton 8(»{|

The Founder of Maryland Bauaoft 871

The Settlement of Maryland ite/<c/x>/ir 874

<cf<

-n

1-5.

'v^-.'
4*-?

e>"

ill

ii;;

RULKS FOR READING AND RECITATION.

1. Give the letters their proper sounds. *

2. Pronounce the vowels, a, -J-e, ?; o, u, clearly, giving
to each its proper quantity.

3. Pronounce the iicjuids, I, m, n, r, with considerahle
force.

4. Distinguish every accented letter or syllahle hy a
peculiar stress oi' voice.

^ t). Head audibly and distinctly, and with a deliberation
suited to the subject.

G. Pause sut'liciently at each point, hut not so long as to
break that connection which one part of a sentence has
with another.

7. The meaning of a sentence is often elucidated by
pausing where noui; of the usual marks could be inserted.

8. Give every sentence, and member of a sentence, tliat
inflection of voice, which tends to improve either t!ie
sound or the sense.

U. Whilst monotones, judiciously introduced, have a
powerful ellect in diversifying delivery, children should
he guarded against their too frequent use.

10. Every emphatical word nmst be marked with a
force corresponding with the importance of the subject.

11. At the beginning of the subject, the pitch of the
voice should be low, but audible. To this rule there are
some exceptions in poetry, and even in prose

lii. At the commencement of a new paragraph, divi-
sion, or subdivision, of a discourse, the voice may be
lowe/ed, and allowed gradually to swelL

13. In reading or discoursing on sacred, or religious
subjects, let gravity and solemnity be observed.

* The consonants, r/, g, s, t, x, and the vowel c, unless accented,
are silent, when terminatinf? French words.

"f The vowel «, in Latin, is sonaded like a in at, and never re-
ceives the English sound of that letter, as heard in ale. In the Ex-
planatory Headintjs prefixed to the following lessons, when the
accent (') is placed immediately after a vowel, as in pu'pil, it de-
notes that the vowel has its long sound ; but when the accent is
placed immediately after a consonant, as in pun '?>/<, it indicates that
the sound of the vowel is short. In both cases, the syllable so
marked is the emphatic one. In monosyllables, the long vowel
sound is indicated by ( — ) over the vowel,— as, fate ; and the short
sound by (^) over the vowel j as, /'o^

INTRODUCTORY LESSON.

-t

ON READING.

Good reading is an imitation of correct and elegant
speaiving. Reading difl'ers from speaking in this, that in
the hitter, ^^e express ourown ideas, in our own hinguage ;
in the former, wa express the ideas of others, in theirs.
A reader shoidd endeavor to seize the meaning of his
author, and make his opinions and sentimc^nts his own,
and so to read as to infuse them into the minds and hearts
of his hearers. For this end, he should attend to six
tlungs ; namely, — pronunciation, punctuation, accent,
emphasis, the proper modulation of his voice, and, lastly,
to the time with which he reads.

By pronwwiation is meant — the giving to every word
and syllahle the sound which accords with the most polite
usage of the language. A slight, mincing pronunciation
of the accented vowels, an indistinct pronunciation of the
unaccented ones, a slurring of tiie tinal consonants, and
the omission of /"and (/ in of and and, are faults which
should he carefullv avoided. The heautv of pronvmciation.
depends on the correct sound and judicious prolongation
of the vowels ; its distinctness, on the exact and firm
expression of the consonants.

Ry punctuation is meant — a due regard to the pauses
which the sense or heauty of a passage may require. To
connect words which are naturally sepai'ated, or to sepa-
rate those which are naturally connected, may materially
alter the sense of what is read. Every word or phrase
conveying a distinct idea requires a pause. The length
of the pauses must depend on the nature of the suhjeci ;
hut generally, the length given to one, determines the
length of the others. The reader's judgment must here
he exercised, that he may use such pauses as will mark
most accurately the sense or beauty of the passage he is
reading.

Accent is a stress of the voice laid on particular sylla-
bles and words ; depending on ordinary custom when laid
on syllables and on their relative importance when laid

K ■ isfi

ill

I'lii

|:^

■ h

on words. Nouns, adjectives, principal verbs, adverbs —
'when not merely connective, 4en^onslF^tive and interrog-
ative pronouns, interjections, and words put in opposition
to eacn other, are accented : all others are unaccented.
Qu?i!ifying words, and those which, in each passage, limit
the spnse, should receive the more forcible, or prin^ary
accent; and words of minor irtiportance, the less torcible,
or secondary accent. i

' Emphasis is a peculiar expression given to words or
members of sentences, which we desire particularly to dis-
tinguish, and usually,if not always, suggests some contrast.
It is often placed on unaccented words, and may be ex-
pressed by a higher or lower tone of the voice, by a pause,
or by some peculiarity in the manner of the reader. A
misplaced emphasis annuls or materially alters the sense
of a passage. The well-known example, "Do you ride to
town to-day ?" is, by altering the emphasis, susceptible of
at kast four different meanings.

Modulation of the Voice. — The middle pitch, or ordi-
nary speaking tone of the voice, is that which should
mopt usually be chosen. As a general rule, the reader
should suit his tone or pitch to the size of the room in
which he reads, or to the distance at which he is to be
heard. As he proceeds, his tones should swell, and ani-
mation increase with the increasing importance of his
subject.

Time. — A lifeless, drawlingAianner of reading is always
wearisome and;,disagreeable ; ^ut the more ordinary fault
of young persons is precipitancy. Against the latter,
therefore, they should be especially cautioned, as, having
once grown habitual, it is more diiiicult to be corrected.

A reader should adapt his manner to the nature of his
subject, avoiding every appearance of constraint and affec-
tation on the one hand, and of bashful timidity on the
other. Thus, he will please instruct his hearers, and
improve his ordinary manner of speaking, by the habit of
correctness he will have thus acquired.

THIRD BOOK

READING LESSONS.

lis

{

§ 1. LESSON I..
IMPORTANCE OF EARLY HABITS.

Corrup'tion, n., wickedness. F.* corruption, iromrupfum, L., and

this, probably, from rumpo, I break or destroy.
Char'acters, n., the persons with their assemblage of qualities. L.

and G. character, from charasso, G., I stamp, I cut, &c.
Uxcha'ngeable, f a,, fixed, immutable. F. changer, to turn, — of

doubtful etymology.
Felicity, n., happiness. F. felicity, from felix, L., happy.
Misfor'tune, n., calamity. F. infortune, from fors, L., chance.
ENGotJR'AGED, V., cherished. F. e/«-coM;'a^</, from cor, L., the heart —

the heart being the seat of courage.
Propen'sity, n., inclination. F. and S. propension, from pendeo,

L., I hang or lean.
Impw'tunate, a., disquieting. L. im-portunus, (porfus, a port,j

^v^ithout a_port or resting-place.
Ii^support'able, a., intolerable. ¥.' insupportable , not to be borne,

from porta, L., I carry.
TuMUL Tuous, a., confusedly agitated. L. tumultuosus, from tumeo,

1 swell.

1. We shall not gather in old age that which was not
sown in youth. If you '' sow corruption," says the

* Abbreviations. — L. Latin ; G. Greek ; S. Spanish ; I. Italian ;
F. French ; Ger. German : D. Dutch ; A.S. Anglo-Saxon, Ac.

i* For signification of the prefixes un, mis, en, im, in, and of the
ttfixes -able, -ity, dec, see Lists of Prefixes and Postfixes, com-
noDcing at page 877.

III

^^X

Apostle, *'you shall reap corruption.'* You say evenf
day yourselves, that we always die as we have lived ;
that charactei^ are unchangeable ; that we carry into
advanced life all the faults and passions of our early days,
and that there is no greater happiness than to form in our
youth thr)se laudable inclinations which accustom us,
from childhood, " to the yoke of the Lord."

2. If we regarded only our repose in this life, and had
no other interest than to [)repare for ourselves (piiet and

happy days, what previous enjoyment it would be, to
stifle in their birtli, and turn ;it last to virtue, so many
violent passions which afterwards rend the lieart, and

cause all the bitterness and misfoi'lmto of life ! What feli-
city, to have encouraged none but innocent ;uid amiable
propensities, to be spared the wretched recollection of so
many criminal pleasures, which corrupt the heart and
sully the imagination, leaving a thousand shameful and
importunate images, which accompany us almost into
virtue, survive our crimes, and are frequently the cause
of new ones ! What happiness to have passed our first
years in tranquil and harmless pleasures, to have accus-
tomed ourselves to contentment, and not contracted the
mournful necessity of engaging in violent and criminal
pleasures, making the peace and sweetness of innocence
and virtue insuj)portable, by the long indulgence of ardent
and tumultuous passions !

3. When youth is passed in virtue and in dread of
vice, it draws down mercy on the remainder of our lives ;
the Lord himself watches over our paths ; we become the
beloved objects of his special care and paternal goodness.

Massillon.

LESSON II.

INSTANCE OF ANIMAL SAGAGITV.

ExpREss'ioN, //., tlie art of i-eproseiitiiig any tiling. V. expression ,

ivoni /irct/Kt, I.,, I iiivss.
AppRKiii NF)', /'., til t'cii'. l'\ fiitpnJ/iCiKk'r, from prehomlo, f.,,1 seize.
Di3<:ovi:m:i>, /'., t'>[)io(l. F, (h'xouorir, to luicuver, tu disclose. Kty-

niolo^y (lispiitt'd.

F. nmust'ment, {vomiuHsn^ I... a song,

Amusemi.nt, //., diversion.

a innse.
Distinction, n., diU'eivnce

or [ihu-'c oiU.
Impa'tiknti.v, (i(L, eajirerly.
AwAiTLNc;. pf., t'xpeeliiiLi'.

F. (listi)tdion, from si///;/ no, I,,, 1 pnl

L. inipafieiis, from potior, 1 siitfer.
(Jer. wac/ik'/i, to watch or wait.
Cub, /t., till' vdim^^ of a lion, fox or bear. The term is probiihly
from I., c/if/n, I lie dnwn. hccausc tlie cuh does not go (jiit of its
den for prey, as the elder animals do.
CoxTENT'Ebi.v, Off., ill a well-|ile.ise(l or satislied manner, 1. con-

tcideniente, IVoni tcmto, L., I hold, possess, or enjoy.
Benefactor, n., he that coni'ers a benetit. F. bienfaiteur, from
benefacio, L., bene, well, and f'ncio, 1 do.

(For signification of e.r, np, or ad, (lis, on, Ac. ; and of -ent, -ly,
-meat, Ac, see the Lists of Prefixes and Aftixes, pages ;577-8.)

\. A Seaman helonginp: to the wood party of a ship
upon the AtVicaii coast, l)y some means t'ound himself
alone. He, however, continued to use the axe in felling
a large tree, when a large lioness approached him.

2. The man, at the moment, gave himself up as lost ;
but very soon after, he began to perceive that the man-
ner and expression of the animal were mild, and even
mournful, and that he had no danger to ai)prehend from
her. She (irst looked at hini, and then behind her, and
upwards into the trees, then went a few paces from him
uponthepath by which she had come ; and then returned,
and went again ; and acted much as a dog would, that
wished you to follow him.

3. The seaman yielded to her obvious desire, and she
led him some little dlstauce, till, near the fool of a tall

■1

■t/i

ill!

tree, she stopporl and looked up, with plaintive cries, into
its l)raii(:li('s. Tlie sailor, thus directed, looked into the
tree, aii<l soon discovered at a considerahle heij^dit, an im-
mense a[)(', daiidlinj,^ and playinj,^ with a cuh lion, which
lie had rarried thither for his amusement! The wants
and wishes of the lioness were now easily understood.

4. The lion species, though usually reckoned among
the ipecies of cat, dill'ers ahsolutely from it in this as in
many other particulars, that it c<umot ascend a tree, a
distinction which oujj^hl to satisfy us at once of the error
of those who talk to us of lions in America, where, in
reality, there is no lion, and where the jo//ma and ya^war,
which they call lions, so readily ascend trees.

5. But e(pially in vain would it have been for the sailor
to dim!) al'ler the cub, for the ape would have enjoyed
the frolic, hy leapin*,^ with its prey from branch to
branch ; so the only chance was, to apply the axe at the
bottom of t'le tree. To work, therefore, he went, the
lioness, which had seen other trees felled by the axe of
the stranger, standing by, and impatiently awaiting the
event.

6. The ape kept his seat till the tree fell, and then fell
with it ; and the lioness, the moment the robber reached
the ground, sprang upon him with the swiftness and sure-
ness of a cat springing upon a mouse, killed him, and
then taking her cub in her mouth, walked contentedly
away from the benefactor, to whose skill and friendly
assistance she had made her appeal 1

Smith's Wonders.

LESSON III.

GREAT WALL OF CHINA.

STUPEN'Ddi'3, a, wonderful. L. stupemlna, from stupen, I am

stunned or astonished.
Boundary, n., limit. F. honio, border. Etymolo[?y titirertaiii.
Mas'tf.rpiixk, //., any thin^^ made with extraordinary skill. F. chef-

(Vd'iiiri;, — cAf?/'. tlie head, principal, and t/'urre, W(»rk.
(N'msriiY, n., assiduity. L. indu-stria, — indii, within, and strun, I

pile up.
Ge'mus, n., mental power. L. genius, from the ancient G. and L.

ge/io, 1 bpjjet.
Peusevk RANGE, 11., constancy in progress. ¥. perseveranco, from

sever us, L., rigid, severe.
Conducted, y>if., carried. L. condudus, from duco, I lead. {Co/f,

p. 393j.
Bastion, n., a bulwark. F. hnsfion, from hatir, to build, probably

from hnsis. G., a foot ; and hence base, that on which any thing

rests.
Compi'ti.d, pt., estimated. L. computatus, from pulo, I reckon, I

lop oil'.
Mate'uials, /<.,the substances of which things arc made. L. malcria,

from mater, mother.

i. This stupendous wall, which extends jicross the
nortlierii boundary of the Chinese empire, is the great-
est masterpiece of industry, genius, and perseverance.
It is conducted over the summits of high mountains,
several of which have an elevation of not less than 5i:2.")
feet, (nearly a mile,) across deep valleys, and over wide
rivers, by means of arches. In many parts it is doubled
ar treblec^, to command important passes ; and, at the
distance of nearly every hundred yards, is a tower or
massive bastion. Its extent is computed at 1500 miles ;
but in some parts, where less danger is apprehended, it is
not equally strong or complete, and, towards the north-
west, consists merely of a strong rampart of earth. Near
Koopekoo, it is twenty-tive feet in height, an<l at the
top, about tifteen feet thick : some of the towers, which
are square, are forty-eight feet high, and about forty feet
wide. The stone employed in the foundations, angles,
&ic., is a strong gray granite ; bvit the materials, for the

«*H1

greater part, consist of l)liiish t)ricks, and the mortar is
rcniarkaMy |)ui'e and while. It was i)uilt, acronlinj,' to
Du llaidc, l»y llic cnijicroi' Cliien-(^liu-Toan^% about :221
years Ixd'ore (llirist. Although it lias heen l)uilt ii|)\vards
of 2000 years, it yet remains quite lirm and compact.

>">

f.-i

Smitu's Wonders.

<> »

LESSON IV.

THE CORK-TREE.

Longitu'dinal, ft., running in the longest direction. I. longitudinak,

from lo/Kju.'i, I.., long, or long extent.
Incis'ion, 91., a cnt inwards. F. tnci.s'ion, fvom ci'do, li., I cut.
Curv'ed, a., bent, inflected. L. cuvDu.t, from curvo, 1 turn, 1 bend.
Exportation, //., the act of carrying out to other countries. F.

exporfatio/i, fi'om povlo, L., I carry.
Prin"cif»al, fi., cliief. 1$. pruicipai, from pn'/iccps, L., first, chief.
Elastic'ity, /I., a power in some bodies of springing back, when

bent or stretched, to their original position. F. elnsticitt', fi'oin

chuno, fi., I repel.
Inserted, pt., placed in other things. L. inseiius, from sevo, \

join, I knit.
Ten'dency, n., natural aptness. I. tendenza, from tcndo, L., I ainj,

I stretch.
Aperture, n., an opening. L. apertio, from nperio, I open.
IJuoYANT, r?., floating. D. boe>/e, V.houee, a buoy, from hois, wood.

(For signification oi ex,in, -ity, -eucij, ic, see p. 3)3-4).

1. Cork is the hark of a kind of oak, growing chiefly
in Spain. When it is to he removed from the tree, a
longitudinal slit is cut, at the extremities of which, inci-
sions are made round the trunk ; it can then he stripped
oir with great ease, by means of a curved knife, with a
handle at both ends. When the hark is taken from the
tree, it is piled uj) in a ditch or pond, and heavy stones
art' placed upon it, in order to flatten it. After being dried,
it is slightly burned or ch;irred, and then packed for ex-
portation. One principal use of cork is to stop bottles,
i'or^ which purpose it is fitted by its elasticity. A piece

rai'fi^^r largor tlian tlio nock of tlio bottlo l)oint: insorlod,
thu tendcMK y it lias to rcsuiiu; its loniicr sliaptr cansi's it
coiiiplctt'ly to fill lip tlu' apiM'turc, and cxcIikIc the air.
Its hiiovaiit oJVcL't ill watoi', arising' IVnm its liirliliicss,
rtnidcrs it useful to those who arc Icaniiiiu^ to swim ; for
the same reason, it is employed in the constriictioii of
life-hoats, and lor the lloats of lishinii nets. The
Spaniards make lam|)-hlack of it. The men employed
in cutting and preparing it for sale, arc called cnrhrtiffers.

Mayo.

-♦««-

LESSON V.

WHANG, THE MILLER.

/■

Avaricious (-rish'-), n., covetous. F. avaricwux, from nreo, L., i

desire or covet.
EA'(iKUNKss, n., koemioss of desire. V. nifjrenv, from aci'r, L., sharp.

A. S. I'H'jifiii, to incite to.
l''Hr(;\i.'rrv, //., t>coiiomy. V. ft'urjnlitr^ from fi'itf/i, L., thrifty.
LvTKRVAi,, //., time between assignable points. I^. i/ifer-i'fii/ion, a

space between the slakes Uxed in the rallntn or wnil of a camp.
CoNTKMPLATE, L\, to p^azc upon. I. and L. co/itc/np/nrf, — co/i, and

ie/nplu/n, fi'om toncnos, G., a place cut oil', a sanctuary ; a-; such

were so seated as to be exposed to public view.
AF'Fi.n'>'CE, /((., wealth ; al)undance. F. affluence, ivom fluo, L.,\

flow.
Mat'tock, //.,a pickaxe or delving tool. A.S. meottuc, — meos, moss,

and ioijen, to tear up.
Cir'cumstaxce, /^, incident. F. circom^tnnce, from sislo, L., I stand.
Tran- PORTS, //., raptures. F. transports, ivom porlo, L., 1 carry,

to carry l)eyond.
Unueumi NED. f)t., excavated under. D. onder-mynen, probably from

L. tn.i .are 'ob.j, to draw or lead.

(For siijuilicHtion of -ness, -itij, inter, con, circum, and trans, see
from p. 377 to p. 379. y

1. Whang, the miller, was naturally avaricious ; no-
body loved money better than he, or more respected those
who had it. When people would talk of a rich man in
company, Whang would say, "1 know him very well ;

he and I liavo been \ou^ acquainted ; he and I are inti-
mate." ]U\[ '][' ever a poor man was mentioned, he had
not liie K^'jst lvno\vied^^» of the man : he mi«:!jt he very
well tor anudit he knew ; hut he \vas not t'ond of makiujif
many acquaintances,- and loved to choose his company.

2. Wlianp:, however, with all his eajyerness for riches,
was |)oor. He had n(>thin«r hut the protits of his mill to
su|>|)ort him ; hut tiiou^Mi these were small, they were
certain : while it stood and went, he was sure of eating ;
and his frui^ali'v was su('h, that Ik; everv day laid some
money by, which he would at intervals count and con-
template with m ich satisfaction. Yet still his acquisitions
were not equal to his desires ; he only found himself
above want, whereas he desired to be possessed of
affluence.

.'). One day, as he was indultfinf^ these wishes, he was
informed that a neij-hbor of his had found a pan of money
under ground, having dreamed of it three nights running
before. These tidings were daggers to the heart of poor
Whang. "Here am I," says he, "toiling and moiling
from morning till night for a few paltry farthings ; while
neighbor Thanks only goes quietly to bed, and dreams
himself into thousands before morning. Oh ! that I could
dream like. him ! With what pleasure would I dig round
the pan ! how slyly would 1 carry it home ! not even
my wife should see me : and then, oh ! the pleasure of
thrusting one's hand into a heap of gold up to the elbow !"

4. Such reflections only served to make the miller
unhappy : he discontinued his former assiduity ; he was
quite disgusted with small gains, and his customers began
to forsake him. Every day he repeated the wish, and
every night laid himself down in order to dream. For-
tune, that was for a long time unkind, at last, however,
seemed to smile on his distresses, and indulged him with
the wisbed-for vision. He dreamed, that under a certain
part of the foundation of his mill there was concealed a
monstrous pan of gold and diamonds, buried deep in the
ground, and covered with a large flat stone.

ling

?gan

5. He concealed his good luck from every person, as
is usual in money-dreams, in order to liave the vision
repeated the two succeeding nights, hy which he should
be certain of its truth. His wishes in this also were ans-
wered ; he still dreamed of the same pan of money in tin;
very same place.

0. Now, therefore, it was past a douht : so gc^lting up
^early the third morning, he repaired alone, with a mat-
tock in his hand, to the mill, and began to uiid.rniine
that part of the wall which the vision directed. The first
omen of success that he met was a broken ring ; digging
still deeper, he turned up a house-tile, cpiite new iind
entire. At last, after mucli digging, he e;ime to a broad
flat stone, but then so large, that it was beyond mini's
strength to remove it. *' Here !" cried he in raptures to
himself; " here it is ; under this stone there is room for
a very large pan of diamonds indeed. 1 must e'en go
home to my wife, and tell her the whole allair, and get
her to assist me in turning it up.'*

7. Away, therefore, he goes, and acquaints his wife
with every circumstance of their good fortune. Her
raptures on this occasion may easily be imagined : she
flew round his neck and embraced him in an ecstasy of
joy ; but these transports, however, did not allay their
eagerness to know the exact sum ; returning, therefore,
together to the same place where Whang had been dig-
ging, there they found — not, indeed, the e\i)ected treasure
— but the mill, their only support, undermined and fallen.

Goldsmith .

M'l

,if:

J 'I

rPi

- A't.

LESSON VI.

THE LEOPARD AND PANTHER.

.f!

r.Enp'Ann, n.,.a spoftofl boast of prry. F. idnpnrd , L. Icopnrdux ; —

fHirilus, froin pnrad, I Id)., to si'parate.
Sim. (IKS fslic/j, //., a class of nature. L. species (any thing seen),

Iron I s/wcin, I see.
i 1 MiANCK, /<.,l)oaiity without grnntleur. F. dk^f/nnce, from elegans,'

1,.. hrindsoino.

IV IHNKSS, /<., livelinoss. I., viracitns^—mvo (from i/o, G.) I live.
liiiN ii.UKNCE, //., a concourso. V. confluence, from /lucre, L., to

lltiW.

Amtklope, n., a variety of the gazelle, an animal partaking of the
nature of the goat and deer, said to have received its name from
the extreme beauty of its eyes. G. nnllios, ailovver, or any thing
beautiful, and ops, the eye.

Naturamst, //., one ac(|uaintcd with the system of natural and ma-
terial being. F. naturntiste, from nascor, L., I am born.

Opin'ion, //., notion. F. opinion, from opinor, L., I think.

Predominate, v., to prevail. F. prddominer, from dominare, L., to
rule.

Independent, a., exclusive. F. inddpendant, not hanging from,
ivom pendere, L., to hang.

(For signification of -ence, -ist, proe, in, and -cnt, see pages 377-8.)

1. The Leopard is an inhabitant of the woods of Africa
and southern Asia. The usual len'^th of his bodv is lliree
feet, of his tail two feet three inches, and his hcij^ht some-
what more than two feet. He is distinguished from all
other species by his gracefulness and elegance ; by the
vividness of his coloring, yellow on the upper parts,
white on the breast, belly, and inside of the limbs; and
by the beauty of his markings, which consist of numerous
rows of large rose-like spots passing along the sides, each
formed of the ,confluence of several smaller black spots,
into an irregular circle, inclosing a fawn-colored centre ;
his whiskers are long and white. His prey consists of
antelopes, hares, and monkeys, which last he pursues up
the trees. When famished, he will attack, but by stealth,
the human race. He may be tamed, but can never be
entirely trusted. A female leopard, in the Tower, 1829,
allowed herself to be patted by her keepers, but discovered

» .•

a strange propensity for snatching umbrellas, parasols,
hats, niutTs, and other articles of dress, and tearing them
in pieces, to the gn il astonishment of the plundered
visitors. The male was sullen and savage.

2. The Panther is classed with ihe leopard ; hut as yel
it is not decided hy n.itnralist , whether it is to be consi-
dcn;d a distinct species, or only .i larger variety of the
same, though the former opinion appears to predominate.
The panther is found chielly, if not solely, in Africa ; is
more than six feet in len^Mh, independent of the tail,
which is about three. Major Denham killed one that
measured more than ten. He is spotted like the leopard,
but the colors of his skin are not so brilliant. His habits
are similar to those of the tiger.

Airman's Animal Kingdom.

-♦♦♦-

• LESSON VII.

ARGUMENTS FOR THE LOVE OF GOD DERIVED FROM

CREATION.

1. And ask ye why he claims our love ?

answer, all ye winds of even,
answer, all ye lights above,

That watch in yonder dark'ning heaven ;
Thou earth, in vernal radiance gay

As when his angels first array'd thee,
And thou, deep-tongued ocean, say

Why man should love the mind that made thee.

2. There's not a flower that decks the >ale,

There's not a beam that lights the mountain,
There's not a shrub that scents the gale.
There's not a wind that stirs the fountain,

i
If"

^^..

There's ndi d htl6 iMi f)ftirij§ m 1*6^,
There's no! a leAf siroUnd ufe lyiiig,

Biit in its use* or beauty shows
True love to iis, and love undying.

3. For in the past, ere tinie be^an,

Ere first the new made sun ascended,
Or light illumed the \Vorld^ and man

Arose amid the order splendid ;
Even then, for thee, that bounteous Mind,

Unask'd, amid the wide creation.
In far futurity design'd

Thy dwelling fast and lasting station.

4. And seek we arguments of love,

And ask we who he is that claims it ?
Mark yonder sun that rolls above,

Obedient to liie will that aims it ;
Go watch, when treads the silent moon

Her maiden path o'er earth and ocean,
Or see you host at starry noon

Roll onward with majestic motion

5. Are these not lovely ? Look a^ain.

Count every hue that clothes the valley,
Each grain that gilds the autumn plain,

Each song that wakes the vernal alley.
All that in fruit or flower is found

To win the taste, or charm the vision,
All — all that sight, or scent, or sound,

Or feeling hath of joy elysian ;

6. That calm that lulls the noontide hour,

The mind repose of power appalling,
The rain that feeds each op'ning flower.

Like mercys tear-drops sweetly falling ;
Those show what our Creator was.

While man preserved his early duty.
What still to those, his later laws

Who keep, in all their stainless beauty.

G. Gmm,

LESSON VIII.

THE BANKS OF THE SAVANNAH.

Ai'mosphere, n., the mass-of air siirroundinf:^ our plobe. F. otmos-
pfirre, from atmos, G., breath, va})or, and sphaira, a sphere, or

globe.
Botan'ical, fi., herby ; relating to plants. V. botanique, from botan^,

G., an herb, from bosh-n, I feed.
VAniETY, «., diversity. F. carii'ti', from variu.-i, !.., dilTerent.
Sri'C'iMEN, n., a sample ; a part nf any tiling exhibited that the rest

may be known. L. sprcime/i, from .^-/ifao, 1 see.
Intermingled, pt., mixed between. A.S. in<i'n(j(in, to mingle; G.,

mis (JO, I mix.
Tran'sient, «., short, momentary. F. trnnsiloire, from transitus, L.,

a passing.
Alligator, //., a large species of lizard ; the crocodile of America.

S. Inyarto, L. laccrta, from lacertus, strength, force, a lizard, a

lish.
Tuop'iCAL, n., placed near the tropirwhence the sun ajipears toturn.

L. tropicus, from trt'pu, G., 1 turn.
Exhala'tion, /<., vapor. F. ej/io/afio/i, from ftoio, L., I breathe.
Pes'tilence, n.,a. virulent, devastating infection. V. pfsiilcncr, from

pestis, L., a plague.

(For Prefixes and Alfixes, see lists, p. 305.)

1. There is little varictv on the hanks (jf the Savannah.
To Au^^usta, ^\ith very lew e\ce[)ti()ns, Ihey are h)\v, and
thickly wooded with oak, jiuin, cvpn ^s, pine, and tlie
cotton-tree. You must not mistake litis for tiie colton-
plant; The plant seldom ^-^rows over two or lliree feet;
the tree will, upon the river side, shoot up live, and
sometimes ten feet in a year, until it makes sixty I'eet,
often one hundred and tweiitv. It throws off a sort of
useless down, that has the apjiearance of cotton : the
atmosphere is filled with it in some places, having- the
appearance of li^dit snow, thinly falling. IJesidc^s these,
willows of hoth kinds may he seen ; and, when the hoats
stop at a landing, you will lind a great hotanicjd variety
in the undergrowth. I have sometimes, williin an area
of a few acres, collected twenty heautiful specimens in twen-
ty minutes, one of which is a very pretty cherokee rose,

' !i

2. The perfume of the ])looming map:nolia is, at a
flislancc, relincd and delicale, hut is too sironj? for use al
a near approach : in many instances it is hi<,Mi and
lo^\c^in^^ The dogwood is covered with a heautiful
wliile (lower, like a tliin rose ; it is not often over twenty
feet in height, — seldom so higli. Intermingled with these,
you will perceive a variety of flowering vines, the sweet-
est of which, decidedly, is the jessamine ; hut, liive most
of the sweets of hfe, it is verv transient.

3. There are a few plantations here which exhibit
Indian corn, wiiich has an aj^pearance of strength, rich-
ness, and verdure, on the low grounds ; also, cotton, and
mounds or hillocks of sweet potatoes. Canehrakes are
found in several places. On the other hand, the decaying
trunks of great trees distigure the land, and they lloat upon
the surface of the muddy river, and drift against the
hanks. In the midst of these, you may frequently see the
[litigator watching for his prey, or sleeping in the burning
rays of an almost tropical sun ; and in the summer, the
exhalations of the swamps breed pestilence ; thus blend-
mg the goods and the ills, the enjoyments and the
miseries of life.

Dr. England.

LESSON IX.

CHRISTIAN FOUTITUDE.

Domes'tic, n., an aUotitlaiit. L. domedicuff, from (Joniu'i, a liouse.
Gru'ciimed, a., traiisiixod to a cittss. 1.. cracifixus, from crux, a

cross.
{3arb\ria.\s, 71., nulo, fierce, cruel men. Anciently, all who were

strangers to the langiuicre and manners of the Greeks were called

hnrljftrjt (.<t. L. //nrfjones, from barburus, and this IViim (.•ar/jaro.9,

G., luicivilized.
(DOLATnoi's, n., idol-worshipping. F. idoldtre ; L. irhlurn and G,

eifloloi, an idol.
Sov'i-RiiiG.v, n., a supreme ruler. F. souverain ; I. sovruno, from

super/ius, L., supreme.

at a
ISC al
and
atUul
,venl>f
Ibcse,
ivvcet-
» most

, rich-
)n, and
ics are
'cay'.ng
lit ui^on
nst the
see ibc
l)urning
ncr, tlie
s hlend-
ind the

,LATSD.

a house,
m crux, a

(who were

iere called

bfirhoroa,

irn and G,

\uno, fi^otr.

IlfTTMiDA'TiON, n., the act of intimidating. F. intimidntion, from

timcre, L., to fcar.
Alter'nately, fi(/., in reciprocal succession. L. nlterne, from nller,

L., the other.
Per'seci;ted, a., harassed. L. persecutiis, from sc/iior, 1 follow, I

pnrsue.
Martyrdom, fi., the death of a martyr. L. martyrvim, from martyr,

L. and G., a witness.
Ob'stinacy, n., persistency. L. ohstinntio, from sti/io, I fix.

1. JoRAM Macata, a noble Christian of Japan, being
condemned to death on account of his reli^non, l)ade a
last and mournful farewell to his wife, his children, and
his domestics, and exhorted them to seek their safety in
llijjfht. As soon as he was alone, he prostrated himself
beforc^a^igure of his crucilied Lord, and there continued
in fervcntsprayer. Evening approached, and with it
came t\|ta hiTHdred armed men to execute the sentence of
his d^«nh. Th^^'cnme thus prepared, as they expected
to e<icoiTrrt«tihiOinnierous friends of Macata, assembled
to protect him, or to die in his defence. For a long time
they remained drawn up around the house, wondering at
the lonely silence that reigned there, till, at length, one
of the party entered, and tinding all abandoned, returned
to his companions, and said, " Macata has lied !" But he,
at that moment appearing, exclaimed aloud, " Macata has
ot fled — he is here, and impatient for the happiness to
ie for Jesus Christ." The barbarians rushed upon him
and gratified his longings by severing his head from his
body.

2. Again, let us open the history of the same age and
nation. Titus, a virtuous Christian of Bungo, had been
tempted by Ijis ido'atrous sovereign to aliandon his faith
in Jesus Clirist. Promises and intimidation were alter-
nately employed, i)ut in vain. He was then (Commanded
to surrender his young son, Matthew, to the will of his
prince. Amidst thre.its and alhircments, the youthful
confessor remained ste;ulfast in the profession of his reli-
gion ; and after two days it was loll to the persecuted
iatiior, that his tender child bad died by the hand of the
executioner. But another victim must be sacrificed to

f'.!i;

pi-it!

'it: .•

i I !^

the offended deities of Japan. Mis virgin daughter, Mar-
tina, is demanded for the offering. " Hasten to the
king, my child," says the heroic fatlier, " and tell him,
that virtue is not measured l)y years, and that faith knows
no distinction hetween sex or age." The messenger of
ghid tidings soon returned, l)earing information that Mar-
tina had followed her hrother, and that the eldest son,
Simon, was then expected. Simon followed in the path
in which his hrother and sister had walRcd to martyrdom,
and hetrayed no feelings of sorrow or of fear. A few
days passed hy, and another messenger came to this
Christian Joh, to announce to him that his eldest son had
paid with his life for his ohstinacy, aii<l that a similar fate
was impending over Iiim and his consort, should they
determine to persevere An their impiety. They were
then summoned to the presence of the monarch, and when
all the arts of persuasion, and the terrors of a cruel death,
were found of no effect, the king threw open the door of
an adjoining apartment, and led forth theii* 'no sons and
daughter to the enraptured parents, declaring to his
princes and nobles, that such generous self-devotion
merited his warmest approbation.

Veitu.

-♦•♦-

LESSON X.

ICE-ISLANDS AND ICEBERGS OF SPITZBERGEN.

Tremen'dous, fl., terrible. L. tremendus, to be startlotrat, dreadful,

from tremo, I shake.
Navigators, n., mariners. L. nautoe, from navi'.t, L., from 7iaics,

G., a ship.
Congea'led, pt., frozen. L. congehitm^, fi'om fjeln, frost.
OpAQiTE (o-pake'j, n., not admittiiip^ any light to pass through. F.

opaque, from opticus, L., dark, shady.
ArraoxiMA'TioN, n., the act of appruachitig. F. approximation, frorrj

proximuSf L., nearest.

Phwom'enon, n., an appearance. G. phninomenon, from phaino, I

appear, 1 show.
AcGHiir.ATE, n., a colloctioii of thiiifjs broiight together in one. F.

afjyi'fint, from (/rev, (irnijin, L., a flock. [Ad, p. 377).
CoLLis'iox, //., the striking of two bodies together. F. collision,

from l(i(l(>, L., 1 injiuv, 1 hnrt.
LAT'iirDE, H., a parliciil;ir degree reckoned from the equator. F.

latitude, from l(itu:^\ L., broad.
Inacckss'ible, f/.,iiot to l)e arrived at. F. and S. inaccessible, from

ctv/o, L., 1 yield place or passage; I go.
Precip'itatk, ?'., to fall violently. L. prfecipito,! fall headlong, from

capid, the head.

1. The iiaini; ol ?re-islnn(Is is given l)y sailors to a
great quaritily of ice collected into one huge mass, and
lloating upon llie seas near or within the polar circles.
Many of these are lo be met with on the coast of Spitz-
bergen, to the great danger of the shipping employed in
the Greenland lisherv. In the midst of these tremendous
masses, navigators have been arrested in their career and
frozen to death. The forms assumed by the ice in this
chilling climate are pleasing to the most incurious eye.

2. The surface of that which is congealed from the
sea-water, is flat, even, hard, and opaque, resembling
white sugar, and incapable of being slidden on. The
greater pieces, or fields, are many leagues in length ; the
lesser, are the meadows of the seals, on which, at times,
those animals frolic bv hundreds.

3. The approximation of two great fields produces a
most singular phenomenon ; they force smaller pieces
out of the water, and add them to their own surface, till
at length, the whole forms an aggregate of tremendous
height. They float in the sea like so many rugged moun-
tains, and are sometimes five or six hundred yards thick,
the far greater part of which is concealed beneath the
water. Those which remain in this frozen climate
receive continual growth ; others are by degrees wafted
into southern latitudes, and melt gradually by the heat
of the sun, till they waste away and disappear in the bound-
less element.

4. The collision of the great fields of ice in high Jati-

',y*

,.'5'

k.<i

tudes is often attended with a noise that, for a time, takes
asvay tlio sense of hearing any thing else, and that of the
smaller, with a grinding of unspeakable horror. The
water which dashes against the mountainous ice, freezes
into an. infinite variety of forms, and gives the voyager
idejil towns, streets, churches, steeples, and every shape
which imagination can frame.

5. Besides the fields of ice in high latitudes, there are
iceljcrgs, as they are called, or large bodies of ice, that
till thu' valleys between the high mountains in northern
Intitudes. Among tlie most remarkable are those of the
east coast of Spitzbergen. They are seven in numl)er,
at considerable distances from each other ; each tills the
vallevs for tracts unknown, in a region totallv inacces-
sible in the ulterior parts. The first exhibits a front
tliree hundred feet high, emulating the emerald in its
green color: cataracts of melted snow precipitate down
various parts, and blocked spiry mountains, streaked with
white, bound the sides, and rise, crag above crag, as far
as the eye can reach in the background.

Goldsmith.

LESSON XI.
THE LOCUST.

Rav'ages, Ji., pillages. F. ravages, from ravir, from rapere, L., to

seize upon; and this from A.S. reafian, to reave, to tear away.
Proverbial, u., notorious. F. proverbial, mentioned in a proverb, —
• from verhum, L., a word.

Propiiet'ic, a., predictive. L. propheiicus, from phemi, G., I speati.
Visita'tion, «., the act of visiting. F. visitation, from vide'-^, L., I

see.
Inev'itable, rt., unavoidable. F. imivitable, ivom evito, L.— e and

vito, 1 ahun.
Lamen'table, «., deplorable. F. lamentable, from lamentor, L., I

bewail.

Vegeta'tion, n., prrowth without sensation. F. v>:fjHatioHj from
verjen, L., I (piicken.

Obi.it'ekate, y., to eHace. I. and I,, ohlibn-nre, hy hVA out, frou)
litlerti, L., a letter.

(NNox'iors, ft., free from mischievoi s effects. I., in-noxiu.^', from
noct'ij, I hurt.

U^pal'atable, o., nauseous, — from jjalatum, L., the palate or rool
of the mouth, — the taste.

(For signification oi ob, e, in, un, -able, dc, see p. 377.)

1. TftE locust I?, that (losti'uctivo iiisoct wliosn ravajxes
are proverbial — whose a[)|)i'oa('li, IVoiii tho iMiiimiei'ahh!

iir

vi'iads that coinnose their sifiiadroi^s, is aiiiioiim-iMl i

iti

prophetic lan^^ua^a^, as a day of (hiikiiess and j^looiniiiess

— a dav of clouds and oi' thick darknc

1 N\l

lose

desolatin": march is thus described

The ian<l is as the

garden ot' Eden before them, ;md beliind Ihem a desohite
wilderness ; yea, and nothing bhall esca[>e them." Tiie
visitation of a few minutes destrovs the husbaiidman'y
hope of the year, and a famnie is al\Na\s the inevital)le
consequence. In tiie tro[)icnl climates, liowever, tiieir
presence is not attended with siich lamentabh' conse-
quences as in the south of Eurojje. Tliere the pov»ef of
vegetation is so rapid and strong, that a cojupiuativeiy
short interval only is required to rej)air tiie damage; but
in Europe, a yeai' at least is recpiisite to obilterale their
footsteps. Sometimes a strong \\ind brings deliverance
from the pest, and the shores of the Mediterranean liave
been covered for miles with their dead carcasses; but
even then they are not inno\iou>, for t!ie stench arising
from their pulreiaclioa is apt to occasion contagious
diseases.

2. The locust is about three inches long, and has
two feelers; each an inclj in length ; the uj>pei' wings are
brown, witli small dusky spots ; the under side pni'plc.
The natives of the country wliere they most frcijuently
appear, roast and eat thejn, and in some cases pickle and
preserve them, as a smnll, wretched s;ij)stifiiie for the
better provisions thev have deslroved. Tliei'e ai'e reckoned
upwards of two hundred species, of which several are

'■\i

.in

:ls^

•; f

used ])) tlio nativos of Africa and India as ordinary food,
and are said not to be unpalatable.

LESSON XII.

LOSS IN DELAYS.

1. SnuN delays, tbey breed remorse ;
Take (by time, wbilc time is lent tbce ;

Crecpinp: snails bavc weakest force, —
Fly tlieir fault, lest tbou repent thee :
Good is best, wlien soonest wrought,
Ling'ring labors come to naught.

2. Hoist up sail while gale doth last,
Tide and wind stay no man's pleasure ;

Seek not time, when time is past,
Sober speed is wisdom's leisure :
After-wits arc dearly bought,
Let the fore-wit guide thy thought.

3. Time wears all his locks before.
Take, then, hold upon his forehead :

When he Hies, he turns no more ;
And behind his scalp is naked :
Works adjourn'd have many stays,
Long demurs brjng new delays.

4. Seek thy salve while sore is green,
Fester'd wounds ask deeper lancing;

After-cures are seldom seen,
Often sought, scarce ever chancing :
In the rising stifle ill.
Lest it grow against thy will.

5. Drops do pierce the stubborn flint,
Not by force, but often falling ',

Custom kills with feeble dint,
More by use than strength prevailing;
Single sands have little weight,
Many make ;i drowning freight.

G. Tender twigs arc bent with ease, '

Age<l trees do break with bending;
Young desires make little prease,
Growth dolh make them past amending ;
Happy man, that soon doih knock
Babel s babes against the rock.

Southwell.

THE MORNING LARK.

1. Featiier'd lyric, warbling high,
Sweetly gaining on Ihe sky,

Op ning with thy matin lay
. (Nature's hymn!) the eye of day.
Teach my soul, on early wing.
Thus to soar and thus to sing.

2. While the bloom of orient light
Gilds thee in Ihy tuneful flight.
May the day-spring from on high,
Seen by Faith s religious eye,
Cheer me with his vital ray.
Promise of eternal day !

Thomson.

Jt:^

LESSON XIII.

THE COFFEE-TREE.

Cul'tivated, p/., reared, improved. L. cullus, from colo, I till.
Jes'samine, n., a plant, so called because the bees delight in its
flowers ; jasme was the name of an apiary of bees.

r
t

Teg'ument, «., the outward part. F. tegument, from tego, L., I

cover.
SRp'AnATED, pt., unattached. L. separatm, from separo, I divide.
Tart'ness, 71., sourness. A. S. teart, sharp, sour, tVoin tir-u/i, to

irritate.
Traveller ?/., one who visits foreij^ countries, l tiwailleur,

from trnrdilhr, to labor.
Profession //., employment. F. profession, from profituri, L., to

profess, to oHer.
Introdu'ced, v., brought into practice. L. t/itroductus, from duco,

1 lead.
Medicinal, a., salutary. F. mediciniil, ivom metlaor, L., I cure, I

heal,— and this from medomai, G., to have care of.
Narcot'ic, (I., torpid. G. narcoticos, from narkoein, to hemmib.

1. The coffee-tree is cultivated in Arabia, Persia, the
East Indies, the" Isle of Bourbon, and several parts of
America. The plant, if left to itself, would rise to the
height of sixteen or eij^hteen feet, but it is generally
stunted to live, for the convenience of ^:alliering its fruit
with greater ease. Thus dwarfed, it extends its bran-'hes
so, that it covers the whole spot round about it. It begins
to yield fruit the third year, but is not full bearing till the
fifth. It is covered witli a gray, smooth bark, and shoots
out through the whole length of its stem, a growth of
branches, which are always opposite to each other,
arranged in pairs in the same manner. From the bottom
of the leaves spring fragrant white flower?., very much
like those of the jessamine ; and when the flowers or
blossoms drop off, they leave a sm-all fruit behind, which
is green at first, but reddens as it ripens, and is like a
hard cherry, both in shape and color. Two, three, or
more of these berries, grow together on the same part of
the twig, each coated with a husk or tegument, inclosing
another and finer skin, in which two seeds or kernels are
contained, which are what we call coffee.

2. The fruit is usually gathered in May, which is done
by shaking the trees, the berries falling on cloths, spread
underneath to receive them. These being laid on mats
to dry in the sun, the outer husks are opened and separ-
ated, by drawing rollers of wood or iron over them ; after
which, the berries are exposed to the sun a second time,

and then sifted clean for use. The hnsks. h< nca -^r, •*»
not Nvasted, for the Arahs use Iheiii, as we do Ue herrt ,
and the drink made (d' them haviii^^ a litlh Mi'tiies- .
cooliii*; and |)ieasaiit in the lieat of summer. Tiie <h'inK
made of <'oll'ee-h<'rries lias heen common in Kurope ahove
a hnndre(l years, and much hm^M'r amon^^ the Turks.
Colfee was lirst l)rouuht into France l)y the; famous tra-
veller, iM. Tiievenof ; ;uid a Greek, called Pas(|ua, who
was hrou^ht lo England as a s(!rv.*uit in Ki.'Jii, lirst set up
the prolession of a colfce-house-keepcr, and introduced
the; use of the liquor among us.

3. The medicinal (jualities of coffee seem to he derived
from the grateful sensation which it [)rodu(es in the
stomach. It is taken in large quantities, with peculiar
propriety, hy the Turks and Arahians ; hecause it coun-
teracts the narcotic ell'ects of opium, to the use of w hich
those nations are much addicted. Amongst us, colfee is
not only used at hreakfast, but very commonly after dinner.

Vegetable Productions^

LESSON XIV.

ADHERENCE TO TRUTH.

Qualities (kwol'-), n,, virtues, accomplis'nments. Qualnai, L., in

general, means kind, maimer, nature, > c ; and is from qualis, of

what sort.
Univer'sal, a., general. F. universel, from unu-^, I.., one, and

verto, 1 turn.
Mor'tified, pt., vexed. L. mortificatus, from mors, death.
Sjncer'ity, «., candor, ingenuousness. F. siiiceriti;, fi-oi^ c*"/v/, L.,

and this from kerns, G., wax. Svie-ccra is applied to honey

freed or cleansed from the mixture of wax.
Afternoon, ?i., the time from mid-day to evening. A.S. rff/ternon,

non is from norms, I,., ninth.
SiMPLic'iTY, n., [here ineanS) silliness. L. simpUcitos, — 9i ie-plico.,

means without fold. Plico, L.,I fold;, from pleko, G., I plait.

(jKNF.nos'fTY, ;j., the quality of being g(»nerous. L. fjeinerositas, from

fjpnvs, Kind.

C<i.i M NiATon, /*., a slandcror. L. rnluinninhtv, said to he from
t'fUitfiiin, llii' olisoh'le siijiine of cainn', I dt'ccivo.

Indiscri Ti()> f-crt'sh'-), //., rashness. I-', iutfi.wnitio/i, from crrno,
li., Ii'diii hn'int, (i., I sec, sift, jnd^^t', Ac.

KiDK. I i.(»i s, ^/., hiughahle, conttMuptihle. L. ridiaulus, from nV/fo,
1 laiii^di.

1. TiiK (liiclicss of Lon^Minvillo, wlioso p:r('nt (nialitios
nicrilcd I'or licr universal cshnMii, Ix'iiij;: iiiialjle lo ohtaiii
IVom Louis \ IV. a favor wliicli ilic pai'liciilarly i'('(|u«'sI(mI,
w as so sciisilily Fnorlilied, as to Icl tali sonic ('\|H'('ssioris of
<lisr<'S|)(Mt. Tiie only one who hoard hor, i'('lal<'d tlioin
U) the \\\\\\i, who innncdialoly s|)oki' on the snhj«Mt to the
(ileal (lond('', hrothor to the duchoss. The; prince assured
his majesty, lliat his sister never could have spoken in

lliose lernis if she; had not lost her senses.

Well," said

Louis, " I shall ixdieve liers(df if she say the contrary."
The; |)rince accordinj^dy went to his sister, wlio owned
the entire, lie endeavored in vain, for a whole afternoon,
to, j)ersuade her, that her usual sincerity, on sucli an occa-
sion, would he notliinii hetter than ridiculous simplicity ;
that he, in juslifyinjj; her in the kiiij^^'s eyes, had helieved lie
spoke truth; and thai, at all events, she would please his
majesty hotter hy denyin^% than hy acknowledj^in^^ her
fault. "Do you wish, *^" said the duchess, "tltat I should
endeavor to repair one fault hy committin^^ a still f,Teater
one, and that not solely ajj^ainst the kinj,^? I cannot prevail

on myself to deceive him, when he has the generosity to

' - - - j^^

depend on my word. He who hetrayed me
unkindly, hut I will not make him pass for a calumniator,
as in reality he is not such."

2. She went the following day to the court, threw her-
self at thr king's feet, avowed her indiscretion, and assured
him, that she would much rather own the fault, than he
justilied at the e\|)ense of another. Louis XIV., hy an act
equally heroic, not only pardoned her from his heart, hut
granted her other favors she had not expected, and treated
her ever after with the utmost distinction.

8fl

ADHERENCE TO TRUTH (CONTINUED).

3. Petrarch, a celebrated Italian poet, who lived about
five limidrrd years ap;o, recoinmeiided himself to the
(•(mlidcinr ;ii)(l allrclioii of C.ardiiial (lolomia, in \vhf>se
lainily he resided, by his candor and strict re^'ard to
Irulh. A \iolent (jiiarrel occurred in the house of this
nobleman, whicii was carrie<l so far that recourse was
had to arni^. The Cardinal wished to know the; found-
ation of Ibis allair ; ami, that in^ might b(> able to decide;
with justice, be ass<'mbled all his people, and obli^'e<l
Ibem to bind themselves l>v a most solemn oat on the
Ciospels, to declare; the wh<de truth. Every one, without
exception, submitted to this determination : (;ven the
Cardinal's brother was not excuscvl. P«;trarch, in his
turn, presenting himsidf to take; the oath, the Cardinal
closed the book, and said, "As to you, Petrarch, your
word is suflicienl.**

L'Ecole des Mceurs.

■ ^••»

LESSON XII.

THE SIMOOM.

SuLPHu'REors, n., strong like brimstone. L. sulphureus. The L.
sulphur, is from liolus, G., all, and pur, fire.

Saturated, pt., impregnated. L. snluratus, from .sy///.s', enougli.

Suffoca'tion, /?., the act of choking. F. su/focofirtn. L. nufj'ocnre,
to stifle {sub, and faux, the jaws), to quell or kill by pressing
the jaws together.

Rar'efied, /i#., subtilized or make thin. L. rnrefuclus, from rm^us,
thin, and fucio, 1 make.

Convul'sions^ n., irregular violent motions. V. convulsions, from
vello, L., to tear, to twitch.

Putrefac'tion, n., rottenness. F. putrefaction, from putris, L.
rotten j^G. putho, 1 cause to rot.

i f

Electric'ity, n., a species of attraction and violent repulsion. F.
Electricity, from electron, G., amber.

Imminent, a., threatening. F. imminent, from minere, L., to hang
over, ready to fall upon.

Caravan', n., a body of merchants or pilgrims as they travel in the
East. l'\ caravane. Per. and Tur. caracnnsera [kervan, and
sarai, a house), a house at which caravans sojourn.

Inhos'pjtabi.e, n., aifurding iiu refreshment nor shelter. F. and S.
inho-spitahle, fioni /io.s-pe.s', L., a host, a stranger.

1. Arabia is frequently visited by the terrible simoom,
called bv the natives shamiel, or the wind of Svria, under
whose pestilential inlluence all nature seems to lan«,niisli
and expire. This current prevails chielly on the frontiers,
and more rarely in the interior. It is in the arid plains
about liussora, Bagdad, Aleppo, and in the environs of
Mecca, that it is most dreaded ; and onl^ durinir the
intense heats of the summer. The Arabs, being accus-
tomed to an atmosi)here of <i^reat parity, are said to
perceive its approach by its sulphureous odor, and by an
unusual redness in the (piarter whence it comes. The
sky, at other times serene and cloudless, appears lurid
and heavy; the sun loses its splendor, and appears of a
violet color. The air, saturated with particles of the
hnest sand, becomes thick, fiery, and unlit for respiration.
The coldest substances change their natural qualities ;
marble, iron, and water, are hot, dnd deceive the hand
that touches them. Everv kind of moisture is absorbed ;
the skin is parched and shrivelled ; paper cracks as if it
were in the mouth of an oven.

2. When inhaled by men or animals, the simoom pro-
duces a painful feeling, as of suffocation. The lungs are
too rarefied for breathing, and the body is (X>nsumed by
an internal heat, which often terminates in convulsions
and death. The carcasses of the dead exhibit symptoms
of immediate putrefaction, similar to what is observed to
take place on bodies deprived of life by thunder, or the
efifect of ele tricily.

3. When this pestilence visits towns or villages, the
inhabitants shut themselves up, the streets are deserted,

>«-».-

and the silence of the night everywhere reigns. Trav-
ellers in fhe desert sometimes find a crevice in the rocks;
but, if remote from shelter, thev nmst abide the dreadful
consequences. The only means of escaping from these
destructive blasts, is, to lie Hat on the ground until they
pass over, as they always move at a certain heiglit in the
atmosphere. Instinct teaches even animals to bow down
their heads, and bury their nostrils in the sand. The
danger is most imminent when thev blow in s(jualls,
which raise up clouds of sand in sucli (juantilies, that it
becomes impossible to see to the distance of a few yards.
In these cases, the traveller generally lies down on the
lee side of his camel ; but as the desert is soon blow n up
to the level of its bodv, both are obli<:ed freouently to
rise and replace themselves in a new position, in order to
avoid being entirely covered. In many instances, how-
ever, from weariness, faintness, or slee|)iness, occasioned
by the great heat, and often from a feeling of despair,
both men and animals remain on the ground, and in
twenty minutes they are buried under a load of sand.
Caravans are sometimes swallowed up ; and whole
armies have perished miserably in these inhospitable
deserts.

'Cabinet Library.

-♦♦♦-

LESSON XVI.

THE FALLEN LEAF.

Inadvf.r'tently, ad., heedlessly, from L. verto, I turn.

Memento, «.,any object calculated to awaken memory. L. memento ^

from memini, I remember.
Resume', v., to recommence. L. resumere, from sumo, I take.
Ag'itated, v., disquietedj(15th line;; put in motion (33rd line). L.

agitatus, from ago, 1 do or drive; and this from ago, G., I lead.
Contaact'ed, pt., formed. L. contractus, from traho, 1 draw.

1 !

> <
■

1 li

f '•[

Ven'erable, a., ancient. F. and S. venerable, from venero, L., I rev-
erence, I honor.

Desola'tion, n., dreariness. F. desolation. I and L. desolare, to
make solitary and desert.

Enjoyment, n., fruition. F. cnjouement, irova joie, ]ov.

Fo'iJAGK, n.f leaves. L. foliatio, from pimllon, G., a leaf.

Prospku'ity, n., good fortune. F prosperiU , from prosper, L., suc-
cessful, and that from (G.) pros, to, and pliero, I hear or carry.

1 . ^' The fallen loaf ! " Again and again I repeated this
sentence to myself, when, after traversing the avenue for
some time, I had inadvertently stept into a heap of these
mementoes of the departing year. This trivial incident
hroke in upon a gay and buoyant train of thought; and,
as. for a single moment I stood fixed on the spot, the words
of the prophet fell with a deep and painful meaning upon
my heart.

2. I resumed my walk, and would have resumed with
pleasure the train of thought that had been broken, but
in vain ; and when I again reached the place where the
fallen leaves were collected, I made a longer pause. With
how loud a voice did they speak of the end of all things !
how forcibly remind me that those busy projects, which
at that moment agitated my heart, would, like them,
fade, and be carried away in the tide of life !

3. The leaves fade away, and leave the parent stem
desolate : but, in a few short months, they will bud and
bloom again : other leaves, as gay as those were, will
supply their place, and clothe the forest with as bright a
green. And is it not so with the heart? We are separated
from tho^e who are now most dear to us, or they fade
away in the tomb ; new interests are excited, new friend-
ships contracted, and every former image is effaced and
forgotten.

4. My eye now rested on the venerable pile of building
before me : it seemed but as yesterday since the master
of that stately mansion'stood at the gate to welcome my
arrival; and now, where was he? — Gone — and for
ever I The accents of his voice were never again to be
heard ; my eye was to behold him no more.

h*s

5. As these thoughts | assed through my mind, a slight
breeze for a moment agitated the naked branches : it
helped to complete the work of desolation, and several
of the still remaining leaves were wafted to my feet.
How indiscriminately were here mingled the pride of the
forest, the majestic oak, the trembling aspen, the graceful
poplar, with all the tribe of inferior shrubs ! Here lay
all that remained of their once-gay foliage — one undis-
tinguishable mass of decay ; with no mark to point out to
which they had originally belonged. And shall not death,
the great Icvelli^, reduce us to the same state of equality?
The great, the noble, the learned, the beautiful, when
they lay down their heads in the grave — what are they
more than the mean, the lowly, and the worthless ? They
leave a name behind them for a short time, and then how

soonfare the best beloved fororotten !

b'.'

6. Feelings such as these must have been felt
thousands; and whilst they serve to temper the enjoyment
of prosperity, they contribute also to smooth the rugged
path of life, and calm the sufferings of tbe wounded spirit.
Since, whether one day has been bright or cloudy, spring
and summer must, ere long, give place to autumn ; and
then comes the winter, when, we, too, must fade as
the leaf. .—»-.. — .-,....... -

ANONYMOUS.

BIBLIOTHilQUE DE
297Alil9S?r

itmnitsRAiTiiviii:.^

FIRST COMMUNION.

Commu'nion, n., tho receiving of the Blessed Eucharist. F. commu-
nion, from munus, L.. a gift.
Catechumens, n., persons who are yet in the first rudimei^j^ol

ki.»

' ■ ■ 'if

ltu,.'*'i

r-.
I -

i !■

.ii

;'
la

11:

Chrislinnity. F. rnUchnmhie/i, from (G.) kntn, on or concerning,
ami i:ch<'n, 1 sound.
IlATioNAf. (rash' un al), a., ai^roeablc to reason. F. rationel, from
ralioy L., anil this from ridus, p. pt. cArevi, to think.

Baptis'mal, a., of or pertaining to baptism. F. haptismal, from
bapio, (]., I wash.

Gongri;(;a'tion, /i., an assembly met to worship God in public. F.
co/Kji'd/ntivn, from fjrc.i:, a tlock.

Mon'astf.uy, n., a house of religious retirement. G. monasterion,
from mo.ios, alone; — s'flience also monnchos, a monk.

Sbclu'sio.n, n., separation; from L. .-ieclndeve, to slmt in, to confine,
— se, and cbnulo, 1 shut.

Devo'tion, ;/., [)iety. F. di'n'otion; from vottun, L., from voveo, I
vow, 1 pray.

Demeanor (de ine'-nur), n., behavior: — derivation uncertain.

Accom'i»axif.d, ;j^, joined. F. accornpagner, to attend: of disputed
origin.

1. On the Sunday, ^^hich we call White Sundav,
tliose cliildrcn are solemnly admitted to their first Com-
munion, whose childhood is drawing towards its close, and
who are approaching Ihe period of youth. White Sanday,
(Low Sunday,) is this day called, hecause in the first ages
ci' the Church, the catecliumens, who were haptized on
Holy Saturday, put on, on thatday, assigns of innocence,
white garments, and wore them until the Sunday after
Easter. To this, the Introit, on this Sunday, alludes in
the following words, from the First Epistle of St. Peter :
'* As new-horn hahes, desire the rational milk without
guile, that tl 'reby you may grow unto solvation." This
is the reason why, on Low Sunday, the children are not
only admitted for the first time to the table of their Lord,
but are made solemnly to renew their baptismal vows ia
the presence of the whole community.

2. What an all-important, beautiful, and never-to-be-
forgotten day is this, thou knowest, dear youth, too well
from thine emu experience, to render it necessary for me
to draw your attention to the subject, and if I now refer
to it, it is to excite in our mutual breasts a reminiscence
of early feelings ; for our w hole life should be a continu-
atiou of the Sunday of our first Communion. ^

3. For a long period prior to this event, has the pas-
tor prepared the youth for this twofold solemnity. In
some places, as at Home, the children spend the last ten
days in a monastery allotted for the purpose, in order
that, livinjj^ there in seclusion from the world, from their
parents and relatives, they may devote themselves to me-
ditation, and to serious preparation for the solemn event
that is to occur.

4. At last arrives the expected day. Early, the church-
bell gives the signal. The children assemble in the
school-house ; and thence, each sex apart, they proceed
nnder the superintendence of their teachers to the church.
This is a highlv allecting spectacle : the boys are clothed
alike; so are tlie girls; the latter being mostly clad in
white dresses, simple, beautiful and modest. But the
most beautiful and touching of the whole is, the
expression of devotion in their countenances ; the piety
manifested in their gait, look, and demeanor. As
they approach the church, their delicate infantine voices
pour forth a hymn ; and as they enter singing, the
organ strikes up its sweetest notes, accompanied by a
chorus, of the clearest, but, withal, the tenderest harmony,
like an angelic salutation from above. Then the com-
munity joins in saJuting the young members, now admrt-
ted into its bosom. At the altar, the priest stands await-
ing them, robed in a long white vestment, and wearing
his stole. He, also, salutes them with amiable dignity,
and, after they have formed themselves round the altar,
he calls their attention, in words, few, but persuasive and
strong, to the important action whicli they are about to
solemnize.

Studenmaier.

■ *i
•If

lij

■J 1

^■r.(|.

!■'

'■■1-. 'C

I .1

LESSON XVIII.
SONG OF THE CAPTIVE LARK.
i. Tliis rnorrv morn — tlic sun hath shed

•J

His lifj^ht uj)oii the mountain-head.

The f^^olden dews are sparkling now

On lieath and hill, on flower and hough ;

And many a haj>py song is heard

From every gay rejoicing hird :

But never more, alas! shall I

Soar up and sing in yonder sky.

2. Through these harsh wires I glimpse in vain
The ray that once awoke my strain ;
In pain, while coop'd, I fret and pine,
My useless wings their strength decline.
Sad is my late to see the stars
Pass one hv one before mv bars ;
And know, when dawn returneth, I
No more may sing in yonder sky.

-3. Oh, harharous you, who still can bear
This mournful doom to bide me share —
To see me droop and sadden on,
With wishful eye, from dawn to dawn ;
Beating my little breast in woe,
'Gainst these dread wires that vex me so,
And my glad passage still deny
To soar and sing in yonder sky !

4. Oh, let me fly — fly up once more I
How^ would my wmg delighted soar !
What rapture would my song declare,
Pour'd out upon the sunny air !
Oh, let me hence depart ! in vain
I try to breathe one gladsome strain :
In this dark den, I pine, I die ;
Oh, let me fly to yonder sky I

Logan.

1.ESS0N XIX.

CHURCH OF OUR LADY, NEAR BOLOGNA.

ConiN TiiiAN, n., the fourth of the live orders of architecture,— from,
Corinlh, formerly one of the most distinguished cities of ancient
Greece— now a village.

Dome, n., a hemispherical arch; a cupola. F. dome, from domoa,
G., a house.

Sakc'tuary, w., a sacred asylum ; a holy place. L. sanduavium, from
simetus, holy.

I'ldiTico, n., a piazza or covered walk. h. portmis, from porta,
a gate.

Pecu'niary, «., consisting of money. I^. pecnninnm, hnm perurnn,
money, — and that from pecm, a sheep. IJi fure the invention of
coin, so many sheep were given as the price of articles purchased,
and prohahly after its invention each piece was called a sheep, and
may have been stamped with a sheep upon it.

Mo.n'ument, n., a memorial. L. monumentwn, from mnnere, to

remind.
Modern, a., now living. F. moderne, from rnodo, L., now, just

now.
Unpar'alleled, a., unequalled; from paro, G.. by the side of, and

allelon, each other.
Fertil'ity, n., fruitfulness. F. fertilite, from ferre, L., to bear.

Adja'cent, a., bordering upon. F. adjacent, from Jacere, L., to bo
near.

1. Tnis church stands on a high hill, about five miles
from Bologna. It is in the form of a Greek cross, of the
Corinthian order, and crowned with a dame. As the
people of Bologna have a peculiar devotion to the Blessed
Virgin, and crowds flock from all quarters to visit this,
her sanctuary ; for their accommodation, in all seasons
and every kind of weather, a portico has been carried
from the gates of the city up the hill to the very entrance
of the temple, or rather to the s(juare before it. This
immense huilding was raised hy the voluntary contribu-
tions of persons of every class in Bologna; the richer
erected one or more arches, according to tlieir means;
the middling classes fave their pecuniary aid in propor-
tion; and the poorest insisted on contributing their labor
to the grand undertaking. It is, in reality, a most noble

■m

incmiimcnt of public piety and alone sufficient to prove,
tlial (lie spirit and maprnificence ot the ancient Roman?
still animate tin; modern Italians.

2. The church is of a line and well-proportioned form,
rich in marhles, hut overloaded, as we imagined, with
ornaments. It is needless to add, that from such an ele-
valion, the view is hcautiful ; lost on oni? side in tiie wind-
ings of the fieighhoring Apennines, and extending on the
olher ov(!r a plain of immense extent, and unparalleled
[)()pula(ion and fertility. One circumslance struck us
particularly, wh.ile on the hill. It was the end of March ;
the sky was cle; r, and the weather warm, nearly as it
may he on ahright day in England in the month of May ;
so warm in short, as to render the shade not only [)leasing
but desiral)le ; yet, in various parts of the hill, and near
the church, the snow lay deep, and in vast masses, still
likely to resist, for some time, the increasing warmth ol
the season ; so great is the, influence of such mountain^
as the Alps and Apennines on the climate of the adjacen*
countries.

Eustace.

LESSON XX.

THE TIGER.

Ti'ger, n., a fierce beast of the leonine kind, so named on accoiin*
of its swiftness. L. in/ris, vvliich in the Medians' language sig-
nifies an arrow.

Hag'gard, a., wild, strange. F. hnrjavd, nniarned, from vaffus, L.
wandering ; or hfif/or (Heh.), a stranger.

Insa'tiable, a., greedy beyond measure. F. insntinbh^ from satisy
L., enough.

El'epiiant, n.y the largest of all land animals. F. ddphant, L. and
G. eicphas, a word received from the Tyrians.

Riunoc'eros, 71., a beast in the East Indies, armed with a horn on
the nose. F. and L. rhinnceros, G. rhinokeros, — rA?/j, the nose,
and kerns, a horn.

Progeny (prod' je-ne), n., brood. L. progenies, from gigno, I beget.

Li'oNEss, n., a she lion. F. lionne. Lion is said to be derived from
hlewan, A.S., to roar.

1 ("

prove,
Dinam

I'orm,
I, with
lui elc-
c wind-
on the
•alloled
nek us
March ;
ly as it
it'May;
pleasing
11(1 near
ses, still
\rmth oi
ounlain^
adjaccn*

STAGE.

m accoun*
iguagc sig-

V (Iff us, L.

[from satis,

\ant, L. and

a horn on
|i, the nose,

\no, I beget,
lerived froni

iNVADrn. «., one who ontors with hostility into the possession of
.■iiK'tlicr. S. inrasi'ir. I-, ini'ddcrc, to go in : — r(uh), \ go.

hvKTKRATF., 7. , ohsliriato, ;le 'i>-rout,('(l. L. t//rr(fr/i(u^\ grown old ;
ri'liK. old.

III!) i;ors, '/., frightful. V . Indni.v, |»('rli;i|ts ffum lujddn, A.S., to
Inde ;— being sin.h as one wonid hide from.

I. Tin: form of (lie l)odv nsuallv corrcshoiids wilh (lie
naliire and disposilion ot Ihis animal. The IJLrei' willi a
IkkIv loo long, with limbs loo sliorl, wilh a head irneov-
(M'cti, and wilh eves ghaslly and haggai'd, has no charac-
l(>risli(S hill (hose of *he basest and most insaliable ci'indly.
I'or insliiict he has tiolhing but a imiform rage, a biind
liirv ; so blind, indeed, so ■mdislingnishing, ijial he IVe-
(|iieiilly devours his own progi'uy, and if she (dlered lo
(leleiid tlicm, he tears in pieces the dam herself.

^. The liger is found in Malabar, in Siiun, in Heiigal,
and in ail Ihe "onnlries whi( h aiH* inhabited by the rle-
phanl and rhinoceros. D(dlon, in his travels, assures iis,
thai there is no eonntry in Indi.i in which tigers so much
abound as Malabar, that there Ihe sjtecies are numerous,
but that the largest of all is that which Ihe l*orlugiiese
call Ihe royal tiger, which is very rare, and is as lar^^c as
a horse.

3. The species of the tiger has always been much rarer
and much less generally dill'used than that of Ihe lion.
Like the lioness, however, the tigress produces four or
live young ones at a birth. From her nature she is tierce
at all times ; but when surrou:ided with her infant pro-
geny, and in the smallest danger of losing them, her rage
and fury become extravagant. To oppose ihe daring in-
vaders of her den, she pursues the spoiler with an enmity
the most inveterate ; and he, contented 'o lose a part in
order to save a part, is frequently obliged to drop one of
the cubs. With this she immediately returns to her
den, and again pursues him ; he then drops another ; and
by the time she has returned with tliat, he generally es-
capes with the remainder. Should her young be torn from
her entirely, with hideous cries she expressed her agony^

^'y

i^^

■/.■

i*s

licr despair, and follows the captor to tlii! vorv town or
ship in Nvliicii he may have taken refut?e, and dares liim,
as it were, to come forth.

Airman's Animal Kingdom.

1,1

i .

LESSON XXI.

OF THE ORIGINAL INIIARITANTS, GOVERNMENT, LAWS,

ETC., OF IRELAND.

Scythians, ??., the nrifjinal inhabitants of the countries N. of the

Caspian and Euxine seas and the adjnrent [larts of Europe.

Sctjthfi', from Sci/lhia, — sometimes called Stinnntin.
Tar'a, n., the ])lace in Met th where the convocation of the States-
general of Ireland assembled trierniially, thence called Temora.

Ir. Taray/i ; sometimes called tca/j/i-mor, the j^n'eat, house.
Heued'itary, a., falling to one as heir. L. haircditariu.s^ from

hijcres, an heir.
Bre'iion, n., one invested with judicial authoritv : *"rom brehiv, Ir.,

a judge.
E'ra, ?<., a series of years beginning from some known epoch. L.

lera ; of uncertain etymology.
Restrict'ed, pt., confined, limited. L. restridum, from stridus,

tied or bound.
Fostering, n., nursing : from fodrian, A.S,, to feed or nourish.
Antiquity (an-tik'-kwe-te), n., great age. L. ant^'qiiitas : — antiqum

or anb'nus, ancient, is from aide, before.
Appendages, n., things added to otlier thi.igs not necessary to their

essence. L. appendices, from pendeo, I hang.
Bel'fries, w., the places where bells are hung : from bell-an, A.S.,

to bellow.

1. There are many accounts of tlie origin of the ear-
liest inhahitants of Irehuid ; tlie most probable belief is,
tliat Ireland was peopled by a colony of Phtienicians, a
branch of the ^'•rcat nation of the Scythians. Ireland was
anciently divided into live kinuvloms : Ulstiir, Leinster,
C()Dnaug:ht, Munster, and Meath, each of wfiich was
governed by its own prince ; but the king of Meath was
also paramount sovereign of all Ireland, and held his
court at the palace of Tara. These kingdoms descended
not from father to son by heieditary right ; the succefesion

i\vn or
;s him,

iDOM.

LAWS,

N. of th<'
[ Europe.

il Teiticra.

ise.

'jM.s', from

trehiv, Ir.,

k>oc'h. L.

n stridiis,

lourish.
—antiquus

iry to their

//-on, A.S.,

the ear-
belief is,

nicians, a

eland was
Leiuster,
lich was

leath was
held his

descended
uccefesiou

40 ''

was rc^nlaled by the law of Tiun'sfr//; — a law wbicli irs-
triclcd the ri^Mit of succession to the I'ainily of llie prince!
or cbief; but any member of Ibe i'amily mi^-^bt be elected
successor as well as (be eldest son. Tnnisl was tlie title
borne by the elected successor, during- the life of
tlie rei^Miin^' prince or cbief. The Tanist sb(tuld be a
kriij:bf, lull twenty-live years old; bis li^ui'e should be
tall, noble, and free from blemish; be sbouM, mort;-
over, prove his pedi^q'ee tVom the Milesians, so called
from Miiesiiis, a celebrated hero of the Scytbic race,
who, with his sons, and a lar^^' colony, coming direct-
ly from Spain, settled in Irebuid several centuries Ix^-
fore our era.

2. The ancient law of Ireland was called Ibe /irohon
Lafv, the most sin|j:ular feafui'e of which was,
the almost total al»sence of capit.d punishment. Murder
was punished by a money line, called an cn'r. The
oirice of Brehon was hereditary, — beiuLr, lil\e all other
threat ollices in those days, restricted lo certaifi fami-
lies. A custom prevailed in those limes which still
exists in ome dej^ree; namely, the custom of fnstcriny.
The children of the chiefs and ntd)les were always
suckled by the wives of the tenants. The liid^ thus
formed was considered as strong- as the tie of actual
relationship: nay, foster-bi'others and foster-sisters
often loved each other better than if they had been
the children of the sanu! parents. Another custom
was that of gossipprcrf. The chiefs and nobles fre-
quently became godfathers to the children of their
vassals and dependants. One good etfect of these
ancient customs was, that they helped, in some degree,
to connect different classes in the bonds of affection
with each other.

3. There are many remains of early Irish buildings;
of these, the most remarkable are lifty-lwo round towers
of high antiquity, upon the origin and purpose of which
the learned are much divided. Mr. l*elrie holds, thiit the
round towers were built by Irish CJirislians at different
periods between the 6th and I2lh centuries^ as appendages

■'f.'l

, r

r I

f \j

\ 50

10 their ecclesiastical rslablislimpnts, as holfiies and
church castles for proteclioii in tiiiio of (laiiucr. lie
grounds ttiis oj)iiiioii upon sokm* \cr\ iinportiiiil f'.uis.
The first is, that the; loNvt.'rs )tcccr are Ibiiiid uncoMneclod
with ancient churches; tlie next is, tiiat ihe arciiilec-
tural features of the towers are foniid in the original chur-
ches with which they are connected, where such n^rnain;
ind finally, that Christian enihleiiis are on several oi'iUcm,
ind olh(M's exliihit a style of ai'chilecture universally ac
knowledged to belong' to Christian times, while all have
some architectural points not seen in any known pagan
remains in Ireland.

(Altered from O.N. Daunt's Cat. of I. His. & Dub. Rev.)

1.ESS0N XXII.

REMARKABLE LAKES.

Portugal, n., the tancient Lusitariia, and most westerly kinffdom

of the European continent. The name is said to bo from Porto

Calle, tlie port Galle, a town formerly on the Douro.
Ridge, //., a rough extended line raised above the adjoining surface.

A.S.hrt/cge, from hra-c-a/i, to reach, to extend.
Unfath'omable, a., not to be sounded by a line. A.S. /"ceMm, a

measure of six feet, from fcHlimian, to embrace with each hand

extended.
Subterraneous, «., lying under or below the surface of the earth.

L. subterra/ieus, — .iuh, and terra, the earth.
Confirji'ed, pt., strengthened by new evidence. L. confirmntus,

from firmus, strong, and that from hiermos, G., connected.
Occa'sionally, ad., occurring or falling out incidentally. ¥. par

occasion, from cadere, L., to fall.
Extraor dinar Y, «., out of, or more than, what is common. F.

extraordinaire, from ordo, L., I arrange.
Rum'bling, a., a term applied to a hoarse, confused, continual

sound. Ger. runiepln, to rattle, from hrci'tnen, A S., to make a

noise.
Absorb', v., to swallow up, L. absorbere, from -mrbeo, I suck in.
Pet'rifv, v., to change to elone. F. pdtrifier, from petra^ L., a

etoflCj and fieri, to cause to be,

Des

Ooz

-9

Lai

'|l

Fl.Al

■«

riEi

cs and
IM-. lu-
ll far Is.
inncfletl
irrliitoc-
\\[\\ cIku--
remain ;
ot'lhoin,
I'salW ac-
: all 1»avo
m\ pagan

)uh. Rev.)

>rlY kingdom
e from Porfo

iiiing surface.

V.S. foethniy a
ith each hand

of the earth.

. confinnatus,
nnected.
•allv. F. par

common. F-

|sed, continual
S., to make a

heo, I suck in.

i. On the top of a ridge of mountains in Portugal,
calird h\'itn'll(i, there are two lakes of great extent and
depth, cs[)eeiallv one of them, which is said to he un-
fatnomahh'. What is rhiedy remarkahh* in them is, tliat
they are cahn when the sea is so, and rough when that
is stormy. II is, therefore, pi'ohahle, tliat lliey have a
suhlerraneons comunmicatiim with the ocean; and this
seems to he eonlirmed hy the pieces of shi|)s tiu^y occasion-
ally tlirow up though almost forty mifes distant from
the sea. There is another extraordinary lake in this
country, which, hefore a storm, is said to make a frightful
rumhling noise, that nav he heard at the dist;mce of
several miles. And we are also told of a pool or fountain,
called /'I'frcncias, ahout twenty-four miles from Coimhra,
that ahsorhs not only wooti, hut even (he lightest hodies
thrown into it, such as cork, straws, feathers, &c., which
sink to the hottom, and are seen no more. To these we
may add a remarkahh; spring near Estremos, which
petrilies wood, or rather incvusts it with a case of stone:
tut the most surprising circumstance is, that it throws up
water enough in summer to turn several mills, whereas
in winter it is perfectly dry.

Smith's WoNDERr>.

LESSON xxm.

INDIAN-RUBBER AND SPONGE.

DESCRrBED, pt., represented. L. descn'ptus, from sa'ibo, I write.
Ooze, v., to tlow or issue forth gently. Ooze is said to be a

corruption oi caiix, F., waters.
La'yer, n., that which is spread over a surface. I. letto, layer.

The Ger. lagen, is equivalent to the L. ponere, to put, or lay.
Flam'beaux (-hose), «,, lighted torches. F. flambeaux^ from L,

flamma, a flame.
Flex'ible, a., ductile, bendable, F. flexibk^ from flecio^ L., I bea<l^

f(\

If:'

■•111

I tt

^ ^" 52

Str'inge, n., a tube through which any liquid is squirted. G. syr-
iffz, a pipe or reed, from si/nssc, 1 hiss.

Surgeon, ?i.j a corru[>tion of chirurgeou, one who porfonis manual
operations in the art of healing. G. chc'irour(/os,—c/teir, the hand,
and eryon, work.

Chem'ist, n., a professor of chemistry. F. cltitnistc. probably from
chymn, G., from cheyein, to pour, in reftTcnco to one who pours
or mixes metals; or from kaniai, Ar., to conceal.

Impreg'nated, pt., saturated. F. iinpn'yne, from pneynans, L.,
(praoyena/is), full of, teeming with.

Sheathed, />/., covered or protected : from A.S. sceodia/i, to sepa-
rate or seclude ; consequently, to protect, Ac.

1. Indian-rubber is the hardened juice of a tree wliich
grows in South America. It is called the ayringc-tree,
and is described as attainin*;a very prreat liei^lif, beiiiir, at
the same lime, perfectly straij^iit, and h;ivinf,' no branches
except on the top, \vhich is but small, covering no more
than a circumference of ten feet. Its leaves are green on
the upper part, and white benealh. The seeds are three
in nund)er, and contained in a [)od, ';niisisfing of three
cells, and in each of them there is a kernel, which, being
stript and hoiled in water, produces a thick oil or fat, an-
swering the purposes of butter in the cookery of that coun-
try.

2. The Indians make incisions through the bark of this
tree, chiefly in wet weather; a milky juice oozes out,
which is spread over moulds of clay ; when the lirst hiyer
is dry, a second is put over it ; this operation is repeated
till the indian-rubber is of the thickness recpiired, After
this, it is placed over burnin^^ vegetables, the smoke of
which hardens and darkens it. The natives apply it to
various purposes; for water-proof boots, for bottles, and
also for flambeaux, which give a very brilliant light, and
burn for a great lengiit of time. The principal uses to
which indian-rubber is applied here, are, the ell'acing of
black-lead marks, for water-|)roof shoes, for balls, flexible
lubes, syringes, and other instruments used by surgeons
and chemists. Cloth of all kinds may be made to resist
water, if impregnated with the fresh juice of the syringe-

troo. The boHoms of ships are sometimes sheathed with
indian-riibhor, cut very thin;. it is said to oreserve them
from llie injuries of shell-lish.

3. Spongk is a marine production ; it was formerly
supposed to he a ve^aMahie, hut the opinion now <;enerally
erilorlained is, tliat it is a habitation constructed hv a little
worm, one of the species considered to occupy the lowest
rank in the animal kin^^lom. It is found adhering to
van*jus marine sul)slances at the bottom of the sea,
espociiiliy in th{'>b'diterranean, and isprocured by divers,
who are early tiained to this employment. S|)on^e
absorbs (luids rapidly, an<l yields them a;zain when com-
pressed. It was frejjuently saturated wilh wine and
myrrh, and pvcn to persons sud'erin;,' the punishment of
crucilixion, in order to deaden tha sense of pain, and
subdue tlie intolerable thirst, which is the consequence of
their a^^ony.

Mayo.

-*•«-

LESSON XXIV.

THE TRAVELLER AT THE SOURCE OF THE NILE.

i. In sunset's light, o'er Afric thrown,
A wand'rer proudly stood
Beside the wdl-spring, deep and lone,

Of Efjvpt's awful Hood ;
The cradle of that mijxhty birth.
So long a hidden thing to earth !

2. He heard its life's first murmuring sound,
A low mvsterious tone;
A music sought, but never found,

By kings and warriors gone;
He listen'd — and his heart heat high —
That was the song of^victory !

ii:

tt4

3. The rapture of a conqueror's mood

Rush'd hurninfr through his frame,
The depths of that green solitude

Its torrents could not tame ;
Though stillness lay, \vith eve's last smile,
Hound those far fountains of the Nile.

A. Night came with stars : — across his soul

There swept a sudden change ;

E'en at the pilgrim's gloi'ious goal,

A shadow dark and strange
Breathed from Ihe thought, so swift to fall
O'er triumph's hour — And is this alll

5. No more than this! — what seem'd it now

First hy that spring to stand?
A thousand streams of lovelier flow

Bathed his own mountain-land !
Whence far o'er waste and ocean track,
Their wild, sweet voices call'd him hack.

6. They call'd him hack to many a glade.

His childhood's haunt of play.
Where hrightly through the heechen shade

Their waters glanced away;
They call'd him, with their sounding waves,
Back to his fathers' hills and graves.

7. But, darkly mingling with the thought

Of each familiar scene.
Rose up a fearful vision, fraught

With all that lay hetween ;
The Arah's lance, the desert's gloom.
The whirling sands, the red simoom !

8. Where was the glow of power and pride ?

The spirit born to roam?
His alter'd heart within him died

With yearnings for his home I
All vainly struggling to repress

That gush of painful tenderness.

9. He wept — the stars of Afric's heaven
Beheld his bursting tears,
E'en on that sp'^^»t where fate had given

The meed of tailing years ! —
happiness ! how far we flee
Thine own sweet paths in searcl of tliee !

Mrs. Uemans.

-♦♦«-

§ 2. LESSON I.

nOLLANDTIDE.

Hol'landtide, n., All-hallown,* the time about All Saints' day. A.S.
half/i(tn, separated from common use ; and ti'd, a season.

Arrested, v., captivated, seized. F. anxUii, from ad-restare, L. to
• stop or stay. A.S. rest-an, to rest.

Fatig "1. ' lecg), n., weariness. F. fatigue, from fatim, L., exces-
sive' v. 1 ago, I drive.

Ab"stim c. '., temperance in food : in general, forbearance of cer-
tain ka.as of meat or drink. F. abstinence, from abtenere, L., to
hold or keep from.

Engrossed, pt., occupied or filled. F. engrosser, to get large— grro*'
(from crassus, L., fleshy), big.

Dissipation, n., scattered attention ; thoughtlessness. F. dissipation,
from dissipo, L., I scatter.

Superstition (stish'-), n., an endeavoring to acquire a knowledge, a
cure, or the like, by such means as can have no natural effect;
also, the observance of dreams, omens, c. F. and 8. superstition,
excess or^disorder in worship, from sisto or sto, L., I stand.

Mum'meries, n., tricks, fooleries. F. momvierie.s , so called from the
sport of monies (G.) or mockers. Momos was the god of carping,
and even the make-game of his fellow gods.

Missionaries (mish'-), men sent to preach the Gospel. F. mission-
naires, from mitto, L., I send.

Anecdotes, «., unpublished narratives or incidents of private life.
F. anecdotes, from anekdotos, (j.,—a, not, ek, from, and dotos,
given, from didomi, I give.

1. All was now ready. The *' snap-apple " cross
was hung up, the iire blazed cheerfully, and every
countenance was bright with expectation of the coming
mirth, when a knock at the yard-door diverted for a

^.i

-i - H

.-• w

rnomoni IIjo allonlion of all from what was going forward.
The door was opcnc'd without delay, and a figure entered,
on which all eyes were iuslaidly riveted. His person was
tall and niajcslic ; a long heard, half gray with years,
descended upon his hreast ; his head and feet were hare;
in his right hand he carried a staff while a rosary, with
heads of an extraordinary size, was made fast to a leathern
girdle at his side. Ihit there was something in theaspect
and demeanor of the stranger, which, even more than
the singularity of his dress, arrested the attention of the
company, and jjroduced for the moment a pause of res-
lectlul silence. His countenance, though pale and worn
)y fatigue, or the «dfects of hahitual ahstinence, had on
it a spiritual expression of ujildnessand peace, mat awak-
ened tlie inten;st and esteem of the heholder, and his
easy, unpretending address, seemed to indicate that he had
known what the world calls " hetter days," although a
sentiment of religion prevented all appearance of repining.
He appeared like one whose mind was so engrossed by
somo one prevailing idea, that it required an effort to
direct his attention, even for an instant, to any other
suhject.

2. ''It seems to me, sir,'* said one of the company,
*' that our amusements do not afford you much satis-
faction." " They do not give me any, sir," replied the
stranger. " And pray what great harm do you see in a
little innocent amusement of this kind, where it interferes
with no duty, and affords no room for vice or criminal
dissipation?" "Sir," replied the stranger, *'you mistake
my disposition, if you think I am an enemy to all inno-
cent amusement. To say nothing of the detested supers-
titions, there is something in the senseless, unmeaning
mummeries customary at this season, which seems to me
but ill adapted to do honor to the solemn fast and vigil
which we this night celebrate. And apart from this mere
silliness, or the evil which they occasion to ignorant minds,
I confess I cannot understand how a Christian can esteem
it a rational amusement to invoke the aid of an evil spirit
even in jest. I know that similar practices have ever
been regarded by the Church with horror. One fact|

however, cannot be denied, that an evening could be
spent quite as amusingly, and much more profitably,
without them.

3. ''I spent this night twelve months," he continued,
** in tlie liouse of a respectable family in another county,
and will tell vou how thev passed it. The master and
mistress had tiieir kitchen crowded with their poor
neighbors. They had no snap-apple, nor nuts, nor beans ;
but they had a good fire, and good books, and they read
something tliat was at the same time amusing and in-
structive, either from the history of the Church, or the
wonderful lives of missionaries in various parts of the
globe ; or else they conversed freely on some point of
Christian doctrine or morals, and sometimes gave interest
to the subject by anecdotes and stories ; and I assure you,
many went home from that Hollandtide a great deal
better instructed in their religion and its duties tlian when
they came, and by no means discontented, either, on the
score of amusement."

a. Griffin.

«.«v»-

LESSON II.

THE JOURNEY TO BETHLEnEM.

ORTEjf'TAL, n., eastern. F. oriental, horn orien, G., to rise ; because

in the east the sun rises.
Antic'ipate, i>.,to foresee and prevent. h.anticipnre,—ante, before

capere, to take.
Artisan', n.,a tradesman. F. niiimn, from nrs, L., skill.
Re'gal, n,, royal, kingly. L. regah's, from rego, I rule.
Descent', n., birth, extraction. F. descente, from scando, L., I

climb.
Escort'ed, v., attended by guards from place to place. F. escorts,

guarded. The n. scoria (I.), is traced to dirigere, to direct.
Manifesta'tion, n. publication. F. vinnifestation. Manifestus (L.),

is palpable, evident,— -such as might, as it were, be felt by the

*^i^ h

^-f^i/l.'.

. • I

hand. L. manus, the hand, and festus, the oh.pt. of fendere,

to strike on or against.
Consumma'tion, n., accomplishment. F. consommation^ from

summiis, L., the utmost.
EM'pERon, n., a monarch superior in rank to a king. F. empereur,

from impero, L., I command, I reign.

1. A LITTLE group is seen to advance slowly, from the
mean and obscure village of Nazareth, on its way to
Bethlehem, the regal city. None of the pride and cir-
cumstance of oriental travelling distinguishes its progress ;
no swelling retinue of menials and dependents surrounds
it, to anticipate the Avants and minister to the gratifica-
tions of their masters ; no well-appointed train of camels
follow, to convey the provisions and conveniences, almost
indispensable in such a journey.

2. A poor artisan, with affectionate solicitude, alone
guides the steps of the humble beast, whereon rides a
tender female, apparently unfit, by her situation, to un-
dertake so long and fatiguing a pilgrimage. Where they
arrive for the night's rcj.ose, no greeting hails them, no
curiosity gazes on them ; when they depart to renew their
toil, no good wishes are heard to cheer and encourage
them on their way. Humble, meek, and unpretending,
they are passed unsaluted at every step, by the crowds,
who, boasting the same descent, scorn to acknowledge
them as members of the regal stock, and hasten forw'ard
to secure every accommodation, till they leave this tender
maid, and her coming offspring, no roof but a stable, and
no cradle but a manger.

3. And yet, not even the ark of the covenant, when
it marched forth to victory over the enemies of God,
escorted by the array of Lcvites, and greeted by the
plaudits of the assembled nation ; not even it moved with
half that interest to heaven, or half that promise to earth
with which this hiuuble virgin advances, bearing within
her bosom in silence and neglect, the richest work which
the Almighty had yet made, and the most miraculous
benefit which his wisdom had yet devised. Upon this
little group the angels attended with care more tender
than they have for the ordinary just, lest they should dash

3f fendere,

ion, from

empereur,

from the
s way to
I and cir-
progress ;
lurrounds

gratifica-
of camels
es, almost

',?

their foot against a stone : for on its safety depend the
fulfilment of prophecy, the consummation of the law, the
manifestation of God's truth, and the redemption of the
world. In it are centred all the counsels of Heaven, since
the creation of man ; for it the whole land has been put
into movement ; and the Roman emperor issued his man-
date from the throne of the world, solely that this maid
might be brought to Bethlehem of Juda, in order that
from it might come forth, in fulfilment of prophecy, the
Ruler who should govern the people of God.

Tix. Wiseman.

de, alone

)n rides a

on, to un-

here they

them, no

new their

jncourage

etending,

3 crowds,

novvledge

1 forward

lis tender

able, and

nt, when

of God,

by the

oved with

to earth

ig within

rk which

iraculous

pon this

re tender

ould dash

LESSON III.

HYMN OF THE CITY.

1 . Not in the solitude

Alone, may man commune with heaven, or see

Only in savage wood
And sunny vale, the prosent Deity ;

Or only heai ' ^> voice
Where the winds w^hisper, and the'waves rejoice.

2. Even here do 1 behold

Thy steps,'AImighty ! here amidst the crowd

Through the great city roU'd,
With everlasting murmur deep and loud —

Choking the ways that wind
'Mongst the proud piles, the work of human kind.

3. Thy golden sunshine comes

From the round heavens, and on their dwelling lies

And ligths their inner homes ;
For them thou till'st with air th' unbounded skies,

And givest them the stores
Of ocean, and the harvest of its shores.

I w

■u

;i~-

4. Thy spirit is around,

Quick' ning the restless mass that sweeps along ;

And this eternal sound —
Voices and footfalls of the nun»' erless throng —

Like the resounding sea,
Or like the rainy tempest speaks of thee.

5. And when the hours of rest
Come like a calm upon the mid-....a brine,

Hushing its billowy breast ;
The quiet of that moment too is thine :

It breathes of Him who keeps
The vast and helpless city while it sleeps.

Bryant.

."^i

1,1

LESSON IV.

SNOW HOUSES.

Com'fortable, a., agreably convenient. F. confortatif, from fortis,

L., strong, fair, &c.
Diam'eter, n., the straight line' ^ch, passing through the centre

of any figure, measures or div. .es it into two equal parts. L.

diameter, from (G.) dia, through, and metron, a meas\ire.
Tena'cious, «., cohesive ; having particles disposed to stick or keep

together. F. tenace, from tenere, L., to keep, to hold.
Rectang'ular, fl., right-angled^ i. <?., having angles of 90". F. red-

angulaire, from angulus, L., a corner.
Con'ical, a., like a cone, which is a solid figure having a circular

base, and gradually decreasing to a i)oint. F. conigue, from

conus, L., and konos, G., a cone, — the fruit of the fir-tree.
Operation, n., performance. F. operation, from opus, L., a work.
Construc'tion, «., form, structure. F. construction, from struo, L,,

I build.
Traxslu'cexcy, n., imperfect Jfcinsparency, partially admitting rays

of light, so that light, not ubjects, appears through L. luceo, I

shine, from the ob. G. luke, light.
Transmit'ted, v., sent out. L. transmissus, from mitto, I send.
Supe'rior, a., more beautiful or attractive. S. and L. superior, from

super, above or over.

1. The winter habitations of the Esquimaux, — an un-
civilized people of North America, — are built of snow,

and, judging from one that I saw constructed the otlici*
dav, ilioy are very comfortable dwellings. The Esquimaux
having selected a spot on the river where the snow was
about two feet deep, and sufliciently compact, commenced
l)v tracing out a circle, twelve feet in diameter. The snow
ill the interior of the circle was next divided with a broad
knife, which had a long handle, into slabs three feet long,
six inches thick, and two deep. These slabs were
tenafious enough to admit of being moved about without
breaking, or even losing the sharpness of their angles,
and they had a slight degree of curvature, corresponding
with that of the circle from which they were cut. They
were piled upon each other exactly like courses of hewn
stone, around the circle which had been traced out ; and
care was taken to smooth the beds of thedilferent courses
with the knife, and to cut them, so as to give the wall a
slight inclination inwards. The dome was closed some-
what suddenly and tlatly, by cutting the upper slabs in a
wedge-form, instead of the more rectangular shape of
those below. The roof was about eiglit feet high, and the
last aperture was shut up by a small conical piece. The
whole was built from within, and each slab was cut so,
that it retained its position without requiring support,
until another was placed beside it, the lightness of the
slabs greatly facilitating the operation.

2. When the building was covered in, a little loose snow
was thrown over it, to close up every chink, and a low
door was cut through the wall with the knife. A bed-place
was next formed, and neatly faced up with slabs of snow%
which were then covered with a thin layer of fine
branches, to prevent them from being melted by the heat
of the body. At each end ot the bed, a pillar of snow
was erected, to place a lamp upon ; and lastly, a porch
was built before the door, and a piece of clear ice was
placed in an aperture cut in the wall, for a window.

3. The purity of the material of which the house was
framed, the elegance of its construction, and the translu-

'-'■Uil

■P

I 'I!.

6ency of its walls, which transmitted a vcrv pleasant lip:ht,
^ave it an appearance far superior to thiit of a marble
building.

Captain Franklin.

». >

LESSON V.

foundations of knowledge.

1in'fral,«., matter dug out of mines. F. tni/icral, ivom minare,L.,

to lead ; to mine, means to lead a way under ground (in search

of metals, Ac.)
Percep'tion, //., notion, idea. F. perception, from percipere, L.— '

per, and cnpere, to take.
PiiYs'icAL, n., natural. L. plujsicus, from phmis, G., nature, from'

phuo, I produce.
Grav'ity, n., tendency to the centre. F\ (jravile, from yrcnis, L.,

heavy.
Iner'tia, «i|^inactivity, heaviness. L. inertia, — inertt, not active,

from ars, power, skill.
Physioi/ogy, «., a searching out of the nature of things. F. jt/ii/si-

olngie, from (G.) phusia, nature, and logos, a discourse.
Arith'metic, n., the science of numbers. S. and L. aritlnnetirn,

from urithmos, G., number.
Geom'etry, n., a measuring wf the earth; technically restricted to

that science applied to the measuronenl of extension. I .S.L. and

G. yeonietrin, from (G.) ye, the earth, and tnctrein, to measure.
Ar'bitrary, a., capricious ; depending on no rule. L. arbitrarius',

— of unsettled etymology.
Method'ical, a., systematical (way or course of). G. methodos,

method, from metu, with, and hodos, a way.

1. Every man may be said to begin his education, or
acquisition of knowledge, on the day of his birth. Certain
objects, repeatedly represented to the infiint, are after a
time recognized and distinguished. The number of objects
thus known, gradually increases, and from the constitu-
tion of the mind, they are soon associated in the recollec-
tion, according to their resemblances, or obvious relations.

«:.--i

Thus, sweetmeats, toys, articles of dress, >' c., soon form
distinct classes in the memory and conception.

2. At a later age, hut still very early, the child dis-
tinguishes readily helween a niiitcrnl mass, a rr(/c(n/)ip^
and an aniwoL and thus his mind has already noled the
three great classes of natural hodies, and has acquired a
certain degree of acquaintance with natural histon/. He
also soon understands the phrases, " a falling hody, "
" the force of a moving hody," and has, therefore, some
percei)tion of the great physical laws of gravity and
inertia.

3. Having seen sugar dissolved in water, and wax mel-
ted round the wick of a hurniiig candle, he has leai'ued
some phenomena of chemistry. And havingol)serv(»d the
conduct of the domestic animals, and of the persons ahout
him, he has hegun his acquaintance with physiology and
the science ofmind. Lastly, when he has learned to count
his lingers and his sugar-plums, and to judge of the
fairness of the division of caUe hetween himself and his
brothers, he has advanced into arithmetic and geometry.

4. Thu§, v'ithin a year or two, a child of common
sense has made a degree of progress in all the great
departments of human science, and, in addition, has
learned to name objects, and to express feelings, by the
arbitrary sounds of language. Such, then, are the
beginnings or foundations of knowledge, on which future
years of experience or methodical education must rear
the superstructure of the more considerable attainments,
which befit the various conditions of men in a civilized
community.

5. The most complete education, as regards the mind,
can only consist cf a knowledge of natural history, and
of science, and a familiarity with language. As regards
the body, it consists of the formation of various habits of
muscular action, performance on musical instruments,
drawing and painting, and other exercises of utility or
amusement. By reviewing a complete table of such

i».*r

.» r^ ..,t.rr, ~..

•4

matters, oarli man may son at onco what he oa^ know,
and what it may suit his particular condition to study.

Arnott.

LESSON VI.

,111 1

: I !

{ I

' THE CASSIQUE.

Mo'tive, 71., that which incites to action. F. motif, from moveo, L.,

I move.
Ak'iual, a., capable r»f Hying through the air. L. neriua, from ner,

(I., tlio air.
SiiccKssioN (-sosh'-), n., an nnintcrrnpted series or course. F. suc-

ce.s'.s'/o/i, I. and L. suc-cefiere, to go under ; cado, 1 yield.
Greua'hious, f'., going in flocks like partridge. L. yrejivius, from

fP'i'.v, (jt'fi'jh'i, a flock.
Imitatk, /'., to mimic. L. imitor, from uiinieomm, (J., I copy.
Coi/oMrsTS, //., the persons com|)osing the colony, and who had left

their mother country to cullivati' that of their adoption. F. to/o-

)iii\ a colony, from volo, L., I till.
CiioRisTKHS (kwire'-,) //., songsters of the grove. F. choristes , ivoin

r/ioru.s', L., and chorus, G., a number of singers, from chnirein,

to rejoice.
Pen'dulois, «., hanging. L. pendulus, from pende re, to hang or

suspend.
Symmetry, 7i., an agreeable apportionment of parts or members ; a

measured proportion. L. and G. symmetria, from metron, G.,

a measure.
Ornithology, )i., the natural history of birds. G. ornitholoyos,—

ornilhos, of a bird, and leyein, to discourse.

1. One hird, however, in Demerara, is not actuated
by sellish motives ; that is the cassique : in size, he is
larger than the starling ; he courts the society of man,
but disdains to live by his labors. When nature calls for
support, he repairs to the neighboring forest, and there
partakes of the store of fruits and seeds, which she has
produced in abundance for her aerial tribes. When his
repast is over, he returns to man, and pays the little
tribute which he owes him for his protection. He takes
his station on a tree close to his house, and there, for
hours together, pours forth a succession of imitative notes.

, • 1

cis

His own sonj? Is swoel, Iml vory short. If a lonran l)fi
yelping' ill tin' iici^'lihorliood, tli«* rassi(|iie drops liis sofi^r
and iiiiilalt's him ; th(Mi h(> will aiiiiist' his protector with
tJK' ( rit's of tin* (lillcfciit species of Ili«' woo(lpeck(M' ; and
\Nheii th(5 sheep hieat, he will disliiictiv answer them ;
then comes his soii^^ a^'aiii ; and if a puitpv do;; or a
Gnineii-fowl interi'npt him, he takes it olV admirahly, and
by his dilVerent {^estnres dnrinj,' the time, you would con-
clude that he iMijoss IIm' sport.

2. The cassique is ^M'e}4:nrious, and imitates any sound
ho liefus with such exactness, that he ^^)es hy no other
name than that of imtrhiiuj-hird amon^- the colonists. At
hreedinj; time, a lunnher of these pretty ( horisters res irl
to a free near the planter's hou 'e, and irom its o itside
hranches weave their pendulotis nests. So <'(>nsci )us do
thev seem that thov never LMve olfence, and so li'lle sus-
picious are they ot receivui^^ any uijury from man, tin,*
they will choose a tree within forty yards from his liousc,
and occu[)y the branches so low down, that lie r,;»y peep
into their nests. A tree in Warratilla Creek lilo'ds a
proof of this.

W. The proportions of the cassique are so tine, that he
may he said to he a model of symmetry in oru'thology.
On each wing he has a bright yellow spot ; his belly and
half the tail are of the same color ; all the rest of the bo-
dy is black ; his beak is the color of sulphur, but it fades
in death, and requires the same operation as the bill of
the toucan to make it keep its color.

4. The case, elegance, and rapidity of his movements,
the animation of his eye, and the intelligence he displays
in listening to and laving up lessons from almost every
species of the feathered creatioti within his hearing, are
really surprising, and mark the peculiarity of his genius.
This bird is easily domesticated and taught artificial tu-
nes.

W ATE ETON.

,rtmr

LESSON VII.

THE DESERTED VILLAGE.

1 :

^ I

* 'I

i. Sweet Aulmrn i loveliest villajre of the plain,

Wliere health and plenty cheer'd the lahoring swain ;

Where smilin<^' sprin^Mts earliest visit paid,

And partin*^ summer's linf^'rinj,' hloom delay'd ;

Dear lovely howers of innocence and ease,

Seats of my youth, when every sport could please ;

How often have 1 loiter'd o'er thy green,

Where humble happiness endear'd each scene 1

2. How often have I paused on ev'ry charm,
The shelter'd cot, the cultivated farm.
The never-failing brook, the busy mill,
The decent church, that topp'd the neighb'ring hill,
The hawthorn bush , with seats beneath the shade,
For talking age and weary pilgrims made !

3. How often have I blest the coming day,
When toil remitting, lent its turn to play ;
And all the village train, from labor free.
Led up their sports beneath the spreading tree.
While many a pastime circled in the shade.
The young contending as the old survey'd ;
And manv a gambol frolick'd o'er the ground,
And sleights of art and feats of strength went round 1

And still, as each repeated nteasure tired.
Succeeding sports the mirtliful band inspired;
The dancing pair, that simply sought renown,
By holding out to tire each other down;
Tne swain mistrustless of his smutted face.
While secret laughter titter'd round the place.

These wore fliy cli'rms, swoot villa^fc ! sports li::e

these,
With sweet surcession tau^Oit een t(/il lo please ;
These roiiiul tbv bowers Iho'w rlieerful inlhienceshed :
These were thy charms — but all these charms are lied.

Goldsmith.

-♦♦♦-

THE DROW:<ING FLY.

In yonder glass behold a drowning fly ;

Its little feet bow vainlv does it nlv !

Its cries we bear not, yet it loudly ones,

And gentle hearts can feel its agonies !

Poor helpless victim — and w ill no one save ?

Will no one snatch thee from the threat'ning wave ?

Is there no friendly band — no helper nigh.

And must thou, little struggler — must thou die ?

Thou shalt not, whilst this hand can set thee free ;
Thou shalt not die, this band shall rescue thee !
My finger's tip shall prove a friendly shore ;
There, trembler, all thy dangers now are o'er ;
Wipe thy wet wings and banish all thy fear :
Go, join thy num'rous kindred in the air ;
Away it flies, resumes its harmless play,
And lightly gambols in the golden ray.

f^mile not, spectators, at this bumble deed
For you, perhaps, a nobler task's decreed :
A young and sinking family to save ;
To raise the infant from destrurliou's wave I
To YOU, for help, the victims lift their eyes :
Oh ! bear, for pity's sake their fjlaintive cries ;
Ere long, unless some guardiiui interpose,
O'er their devoted heads the Hood may close I

Anom.

63
LESSON VIII.

J I

ON RESPECT FOR THE AGED, AND ON POLITENESS

Gen'tleman, 71., onel)orn or di.'scended of a good family, and sup-
jiftS(^(l lo inlioril. tlio virtues or nenerous qualities of sucli family.
Grnlle is, tliorcforc, api)lio<l lo dennti! llio j-ossossion of such qua-
lilios as aflability, jxjlileiicss, freodom from roarscnossor vulgi-
rity, ^c. F. r/entUhommr — (/enl, from pens, L., which moant
among Iho jiomans 7 a -e or surname ; and evory male heir was
slyh'd a (fcnlilis, or a (jenHeman, of such a race or family.

Invi'tko, ;)/., hpckonod to L. invifalus, fi'om invito, I bid to como.

KMiiAirnAS>Mr:NT, n , i><'i'|iIo\ity, confusion. F. cmharvas — harre. an
obstruction, from L. vara, a bar, by the change of the initial
loiter

Sui'EHSKDKs', v., disponsos with ; sols aside L. supersedere, to sit
upon, to make void, from sedeo, I sit

pKni'i]T"rATi:i), ])t., continued without intermission. F. perpcliic.
Etymology uncertain.

S(j:'Kiicii/ioi:s, a , haughty, overbearing. L. superciliosus. Stiper-
riliiim, tliooyebrow (super and cilice, the eyelids), haughtiness,
disdain : manifested by the contraction or drawing together ol
the (n-ebrows.

Ai"fei;ta"tion. n., an artilicial show or display. F affedation, from
facia. li., 1 do or make

Rkhlke', i:., to reprehend, to reprimand F. rebouclter, to stop up
(re, and boucUe, — L. bucca, — the mouth), that is, lo chide into
silence

Urhanity, n , agreeable or cheerful civility. F. urbanile. L. urba-
nus, of or belonging to a city ^—urbs, a city.

Poi.ite'm:ss, n., gentility, elegance of manners, good breeding.
F polilesse, from polio. L. I polish, I smooth, I adorn

1. Respect for the AfiED.- It happened at Athens,
during a public representation of some play, exhibited
in lionoi oi the state, that an old gentleman came
too late for a place suitable to his age and quality. A
number of young men, who observed the difficulty
and confusion the poor old gentleman was in, made
signs to him, th.il they would accommodate him, if he
came where they sat The good man bustled through
the crowd accordingly ; but when he came to the
seats to which he was invited, the jest among the
young fellows was, to sit close, and expose the confu-
sion and embarrassment of the old man to the gaze
of the whole audience The frolic went round all the

e. L. urba-

nonrhes resrrved for the Atlioiiians. But, on those
occasions, there wore also particular places set apart
, fgr strangers. When the good man, covered with
!«'Oiifiisioii, came towards the boxes appointed for the
Lacedemonians, these honest, though less-instructed
people, rose fi-om their seats, and, with the greatest
ivspecl. received the old gentleman among them. The
AtlKMiiaiis, being suddenly touched with a S(Mise of
the Lacedemonians' virtue and their own misconduct,
gave a tluuKhn- of applause ; and the old man cried
out, '-The Athenians understand what is good, but
the Lacedemonians practise it.'

Addison.

2. Politeness. — Care should bo taken to cultivate,
in all intercourse with friends, gentle and obliging

': o'

liijumers. It is a common error to suppose, that
familiar intimacy superst^les attention to the lesser
(liUies of behavior; and that, under the notion of
freedom, it nuiy excust,* a careless, or even a rough
demeanor. On the contrary, an intimate connection
can only be perpetuated by a constant endeavor to be
pleasing and agreeable. Tin? sann? behavior which
prncuies friendship, is absolutely necessary to the
l)r<?servatioii of it. Ix't no harshness, no appearance
of neglect, no supercilious aifectation of superiority
be encouraged in the intercourse of friends. A tart
reply, a proneness to rebuke, a captious and contra-
dictory spirit, are often known to iml)itter domestic
life, and to set friends at variance; it is only by cou-
tinuing courtesy and urbanity of bidiavior, that wo
long preserve the comforts of friendship.

3. You must often have observed, that nothing is
so strong a recommendation, on a slight ac(iuaintaiice,
as politeness ; nor does it lose its value bv time or
intimacy, when preserved as it ought to })e, in the
nearest connections and strictest friendships.

4. In general, propriety of behavior must be the
fruit of instruction, of observation, and reasoning,

!.««;•

V?:'i..J

' ?;

and it is to he. cultivated and improved like any other
branch of knowhHlgo or virtue. F^aiticular modes
and ceremonies of behavior vary in different places.
These can only be learned by observation on the
manners of those who are best skilled in them. But
the [)i'in(nples of politeness are the same in all places.
Wher(;v(;r there are human beings, it must be impo-
lite to hurt Ihe temper or pain the feelings of those with
whom you converse. By raising people ip, instead
ol moi'tifying and depressing them, we mak j ourselves
so many friends in place of enemies.

Mas. Chapone.

♦•♦-

LESSON IX.

LIFE OF OUR LORD.

Incarna'tion, ??., tlio act of assuming or puUing on a fleshly,
human, morlal body. F. incarnalion, Ircm caro, carnis, L.,
flosh.

Nativ'itv n., h'uih, issue into life. L. nalivilas, from nalum, p.
pi.., of ?ias(:i, to be l)orn.

Espoused, pi., married. F. I'pouse, from spondere, L., to i>romi§e, ^
to bctrotl;

Purifica'tiox, 71., a ceremony poiTormfd l)y the Hebrew women
after the birth of tlicir child. F. purification, from purus, L,,
pUiO, from pvr, G., lire.

Ri surrkc'tion, n., revival Irom the dead ; in a siiiritual sense, as |
iiore apjilied, a rising fro.n the death of sin to Die life of sancti-
fying gi-ace. F. n'surrecli'^n, fruni re-suryo, L., — re, and surgu, |
I rise.

Rktire'ment, n., privacy, rctire(hiess. F. relirement, from Iraho,
\j. I draw.

Revei.a'tion, n, discovery or communication of sacred and myste-
rious trutlis. F. n'rilalion. L. rc-ve/aie, to discover, to uncover,
from celitni, a veil, a covei-iiig.

Tes'timony, 71., i»ub!ic evidence. L. teslitn'jnium, h\m tcslis, n
witness.

Won'ueri-i;l, a., admirable, strangf, astonishing. A. S, wu/hlor,
to wondiM', I roltably from trrnden, to turn.— in allusion to the
elfort (if the mind to un krstand what lias sirnck it with
surprise oi' wonder.

Te'thahch, ti., the governor of one of four parts of a district or
province. G. UlvarcMs, frc m arche, governnient, IHras, four,

ly othor
modes

[ plac(3s.
oil the

n. But

I places.

)(3 inipo-

osewith
instead

iirselvcs

iPONE.

a fleshly,
amis, L.,

1 .
laliim, p.

promise,

V women
urus, L.,

sense, ns
of sancli-
nd surgu,

m\ Iraho,

id mysto-
uncover,

I Icslis, a

ivwuhr,
in to tlin
it with

"lis^tricl. or
as, four.

1. The incarnation of onr Divine Redeemer in the
woml) of his Virgin Motlier, was elfected by the power
of the Holy Ghost. In what year of the world the
Saviour was born cannot now be exactly determined;
Imt the most probable octillion is, that his nativity -
should be placed four years beyond onr present com-
putation. Tliis, howmer. is certain, that in the reigii
of thc> emperor Auiiiistus, and of Herod the Great,
king of Jndea, ''the Word was made tlesh, and dwelt
amongst us."

2. Mary, the virgin who gave birth to Jesus, and
Jose[»h, to whom she had been espoused, were both
of the royal liouse of David. Scarcely had our I^ord
been born, when he showed that he came not to reign
amidst earthly wealth and niagnihcence, although it
was He, to whom everv knee should bend. For wlien
God ^'bringeth his first-begotten into the world he
saith, And let all the angels of God adore him." —
illcb. i. 6.)

3. This happy event was first announced to shep-
herds, who were keeping their night-watches at Beth-
lehem ; and to them — tlie poor — the Gospel was first
preached From the poor also were they chosen, who
were sent forth to bear to the nations the tidings of
salvation; tluit all, who had eyes to see, might see,
that God cliooses the weak ones of this world for his
mighty works, and that not from human prudence or
human labor, but from him, come all wisdom, all
power, and all grace.

4. According to the Mosaic law, the divine Infant
was circumcised on the eighth day after his birth, and
was named Jesus And wlum the days of purihcatioii
were ended, and his mother appeared in tin* temple
with her Son, a v(Mierable and devout man, named
Simeon, prophesied, tlial he should l)e placed for the
resurrection of many, and as a sign to be contradicted.
Then came kings from distant lands in the east, and
inquired in Jerusalem for the new-born King of tiie

\i,f

■ifOJf*

^m\'

Jews. Fleroupou, llcrod trembled, and all Jenisalem
witli liini, and, lo fret' liiiiiself from his fears, he
resolved upon llie murder of the iuiioceiits. All the
male ehildreii of two years of n^^e and under, in IJeth
lehem, and around it, were slain. But Jesus was
taken by the connuand of God, into Kgypt, where he
remained until the death of the tyrant. After thiii
event, he and his molh(;r were eondueted again by
Josepli into the land of Israel, where they resided in
domestic retirejiient, and where '' the child grew in
wisdom, in age, and in grace, before God and men."

5. That this wisdom was not acfjuirod or learned in
the schools of the Jewish masters, but drawn from
the highest and purest of heaven's founts, Jesus gave
proof, when, in the twelfth year of his age, he stood
in the temple of Jerusalem^ and filled the minds of all
around him with wonder, at his knowledge and at his
answers.

6. In the thirtieth year of his age, Jesus appeared
amongst the Jews, as the teacher and author of the
Christian religion. In th(^ mean tim6, John, the son
of the Priest Zachary, whose birth and life had bc^eii
most wonderful, came forth from his wilderness. This
man, who, according to the declaration of the Most
Wise, was the greatest of those who had been born
of woijien, stood as the medium-point between the
new and the old Testaments,, and as a necessary link
in the chaui of divme levelation. Bejecting the prof-
fered honor of being reputed Elias, or even the Mes-
sias, he proclaimed aloud, with a voice from the wil-
derness, that the kingdom of the Messias was at
hand, — that Jesus of Nazareth was the promised Re-
deemer, — that his kingdom was not national, nor of
this earth. Our Lord, before the commencment of
his teaching, was baptized by John, in the Jordan.
His eternal Father then spoke ; and whilst John, as
man, bore testimony to his divine Mission, Almighty
God confirmed it by miracles from heaven. At this
period, Tiberius was emperor of Rome ; Pontius Pi-

lato, governor of Judea ; llcrod Antipas, totrarch of
(lalilee and Perea ; and Philip, h\< brother, totrarch of
Iduuiea, Trachonitis, and Abilene.

DOI.LINGER.

LESSON X.

LIFE OF OUR LORD (CONTINUED).

Benev'olrnt.i:, n., n will or wish for llie hapijinoss or good of
olliors. L. hencoUnlia ; — bene, well or good, rolo, I will, I wish.

]lr\iiL"nv, «., a virfuf, which iiuikcs us think and aft agr.'oahly to
our own nothingnfjss, and willi a view of plfa^iug (jixl F. hu-
inililc. L. humitis, huniljle, low, from /ttuntis, t!i(! grouud,
tlio earlli.

TiMiiMTY, n , tininrousnoss. F. limidilr, from liniro. L., I O'ar,

lMi:i:"i'HHn:i{, n., an oxpoundi'r. L. i/dcrprcs, said to lie an ab-
bn.'viation of i id cr paries, — bocaus) i i-i-inally an agt.'ut Jjot-
weon parlK's: afterwards an exjxisitor.

Tuim'.NAi,, 7J., tho si'at oi'a judge in tho court of ju^lico. F and
L. Iribunal, fiom Iribus, L.. a tribe or ward. Ani'i'Mitly the
])eoi)l(.' of Iiomo were divided into three sections, with a ma-
gistrate over each. This magistrate was thence called a Iribune,
and the ])hice or seat where he gave ju.lgmeni, a Iribunal.

An.iu'iiKL), \)t., put upon oath of a prescribed form. F. a(//w/"(i, from
juris, L., I'ight, law, Justice.

13laspiu-,my. 71., speaking evil of God or his saints: — in this i)lace,
an indignity to God ijy claiming a participation in the Divine
nature. F. blasphcmp, from phe)ni, G., I speak or say.

Cii.\s"tiseme.nt. ?i., punishment. F. cliddmrnl, from castigo, L., I
]nmish, — and this from kaslos, G., a stick ur cudgel.

Redkm'i'tig.n, 71., ransom, restoi-ation. F nklernplion;l'vomredimo,
L , I redeem : re, and emo (according to somi.>, I'rom G. emos,
mine), I purchase.

Asckn'sion, 11., tlie visible sell-olovalion, or ascent of our Blessed
Saviuur into heaven from the summit of Mount Oliver. F. as-
cension, from scando, L., I mount.

1. We ninst suppose the history of our bh^ssed Re-
deemer to be snffieiently known by all. Avoiding all
oartlily splendor and worldly comforts, followed by a
lew cliosen friends, nnknown and persecuted by the
rich and the noble as by the lowest of the people, he
spent three years in acts of heavenly benevolpuce, an(l

> 7.

i ll

in impartinp: eternal truths to men. He tanfjht the
reconciliation of man with God, throngh faith and
love, fonnded npon hnniility ; for those who love
honors cannot believe in him.

■ 2. He has himself left ns a brief history of his life in
these words (.1/./// xi 5): ''The blind see. tli(> lame
walk, the le[)tMN art; cleansed, lh(.' deef Ivar, t!ie di?ad
rise auain, the pooi' have the tiospid preached to thnm,
and blessed is he who shall not !)>> scandalizi'd in iwc''
And when the bitterness of his enemies had reached
its highest point, he went with gladness to OK^ct the
sntl\»rings lliat brought redemption and salvation to
man.

3. It is a jnst observation, bnt one whi(di redonnds
not to onr honor, tlnit men oftentimes love that which
is evil and wick 'd, and that wlii<'h is honorable and
virtnons tlu'y will hardly believe of eaidi other. Tlins,
the enemi(?s of the Most Holv fonnd believers and fol-
lowers, and He was despised, blasplnnned, and mnr-
dered. A mind and a life opposed to the thonghts
and wavs of the earth, mnst nei^essarilv have come in

violent conflict with the world.

e was It

1 the

world, and the woi'ld knew him not : he came nnlo
his own, and his own did not receive him." There
were a few wdio followed him, bnt it was in tiniiditv
and fear ; the powerfnl,on the contrary, and the many,
incited by the interpreters of the law, by the priests
and the pharisees, rose up against him and sought hit-
death.

4. He knew and foretold his sufferings. One of the
chosen twelve was seduced to betray his Master, who,
bound as a criminal, was led away to the tribunal ot
the high priest. When solemnly adjured to confess ii
he were the Son of God, he answered '• I am." Then
did the assembled priests, and scribes, and members
of the council, condemn him, as guilty of blasphemy,
and worthy of death. From the J(iwish court, which
had lost, under the Romans, the power of death, hu

was borne away to the governor, Pilate, who, after un-
feeling scorn, and severe chastisement, condemned the
acknowledged innocent and jnst man to death. He
died, in the thirty-third year of his life upon earth,
derided by the Romans and Jews, the most disgrace-
ful death of the cross, and between two thieves. His
bones were not broken — the ordinary usage after such
a death ; but, to prove that he was dead, a soldier
opened his side with a spear. The body was birried
in honor by a disciple : a guard was placed around
the tomb, and a seal upon the stone.

5. On the third day he appeared again in life to his
apostles. The truth of his religion could not be
weakened by his violent and cruel death, but rather
confirmed ; and the end of his incarnation — the re-
demption of man and his reconciliation with God —
promoted.

6. Ho remained forty days with his disciples, in-
structing them in the nature of his kingdom, their
sacred duties and future labors. There is nothing,
however, expressed in the Gospel, more than the
general command to teach, to baptize and to observe
all things whatsoever he had commanded them,, Of
those who believed in him, Jesus had chosen twelve,
whom he admitted as the favored witnesses of his own
words and works. These, with the exception of the
betrayer, he left as his I'epresentatives on earth There
were also seventv-two disciples closelv connected with
him : they, also, after his ascension, preached the
Gospel, but with less ample powers than the apostles.

7. All these, or many of them, (" they who were
come together," — Acts i. 6,) assembled with Jesus,
near Bethania, at the end of the forty days ; and
whilst they were looking upon him, he raised his
hands and blessed them and was borne away into
tieaven.

,:■ . .. ^ DOLLINGER. ;i .

' I If

t'yi.

%''^

>ff*c

'' ,.. I

ill

LESSON XI.

THE NATURAL PHVLOSOPHY OF CHILDriEN.

Capa(j'ity, n., the power of containing, V. capaciU', from caino,

L., 1 hold, I lake.
AD.\ii'niN(;, »/., wondcrinj^ at, or rop'-.-inliii^' with a(hniration. Ad-

niirans, L., from minis, slr;iii;^'«', wniidrrful.
Bl'ai: TIES, n., thoso f[ii;ilili('s which art* a^'ivcahlc to Ihn senses,

as color, form, and motion, and their various cumhiuations. F.

beautr, comolinoss, from bellus, L., hcaiilirul.
Pnvs'ics, n., natuii 1 ])hil(ji-o|»hy. L. jt/nj.sice, from i)!insis, G.,

which is from p:uo, I j)roduc(\
Piin.os'opiiY, ;?., love of wisdom ; as horn apj>li('d, K''"i'ral pi-in-

ciples of knowledf-'cand scicnco, physical and mural. L. and G.

phUosop/iia ; — pliilos, loviiip, and sop/iia, wisdom.
Clrios'ity, n., intpiisitivenoss, inclination to impiii-y. K. cnriositt',

from cura, L., concern, care.
REcnEA'Tmx, n., amusi'mont; whatever coidrihutcs to reanimate

or refresh. F. ircrmlion, fi'Oin recreat'f. L., to i-e-i.reate, or j^iive

life a{zain ; — creo, I create.
Ferment'ed, pt., healed internally, and lln'i'ohy made to swell. F.

fermenle. L. fermenlum, a ferment, supposod to h< a con-
traction of fcrrimcntum, from fervere, to warm, or to be, or

cause to be warm.
Ver'da.nt, a., green. L. viridis, from virere, to be gDon, to

flourish or grow.
Fou'tified, ph, defended. V. fortifii', from /br/j5, L,, strong hardy.

1. So I call the study of iiatui'o, which scarcely re-
quires any thing besides the eyes, and for this reason
falls within the capacity of all persons, even of
children. It consists in attending to the objects with
which nature presents us, in considering them with
care, and admiring their dillerent beauties, hut with-
out searching out their causes, which ])n)perly bidongs
to the physics of the learned. 1 say, that ever chil-
dren are capable of it, for they liave eyes, and do not
want curiosity ; they ask questions and love to be in-
tonncd ; and here we need only awaken and kt^op up
in \hem the desire of learning an.^ knowing, which is
natural to all mankind. Besides, the study, if it is to
be tallied a study, instead of being painful and tedious,
is jleasaat and agreeable ; it may be as a recreation.

\\\^ slioiiM usually be made* a (llv(M'sion. Tt«is innon-
N'ivahh*, li'»\v many IliiiiLjs cliildiTii nro capable of,
fall (he o(>{)((rl unit it's (.1' iiislnictiii*;- tiiom wore lai'l
tioltl of, wilb which Ihcy tlicnisclvtvs prcscMit \is. A
garden, the coiiiiliy, a [lahicc, arc all so many books,
»\lii«h may he open to Ihcm ; ])iit they must have
luuMi taught and acciish)mcd to n^d in thcin. No-
diiii.n is UKU'c common amonp-st ns than the use of
Id'cad and linen. How scMoni do (diildrcn know how
,'ithcr of Ihcm is prcpai-t'd ; Ihionuh how many hands
Ihc <'oi'n and lla.\ mn>l iwiss Ijidori' thcv arc (diani^ed
into Iii'cad and linen I 'lln* saini» u\:\y he said of'doth,
uiiiidi hi .ii's no rcscnihlain'c tolhc wool whereof it is
formed, any inoi-e Ihau [jajicr, to tlie raj^s wiii(di ai'e
picked np in Ihc slrccls ; and wliy shonld not (diil-
ilrcn he inslrnclcd in lln s' wondcrfnl works of nature
iiiid art, whi(di thcv {'vovv dav make use of without
rcllcctin';' n[>on llicm ? it is V(<ry agreeal)le to read
in Tnlly's treatise of Old A^c, tiu.» elegaui description
wliicli he ,L;ivt^s of the growth of corn. It is admirable
liow tli<> seed, fermented and soft(m<'d by the warmtli
•A\u\ moisture <d' the eartii, which Ivindly ndains it in
her l>o-oni, s(Mids lorth at lirsl a vin'danl point, whicli,
led and nonri^llt•d l'i(tm the rout, raises itself by
, ;iiid eicclr a lollow st;dk, slren^ilnfued witli
Ik.'W lh(/ ( ai', iiiclusvd in a kind of ease, in-

(!e::rt'e

vnul

'nsihl

v '.' rows in il

d at last shoots forth in ad-

nii!'ai)'e h)rin, h)rlilied with bearded spikt's. which
SI r\i' i! as a ^nard auainst the injniies of the small
bii'ds. Hut, to view this wonder itself with our own
eyes, t > follow it attentivf ly Ihrongli all its ditferent
clian;ies. and pursut^ it till it conu's to perfection, is
(]nil(> aiioihiM' spectacle. A earefnl master will find in
tins e.\eiTis(» Ihe means of enricliing the mind of bis
discipi),' with a great nnmbin- of nstdnl and agreeable
id''as. and by a pi()[)er mixtni'c of short reilections,
will, at the same time, lake care' to form bis heart.
and lead him by the [lalh of nature to religion.

.■Nn

ROLLIN.

I.lt^'

•

LESSON XTI.

HYMN TO THE B. V. MARY.

1 Ave Maria I blossed Maid 1 •
Lily of Eden's fragrant sliadc,

Who can express the love
That nurtured you so pure and sweet,
Making thy lieart a shelter meet

For Jesus, holv Dove ? *

2. Ave Maria ! Mother bless'd !
To whom (.'aressing and caress'd

Clings the eternal Child ;
Favor'd beyond archangcd's di-eam
When first on thee with tondorest gleam

Thy new-born Saviour smiled.

3. Ave Maria ! Thou whose name
All but adoring love may claim.

Yet may we reach thy 'shrine :
For he, thy Son and Saviour, vows
To crown all lowly, lofty brows

With love and joy like thine.

4. Bless'd is the womb that bore Him 1 bless'd
The bosom where his lips were press'd,

And blessed too art thoy
Who hear his word and keep it well,
The living homes where Christ shall dwell,

And never pass away.

Kerle.

PROVIDENCE.

As a fond mother her young group beholds, '

And with a burning heart above them bends.

One kisses on the brow — one to her bosom folds.
Whilst one enclasps her knee, one Irom her foot
depends

And to thoir looks, sifjlis, attitudos attonds.
WliaU'viT wants or wishes tlioy unfold,

To tliis a glance, to that a gift extends ;
And snnl(»s or frowns, Imt nevc-r waxc^s cold.

Tims wafchelh Vrovidoirv with sleejdess eyes,
And comforts one, and oik? with hope implants,

And lists to all, and aid to all sni>i)lies ;
Or slionld she se(»m insensate to our wants,

IJeranso unask'd, the hoon alone denies,
Or feign denial — and denying grants.

From FiLiCAJA.

LESSON XIII.

THE ZEALOUS CHILD.

"Vil'i.ages, n., small collrctions of rustic houses in the country. F.

villages, from villa, L., a house in the country, or a farm-house»

with its apponcJages.
Sur'name, n., the name added to the christian name. F. surnom,

from (L.) super, and nomen, name.
Comhi'nei), v., united in design. F. combine, from (L.) con, and

hinus, two.
Coiin'tenance, n., the face, system of the features. F. cnnlenance,

the visage, the continence, keeping, or composure of the face,

from Icneo, L., I hold.
Inge.nu'ity, n., ingenuousness, that is, o|)enness, candor ; now

generally used as equivalent to ingfmiousness, i.e. subtilty,

cleverness F. ingnmilc, from L. genius, from gigno, I be^ret.
Si'Av'iTY, n., sweetnrss. F. suavile, from suavis, L., sweet.
Apostle. n.,one sent; {ipplied byway of eminence to those whom

our Loi- 1 cnmmissiniied or sent to preach the Gospel to all na-

tions : il is often applied t • persons wlio do " the work of an

a]jostle," — by laborint,' with extraordinary zeal fortheconversion

or sanctilication of souls. L. apostolus ; G. apostolos, from apo,

and sU'llo, I send.
Moo'tSTv, 71., reserve, decorum : a graceful bashfulness, the effect

of an humble estiniiite of oneself, not of vulgarity or timidity.

F modestie, from modus, L., measure ; modesty being the

measure of what is decent or becoming.
Docu/iTY, 71., tiactableness, readiness to learn. F. dociliU, from

docco. L.. I teach.
Angli. (ane'-jol), n., appliod particularly to th? heavenly spirits,

and liguratively to such as Jire extremely beautiful, innoc ntor

modest. L. angelus ; 0. aggelos (pro. dngelos, g hard), a lues-

senger.

^^Mi

if'

\fff^

iHi!<

1. Tin: (lislrid in wliicli wi? now arc. rontnins a
^. piT/il many \illa<j('s. al \\\o foot of a iiioiinlain, wliicli
^ilic Ai-abs call ./nhrl Clirh\ tliat is, tlie uiouiifain ol' the

old man, a name whifli they j^avc it, l^ccansi*, lor tho
mosl pai I, ol" tin; yo.'ir, it is covoi'ccl willi snow. On oui*
arrival, we wont to tin' hons(^ of a convert, an a('([naint-
anco, from wlioni we cxjioctpd a warm reception. We
wore not disappointed ; In.' rec(Mved ns with joy and
affiM'tion.

2. As soon as lie heard that tho missionaries wero
waitinu. In; ran with haste to the door to I'ooeive w?.
He innniMlial'.dv took each of us Ijv the li.i^ht hand,
which after he had kissed, he \)\'dC( I npon his he. id as
a mark of respin'tA He Ihen addi'ossed tho prit\sl by
whom I was accompanied, in terms such as tliese :
" Mv falh(>r, Ihon art welcome ; at the verv time that
thou wort comiii'T, 1 liad thi-e in mv h(\irt ; tln^ l»less-

■m

in*; of Heaven has de:-C(Mided, and togellior with tliy
fi'iend, enters my dw(dlinjj[ in thy company ; 1 look
ii[)on this moment as the liap[>iost of my life : como
in, my fathei\ come into my dw<.'llin,i:-, where thou
maysL command and must l)e obeyed."

3. After tho first intorchangi; of civility, we wore
conducted to a large appartment, in which a great
many persons were assembled. They kissed our hands
in tln^ same manner as the master of the house had
done before.

4. We look notice, among those Christians, of a
very young (-hild, not appartMitly more than live years
old, who, having come up to us, went on his knees to
bog our blessing. His l)aptismal name was John, and
he was surnamed by his parents " the Riches of God."
It is the custom of this country for the head of the
family to give each cnild a sui'uame soon after his
birth.^ " The Riches of God '" was one of those fine
characters, in which nature and grace seemed to have
combiu'Hl, to impart, by his means, happiness and
comfort to a Christian family. To a fine countenance
and a chai'ming ingenuity, he added a natural suavity

of disposition, and an ardtMiL dosiiv of information.
II(^ aslvt'il ns many qm-slions on rclijiioiis snlijects;
and, willi a ))leasin;4 imporlnnity, wliich is always
dr'Uglitful to a missionary of (iod, he ontroatod ns to
instruct liim. IJeiii.^ aware llial I was to 1)(; catcM'liist
in this new mission, I was conviiicrd immediately
liow servi('eal)le he wonlvl- Hkely he to*ine.

5. Wliilsl my eomiwmion w<miI to visit the siek and
afni(1(Ml, I assem])!('d thf ciiiUhtMi. and lanuht them

'>-.'■ (i

the ealechism.

The Iiicht's (»f (lod ■' S(^on heeamo a

young aposlh\ He went to all the places where tho
children usually i)layed, and collected them together,
(lod gave ellicacv to the words of the voung mission-
ary; his playlellows followed him. Al lln^ hea(J of
his little li'OOp he came into tho chaptd, with his eyes
cast down and hands joiued. '-Fathei'," said he.
^' leach us to know and lovt^ the great God of whom
you [)reach."' Ilis conduct insjtircdall the rest with a
degrecMjf modesty and docility. I could scarcely be-
lieve mvself in the midst of unsteady children. They
were rather like so many little angels, the sight ol
whom awakeu(>d the nH)st tender ailections and exci
ted me oven to tears. Hut we were soon to separate
from them ; more pr«^saing demands obliged our supe
riors to withdi-aw us.

6 I cannot tell the riductauce with wliich we part
ed from so precious a little Ihxdi. oi* their regret whei
we were about to U'ave them. 'I'hev Itedewed us witt
their tears. The delights whi(di wt fcdl amoiigst them
are some of those choice consolations which Ood he
stows even in this lih' on those who labor in his sei
vice, more, however, to animate their zeal, than l«
reward their exertions.

Llttres L]difiantes.

'ftl

• H^

LESSON XIV.

PROGRESS OF CIVILIZATION.

^!'

,,•1' 1

■ I'

■!!j5

^1-

I^HAB'ITA^•T, ?h, onn who n^sides or dwells In a place. F. habilant,
from habitare, jj., to dwell, to have, to hold.

Am'ity, /{., friendi-ihip. F. amilit', from miio, L., I love.

Teu'ritoiiy, n, the compass nl'land or country belonging to a tribe,
a district. L. lerrilorium, I'roin terra, the oarth.

Rude, a., coarse, uncivilized. 1*". and I. rude, from ruilis, L., or
A. S. rcclhc, licrco ; or more probably from hreow, crudn, raw

E.KiJi/rA'Tio.v, n., rapturous delight. F. exullaliun, from mlio, L.,
I leap, or bound.

Cen'ti:hv, ?i., a hundred years. L. centuria, from centum, a hun-
dred — a hundred ofanylhiriL^.

Pat'rimo.nv, 7} , a pahrnal inhfritauco. F. patrimoi?iP ; — L. paler,
father, and nun / or uviuiuiu, a termin.iliou — j)iobably the samp
fx^menl in Ui'ilMueut, (any thing meant or intendod to t'^stily) :
a \mh\nionii may, therefore, bo ineani to nourish, lo maintain d( ;.

Eb'iTOR, n., a publisher; he that proji.nri'soi' rovis^'s any work lor
publication. F. edfteur, from e-dere, L., lo give out, to publish.

Histo'fuan, 71., a writer of fa»jts or o\ -'nts. F. Iii.-iforien, from (G.)
hislor, one who knows.

Equ'atoh, Jh, a great circle on the globe, so called, because equalli/
distant from the poles, and dividing the .sphere into two equal
parts. L. equator, from aquus, even, equal ; — G. eikos, similar,
like.

"^ 1. Thk condition of the present inhabitants of this
* country is very dilFcrent from that of their forefathei's.
These, generally divided into small states or societies,
had f«3\v relations of amity with surrounding tribes,
and their thoughts and intiu'ests were conhned very
luuch \vithin their own little territories and rude hab-
its. Now, however, every one sees himself a member
of one vast, civilized society, whicii covers the face of
the earth, and no part of the earth is indifferent to
him.

2. In England, a man of small fortinie may cast his
regards around him, and say with truth and e.xulla-
tion, '^ I am lodged in a house that affords me com
forts which even a king could not command some cen-
turies ago. There are ships crossing the seas in every

^•4

direction, to bring what is useful to me, from all part3
of the earth.

3. " In China, men are gathering the tea-leaf for
me; in America, they are planting cotton for me ; in
the West-India islands, they are feeding silk-worms
for me ; in Saxony they are shearing the sheep to
make me clothing. At home powerful steam-engines
are spinning and weaving for me, and making cutlery

♦ for me, and pumping the mines, that minerals, useful
to me, may be procured.

4. " My patrimony is small, yet [ have post-coaches
running day and night on all roads to carry corres-
pondence ; 1 have roads, and canals, and bridges, to
Dear the coal for my winter fire ; nay, I have protect-
ing fleets and armies around my happy country, to
secure my enjoyments and reptse.

5. '' Then, I havp editors and printers, who daily
send me an account of what is going on throughout
the world, among all these people who serve me ; and
in a corner of my house, I have books, the miracle of
all my possessions, more wonderful than the wishing
cap of the Arabian Tales, for thef transport me in-
stantly, not only to all places, but to all times. By
my books, lean conjure up before n.o, to vivid exist-
ence, all the great and good men of V'Hquity; and
for my individual satisfaction, I ^-ua Tu::ko them act
over again the most renowned of tlnnr exploits : the
orators declaim for me ; the historians recite ; the
poets sing : in a word, from the rxj.iator to the pole,
and from (he beginning of time untill now, by my
books, I can be where 1 please."

G. This picture is not overcharged, and might be
nuich extended ; such being the miracle of God's
goodness and providence, that each individual of the
civilized millions that cover the earth, mav have near-
ly the same enjoyments, as if he were the sins;l.i lord
ol'ull.

Arnott.

LESSON XV.

TIME AND ETERNITY.

■if

" I

1. For, stretch to lifo's oxtremest span

The hriUiant coiirso of oarthly pleasure,
How looks llio space assi^ii'd to man,
Lost in the vast eternal measure !

2. Rank, fortune, love, earth's highest hliss,

All life can yield, of sweeter splendid.
Are but a iliinij that scarcely is,
When lo ! its mortal date is ended !

3. So swift is time, so hrieily lost

The ileetinu' joys of life's creation,
What seems the present, is the past,
Before the mind can mark its station.

4. On earth we hold the spirits blest.

Thai learnt to bear aftliction clieerly
And what we call, and fancy rest,
Is brief annihilation merely.

5. 'Tis vain to say in youthful ears,

Time lleet;', earth fades, with all its pleasures :
The ardent heart attentive hears,

Ikit naught of transient counsel treasures.

6. 'Tis heavenly grace alone, my child,

The fruit of prayer attending duly,
Can hrmly stem the tumult wild.
Of earthly passion rising newly.

7. Then shall we for so brief a world,

A speck in nature's vast dominion,
With hope's high banner basely furl'd,
Return to eartli with slothful pinion ?

8. Forbid it truth, forbid it love,

TIk; faithless thought untold slion'ld [XMnsh.
Forbid it all v 'one above,
And all on we know an ; h- risli.

G. GlUFFIN.

LESSON XVI

OF THE FIXED STARS.

Tutor — Charles — James.

Gharles. — The dclav occasionod by our long walK.
'? has atl'ordod us out; of the most brilliant views of lh(!
heavens that I ever saw.

James. — It is uncommonly clear ; and the 1 )nger I
keep my eyes jixed upwards, the more stars seem to
aj'pear: how is it possibh; to nnmlier those stars? and
yet 1 have heard that they are numbered, and ev(Mi
arranged in catalogues according to their apparent
niagnilnde. Pray, sir, explain to us how this business
was performed.

Tutor. — This f will do with great pleasure, some
time hence; but at [)resent I must toll you, that in
viewing 'he heavens with th(3 naked eye, we are vM'y
much deceived as to the supposed number of stars
tliat are {jny time visible. It is generally admittt'd
and on good authority too, that there are never nuivo
tiian one thousand stars visible to the sight, unassisted
by glasses, at any one time, and in one place.

James. — What ! ca:i I see no more than a thousa»i(I
stars if I look all around the heavens ? I should sup-
pose there Vy'ere millions.

Tutor. — ^This number is certainly the limit of
what you can at presen: behold; and that which
leads you, and persons in general, to conjecture that

>f '.> ■^1 *'■:

;r |!

ti li

'^«r"'"

the number is so much larger, is owing to an optica
deception.

James. — Are we frequently liable to be deceived bj
our senses ?

Tutor. — We are, if we depend on them singly ; but
where wo have an opportunity of calling in the expe-
rience of one sense to tlie aid of another, we are
seldom subject to this inconvenience.

Chaulks. — Do you not know, that if you place a
small niarljlc ill liio palm of the loft hand, and then
cross tho second finger oi' the right hand over the first,
and in that i)Or5ition, with your eves shut, move the
niarbio with those parts of the two fingers at once,
which are not accuslomod to come into contact with
aiiV object at tli(; sann^ time, — that Ihe on(» marble
wi.'l appear to the touch as two? In this instance,
wr bout tho assistance of our eves, we should be de-
C'r'ived by the sense of feeling.

'.ri;T0R.— This is to the point, and vsiiows that the
judgment formed by nn.vans of a single sense is jiot
always to be depended upon.

Jamks. — But tliat has nothing to do with the false
judgment which we are said to form about the num-
ber of stars.

Tutor -You are right; it does not immediately
concern the subject before us, but it may be useful as
affording a lesson of modesty, by instructing us that
we ought j.ot to (dose our minds against new evidence
that may beoffen^d on any topic, notwithstanding
the opinions we nuiy luive already formed. You say,
you see millions of slais ; whereas, the ablest astrono-
mers assert, that witli the naked eye you cannot at
one time see so many as a thousand.

Gharlks.— 1 should, indeed, have thought with my
brother, had you not asserted the contrary ; and I am
anxious to know liow the deception happens, for I am
sure there must be a great Itjceptiou somewhere,

if I do not at this time behold very many thousands
uf stars in the heavens.

Tutor. — You know that we spe objects only by
rays of light which pro(*<M'(l from them in every direc-
tioli. And you must, for the present, give me credit
when I tell von, that the distance of the fixed stars
from us is immensely great, consequently the rays of
light have to travel this distance, in the course of
which, especially in their passage through our atmo-
sphere, they are subject to numberh^ss re/lcctlons * and
refractions. By means of these, other rays of light
come to the eye^ every one of which, perhaps, im-
presses upon the mind the idea of so many separate
stars. Hence arises that optical fallacy, by which we
are led to helieve, that the stars which we behold are
innumerable.

ffh

-♦♦♦-

LESSON XVII.

THE VAMPIRE.

Tal'on, n., the claws or bony substance afTixod to the feet of
animals. F. and S. talo?i, irom ialus, L., Uio postern or hell
bone.

Mem'brane, n., the upmost Ihin skin of any thin? ; a web of seve-
ral sorts of fibres, interwoven togethiT for the covering and
wrapping up ot some parts. F. membrane, from membrana,
L., so called because it covers the members.

Perpendig'ularly, ad., in the direction of a straigjit line up and
down ; so as to cut another line at right angles F perpendicu-
lairement, from pendeo, L., I hang.

Qles"tionei), p/., iuteriogated. ¥. quest iuwie, from qucerq^ L.. I
ask, I seek.

San'guinary, a., bloody. F. sanglanl, from sanguis, L., blood.

Debil'ity, n., weakness, feebleness. F. debiUie, from debilis, L.»
(de and habilis), weak.

Quad'ruped, 71., a four-footed animal. L quadrupes, — qualuor,
four, and pedes, feet.

Fab'ulous, a., feigned. F. fabuleux, from fari, L., to speak.

• lo reflect, is to revert or bend back ; and to refract is to break
t)ack, or to break the continuity of a line; as a ray, do,

C'/.U

tiT^'"

Poi.'iTAHY, a., f-ir.L 1 '. F. sofi'lairf', fr.^m xnlus, L., alnnn. or rt// on«.

AnA.N'Dn.NKi), a... (or^.iKi'ii. I-' nhfuxhinni' ; nhandonner.U^ i:i,\\'riu\)
or o\cr, lit ilc-i'i'l. T',' rocil io-iihiT IVcin lln* .\.S.a/;rt//naw, to
dt'uounci', or bimlan, t" hind, orimt under bonil.

« i

:i ; ; I

\ '

!. Till': 'vnnpirf is cliicP.'. fouiKl in Soiilli Aiiiori(*a;
il is ahoiil llic size ol' ;i ^(iiiirrol, and its wiii^^s, w1i<mi
ext(Mi(hMi, iiicasni'c tt);;i- oi livo IV-ct. ll has a sharp
black nose, Inrgi.' and !i[»riL;lil ears. lh(^ loiiguc [)ointC(l,
tlic talons vci'v .•I'ndkcd and slroii.i;, and no tail. At
til'' end ol' Ihc nose, il has a lonp:, conic, erect niom-
hraii.', Iiendiii'^- at I lie iMp, and ilexihie. They vary
in color, soni(i h(Mn,^' enlindy of a reddish Itrowii, oth-
ers (ln>kv. Tii(>N- live on llesh, fish, and Irnit, and aro
pocniiai'ly fond of hlood. The vanii»ii-e of India, and
that of Sonlh Amoi'ica, I consider distinct s[»ecies. I.
have never vet seen a hat from India with a mom-
i)rane risiiip: jieipendicnlarly from tlie end of its noso;
nor have I evei' he(Mi ahle to leain that ])als in India
snck annnals, thon.^li I !iav(M|neslioned many peoplo
on lliis snhji'ct. I could only find two species of bats
in (iniana with a mendwane risin^i;- from the nose.
Both lhes(3 kinds snck a.^imals and eat frnit ; while
those hal>, wiihonl a memhrane on the nos(\ seem to
live "nfiiely n[)on Irnit and insects, hnt chielly on tiie
latter.

"2. A .gentleman, hy name Walcott, Uved far np»the
riv.M' Dcni'M-ari. While I was [lassin^ a day or two
at liis hoiisi ., lie vampires sie'ked his so\i, sunKi of his
louis, and ids jackass, which was the only qnadrn[)ed
he had t)ron,i^ht with him into the* forest. The poor
ass was doomed to i>e a pi'ey to these sangninary imps
of ni4(ht : and I saw, by his sores and apparent debili-
ty, that he wonld soon sink nnthn* his alllictions. Al-
tlionijrh I was so lonu' in Dntch (iniana, visited the
Orinoco and Cayenn(\ raii.ucd through part of the in-
terior of Portngnese Gniana, still I con Id nevcu* find
ont how the vampires actually draw the blood. I
should not feel so mortified at my total failure in at-
tempting tlu^ discovery, had I not made such diligent
search after the \'ampire, and examined his haunts.

^.p'y

r^t«'

n. Eiiroponns may consider as rabuloiis lln^ stories
rel.'ilrd of the vampii'e; hut, for :iiy own pai-t, I must
liclievi in its powers of snckin.*; blood from livinj^- ani-
mals, as I have rejieaiedly s(mmi 1)oI'i men and heast.->
that had been i-ejicaled'y snrUcd and, morfH)vei, I
have examined vrrv minnlidv tiicir hleedini; womuN.
Wishful of havin.t; it in nr- power to sa / Iha! ! had
h(HMi sn(d\ed by the vjnnpire, and not eai'in^- for the
loss of ten or lw(dve onncos of blood, I firqm nl'y and
desi^niedly j>nt m\s(df in the way of trial. Hnt the
vam[)iro M-nied to take a personal dislike to nn' : and
the p!ovokin;.i biiile wonld ndnse to .t^ive m;. claret
one solitary trial, thon.uh he wonld tap tin more
favored Iiuran'.-i toe, in a hammo(d\ within a few yards
of mine. Vov the spac(^ of eleven monllis, I slept
alone on the loft of a wood-cntttr's ab.mdoned lionso
in the forest; and thon.L^h the vampire came in and
on! evei'v ni^dit, and I had the linest opitoi'lnnity of
seein,u- him. as the nmcn shont* thron^li ajierlnres
where' windows had once been, I never could be cer-
tain that I saw him make a -^osit^e attempt to (jnencli
his thirst Irom my v.-ins, tnongh be often hoveiud
over the hammock.

W.VTERTON.

p-^m

I ti

LESSON xviir.

SHIPWRECK OF T: E CHn^DREN OF HENRY I.

AMniTiri.N (-l)isli*-). ;?., (It'siro of power, honor, or corninanil. F. am-

bilion, rruiii ambire, L., to ^'o i'duikI, (in --'.irclior hoiior.^ Ac.)
r.oMPici.i.'KD. ;;/., forced. L. coinpcllalus. in m pcKn. i diiv;.
iNVK.-^'Trri'itK, n, lh«> fic't of givirig poss 'ssioii. l'\ iiivi\s(llH)\', from

vcslis, L.. a i-'armenl.
Du^.h'y, n., ii t rrit'M'V lliil has a iluke fur its s ivi'i-cinn. V. duclh'\

F. due, and L. dux, a duke, a l.'adfr, fr iin ducD, L., 1 load.

IhiJic ill tli('so C' nidri 's is a nvi'r lilh' of hunof.
Lntoxica'tiov, ;?., inobiiitinn. driinkiini\~s. Th y I inlossirarr,

to poison, is from lod'i( ion, L.. and this, accordiiii,' to sume, from

loxon, G., a how, in allusion to Iho nuitlor with which arrows

(shot from a bow) were sometimes poisoned.

■V.< <:.

Nil?

In'fi.ttx, 71., nr, innowing. L. i?ifli(.rus, from Pun, arnl this from
phlun, (i., I ll(j\v.

Siti:a'tio\, ?)., ])OsiU')n ; \h<' cirf:uinst!inct\s in '.vliir'h on" Is i-laccd.
F. siluaho/i, from silu\. L., silual'*.

Mui.'ti rr!)K, n., u crowd. F mnlliliidc. fro;ii }}iiillns. 1... many.

Catasthophk, n., coiiclmlin^' I'vcnt. i 'fvoIntitMi or ';h.in}^n ol
circumskiMcos. V. S. .mil (1 nilaslntphc ; <i. cata "r Uala, .iinl
strophe, a tMi'iinj;, from slrrplio. I turn.

Mel'anchoi.y, v., <i .Ifprcsscd nr (Icjci-ii'd sf lU' of muM. I . melan-
cholia, iroiiWielan (»., black, .u.d chote, bilo.

•

1. The ambillon of Ilt^nry was now ^n'atifi(}(l. His
foreig:i foL's had ijeoii couipc^llfd to solicil i^'ao; ; his
Norman i.mumiiKis liar] hcfii ('ru.^li;'J l)v ihij wcit^ht of
his arms ; aiifi if fnrlhor sccr.riiy wort; wiinttMl. il iiad
boeii ohtaiiii^d by llic-. invcstilnrc of I'li* diirhy of Nor-
mandy, which had boon grantt.'d to Ills son William.
After an absence of four years, Ik. resolved to reluru
in triumph to Enghmd, November, Ih^^O.

2. At HarfliMH' he was moi by ;i Noi'inan mariner,
calhid Fitz-St(!ph('n, who oU'ered i\iin .i mark of •j^oUi.
and solicited the Ii()e.O''<»l ronvvin.i'- him in iiis own
vessel, ^^ The Wiiite Ship.'' Il wiis, ii:, oljscrved, new,
and manned with fifty of tlie niost aljic seamen. His
father had carried tiie king's fatle-r, whiMi he sailed to
the roiqoest .'>r Kngland ; and the ser>-icf hy wliich
he held iiis foe, was that of providing for tliu passagu
of his sovereign,

3. Henry replied, that he had already chosen a ves-
sel for liimself ; but that he would conlidc his son and
Jiis treasures to the care of Fitz-Stephen. With the
young prince (he was in his (Ughteenth ycai') em narked
his brother Richard, and his sistiu" Ad(Ma, I he earl of
Chester and his countes.^, the kings Diccc, Hi.\l(^en
other noble ladies, and one hundretl and fortv kniu:hts.
They spent some hours oi: deck, in feasling and dan-
cing, and distributed three barrtds of wine among the
crew ; but the not and intoxication which pievailed
about sunset, induced the most prudent to quit the
vessel and return to the shore.

4. Henry had set sail as soon as the wind would

permit. William, aftor a lonp: dolay, ordoivd Fitz
St<»plnMi to lollow liis falhor. IiiiiiKMliaftdy every sail
\vas imrnrhMJ, every oar was [)lie(l ; liiit .nnid (lie nmsic
and rev(dliii^' the cari; of tlu! Iieliii was ncuhjcled, .iml
''Tlie White Ship" sli'iiek a,t;aiiisl, a rock, called lln
Cutterazr. Tli(M"ai)id iullnx of the water admonished
tlit> gay and IummIIcss company (d' their alai niini^^ situ
ation. ' By Fitz-Sleidien, llie i>rince was iinnwdiaUdy
lowered into a hoat, and told to row back to llu! land ;
but the shrieks of liis sister r(M'alle(l him to I lie wi'eck.
and the boat sunk under tin? njulliliide that pounnl
into it. In a short time the vessel its»df went down,
and three hundred persons were 1 iried in the waves

5. A young nobleman, Geoffry l'Aif;l(>. and 15e
rold, a butcher of Rouen, alone saved tlKMuselves by
clingmp: to the top of the mast. After a tew miniit(?s,
the unfortunate Fitz-Ste[)heu swam towards them,
inquired for the prince, and being told I hat he had
perished, plunged under tin.' watei'. (jeoilVy, benumlxul
by the cold of a Nov(Mnber night, was soon washed
away, and as he sank, uttered a pray(}r for the salV'ty
of his companion. Berold retained his hold, and was
rescued in the morning by a hshingd)oat, and related
the particulars of this doleful catastrophe.

6. Henry had arrived at Southampton, and fre-
quently expressed bis surprise at the; tardinc^ss of his
son. The lirst intelligence wasconv(;y(M.l to Th(H)bald
of Blois, who communicatiMl it to his friends, butdariMl
not inform the king. The next morning the fatal
secret was revealed by a young page, who thn;w him-
self in tears at his feet. At the shock, Henry sank to
the ground, but recovering himself, atlectiHl a display
of fortitude which he dit not feel. He talked of sub-
mission to the dispensations of Providence; but the
wound had penetrated deep into his heart : his grief
gradually subsided into a settled melancholy ; and it
is said, that from that day he was never observed to
smile.

7. Matilda, the wife of the prince, by the death of

^?'"

' I...

IMAGE EVALUATION
TEST TARGET (MT-3)

v..

<«

°% >

1.0

^1^ 1^

lil lij |2.2

l^ no

U 11.6

INI

I.I

1.25

^ — ■

£.11

— ►

Photographic

Sciences
Corporation

L17

23 WEST MAIN STREET

WEBSTER, N.Y. 14S80

(716) 872-4503

■fff'

nor Jnisbcind, becamo a widow at tlio age of twelve,
witliin six months after thoir marriage. By Henry
slie was li'caled with th(3 allectioii of a parent, bnt at
the demand of her father, returned to Anjou, and ten
years afterwards put on the veil in the convent of
Fontevraud.

LiNGARD.

LESSON XIX.

HUMILITY, THE FOUNDATION OF PATIENCE.

GuANitKE', 71., (I man of groat rank or power. I. and S. grands

(gianflcf). lliroui!h the F. grand, groat, from gmndis, L., great,

iarg(% ma^'niliccnl.
FniENu, ;?.. one, joined to another in mntnal benevolence and inti-
macy. A.S. frcond, and Go. frigonds, the latter from frigon, to

love.
Compassion (-pash"-), n., commisenition, painful sympathy. F.

comiiassion, from pallor, L., I sulfer.
Omission (-mish"-), /?.., a neglect of duty. F omission, from L.

omitlerc, (ob. and i)iiUerc), to put hy, lay aside, &c.
Res](;na"ti()n, ?L, a submission to the Divine Will, which implies

a I'cnunciation of one"s own. ¥ rrsignalion. L. resignare. to
■ undo the signer seal, and hence to annul the instrument, and

thci'oby yield up wluit had been granted under seal, — from

signum, a sign.
PmvATio.N, «., ihf want cr al)sencc of something. F. privation,

L. prirare, to dcjuive, or lake away, from privus, bereft, parti-
cular, pi'culiar.
Convic'tion, n., convinccment. F. conviction, from vinco, L., I

cnn(pi(M' : — to convmce or convict (in argument), is to overcome,

to vanipiish.
Temi'Ta'tion, ?i., a hard trial, or proof of fidelity. F. lentalion,

from ten to, L., I try.
Insin'iiate, v., to steal in impeire])tibly. L. insinuare, to creep in

secretly ; — in, and sinus, llif busum.
Pusu.lamm'itv, ?i., liiinthiMitedness, cowardice F. pusillanimite.

L. pusillanimus. littlc-niinded. from ^JW^i/Ziw, weak, little,— and

animus, the mind.

1. The holy Francis Borgia, who, before the death
of his consort, had been duke of Gandia, and one
amongst the proudest of Spain's grandees., was one
day, {now a religious,) passing through his native city,
clothed in the iiunible liabit of his society, when he

W.1S met by a noblcinaii, a frii^nd of his oailior years,
who p^azed upon lii 111 wilh woiidtM* jiiid ('oiii[):issi(iii,
and thus at leu*2:th addirssod him:'- IIdw (hjcs this
new kind oi" lil'e pliNisc you, my friend?" — '• W(dl,''
answered Francis, wilii a ch(H'rruU smile. '■'• BiiL" eon-
tinned the other, " how can you endure (his h)ii,L;' and
w<'arying journey on foot ? You iiave been acenslomed
to better tilings. Wlio now jH-ovides Cor you a h;--
coming apartment, or a whok^some repast ?"'

2. " For all this," replied the saint, '• 1 am well j)i'o-
vided. 1 meet with the best of enterlainnieiit and of
food, and at night 1 always hud the soflesL eo.ich.
My servant and my courier attend carefully lo lli-'so
things."

3. " How so ? you are alone."

4. I have sent them onwards li^fore me. But that
you may more fully compridit.Mid how this preparation
is made for me, know, that at thii dawn of each morn-
ing, when I elevate my heai't lo God, and think of my
actions and omissions during th,' coming day, I I lien
form the resolution of receiving with resignation all
the privations, contradictions, trouhles, and snU'erings,
which it may please my God to stMid m<'. in the full
conviction that I iiKM'it tlunn all, and lai' ,L:real"r than
these, by my sins. This thought is IIk,' servant that 1
send before me, and as I lind every thing aioiuid me
better than I deserve, [ consider myscir e'literlaiiKMl
and served in the best possible manner.'

5. HappyistheGhristian,wh(^),at tin; eoinineiiC(Mueii(
of each day, has such a servant in attendance at his
side. '^ Count it all joy when you shall me(>t with
temptations; knowing, that tin.' ti'ying of yonr faith
worketh patience ; and [latience lialli a [) Tfcet woi-k.
Trials which are invol un tar v are nine h nioic profUabl(3
than humiliations of choic(.\ in which scU'-lovc (\'isilv

insinuates itself. Such, therefoi-

(!.>)

i'o\i(l.Mice

'Ut

the saint most cheerfully emlu'aced. ^'Gous^'ijuently, he
that is true to his faith, and cherishes sincere humility
m bis heart, beholds the trials of his faith advancing

1 ■

■Pi'

-A

■i'jii

•M

M. .

agninst him : he prepares to meet them, and seeks not,
by impatience or pnsillanimity, to descend from his
cross, but strengthens himself iDy the contemplation of
the great Masttr of patience, Jesus Christ, upon his
cross on Calvary.

Butler.

-♦•♦-

» ''4>

i
i
■ '[

LESSON XX.

THE WADDING-TREE.

Disposition f-zish"), n., particular inclination or tendency. F. dis-

position, \'rr,m pono,L., I luit, place, or lay.
File, n , a lino f r i o\v. F. file, from filinn, L., a thread.
Inmknt'kd, ;)/., madoiuierpial at the edge like a row of teeth. F.

emlcnl'', from de?is, L., a tooth.
Ou'LO.NG,rt., lon^^cr than broad or wide. F. oblong, from ob, L.,

and longus, long.
Down, n., clastic fcalhors, which when pressed down, rise up

again : the term is applie.l to other substances (as in this place),

having the softness of such feathers. Ger. dunen, from dunsen,

to swell, to rise.
Composed', pt., constituted or made up of, F. compose ; from the

same root as " Disposition "
Extrem'ity, n., the end ; the farthest or extreme point relatively

to another point. F. exlremiU, from exlra, L,, beyond, on the

outside.
Adhe*sive, a., tenacious, sticking: — a quality in substances com-

posi'd of particles which not only unite together, but attach

themselves to (t'ler substances. F. adherent, from hoereo, L., I

stick.
Issues (ish"-), v., flows out. F. (ob.) issir, to pass out, from exire,

L., to go.
Lis'the, n., brilliancy, clearness. F. and S. lustre, from /were, L.,

to cleanse, to clejr from.

1. The tree which boars the wadding, or that spe-
cies of hue cotton which is used in cushions, the lining
of morning gowns, and for other purposes, grows
abundantly in Siam, in the open country, and without
culture.

2. Of this tree there are two very different species.
The large wadding-tree (of which there are also two
kinds) resembles the walnut-tree in the form and dis-
position of its branches. The trunk is generally

■I ..

strai/^hter and higher, nnd not unlike that of the oak.
The bark is covered in certain parts with a species of
thorns, short and thick at tiie base, which are ranged
in files, and set extremely close. The leaves observe
a mean between those of the walnut and chesnut.
They grow in fives ; their stems or stalks, which are
very short, adhering to a sixth, which they possess in
common, and which is often more than a foot in length.
The blossom is of the sliape and size of an ordinary
tnlip, but it has tliicker leaves, and Ihey are covered
with a kind of down, which feois somewhat rough to
the tonch. The cnp is of a clear green, sprinkled
with black, and shaped lik(> that of the hazel-nut,
except that it is not so much notched and fringed
at the top, it being only a little indented in some
parts.

3. All this is common to both species of the large
wadding-tree. As to the fruit, or more properly speak-
ing, tl?e case which contains the wadding, it is of an
oblong shape, like that of the banana fig.

4. The second, or rather the third species of w'ad-
dingtree is much less in size than the two already de-
scribed. Its leaves are covered on both side with short
and very soft down. The pod, which incloses the
wadding, is composed of two'tubes, terminating in a
point at either extremity, and joined together. They
are usually of the length of nine or ten, and sometimes
even twelve inches, and of the thickness of the little
finger. If opened while they are green, a very white
and adhesive milk issues forth, and the wadding is
found within, pressed €lose, with many yellowish
grains, of an oblong form.

H t' (

■mM

A species of wadding is cultivated in the West
Indies, and there called the cotton of Siam, because
the grain or seed was brought from that country. It
is of an extraordinary fineness, even surpassing silk in
softness. It is sometimes made into hose, which, for
lustre and beauty, are preferred to silk ones. They

i,l!|

|!l;i

'' It ^''
Jill '•'

liii

i!!!

sell at from ton to fifteen crowns a pair, but there are
very few made unless for curiosity.

Lettres Edh'iantes.

♦ -m

LESSON XXL

PORCELAIN TOWER, NANKIN.

On'.NAMKNT.n., ombollisliinont. F. ornemcnl, from orno, L., I iidorn.

i'oucKLAiN, ;j., chin.'i-waro. F porcelaine, i'vum rclla^L.^'d cell,
and so »:nll(>(l hcciusi' hnlitncd to bo hui'iod in colls : but snmo
siiy it is d('i'i\t'(l fnini porcelcma {Pov.), which ino.nis n ritp ;
Jjocauso tho Purtui,Miese w.t.; tlio lirst who Iradi'd to (Ihina,
anl tho chicr.'ii'liclos thoy brought IVomi it woro cups.

()(:ta(;"onai.., a., liavin^^ cif^iit aiij^lfsand i-idos, F. ocloijone, from
(G.) o/do, eijihi.and (/nnia. n cornor, an angle.

Pvn'AMH), n., a stiiiclun' broad at lh(! baso, and gradually dimin-
ishing lo a poini, like a lorch-llanio : — in gcumolry, a tigure
whose base is a pijlygon, and sides triangles, the sevoial points
of which meet in one. F. and S. pyramklc, Irom (fi) pi^'ov pur,
fire.

yuM'.MiT, /J., the loftitist point, the top. L. siniunUas, i'vom sum-
nius, — a contraclion oi' siipi'einus, the highest.

liAi.csTiiAuir, n., a row of small columns, called haluslcrs. Balus-
trade (vulgai'ly, banisters) means tho row oflill'e pillars sujj-
jioi'ting the guard r r handrail of a staircase, F. Uduslrade. I.
halauslro, a small pillar, said to be from halausUcm, G., a llower
of the wdd i)omi'granate-l"rce ; i)robably from a resemblance in
the workmanship.

GwATE, n., a kind of framed not-work or lattice. I. (/rata, from
crates, L., a ci-ate, a hurdle of rods.

Niche, n , a recess or hollow in a wall. F. niche ; from nidus, L.,
a nest, a shelf,

E.MUHi/i-iSH, I'., to beautify. F. emhrUir, from bellus, L. beautiful.

E.m"imiik, n., tho i-egion over wducli dominion is extended. F. em-
pire, from paro, L., I order, I pr*i)are.

1. WrrnoiiT the gates of several great cities in China
.there are lofty tower», which sseem chiefly designed
for ornament, and for taking a viev^ of the adjacent
countrv. The most remarkable of these towers

is lliat of Nankin, called the porcelain tower, from
its being entirely covered with porcelain tiles, beau-
tifully painted. It is of an octagonal figure, con^

'oin sum-

tains nine stories, and is about two hnndrprl fopthiG:h,
being raised on a very solid base of brick work. The
wall at Ibe bottom is at least twelve feet thick ; and
the bnilding gradually diminishes to the top, which is
terminated by a sort of spire or pyramid, having a
large golden ball, or pine-apple, on its summit. It is
surroiiiided by a iDalnstrade of rough marble, and has
an ascent of twelve steps to the hrst floor, whence one
may ascend to the ninth story, by very narrow and
iiicmnmodious stairs, each step being ten inches deep.
Belween every story there is a kind of penthouse or
shed on the outside of the tower, and at each corner
are hung little bells, which, being agitated by the wind,
make a pleasant jingling. Each story is formed by
large pieces of timber, and boards laid across them.
The ceilings of the rooms are adorned with paintings ;
and the light i^ admitted through windows made of
grates or lattices of wire. There are, likewise, many
niches in the wall, filled with Chinese idols ; and a
variety of ornaments embellishing the whole, ren-
ders it one of the most beautiful structures in the
empire. It has now stood above 350 years, and yet
appears to have suffered but little from the wasting
hand of time.

Smith's Wonders

:l ,

r rfj

■!'l i

LESSON XXII.

VISION OF BALTASSAR.

The king was on his throne,
The satraps thronged the hall ;

A thousand bright lamps shone
O'er that high festival.

A thousand cups of gold.
In Juda deem'd divine —

Jehovah's vessels hold
The godless heaten's wine ;

ill i 1)1'

ill li 1

"11

2. In that same hour and hall,
The fingers of a hand

Came forth against the wall,
And wrote as if on sand :

The ftngers of a man ;
A solitary hand

Along the letters ran,
And traced them like a wand.

3. The monarch saw and shook,
And bade no more rejoice ;

All bloodless wax'd his look,
And tremulous his voice.

'-'' Ye men of lore, appear,
The wisest of the earth.

Expound the words of fear,
Which mar our royal mirth.'K

4. Chaldea's seers are good,
But here they have no skill ;

The mystic letters stood
Untold and awful still.

And Babel's men of age
Are wise and deep in lore ;

But now they were not sage,
They saw — but knew no more.

5. A captive in the land,
A stranger and a youth,

He heard the king's command,
He saw that writing's truth.

The lamps around were brigh%
The prophecy in view ;

He read it on that night —
The morrow proved it true.

6. " Baltassar's grave is made,
His kingdom pass'd away,

He, in the balance weighed,
Is light and worthless clay.

99'

The shroiifl, his roho of state,
His canopy, lh(3 stono

Tlio M(Mle is at his ^^ato !
The Persian on liis throne !"

FHArrMENT,

Byron.

1, O SLIPPERY state of things ! what sndden tnrns,
What strange vicissitnch^s, in tlie first kvif
Of man's sad history ! — to-day most happy ;
And ere to-morrow's snn hath set, most ahject.

Blair.

§ 3. LKSSON I.

SAYINGS OF POOR RICHARD.

CrOv'ERNMENT, 11., .111 (^st ablislimon t of legal antlinrity. F. gouvcr-

nemeiiL Ivoni r/v be i no, L., I goviTri, I guide, I st^or.
SQUAN"Di;n, v., lu spend iti\>riist'ly. Gcr. vcrschwendcny from

scliinden, to destroy.
PuoDicAi/iTY, 71., exiravaganco, waste. F. prodif/ah'ir, irom Jj.

pr()(li(jiis [a..), and tliis Irom prodigcre (pro, and agere), to drive

Inrth.
Pi;iu'Li:x'rrY, ?i., entanglement, distraction of mind, F. perplexilc,

Ihim plecio, L., I twist.
Dn/ic.ENCK, n., assiduity. F. diligence, L. diligens (a.), [Yom lego,

I choose, -I read.
La'zinhss, n., idleness, sloth. Oer. lassigfeil, froui iassen, to inter-

mil, to relax.
Gain, n., prolit, any thing acquired. F. gain, IVoiu A.S. agan, lo

oblaiu.
Trhas'ure, n., woallh hoarded, F. lrrso)\ ('rum L. Ihcsaiwns,-^

ami Ihis IVoni G. Ihesauros, — Ihesein, to put or place, dndauros,

— whi'iicc the L. auru)n, gold, or made of gold.
Lkg'acy, ;i., a banipn t orgift by tostament; the person to whom

the legacy was given is styled the legatee. L. legation, from

lego, 1 si/nd, 1 bi'cpieath.
Ga'ih.k, ?i., the large ro\)Q to which the sliijfs anchor is afTixed. F.

cable, from /i«)H6'/?M\ G., a canifd ; })robabIy because cables were

anciently made of camel's hair.

1. It would be thought a hard p:overnment, that
should tax its people one-tenth part of their time, to ha

';«.H

!**'^!ii^'';'»lli|

iOO

m ;;

l'^,

cmployod in its sorvico, but irllenrss tnxos mnny of
us rmich more: sloth, liy bi'iimin^ on disease, jibso-
liitely shortons life. ''Slofli, like rust, coiisiimes fast-
or thfin labor wears; while th(^ used kev i> always
bright," as Poor Richard says. But, " dosi Ihou love
life? then do not squander time, lor (hat is the sliilf
life is made of," as Poor Richard says. I low iiinrh
more than is necessary do W(^ spend in sleep ! t'or.iAel-
ting tliat " the sleeping fox catchelh no [jouitry," and
that '^ there will be sleeping enough in the grave," as
Poor Richard says.

2. " If time be, of all things, the most precious,
wasting time must be," as Poor Richard says, " the
greatest prodigahty ;" since, as he elsewhere tells us,
" lost time is never found again ;" and wdiat w'e call
time enough, always proves little enough. Let us,
then, be np and doing; and be doing to the purpose ;
so, by diligence shall we do more with less perplexity.
''Sloth makes all things difficult, but industry mak(>s
all easy .* and he that riseth late, must trot all day, and
shall scarcely overtake his business at night ;" while
" laziness travels so slowly, that poverty soon overtakes
him." "Drive thy business; let not that drive thee;
and early to bed, and early to rise, makes a man
healthy, wealthy, and wise," as Poor Richard says.

3. So, what signifies wishing and hoping for better
times ? We may make these times better, if we bestir
ourselves. " Industry needs not wish ; and he that
lives upon hope, will be fasting." " There are no
gains without pains ; then help, hands, for I have no
lands ; or if I have, they are heavily taxed. He that
hath a trade, hath an estate; and he that hath a call-
ing, hath an office of profit and honor," as Poor Rich-
ard says ; but, then, the trade must be worked at, and
the calling well followed, or neither the estate nor the
ofTice will enable us to pay our taxes. If we be in-
dustrious, we shall never starve ; for, " at the work-
ing-man's house hunger looks in, but dares not enter;
for industry pays debts, while despair increaseth them."

101

What! thon,i:h yun have found no troasnre, nor ha?
niiy rich relation left you a h^^ary, " dili^nMice is the
iiidlhci- of ,L^0()(1 luck, ami God .ii:iv(>s all things to in-
dustry; then, ploii^i-h (h'cp, wliilc slu.ijganls sh^op, and
yon siiall have corn to sell and to keep; work while
it is called to-day, lor you know not how much you
iii.iy l»e hindered to-morrow,'" as l^oor Hichard says;
and further, ''never leave tiiat till to-morrow, which
you can d(J to-day." If you were servant, would yon
not ])e ashamed I hat a j^ood master sliould catcli you
idle? Are you, then, your own master ? I3e ashamed
to catch yourself idh>, where there is so much to bo
done for yoursidf, your family, your country, and
your sovorei,i;n. '' Handle your tools without mittens ;
rememhei' that the cat in gloves catches no mice," as
Poor Richard says. It is true, there is much to bo
done, and perhaps you are weakdianded ; but stick to
it steadily, and you will see great effects ; for" con-
stant dropping wears stones," and, " by diligence and
patience, the mouse ate in two the cable ; and, " little
strokes fell great oaks."

Franklin.

1 ,1 s

i?..'

M^^^'-m

LESSON II.

PROVmENTlAL DELIVERANCE.

Interposition (-zish.-), 7i., intervention ; intervenient agency. F.

inlerposUion, from L. inlerpono, — inter and jmno, I put or place.
Prov'idence, 71., the euro of God ovei- his creatures. F, providence,

from L. iwuvidcre, — pro, and videre, — lo foresee, to look forward.
Tran QuiLLY, ad., composedly. L. Iranquille, from tranquillus,

quiet.
Enur'mous, a., huge. F. rnorme. L. enormis, — e, and noima, an

instrument by which anj^les were known to be right or not.
Pan'tiihr, n.y an animal of many colors. 0. panlher, — pan, all,

and ilicr, a beast, because the colors of all beasts may be dis-
tinguished in it.
An'imal, n., a beast ; any living corporal creature; distinct on one

sid(3 from pure spirit; on the other, from mere matter. L. animal,

from anima, life.

\ .

i'Sr*^^'

■I &

':'%

102

RECE'niNG, 1)/., rotroatinj? ; going back. L. rcccdou, — re, and cedens,

from rmo. I yinid, I go b.iok.
At'titi'Iik, /?., g''stun; or pfisitinn filto'l for IIim display ofsomf

l)iissi(in or qu.'ilily. F. altitude, livnu attituiliiw, \.\i\\\<\ thi«

iVDni aptHtidi), !>., Illness.
GiiAT'nrnK, ?^.,Ull' lively nnd iiowfM'fiU iv-.icUoii of.'i woll dis|)osed

mind, upon wlioin Jjenevolenre has conl'eri'ed sum • inipnrlant

good : a lively sonso of heneljts reci'i\-ed or inU.'iidod F. ijrati-

tude, I'roni i/ratus, L., Iharddul. gniti'lul.
iM'iMi.NKNT, a., tlire.iteiiing, iinpendin;^. F iminimmt, from imtni-

nerc^ h , im, and niincre, to slay or hang o\er.

1. Father Gkiiamu, in the account of his pil^rimase
to Jerusalem, relates an advenlnr<\ in which the
nierciiul interposition of divint! Pi'ovidenci3 wassiii^^u-
larly visible. Mount Carinel, to which he paid a
visit, after leavin^^ Nazareth, allbnls a haunt to wild
beasts, that sometimes n.'uders it dan<ierous to the un-
protected trav(dler. A short time btd'ore his arrival,
some naval oflicers, belonging to an Austrian frigate,
which had put into the port of Caill'a, came to the
monastery, which is situated on the mountain, and
which alibrds hospitality to strangers. Their visit be-
ing ended, they I'equested a young lad, who acted as
a kind of domestic in the convent, to sliow them a
short way down the mountain, to their longd)oat. lie
complied, and, after accompanying them a consider-
able distance, was returning tranquilly to the house of
the community, when, on a sudden, he beheld an enor-
mous panther, rushing down upon him. At the sight
of this formidable animal, alone as he was, and with^
out strength to use arms, even if he was provided with
them, his sensations may be easily imagined. His
knees bent under him, and he felt himself absolutely
incapable of advancing or receding a single step.
Meanwhile, in the twinkliitg of an eye the panther
reached him. Sporting with its prey, in the manner
of a cat with a mouse which she has taken, the fero-
cious animal began to take diilereut positions, varying
its attitudes, and seeking to touch him with its foot, as
if to tantalize him; then removing suddenly to the
distance of some paces, darted rajjidly upon him. Tho
poor youth understood very well, by what he had

103

hoard of the unhappy fate of others in a similar case,
in what maiiiior tills frij,'htfiil sport was to teriniiiate ;
lie l»t'li(»V(Ml tiiat his last hour was coinc. In this
rri;,^hlfiil position, destitiito of all human succor, ho
(lid not, however, for^^et the lessons of his Christian
education, which taught him, that in every extremity
ni.'ui has an invisible friend, the Lord and Maker of
invu and animals, whose ears are ever open to the cry
of the distressed, and who, if he sees it expedient for
us, can at any time rescue us from danger, lie rec-
onmuMided hims(jlf to God, in secret, but fervent i)ray-
er. At thai instant, a noise was heard : it was an Arab
horseman armed with a gun, who approach(?d with
the intention of passing by the spot. AllVightod in
its turn, the panther took to flight, at the moment
when, bereft of all strength, and almost sinking to the
earth, he whom it had kept a prisoner, was about to
become its victim. He returned to the monastery,
pouring out his heart in gratitude to heaven, for
liaving so miraculously preserved him from immiueut
danger.

I'.

!^'

'»♦♦■

LESSON 111.

SWITZERLAND.

-4i*f.

No product here the barren hills afford,

But man and steel, the soldier and his sword J

No vernal blooms their torpid rocks array,

But winter, lingTing, chills the lap of May ;

No zephyr fondly sues the mountain's breast,

But meteors glare, and stormy glooms invest.

Yet still, even here, content can spread a charm,

Redress the clime, and all its rage disarm.

Though poor the peasant's hut, his feasts though small,

He sues his little lot, the lot of all ;

Sl'os no contiguous palace rear its head,

To shame the mcauu^ss of hi§ humble shed j

I -11 ■

104

No rosllv lord llip snmpfnnns banquet deal,

To luiikc liim lonthe his v(»f>et;ihle meal ,

Bill caim. and bred in ignorance and toil,

EiU'h wish ('onti'acting, fU.? hini to the soil.

CherTlnl at morn, he wakes f!*om short repose,

Breathes the keen air, and carols as he goes ;

With patient angle, trolls the finny deep,

Or drives his vent'rons ploughshare to the steep ;

Or seeks the den, where snow tracks mark the way,

And drags the struggling savage into day.

At night returning, every labor sped,

H«^sits him down, the monarch of a shed ;

Smiles byjiis cheerfnl fire, and round surveys

His children's looks, that brighten at the blaze

While his loved partner, boastful of her hoard,

Displays her cleanly platter on the board :

Ard haply, too, souie pilgrim thither led,

With many a tale repays the nightly bed.

Thus ev'ry good is native wilds impart.

Imprints the patriot passion on his heart ;

And even those hills that round his mansion rise,

Enhance the bliss his scanty found supplies :

Dear is that shed to which his soul conforms,

And dear that hill which lifts him to the storms ;

And as a child, when scaring sounds molest.

Clings close and closer to the mother's breast ;

So the loud torrent, and the whirlwind's roar,

But bind him to his native mountains more.

Goldsmith.

ii I

LESSON IV.

THE fiSTADLlSHMENT OF THE CHURCH.

Illumina'tion, n„ infusion of intellectual light, knowledge, of
grace. F. illumination, from lumen, L., light.

Elec'tion, n., the act of clioosing. F. election, from L.eligo,-^,
and lego, I elect, I choose.

i05

pRKVAn'i'-AiTD. pi., befr.iyod his Divino Master with a kiss, the
\v';.h\ 1) r r- he haiigol iiim=eir. L. prcBvaricare, to betray,
tu cv.iili^ to s'.verve IVotn Iruth and honesty ; from varico, I
siiiilll' ill walking. I ^tradflli'.

Tnfu?: u", /u'.. 1 oiir'd into. F. infuse, frnni fwido, L., I |)Our out.

U'mtv, 71 , concord ; the slat; ol' being one. F. imile, from unus,
L., one.

Fer'vknt. n., ard''nt, glowinij. F. fervenL fr'^mfcrveo. L , T am hot.

Phov'i.nci:s. n., a ni)me given liy the Romans to c nqncrod coun-
tries. F. provinces. L. prorinci c, pro, befur ■, ere now ; or
procul, abroad, and vin<-o, I conqu t.

Pnos"ELYTH:,?i., a convert, one who ha^comc ov r. F prosrh/le G.
2)roschilos.-pros,U) or low iri\s,iiiu\ eleulho (>'vch>nhi\,) 1 coran.

Na'tion, )i., tht.' country or region wii 're any om.' is born. F.
jialion, from L. nasri, naltis. to be born

I.NTKi/i.icKNC!:, n., inlormalion, ne\v.s. F. inlelWjence ; from same
root as " Eh'ction."

1. Thk work of rodomptioii had been consumma-
ted; the Son oT God had returned to his tlirone in
heaven, after he had left to his apostles the command,
to preach the Gospel to every creature. For this vast
undertaking they required greater strength and illu-
mination — the gifts of the Holy Ghost, to await whose
descent Miey remained at Jerusalem, as they had been
directed by their Lord. In the mean time, they per-
formed nothing except the election of another apostle,
Matthias, in the place of him who had prevaricated.
On the festival day, on which the giving of the Old
Law on Mount Sinai was celebrated, the perfection of
the New Covenant in the Christian Church was ef-
fected. The Holy Ghost descended upon the apostles
and assembled disciples in the form of fiery tongues,
and imparted itself to the new-born Church, that was
then collected in one place. Henceforth it continued
as the living soul, inseparably infused into the body
of the Church, preserving it in unity of faith and love.
Its influence upon the apostles soon became visible;
weak as they were before in faith, doubtful and tim-
orous, they now displayed minds full of faith and of
understanding, fervent, courageous, and undaunted,
which not even the threat of death could subdue.
The festival had drawn to Jerusalem Jews and prose-
lytes from every nation of the earth. These, Par

106

!«■:

«j.

H. A !'

thians and Medes, inhabitants of Mesopotamia, and
of the provinces of Asia ; Jews from Egypt, Rome,
and Lybia ; Cretes and Arabians, stood in astonish-
ment when tliey heard, in their own langnages, the
wonderful things of God, spoken by the apostles ; and
so powerful was the effect of the inspired word of God,
coming from the mouth of Peter, that in one day
three thousand converts added themselves to the
Church. Many of these, returning to their native
lands, bore with them the seeds of the Divine word ;
so that the apostles, when they went from Jerusalem
to preach to the whole world, found in many places
the way opened before them. The cure of the lame
man in the portico of the temple, and the discourse
addressed to the wondering multitude's by St. Peter,
increased the number of believers five thousand. But
the princes of the Jews could no longer, remain silent;
the priests and Sadducees, enraged by the intelhgence
of our Lord's resurrection, hastened to the temple,
seized Peter and John, cast them into prison, and on
the following day placed them before their tribunal.
When the prince of the apostles spoke to the founcil,
proving the necessity of believing in him whom they
had crucified, his accusers could do no more than dis-
miss him, with a severe prohibition of again teaching
in the name of Christ. "Judge ye, if it be just in the
sight of God, to heai' you rather than God, " was the
generous answer of the disciple of Christ.

DOLLINGER.

-»♦♦-

LESSON V.

CimiSTLVNITY IN BRITAIN.

Brit'ain, n., a general n.-inie Ibr England, Wales, and Scotland. F.
Bretagne, or Brittany. L. Britannia, Unit is, tlrj Painted Na-
tion," — Irom a custom the natives had ol\painling their bodies : —
or according to some, I'rom a Scythic tribe from Gaul, called Breis,

107

as England, or Angle-land, from a German tribe, called Angles, or,

Anglo-Saxons.
Iriikl'evant, a., unaiding, unassisting, — that is, having no con-
nection, no relation to. P. relever, to relieve, i.e., to assist.
Albig'uous, a., doubtful, indistinct. L. ambiguus, from ambigere,

— ambi, around, and agere, to- drive ; because when the matter

is doubtful, one's thoughts drive, as it were, to and fro, to fmd^

out the meaning.
Pkr'manent, a., lasting, enduring. F. pei^nanent, from maneo, L.,

I tarry, I stay.
Civ'h., a., of or pertaining to the government or policy of a city

or state. L. civilis, from civis, a citizen.
Mil'itarv, a., soldierly ; pertaining to warlike affairs. L. militaris,

from miles, a soldier ; — a term applied by the Romans to any

one of the thousand (mille, a thousand) men employed to defend

the city.
Man'date, n., an order given. L. mandatum, from mandare[manuSf

the hand, and dare), to give with the hand ; i.e., a charge, an

order.
Pkh'fidy, n., treachery to faith pledged. F. perfidie, from fido. L.,

I trust.
Modera'tion, n., forbearance of extremity. F. moderation, from

modus, L.. a measure, a manner.
Tor'ture, n„ torments judicially inflicted. F. torture, I. S. andL.

torlura, from tortum, p. pi. ot torquere, to twist, to torment,

1. At the distance of so many ages, it is impossible
to discover by whom Christianity was first preached
in England. Some writers have ascribed that province
to Saint Peter ; others have preferred the rival claim
of Saint Paul : but both opinions, improbable as they
are in themselves, rest on most slender evidence ; on
testimonies, which are many of them irrelevant, all
ambiguous and unsatisfactory.

2. It is, however, certain, that at a very early period
there were Christians in Britain : nor is it difficult to
account for the circumstance, from the intercourse
which had long subsisted between the island and
Rome. Within a very few years from the ascension
of Christ, the Church of Rome had attained great
celebrity ; soon afterwards it attracted great notice,
and was honored with the enmity of Claudius and
Nero. Of the Romans, whom at that period choice or
necessity conducted to Britain, and of the Britons, who
were induced to visit Rome, some would, of course.

:>'•'.

i,!ti;

i08

^:.

become acquainted with the professors of the Gospel,
and yield to the exertions of their zeal.

I 3. Both Pomponia Grrecina, the wife of the pro-
consnl Pla\itins, the first who made any permanent
conquest in the island, and Claudia, a British lady,
who hnd married the senator Pudens, are, on very
probahle frrouuds, believed to have been Christians.
WhethHi- it was by the piety of these ladies, or of other
individuals, that the doctrine of Christianity was first
intioduccd among Britons, it proceeded with a silent
but steady pnce towards the extremity of the island.
The attention of the Roman officers was absorbed in
the (Mvil and military duties of their stations, and
while the blood of the Chrislinns flowed in the other
provinces of the empire, the Britons were suffered to
jn'actise the new I'eligion without molestation. There
is even evidence tluit the knowledge of the Gospel was
not confined to the subjects of Rome. Before the close
of the second century, it had penetrated among the
independent tribes of the north.

4. But in the beginning of the fourth century, Dio
clesian and Maximian determine to avenge the dis-
asters of the empire on the professors of the Gospel ;
and edicts were published, by which the churches in
every province were ordered to be demolished, and
the refusal to worship the gods of paganism, was made
a crime punishable with death.

5. Though Constantius might condemn, he dared
not forbid the execution of the imperial mandate ; but
he was careful, at the same time, to show by his con-
duct his own opinion of religious persecution. As-
sembling aiound him the Christian officers of his
household, ho conimunicaled to them the will of the
emperors, and added, that they must determine to
resign their employments, or to abjure the worship of
Christ, if some among them preferred their interest
to their religion, they received the reward which their
perfidy deserved. The Gtesar dismissed them from
his service, observing, that he would never trust the

109

fidelity of men who had proved themselves traitors to
their God.

6. But the moderation of Gonstantiiis did not restrain
the zeal of the inferior magistrates. The churches in
almost every district were levelled with the ground ;
and of the Christians many fled for safety to the forests
and mountains, many suffered with constancy both
torture and death. Gildas has preserved the names
of Julian and Aaron, citizens of Caerleon upon Usk;
and the memory of Alban, the protomartyr of Britain,
was long celebrated both in his own country, and
among the neighboring nations. But within less than
two years Dioclesian and Maximian resigned the pur-
ple ; Gonstantius and Galerius assumeid the title of
emperors ; and the freedom of religious worship was
restored to the Christian inhabitants of the island.

LiNGARD.

LESSON VI.

THE HIPPOPOTAMUS, OR RIVER-HORSE.

Hippopot'amus, n., the river-horse of the Nile. L. hippopotamus t
G. hippopolamosy — hippos, a horse, and polamos, a river.

Muz'zLE, n., the mouth ; the term is also applied to any thing that
fastens or confines the mouth. F. museau, formed, perhaps,
from muth, A.S., the mouth.

Canine', a., pertaining to a dog : — also applied, as in this place,
to the eye-teeth, or fangs, of other animals. F. canin, from
caniSy L., a dog.

Tex'ture, n., degree of smoothness and whiteness ; the composi-
tion, appearance, &c. F. texture, from texo, L., I weave.

Protrude', v., to thrust or push forward. L. protriido, — pro, and
trudo, I thrust.

Rd'minating, a., having the property of chewing the cud, i.e., of
bringing back the food reposited in the iirsl stomach, in order
to be chewed again. F. ruminant, from I. and L. ruminare,
lo chew again : — rumen, the cud, the gullet, 4c.

GREGA'Rious,a., going in herds like deer. See " Gregarius," p. 64.

Noctur'nal, a., nightly ; roaming in the night. L, noclumuSf
from now, the night.

fHil

110

Suc'ctLENT, a,,. juicy, sappy. F. succulent, from suctum, L., and

this probably, from sugere, to sucii.
Dkvasta'tion, n., waste, havoc. F. devastation. From vastus, L.

waste, desolate.

m . "

11 .

Ml;

1. Next to the elephant, the hippopotamus is the
largest of quadrupeds, being sometimes above seven-
teen feet long from the extremity of the snout to the
insertion of the tail, about sixteen round the body ;
and although its legs are so short, that its belly nearly
touches the ground, yet it stands not less than seven
feet high. The head is large, the muzzle swollen, and
surrounded with bristles ; the eyes and ears are small,
and the mouth extremely wide. The canine teeth are
of enormous size, and of texture like ivory; they are
four in number, and protrude like tusks. On each
foot there are four toes, terminated by small hoofs.
The stomach bears some resemblance to that of a ru-
minating animal, being divided into several sacks.
The skin is slack, of a mouse-color, and almost im-
penetrable to a musket-ball. This huge animal is
gregarious, and nocturnal in its land habits, lurking
during the day in the swamps, or among the reeds,
and during night wandering in search of its food, which
consists of roots, succulent grasses, rice, or whatever
grain it can find growing. The devastation it commits
is immense, not only in the quantity that it devours,
but in what it tramples down and destroys. But for-
tunately these ravages do not extend widely, as the
hippopotamus seldom ventures far from the river, to
which it immediately betakes itself on the approach
of danger, and plunging in headforemost, walks
securely on the bottom, only rising occasionally to
the surface to draw breath, and merely showing the
upper part of its head above the water. It possesses
great strength, and has been known to bite a large
piece out of a boat, so as instantly to sink it, and to
raise another, containing six men, so high as to upset
it. The animal, however, is harmless if not disturbed,
but when enraged, is a dangerous comrade. It is
sometimes taken in pitfalls, and its flesh is eaten by

*
^••.

Ill

the natives of Africa. The female brings forth heir
young upon land, and seldom more than one at a time.
We are still but imperfectly acquainted with the hab-
its of the hippopotamus; but it seems to have been
well known to the Romans. Augustus exhibited
one as an emblem of Egypt, in his triumph over
Cleopatra.

Airman's Animal Kingdom.

FRAGMENT.

With peaceful mind thy race of duty run ;

God nothhig does or suifers to be done

But what thou wouldst thyself, if thou couldst see

Through all events of things, as well as he.

Byron.

LESSON VII.

INFLUENCE OF HEAT ON THE CREATION.

IIe'liotrope, n., a plant that turns towards the sun, but more pap

ticularly tho turn-sol, or sun-flower. F. heliotrope, from helios,

G., the sun. and trope, turning.
Disk, n., the face ; a plane, round surface. L. discus, and G. diskos,

(a dish, a quoit, or a piece of iron thrown in the ancient sports),

from dikein, to throw.
So'lar, a., sunny ; of the sun. L. Solaris, from sol, the sun.
Pe\ch'es, ti., a kind of fruit. F. pcclies. L. persicm, peach-trees,

so called because brought origmally from Persis (Persia).
Night'ingale, n., a bird that sings in the night : in poetry often

called Philomel, a word of endearment. A.S. nichlgale ; Ger.

nachtigal, — nacht, the night, and galen, to gale or sing.
Artificial (-fish-), a., nC: natural; contrived with skill. F. artifi-

del, from ars, F. and L. skill, contrivance.
Def'inite, a., certain, precise. F. defiiii, from finis, L., the end.
Na'ture, n., the established course or order of the phenomena or

appearances of the universe, ^.nature. See" Nation," p. 105,
Egs'tasy, n.. rapture; the state of being, as it were, out of oneself

.: n

««

i3i

yk\

1, I,

S'::h

(with admiration, joy, Ac.) F. cxtase. G. elstasis, — f/»5,cut of,
and histemi, I stand.
Arpira'tions, n., pious broathinps, or ojaculations. F. aspirations,
from spiro, L. — fi'om spairo, G. — I brealiio.

1. When the wnrm f^alos of spring have once
breathed on the earth, it soon hoconit^s covered, in field
and in forest, with its thick garh of green, and soon
opening flowers or hlossonis are every where hreathing
back again a fragrance to heaven. Among these, tlie
heUotrope is seen always tnrning its beanfifnl disk
to the snn, and many delicate flowers, which open
their leaves only to catch the direct solar ray, closing
them often even when a clond intervenes, and cer-
tainly, wdien the chills of night approach. On the
sunny side of a hill, or in the; sheltered crevice of a
rock, or on a garden w^all with warm exposure, there
may be produced grapes, peaches, and other delicious
fruits, which will not grow in situations of an opposite
character, all acknowh^dging heat as the immediate
cause, or indispensable condition of vegetable life.
And among animals, too, the effects of heat are
equally remarkable. The dread silence of winter, for
instance, is succeeded in spring by one general cry of
joy. Aloft in the air the lark is every where carolling;
and in the shrubberies and woods, a thousand little
throats are similarly pouring fourth the songs of glad-
ness ; during the day, the thrush and blackbird are
heard above the rest, and in the evening, the sweet
nightingale ; -for all birds it is the season of love and
of exquisite enjoyment. It is equally so for animals
of other kinds ; in favored England, for instance,
in April and May, the whole face of the country re-
sounds with lowing, and bleating, and barking of
joy. Even man, the master of the whole, whose
mind embraces all times and places, is far from being
insensible to the change of season. His far-seeing
reason, of course, draws delight from the anticipation
of autumn, with its fruits; and his benevolence re-
joices in the happiness observed among all inferior
creatures ; but independently of these considerations,

113

.r.j his own frnme the roturninp: warmth exerts a direct
iufliirncr. In his oarly lif(», wh»Mi the natural sensi-
bililios are yet fresh, and unaltered by the habits of
artifK'ial society, spriiij^, to man, is always a season
of delight. The eyes bi'lj^hten, the whole conntenance
is animated, and the heart feels, as if a new life were
come, and has lonp:ings for fresh obje(Jts of endear-
ment. Of those who have passed their early years
in the country, tliey are few, who, in their morning
walks in spring, have not expeiienced, without very
definite cause, a kind of tnnuiltnons joy, of which
the natnral expression wonld tiave been, how good
the God of nature is to us ! Spring, thus, is a time
when sleeping sensibility is roused to feel that there
hes in nature more than the grosser sense perceives.
The heart is then thrilled with sudden ecstasy, and
wakes to aspirations of sweet acknowledgment.

Arnott.

LESSON viir.

FOUGIVENESS Of INJURIES.

Gath'olic, a., of or pertaining to catholicity ; universal. F. caihd-
lique ; D. kalholick ; L. and S. calolico ; L. calholicus ; Ge.
katholicos, — kala, and holos, ail, the whole.

Moral'ity, n., the doctrine of man's Christian duties ; ethics. F
moralite. L. moralilas, from mos, manner, supposed by some
to be from modus, measure. ^

Sophism (soffism), n., a subtle fallacy, a fallacious argument, w
and G. sophisma, from (G.) sophia, wisdom, and sopkistes, a
teacher or wisdom ; a name arrogated by a sect of pretender?
who supplied their want of knowledge by subtlety ol
argument ; hence sophism.

pRmE, n., a false esteem of our own excellence, accompanied with
a pleasure in thinking ourselves above what God has made
us : — a withdrawing of ourselves in our own idea from the
subjection we owe to God, and the essential dependence we
have upon him ; and in this the essence of this detest.ible
vice consists. A. S, prate, from pruUian, to extol oaesell
above others.

Sac'raments, n., divinely instituted outward or sensible signs of in*
visible and spiritual graces. F. sacrements, from sacer, L. holy.

tu I

3i-''l-'T|

I^r i^» « '

114

' i

' h

Perpkc'tiox, n., the stato of bnlng nrrivod at nn oxftlterl doi^rco oJ
virtue : porfrctness, comiilolonoss. F. perfection ; facto, L., I do

Inef'faiile, a., unspeakable ; lliat cannot bo spoken or altered. F
ineffable, from far i, L., to s|)<*ak.

Model (mod'-el,) n., tho standard ; the copy :-that whereby a work
is measured orlashioned. ¥.modile,from inndus, L., a measure.

Pa'gamsm, n., heathenism ; tho systnm of worship fuUowod by the
pagans or peasants inhabiting th(! villages and rural districts,
which often continued pagan or inlidel long afti'r the cities had
become Christian. F. payanisme. L. parjanus, a villager, a
peasant, from 2)a^U5, a village, and this from (G.) ])a^a, for
pege, a fountain.

Sic'kle, n., a reaping-hook. L. secula, or sicula, from seco, I cut.

1. It is one of the brightest cl"»e'<actei'istics of Cath-
olic morality, one of the grandest results of its author-
ity, that it has anticipated every sophism of the pas-
sions, by a precept, and by an express declaration.
So, when it was disputed, whetlier men of a different
color from Europeans, should be considered as men
or not ; the Church, by pouring on their heads the
water of regeneration, put to silence, as far as in her
lay, these shameful discussions, and declared them to
be brethren in Christ Jesus ; men called to partake of
his inheritance. More than this. Catholic morality
even removes those causes, that opposed an obstacle
the fulfilment of these two great duties, the hatred
of error, and the love of men ; for she forbids all pride,
attachment to earthly things, and all that tends to de-
stroy charity. She also furnished us with the means
of fulfilling both ; and these means are all those things
t^t lead the mind to the knowledge of justice, and
the heart to the love of it ; meditation on our duties,
prayer, the sacraments, distrust in ourselves and con-
fidence in God. The man who is sincerely educated
in this school, elevates his benevolence to a sphere far
beyond all opposition, interest, or objections, and this
perfection, even in this life, receives a great reward.
To all his moral victories there succeeds a consoling
calm ; and to love, in God, all those whom we would
hate according to the reason of the world, becomes, to
a soul that was born to love, a sentiment of ineffable
delight.

2. He who gave the first example of this was cer-

115

tainly higher than the angels, but was at the same
tiino a man, and in his designs of morcy, he desired
that his conduct should become a model for every one
of liis followers to imitate. The Redeemer prayed for
his murderers as he was expiring. That generation
still continued, when Stephen entered the first on that
career of blood, which the God-man had opened.
Stephen, with divine wisdom seeking to illuminate
his judges and the people, and to call them to saving
repentance, oppressed with blows, and ready to seal
his testimony with his blood, yielding hisii)irit to the
Lord, makes no other prayer in reference to those who
slew him, than, '' Lord, lay not this sin to their charge.
And having so said, he fell asleep." Such was the
conduct of the Christians throughout those ages, in
which men persisted in the nnaccountable perversity
of worshipping the idols they had made with their
own hands, and killing the just ; and such has ever
been the conduct of all true Christians ; the horrid
repose of paganism they never disturbed ; no, not
even by their groans. What more can be done to
preserve peace with men, than to love them, and to
die? That this doctrine was consistent with itself,
and very dear to Christian understandings, we shall
be forced to admit, when even children found it in-
telligible ; for, faithful to the instructions of their
mothers, they even smiled at their executioners- those
who sprung up, imitated those who fell before tliem —
first fruits of the saints — flowers that blossomed be-
neath the sickle of the reaper.

Manzoni.

Ijfl

h \

K 5

-i!

^ i

. t

; )

'■v-iii'

« » »

^E lirl ?

LESSON IX.

HYMN OF A CHILD AT WAKING.

1 Father ! before whose majesty
My own dear father bends his knee,

1 >■

V J^

J^mH

■

116

ii:

Whoso nnmo my motlior honrs, to bow
111 lovvlv reverence lier l)ro\v.

2. They say you rndinnt orl) of lip:ht
Is l)ut the [)l.'iytliiii^' of Ihy nii^ht ;

But .'IS a sparkling lamp to thee
Is all his glowing brilliancy.

3. They say the httle hinls of song,
Tliai charm the plain to lheel)elong;

The soul in infant hearts, like mine,
That know and worship thee, is thine.

4. They say, 'tis tliou that makest fair
The'flower that scents the summer air;

The fruits that teem in autumn's hour,
Come from thy goodness and thy power.

5. Thy bounty spreads a rich repast,
Wliere'er their lot of life be cast,

For all invited to the feast.
Alike the greatest and the least.

6. O God 1 my lisping lips proclaim
That word the angels fear to name ;

An infant even his voice may raise
Among the choirs that hymn thy praise.

7. They say the sounds are ever dear,
That infancy breathes to his ear ;

His love the precious recompense
Of its unconscious innocence.

8. They say that naught beneath the skies,
Like to its prayer before him rise,

That round him angels hover near, \
And we are like the angels here !

117

9. Ah ! since hf^ hoars^ so far away,
Tho wonU 'liat wo so weakly say,
I [)ray liis morry would bestow
Oil all that need it here below.

10. Givo water to the lMib])ling spring,
And i»lnni.'i,<;e to the sparrow's wing;

Wool to the l.nnlt, .ind eai'tb renew
With cooling sliado and sparkling dew.

11. Givo sickness health, and hnhger broad,
A shelter to tin; orphan's head.

The light of liberty to all

Who piuo away in dnngeon's thrall.

12. And to my father, I^ord, increase
Children of piety and peace;

Wisdona and grace to nie impart,
That [ may glad my mother's heart,

13. Truth to my lips, and on my soul
Be sanctity's unspotted stole,

That in docility and fear,

I may advance from year to year.

14. And may to thee each pious breathing
Of mine ascend like incense wreathing

From urns that sweetly smell and shino,
Borne by some infant hand like mine.

Lamartine.

vh^^

COME NOT, LORD 1 IN THE DREAD ROBE OP

SPLENDOR.

I. Come not, Lord 1 in the dreau robe of splendor,
Thou wor'st on the Mount, in the day of thinu iro,
Come veil'din those shadows, deep, awful, but toudur,
"Whicli mercy flings over thy foaluroa of llro I

Iff

V-..

2. Lord ! thou remember'st the night, when thy nation

Stood fronting her foe by the red-rolling stream
On Egypt thy pillar frown'd dark desolation,
While Israel bask'd all the night in its beam;

3. So, when the dread clond of anger enfolds thee.

From us, in thy mercy, the dark side remove ;
While shrouded in terrors the guilty behold thee,
Oh ! turn upon us the mild light of thy love !

Moore.

LESSON XV.

DEATH OF A YOUNG FRIEND.

I; H

ii ■ ', 'I

Plaq'id, a., gentle,tranqinl, mild. L. placide, from placeo, I please.
Can'dor, n., purity of mind, sincerity in thought and action ; — a

brilliant whiteness. L. candor, from candere, to be white, to

shine, or glitter.
Exem'pted, ]il., granted immunity from ; freed from by privilege.

L. exemplus, taken out or away. ;). pi. of emo, I take or buy;

derived by some from emos, G., mine.
Original (o-rid je-nal), a., primitive, first. F. original, from orior,

L. I spring or rise from.
Seren'ity, 71., calmness, peace, composure. F. serenite, from

serenus, L., uncloudy, tranquil.
ADHEnENTS. n., followers, dependants. F. adherents, from hcereo,

L , I slick. See "Adhesive," p 94.
Pal'i.id, a., pale. L. pallidus, from palleo, I am pale, — according

to some from j)a//o, G., I tremble, 1 shake, as fear often causes

p;ileness.
Pal'ace, n., a princely or lordly residence ; a stately mansion. F.

palais, from Palatiiim, L , the Palatine hill at Rome, on which

stood the imperial residence and the houses of the principal

men of the state.
Poignant, a., piercing, stinging, bitter. F. poignant. l.punge?ite,

from pungens, p. pi. ofpimgere, to sting.
O DOR, n., fnigrance, scent. L. odor, from G. odzo, I smell.

1. Gaol had an only son, who from his earliest
years had conciliated the favor and affection, not
only of his father, but of all those by whom he was
surrounded. There is none of us, perhaps, who, on

lation
tream

ee,

move ;
1 thee,
'e!

lORE.

I please,
;lion ; — a
white, to

Drivilege.
or buy ;

)m orior,

He, from

hareo,

IccordinR
]ii causes

Ision. F.
)n -which
[[principal

\ungenlt,

?11.

jarliest
in, not
le was
rho, oa

. 119

looking around in the circle of his acquaintancf*, may
not fix his thoughts upon some sweet and placid
characters, to whom innocence and candor appear so
natural an inheritance, that one could almost imagine
they had been exempted, by some special grace, from
the consequences of man's original transgression. Such
was the character of the young prince Usna, and
the charm of early innocence was not lost, as it too
often happens, in the progress of years and education.
In him, as time rolled away, the head was not a gain-
er at the heart's expense, nor was love overlaid by in-
tellect. To judge from the continual serenity that
shone in his features, and the affectionate smile which
never ceased to play around them, one would have
supposed that he belonged to a world and a society
where all was amiable,and where suspicion and unkind-
ness were things unknown and unheard of. As to vice,
his rank and the vigilance of his instructors secured
him from the contagion of its coarser examples, and
its interior sentiments seemed as strange to his mind,
as its practice to his eyes.

2. Usna had a young friend, the son of a neighbor-
ing chieftain, who was the constant companion of his
sports and studies, and a special object of his affection.
Similarity of ages, tastes, and inclinations, had pro-
duced in them its wonted influence, and make them,
in a manner, necessary to each other. The young
Moirni entered, with all the pliancy of friendship, into
all the pursuits and pleasures of his young friend, and
seemed as if none would have an interest for him in
which Usna did not bear a part. Usna had not seen
him now for some days, and enjoyed, in anticipation,
the pleasures of their approaching interview ; the
heartfelt joy at meeting, the very delight at being to-
gether, the intimate communication of all the toughts,
and sentiments, and events that had filled up the
interim, since their parting at the last change of the
moon. As he approached the dwelling of his friend,
he was astonished to see the entrance crowded with the

i.;u:

f*'-

♦l^'^'iy

t!t

' 'lU*"

120

memhers and adherents of the family, who r)h?;erved
a rnornful silence while he drew nenV. lie ii:qirred
for Moirni. There seemed a geiif^ral reliict.mov; to
reply. Dead!" Is it possible ! " He i-nslied into ihe
building. There, extended on afniieial con h, he bb-
held the body of his friend, no longer conscious of his
presence. For the first time, no smile api^cu'ed upon
the lips of Moirni ; at his approach, no hand was
raised to greet him, no flush of joy [wissed over the
pallid features of his friend. A brief but violent
illness had, within the interim between their last
meeting and the present, made that warm and loving
heart acquainted with a coldness, that it had never
known before. Usna could scarce bjlieve his eyes
and ears. He gazed in silent astonishment on the
closed eyelids and pallid features of his friend, which
bore so new and terrible an expression. He had
never, until now, looked upon death, and least of all,
had death and Moirni ever dwelt together in his
thoughts. A horror seized him, which for a time ex-
cluded grief. ^' Dead ! Moirni dead ! " he repeated
continually in his mind. The body was removed,
but Usna contniued to behold it wheresoever he
turned his eyes.

3. For the first time, sorrow seized upon his soul.
As he returned to his father's palace, all nature
seemed to have suffered a sudden alteration. The
skies, the hills, the woods, the flowers, seemed all to
wear a hue of uncerlainty and death. His own life
appeared to him a thing so frail, that it seemed as if
about to pass away on every breeze that shook the sur-
rounding leaves. Every object that had given him

Eleasure, served now only to give more poignancy to
is affliction. Even those to which he had hitherto
been bound in love, were regarded by him with an in-
describable feeling of anxiety and apprehension.

4. *'Why waste my thoughts upon them?" he
said, as his eyes rested on some favorite object.
" How long shall 1 possess them ? They, too, may

121

(lie like Moirni. I sec that love is no less the source
of pain than of delight, with this sad ditrcronco, that
the joy is short-lived, hut the pain remains. And
yet, what is life without it ? Wiiy cannot I find
something to love, over which death ;uid time can
have no power? It is true, I have loved tin* ilowers
and sunshine of the summer, yi^tseen them fade with-
out regret, because I knew that the next spring would
bring them hack with all their loveliiK^ss and odor.
But what spring shall ever restore life and beauty to
the inhabitants of the gravel what summer shall
bring back Moirni ! "

G. Griffin.

LESSON XI.

DESTRUCTION OF JERUSALEM.

Insurrec'tion, n., a seditious rising. L. msurreclin, from mrgo,

I rise. ^

Ciiius'tiax, n., one wlio believes and prr.fi'ssos the dnctriiio of

Cliiist. L. Christ ianns. from C/iri.slo.s. G., ih" Aiici' tod.
Bebp:l'i.ion, ?i., a' rising uit in ai'ins against lawlul authority. F.

rebellion, from bellum, L war.
Le'gions, ?i., tlie Koman army : — origin illy a body of cli )sen or

selected men. The Thebiin or "Hap;iy Le;jrioii," wh^ with

their general oflicors, were massacr.'d fur nfn^ing to sncrilice

to idols consisted of nearly 700J niun. F. and IS. Icgiun, IVom

lego, L., I choose.
Pas'chal, a., relating to the Passover, a foast instiluti^d amrnig

the Jews, in memory of the time whea Gud, smitmg th' Ih'st-

born of the Egyptians, passed over ilv habitations of the

Hebrews. L. and G. pascha ; Hob. pesaUi, to pass over.
Ze.\lots (zel'-), n., persons whose ardoi- outstrips their judgment.

L. zelolce, from zelos, G.. and this IVom zeo, 1 boil.
Siege, n., a setting or beseUing with an armed force. F. sirge, from
sedes, L.,a seat: the besiegers are siid to sit down before a place.
liAZEi) (rayzd), p/., laid in ruins; lovi.'lled with the ground. L.

rasus ; ratio, 1 scrape, scrath Uj>, i\;c.
Impla'caule, a., maliciously obstinate ; not to hi apiieascd. F.

and S. implacable, from placo, L., I appease.
Ju"dais.\i, ?i., the rites or religion of the Jews. l\Ju.laisme, fron;

Juda,

V 'k

:/?!!!

fMl.t'^

E. t

>b; ■

H-A-

122

<:%'i.

1. At the first appearance of the insurrection of the
Jews against the power of the Romans, the Christians,
who partook not of the visionary hopes of the Jewish
enthusiasts, and who were mindful of the warnings
of their Lo;"d, (Matt. xxiv. 1G,) fled to Pella, in
Petrea. Vespasian was sent to Judea to suppress the
rebellion, and after he had been proclaimed emperor
of Rome, his son, Titus, conducted his irresistible
legions to the walls of Jerusalem. The paschal solem-
nity had drawn a countless multitude into the city,
and whilst their enemy approached from without, all
was confusion within. The zealots Avere engaged in
daily and blpody strife ; citizen slew citizen, and the
blood of the murdered oftentimes profaned the holy
of holies in the temple.

2. At length the city was stormed and taken ; the
temple was burned ; more than a million of the in-
habitants perished, during the siege and in the at-
tack, by famine, iDy the sword, or in the flames.
Ninety-seven thousand were sent aw^ay in chains, for
the barbarous sport of their conquerors in the theatre,
or to be sold as slaves in their markets.

■ 3. When the thirst of the Romans for blood and
phmder had been sated, the still standing walls of
the temple were cast down, and the foundations were
uprooted from the earth. The city was razed, and
the plough passed over it, as a sign that never should
a city or temple be built there again. Three gates
were left standing, to proclaim were Jerusalem once
had been.

4. Thus, after a siege unparalleled in the history of
war, fell this noble city, the beloved Jerusalem, after
it had flourished under the protection of Heaven,
more than two thousand years.

5. The miserable citizens who had not been carried
away in chains, or crucified around the walls of Je-
rusalem, wandered forlorn over their once happy
land. Their descendants, after a vain attempt, in

V ■

the reign of Adrian, to rebnild their city, were scat
tered amongst the nations of tlie earth, where their
children may, to this day, be seen distinct from the
nations witli whom they live. The seat of tlie Jewish
rehgion had fallen ; the city of sacrifice had been
destroyed ; that implacable en(Miiy of Clirist, the
sanhedrim, had been annihilated ; it had become
evident, even to the most darkened eye, that the
time had arrived, in which the Ghnrch shonld spring
forth, as the yonng plant, from the dead seed of
Judaism, and shonld, in a short time, become the
vast tree, spreading its branches over the whole earth.

DOLLINGER.

LESSON XII.

i!:;

ijsf

THE HABITATION OF MOLES.

IlAniTA'TiON, n., a place of abode, a dwelling. F. habitation, from

habeo, L., I have, hold, or keep.
Depos'it, v. , to put, [, lace, or lay in. F. drposer, to depose or deposit.

I and L. depojio, — de, and po7io, I put, A:c.
GoNVEx'iTY, n., the external surface of a circular protuberance: —

a bowl reversed or turned upside down shows its cunvexitij or

convex surface, which can hold or retain no4hing ; when restored

to its natural position, it shows its r'om'at'//// or internal concave

surface, which can hold or contain. F. convex ite, from L. veho,

— vexi, — I carry (around or about).
Inunda'tions, ?i., floods, overflowings of water. F. inondations,

from u?ula, L., a wave.
Quest, n., a search, the act of seeking. F. qncte, or queste, from

quccro, L., 1 seek, I ask.
Pace, n., a step ; the distance measured by the foot from point to

point. F. pas ; L. pass us, from passiiin, p. pt. of paw (ere, to

open or stretch, — in reference to the movement of the legs in

walking.
Max'sion, n., a residence : generally applied to a dwelling of con*

siderable magnitude. L. mansio, from manere, to stay or abide.
Sol'itude, n., habitual retirement. F. solitude, from solus, L.,

alone.
t\SY'LUM, n., a refuge. L. asylum ; G. asijlnn, — a, not, and syle,

plunder ; as refugees were tliere secure from harm.
Sol'id, a., firm, strong ; not light. F. solide ; origin doubtful.

1. The habitation where moles deposit their young,

:3f

■.ft.

'i2'i*^^

I'll

124

v/ merits a particular description ; hccausc it is con-
/^ sti'uctcd with peculiar int(3lligence, and because the
, mole is an animal witli whicli we are well a(Y]nainted.
rhey bef;in by raising the earth, and forming a pretty
high arcii. They leave partitions, or a kind of pillars,
at certain distances, heat and press the earth, inter-
weave it with the roots of plants, and render it so
hard and solid, that the water cannot penetrate the
vanlt, on account of its convexity and firnmess. They
then elevate a little hillock under the principal arch ;
upon the latter they lay herbs and leaves, as a bed
for their young. In this situation they are above the
level of the ground, and, of course, beyond the reach
of ordinary inundations. They are, at the same time,
defended from the rains by the large vault that covers
the internal one ; upon the convexity of which last
they rest along with their young. This internal hil-
lock is pierced on all sides with sloping holes, which
descendstill lower,and serve as subterrai)eous passages
for the mother to go in quest of food for herself and
her offspring. These by-paths are beaten and firm,
extend about twelve or fifteen paces, and issue from
the principal mansion like rays from a centre. Under
the superior va\ilt we likewise find remains of the
roots of the plant called meadow saffron, which seems
to be the first food given to the young. From this
description it appears, that the mole never comes
abroad but at considerable distances from her habita-
tion. In their dark abodes, they enjoy the placid
habits of repose and solitude, the art of securing them-
selves from injury, of almost instantaneously making
an asylum or habitation, and of procuring a plentiful
subsistence without the necessity of going abroad
They shut up the entrance of their retreats, and seldom
leave them, unless compelled by the admission oi
water, or when their mansions are demolished by art.

Saiellie.

- -■ ■<* • s

125

FRAGMENT.

Like to the damask r -se you see,
Or like the blossom jii the tree ;
Or like the dainty 11 Aver of May,
Or like the morn in- .i the dav,
Or like the sun Oi ..uG the shade,
Or like the gonrd which Jonas made —
Ev'n so is man whoso thread is spun.
Drawn ont, and cut, and so is done.
The rose withers, the blossom blasteth.
The flower fades, the morning haste tli,
The sun sets, the shadow tiles,
The gourd consumes, and man — he dies.

LESSON XIIL

FOREIGN CURRANTS — TAMARINDS — SAFFRON — CAMPHOR.

Magazine', 7i., a storehouse, a ropository of provisions. F. maga
sin. fvom magasi no, I., said to be from maclisan, Ar., a trea-
sure.

Tam'arind, n., a small, soft, dark rod Indian dato. F. tamarin ;
I. and S. tamarindo. Tamar Uindce, llio Indian date.

Fi'bres, n., the small striuf^s or 'hair-like threads of roots. F.
fibres ; I. S. and L. fibra, which originally meant an extremity;
afterwards a lilament or string of the muscles and veins, or 0/
the roots of plants.

Bev'erage, n , a drink. 'I. beveraggio, from bevere, to drink. L.
bibo, I drink.

Pun'gent, a., stimulating; sharp on the tongue. See " Poignant,"
p. 118.

Volatile (vol'-a-til), a., having the power to pass off by sponta-
neous evaporation. F. volatile, from volo, L., I fly.

Aromat'ig, a., fragrant, strong-scented. F. aromalique ; G. aro"
matikos, from aroma, spice ; that wMch breathes out an agrea-^
ble odor.

Conta'gion, n, infection; the emission from body to body by
which diseases are communicated. F. contagion, i^vom. ■tango,
L. I touch.

Pis'til, n. Petals, n., the pistil is the middle of a seed-flower (I.

«.v»*.

\f'

V. *

126

pislilin) ; the petals, those fine-colored leaves tliat compose th*
llowcrs of i)laiils. G. pelalon, a leaf, from petao, I expand, I open
Pom'tadik, a., nianngcahio by the hand ; carriageable. L. porta
bills, from imrlo, 1 carry.

1. The foreign or dried currants are a species ol
small raisins or grapes, which grow cliiefly in the
Grecian Islands. They were formerly very abundant
ill the Islhmiis of Corinth, and were thence called
Coriiillis: this t(n'm has heen corrupted into currants,
prohnhly from thtnr resemhlance to the English fruit
of that nann?. These little grapes have no stones, and
are of a reddish hlack color ; they are extremely deli-
cious when fresh gathered. The harvest commences
in August; and as soon as the grapes are gathered,
they are spread to dry on a floor, prepared for the
purpose? hy stamping the earth quite hard. This floor
is formed with a gentle rising in the middle, that the
rain, in case any should fall, may flow off and not in-
jure the fruit. When sufficiently dry, the currants
are cleaned and laid up in magazines, where they are
so closely pressed together, that when a supply is
needed, it is dug out with an iron instrument. They
are packed in large casks for exportation, and trodden
down by the natives. •

2. The fruit of the Tamarind is a roundish, some-
what compressed pod, about four or Ave inches long,
the external part of which is very brittle. Each pod
contains three or four hard seeds, inclosed in tough
skins, surrounded by a dark-colored acid pulp, and
connected together by numerous woody fibres. Be-
fore the tamarinds are exported, the pulp, with the
seeds and fibres, are taken out of the pod, and those
which are the produce of the West Indies are preserv-
ed in a sirup. The East Indian tamarinds are usually
sent without any such admixture. In hot countries
the tamarind is valued as a refreshing fruit ; and,
steeped in water, it forms a cooling beverage.

3. Saffron is the orange-colored pistil of a purple
species of crocus, the petals of which appear in spring,

! •.;

127

and the blossoms in aiitnmn. It abounds in the neigh-
borhood of Sallron Walden, in Essex, whieV; takes its
name IVoin that circiimstanee. The tlow«u>. .-e gath-
cn>d every morning just before they expand ; and as
they coiilinne to open in succession for several weeks,
the satFron harvest lasts a considerable time. When
lh(; llowers are gathered, th(»y are spread on a tabh) :
the upper part of tiie pistil only is of any value. When
a sutlicient quantity of these are collected, they are
dried upon a kind of portable kiln ; over this a hair-
cloth is stretched, and upon it a few sheets of white
paper ; the sall'ron is placed upon these to the tliick-
ncijsof two or three inches; the whole is then covered
with white paper, over which is placed a coarse; blan-
ket or canvas l)ag, filled with straw. When the fire
has heated the kiln, a board, on which is a W(iight, is
placed upon the blanket, and presses the satlVon to-
gether. It is used as a medicine, to flavor cakes, and
to form a yellow dye.

4. Camphor is the peculiar juice of a species ot
laurel, called the camphor-tree, which is abundant in
China, Borneo, and Ceylon. Exposure to the air hard-
ens it. It is remarkably inflammable, and is used
by the Indian princes to illuminate their rooms. It
is pungent, volatile, acrid, and strongly aromatic.
These qualities have rendered it useful as a medicine,
and in sick rooms to prevent contagion. It is also
placed in cabinets of natural history, to destroy the
small insects that prey upon the specimens.

Mayo.

LESSON XIV.

THE THREE BLACK CROWS.

».rM

'.mi

Two honest tradesmen meeting in the Strand,
One took the other briskly by the hand;
" Hark-ye," said he, " 'tis" an old story this
About the crows'" — -^ 1 don't know what it is,"

< ^ f-

1.-V.

128

Hopliofl his fi'ienfl. — " No ! I'm surprisod at that;

WIkm'c* I coinc from it is tlio rommon chat;

But yon shall hoiiv an odd alfair, inde< 1 !

An(' lliat it happonod, they aro all a<,M'ood :

Not to (h^tain yon from a tiling so strange,

A g:Mitl(Mnan who lives not far from 'Chanp^e,

This week, in short, as all tho Alloy knows,

A vomit took, and throw np llircc black crows 1"

'-^ Impossible !" — '^ Nay, l)nt 'tis really trne ;

I had it from good hands, and so may yon."

'' Fi'om whom, I pray?" — So, having named the man,

Straight to inrpiire, his cnrions comrade ran, '

''Sir, did yon tell?" — relating the all'air.

" Yes, sir, I did ; and if'tis worth yonr care,

Ask Mr." — sncli a one — '' he told it mo ;

Bnt, by the by, 'twas two black crows, not th^^ee /"

Resolved to trace so wondrons an event.

Quick to the third the virtuoso went,

" Sir," — and so forth — '' Why, yes ; the thing is fact,

Though in regard to number, not exact:

It was not two black crows, ' twas only one ;

The truth of that you may depend upon ;

The gentleman himself told me thv' case." —

*' Where may I find him?" — "Why, i;i" — such a place.

Away ho went, and having found him out,

" Sir, be so good as to resolve a doubt."

Then to his last informant he referr'd.

And begg'd to know, if true what he had heard :

*' Did you, sir, throw up a black crow ?" — " Not I."

" Bless me ! how people propagate a lie !

Black crows have been thrown up, three, two, and one ;

And here, I find, all comes at last to none !

Did you say any thing of a crow at all ?"

*' Crow, — crow, — perhaps I might, now I recall

The matter over." — ^' And pray, sir, what was't?"

" Why, I was horrid sick, and at the last

I did throw up, and told my neighbor so,

Something that was — as blacky sir, as a crow^

Byrgm.

129

THE DISTINCTION OF AGES.

The seven first years of lif(3 (man's break of day)
Gleams of short s(M1S(^, a dawn of thonf,'ht display ;
When fourteen sprhigs liave hloom'd hisdowny cheek,
His soft and bhishfnl meaning's learn to speak ;
From twenty-one proud manhood takes its date,
Yet is not strength complete till twenty-eight ;
Thence to his flve-and-thirtieth, life's gay fir*3
Sparkles, burns loud, and flames in fierce desire ;
At forty-two, his eyes grave wisdom wear,
And the dark future dims him o'er with care :
On to the niue-and-forti(ith, toils increase,
And busy hopes and fears distnrb his peace :
At fifty-six, cool reason reigns entire,
Then life burns steady, and with temp'rate fire ;
But sixty-three unbinds the body's strength.
Ere the nnwearied mind has run her length :
And when from sev'nty, age surveys her last,
Tired she stops short — and wishes all were past.

Hill.

LESSON XV.

GLASS — PUTTY.

al'kali, n., the ashes of plants ; any substance which, when min-
gled with acid, produces fermenlalion. F. alkali, from ( Ar.) «if,
and kali, a plant, — from the ashes of which alkaline subsluncos
are procured.

Intense', a., very g^'oat, raised to a high degree. I. and S. intenso,
from lendo, L., I stretch.

Vit'rified, pL, converted into glass. F. vilrifie, from vitnuHt L.,
glass, and fie/i, to bo made.

Transpa'hent, a., pellucid, — yielding a free passage to va:- s oriigM,
so that obj.'cts apjiear through. F. tt'ansparenl. L. Iransiiarrn^y
trans, through, and parens, p. pt. ol' parere^ to app'-ar.

Incorro'dible, a., impossible to be consumed or eatou nway. F.
corroder, to consume or waste away, from rodere, L., lu guaw,

Dog'tile, a., capable of being drawa out ; pliublo. F. duclUt^f
from duco, L., I draw.

130

■ I ^1 1

ml'

Pi As'Tin, a., capaMn of bolnj? mnuUlod into any form. I. plastico,

ivou\ (0 ) plasso, or plalln, I form or fianio.
Annkai (-rMifc'), v., U) (icat glass i\fbr it is blown, that it may not

lirrsik ; to Iuiiumt glass or niLlal A.S. anaian, from (Go.) el,

eld, liro.
Fo'u^. n, /flw/wrc, or lliin plates; leaves. L. folia. Folium, L.,

and pfivUon. Ci.. n !< <if.
Unc'tuous, a., clammy, oily. F. omiueux, from vnclus, L., anointed.

I 1. Glass is made of sand or flint, combined with
"*jL an alkali, by exposure to intense heat, whicli causes
these snl)stanc<'s to melt and unite. This mixture is
said to have becMi discovered accidentally in Syria,
by some merchants who were driven by stress of wea-
tlier upon its shores. They had lighted a fire upon
the sands, to cook their food ; the fire was made of
the plant called kali, which grows on the sea-shore ;
and the sand mixing with the ashes, became vitrified
by the lieat. This furnished the merchants with the
hint that led to the making of glass, .which was first
regularly manufactured at Sidon in Syria. England
is now nuicli celebrated for its glass. The qualities
which render this substance so valuable, are, that it
is hard, transparent, nearly incorrodible, not being
readily affected by any substance but acid in a fluid
state ; and that, when fused or melted, it becomes so
ductile and plastic, that it may be moulded into any
form, which it will retain when cool. There are
three sorts of furnaces used in making it : one to pre-
pare the frit, a second to work the glass, and a third
to anneal it. After having properly mixed the ashes
and sand, they are put into the first furnace, where
they are burned of calcined for a sufficient time, and
become what is called frit. This being boiled after-
wards in pots or crucibles of pipe-clay, in the second
furnace, is fit for the operation of blowing ; the an-
nealing furnace is intended to cool the glass very
gradually ; for if it be exposed to the cold air imme-
diately after being blown, it will fall into a thousand
pieces as if struck by a hammer. Before glass was
invented, thin folia of mica or horn were used foi'
Windows.

m II

h..

I «

131

2. Pnttv is a soft, \inct\io\is snbstanrc, whirh hard-
ens by fxposuro to air, and is used by p^laziers to
fastoii th(^ panes of glass to th(» window-frames. It is
composed of lins(M>d oil and wliitin;;, somcjtimos witli
the addilinii of white lead. The whiting is prepared
from cli.ilk, gronnd into a fine powder; and the oil
and whit' lead are worked into it till ail the sr.bstances
are thoionghly mixed together. Linseed oil is ox-
traeted from the seed of the llax ; which in Latin is
culltd iiiium.

Mayo.

^» »■

LKSSON XVL

ST. BRIDGET.

RrrTGinrs (re-lifr-jiip), a, ; as oppliod in a commun'dy, reh'oious iu-
(licat'S that the persons who Ibrm it arr bound aijain, that is,
have luktTi th" vows of rolij^'ion, — poverty, chasiiiy, and oho
diPrice. F. reliffieiix, from reUgio, L,, the bond or obligation o(
man to God, from Ugo, I l)iiid.

Veil, n , that part of a nun's religious dress which rovers the head
and in part concals the face. A veil was ancit-nlly a mark of
subj"Clioii, and as such was worn by married women : in reli-
gious women it is a sign of their alliance and engagements with
their heavenly Spouse. F. mile, fromvelum, L., a eovring.

V^nujiN (ver'-), ;i., a maiden who has jtn>served her chastity : it is
poinetimes api)lied to a man ; St. John E. is styled •• tht? virgin
disciple : " — it is also used to denote my thing pun' or uncon-
tamiiialed. S. virgen ; L. virgn, from vir-agn (rtr, a man, from
vis, strengtii, and ago, I act), a woman who acts like a man : —
that is, practises virtue, (from vir], and iierfurms deeds of hero-
ism betitting a man, a Christian man, and soldier of Clnisl.

Wmow (wid'-o). n., a wife bereft of her husband, i. e., separated
from him by death. Go. widowo ; L. vidua, a widow, from
viduus, bereaved, and this from the ob, iduo. 1 se[»arate.

DrocESE, 71., the circuit of a bishop's jurisdiciion ; the division ol
an archbishops province under the jurisdiction of each bishop;
— a portion of an inhabited country. F. diocese ; G. dioikesis,
from dioikein, to dwell aj)arl, : oikos, a house, a possession.

Illustrious a., noble, famous. L. illusiris, from lustrum, a clari-
fying, a purifying.

Deputa'tion, n., persons specially commissioned or delegated to
transact or manage any affair. F. deputation, from puto, L., I
adjust.

i'U,.,

i .;

1*1 *<SjiL . r-

■I ,'

• i

I «!•

132

PjLV,niM, n , one who makes a journey of penance or devotion ; a
traveller. D. pel g rim ; I. pellegrino, from L. peregrinus, a tra
voller: — pcreger (per, and ager, a liojd).

Men'diga.nt, n.iorm who begs alms. F. mendiant ; L. mendicus,
from menda, a delicicncy, a want.

Bish'op, 71., one of the llrst ordor of the clergy; literally an over-
seer. A. S. bisceop ; L epi.scopus ; G. episcopos, — epl, over, or
into, and skopeo, I look, I see.

I. The institution of female monasteries, or nun-
•neries, such as, in tlie fourtii century, were established
abroad by Melania, and other pious women, was iU'
troduced into Ireland, towards the close of the fifth
century, by St. Bridget ; and so general was the
enthusiasm her example excited, that the religious
order which she instituted, spread its branches through
every part of the country. Taking the veil herself at
a very early age, when, as we are told, she was
clothed in the white garment, and the white veil
placed upon her head, she was immediately followed
in this step, by seven or eight young maidens, who,
attaching themselves to her fortunes, formed, at the
first, her small religious community. The pure
sanctity of this virgin's life, and the supernatural
gifts attributed to her, spread the fame she had ac-
quired more widely every day, and crowds of young
women and widows applied for admission into her
institution. At first she contented herself with found-
ing establishments for her followers in the respective
districts of which they were natives ; and in this task
the bishops of the different dioceses appear to have
concurred with and assisted her. But the increasing
number of those who required her own immediate
superintendence, rendered it necessary to form some
one great establishment, over which she should her-
self preside; and the people of Leinster, who claimed
to be peculiarly entitled to her presence, from the
illustrious family to which she belonged having been
natives of their province, sent a deputation to her, to
'entreat that she would fix among them her residence.
|To this request the saint assented ; and a habitation
,was immediately provided for herself and her sister

r-'-

133

nuns which formed the commencement both of her
great monastery, and of the town or city of Kildare.
The name of Killdara, or cell of the oak, was given
to the monastery, from a very high oak-tree which
grew near the spot, and of which the trunk was still
remaining in the twelfth century ; no one daring, as
we are told by Giraldus, to touch it witli a knife.
The extraordinary veneration in which St. Bridget
was held, caused such a resort of persons of all ranks
to this place — such crowds of penitents, pilgrims,
and mendicants — that a new town sprang up rapidly
around her, which kept pace with the growing pros-
perity of the establishment. The necessity of pro-
viding spiritual direction, as well for the institution
itself, as for the numerous settlers in the new town,
led to the appointment of a bishop of Kildare, with
the then unusual privilege of presiding over all the
churches and communities belonging to the order of
St. Bridget throughout the kingdom.

Moore.

-♦♦♦-

LESSON XVII.

THE CATACOMBS.

Cat'acombs, n., hollow places against tho sidos of caverns, for
depositing tlie bodies of the d^'ad. F. catacombes, from (G.)
Imla, and kumbos, a hollow.

Pou'tico, 71., a piazza or porch See p. 45.

I.ntkrskc'tions, n., the point^^ were lines cross each other. F,
inlcrspcliom, from (L ) inler, and seco, I cut.

Lad'yi inth, /I., a place formed with many windings and turnings,
.md (lillicult to escape from ; a plac fonneil to lake or confine,
F. lahyrinlhe ; (t. luhi/rinthos, from labeifi, to take.

Ckm'rnt, n.,'dn adh'>sive, binding compost of lime, sind, or other

materials; originally small stones, or fragments used for lilling

in the building of a wall. F. cimenl, i'l'nm (L.) cirnientiini^ from

■ coedo, i cut;— because small slou'S w.re cut Oif till' large for, «!tc.

"Vi AL or Phi'al, 71., a small bottli;. (1.. pfiialCy a bawl, a vase.

Initials, (in-ish'-als), 7i., the first letters of words; tirst principles
L. iniUa, from Hum, said to be from eo, I go (!irsl).

REi'Os'rroHY, ?i., a place where any thing is safely laid up. L
reposilorium, from re, and ponere, to put, place, or lay.

*i::t,

If IIP ' v*A

!,■

If ',

134

Pet* ID. a., ofTensive, rancid. F. fHide, from feeler e, L., to have a
bad smoll.

PreV.ingt, n., outward limit (of the catacombs, where light re-ap-
pears). I. precinlo, frq^ cingo, L., I surround.

•
1. St. Sebastian's, a church erected by Constant
tine in memory of the celebrated martyr whose name
it bears, has a handsome portico, and contains some
good pictures and paintings. It is however, more
remarkable for being the principal entrance into the
catacomi)s which is in its neighborhood. The cata-
conil)s are subterraneous streets or galleries, from four
to eight f«.'et in height, from two to five in breadth,
exteii/liiig jo an immense and almost unknown length,
and blanching out into various walks. The confusion
'occasioned by the intersection of these gallei-ies resem-
bles that of a labyrinth, and renders it difficult, and,
without great precaution, dangerous, to penetrate far
into their recesses. The catacombs were originally
excavated, in order to find that earth or sand, called
at present, puzzolana, and supposed to form the best
and most lasting cement. They followed the direc-
tion of the vein of sand, and were abandoned when
that was exhausted, and oftentimes totally foi'gotten.
Sitch lone, unfrequented caverns afforded a most com-
modious retreat to the Christians, during the persecu-
tions of the three first centuries. In them, therefore,
they held their assemblies, celebrated the holy mys-
teries, and deposited the remains of their martyred
brethren. For the latter purpose they employed
niches in the sides of the walls, placed there the
body, with a vial filled with the blood of the martyr,
or perhaps some of the instruments of his execution,
and closed up the mouth of the niche with thin bricks
or tiles. Sometimes the name was inscribed, with a
word or two importing the belief and hopes of the
deceased; at other time, a cross, or the initials of the
titles of our Saviour interwoven, were the only marks
employed to certify that the body inclosed, belonged
to a Christian. Several bodies have been found with-
out any inscription, mark, or indication of name or

135

profession. Such may have belonged to pagans, as it
is highly probable that these cavities were used as
burial places, before, as well as during, the age of
persecutions. It is impossible to range over these
vast repositories of the dead, these walks of horror
and desolation, without sentiments of awe, veneration,
and almost of horror. We seemed on entering to
descend into the regions of the departed, wrai)peil up
in the impenetrable gloom of the grave. Independ-
ent of these imaginary terrors, the damp air and fetid
exhalations warn the curioi'.s traveller to abridge his
stay, and hasten to the precincts of day.

Eustace.

LESSON XVIII.

THE PAPYRUS.

Trtang'ular, a., having three angles, and therefore three sides. P.
Iriangulaire, from (L) Ires, — Iria, three, and angulus, an angle.
See " Rectangular,' \). GO.

Fil'aments, 71., threads or strings. F. filamenls, from filum, L., a
thread,

Pa'pem, n., the substance upon which writing and printing areex-
ecutod ; now made of rags; ancioiitly Ironi iha pap j/rus, a spe-
cies of reed growing on the hanks of the Nile; — and still later
oUeaves. F. papier, from papyrus, L., — papyros, G., a plant, Ac.

IvKKL.n., the bottom of a shij), so called on account of its hollovv-
ness. Keel here means the timber that extends at the bottom
from end to end, that is, from the prow to the stern. Ger. keel ,
D. kiel ; G. koile, from koilos, iiollow.

Lig'ature, n., any tiling bound round another bandage ; a band
F. ligature, from Hgo, L., I bind.

Pel'licle, ;?., a small or thin skin : sometimes it is used for tho
lilm which gathers upon liijuors impregnated with snlts or
other substances, and evaporated by heat. L. pellicula, from
pellis, th(? skin.

IhnAND or RmBON [bolh pr. rib'-bin), n., a band ordllet of silk or
satin, worn for oinament. F. ruban, from nibens, L , red,— •
because t^ie more beautiful ribbons were made of that color.

Transverse'ly, a</., alhwarl, across ; in a cross direction. L. trans-
verse, from trans, and verlo, I turn.

Sag'charine, a., sugary ; having properties resembling those ol
sugar F saccharin ;(). sakeharon ; Av. saccar, ivoni succar,
sugar

Impagg'matbo, |)(.; saturated wiiU. Seep52«

'/Sit;-''!'

epk^

■J, .1

f i

i" i!i

136

1. The papyrusmostnaturally suggests itself, when-
ever we turn our attention to the vegetable produc-
tions of Egypt. The stalk is of a vivid green, of a trian-
gular form, and tapering towards the top. Pliny says,
that the root is as thick as a man's arm, and that the
plant occasionally exceeds fifteen feet in height. At
present it is rarely found more than ten feet long,
about two feet, or little more, of the lower part of
the stalk being covered with hollow, sharp-pointed
leaves, which overlap each other like scales, and
fortify the most exposed part of the stem. These
are usually of a yellow or dusky-brown color. The
head is composed of a number of small grassy fila-
ments, each about a foot long. Near the middle each
of these filaments parts into four, and in the point or
partition are four branches of fiowers, the termination
of which is not unlike an ear of wheat in form, but is
in fact a soft, silky husk.

2. This singular vegetable was used for a variety of
purposes ; the principal of which were, the structure
of boats and the manufacture of paper. In regard to
the first, we are told by Pliny, a piece of the acacia-
tree was put in the bottom to serve as a keel, to which
the plants were joined, being first sewed together,
then gathered up at the stem and stern, and made fast
by means of a ligature.

3. But It is as a substance for writing upon that -the
papyrus is best known, and most interesting to the
scholar. The process by which the plant was pre-
pared for this purpose, is briefly stated by the Roman
naturalist. The thick part of the stalk being cut
in two, the pellicle between the pith and bark, or
perhaps the two pellicles, were stripped off and di-
vided by an iron instrument. This was squ?red at
the sides, so as to be like a ribbon, then laid upon a
smooth table, after being cut into proper lengths.
These strips or ribbons v/ere lapped over each other
by a very thin border, and then pieces of the same
kind were laid tranversely, the length of these last

■• *

137

answering to the breadth of the first. This being
done, a weight was laid upon them while they were
yet moist; they were then dried in the sun. It wa;;
thought that the water of the Nile had a gummy
quality sufficiently strong to glue these strips together;
but Mr. Firuce, who ascertained by experiment that
this opinion is perfectly groundless, suggests that the
ellect was produced by means of the saccharine matter
with whicJi the papyrus is strongly impregnated. The
flower of tiiis plant, it is well known, was used for
religious purposes.

Cabinet Library.

— -♦♦♦-

LESSON XIX.

MANUFACTURE OF TAPE.

Process (pros'-scs), n., re{?ular and gradual course ; methodical
management of any thing. F. proces, from cedo, L., 1 go, I
advance.

Got'ton, n., the down of the cotton-tree : — cloth made of cotton.
F. and S. colon ; I. colonc, — so called from its resemblance to
the down which adheres Lo the quince : — I. cologni ; L. cotenewn
a quince.

Appaua.'tus, n., things prepared or provided (for lapping, &c.) col-
lectively, L. apparatus, from paro, I make ready.

Equahle (e'-kwa-bl), a., even, n^gular, uniform. L. aquus, from
ei/ios, G., like, similar.

Sys'tem, n., an orderly collection, or a connected series of depen«
dent or successive parts. L. and G. systema, from (G.) syn,
with, or together with, — and kislaslhai, to place or set.

Throstle (thros'-sel), n.. the dimunitive of thrush. Gor. Iroslle, a
thrush. Perhaps the name, as a])plied lo a s|)inning frame, may
have been suggested by some resemblance in the sound of the
machine in working to the notes of the thrnsh. ThewiLi.owiNC
machine may have borrowed its name from the willow, ( A. S.
welie), a tree, so called because it shoots up rapidly and willing^
ly or freely — in allusion to the freedom and rapidity with
which the machine acts. To sluuber, is to cover up any thing
coarsely or carelessly. Doffing, means i)utting away orlayinj^
aside : do/f or do off, to put off; hence doffer.

Compact', a., close, dense. F. compacle, from paclus, L. driven in,
from pan^o, 1 drive, I fasten.

Raw, fl., imperfect, unfinished, undressed. . D. rouw ; Ger. rok,
A. S. hreow, crude. See •* Rude," p. 82.

h if. 'it*

liii! |iy.

'■'" ' Im-i' lfM'4SI
in* ^t ',,.■, . ffl'-'

138

I' i:

1 1:

'Mr:

}tSH

im
"IK

m li

1- fi'

BRo'KER.n., one who hjyaks goods bought hy wholosale or in
largo i)ackages ; one who s<*!ls, as agent, in [tarts or portions;
one who acts Ix'twocn I-iiycr ai-<l sullcr. Broker may be so de-
nominated from the verb to break.

Ten'dkrs, ?i., attcnders ; the persons waiting by, watching or
supplying Cthe machines, Ac.) with. From Undo, L., I roach, I
tend, I spread, &c.

1. To trace the various processes a piece of tape
passes through, arid the various employments it af-
fords, before it comes into the market, is a very
curious and interesting occupation. Beginning, then,
with the first commercial operations ; tlie cotton used
in the manufncture of tapes, having been warehoused
in Liverpool, is sold on account of the importer, and
bought to the order of the manufactiu'er by cotton-
brokers. It is conveyed by canal or railway to Man-
chester"; and when delivered at the woiks of the
purchaser, is weighed, assorted, mixed, and spread,
with a view to obtain equality in the staple. It is
then taken to the icillo wing machine, to be opened
or loosened ; thence it is transferred to the blowing
machine, which cleans it from dust, and makes it
feathery. Attached to the blower is a lapping appa-
ratus, by which the cotton is taken up and laid in a
continuous lleece upon a roller, in order that it may
be conveniently carried to the carding engine, there
to be made into a lleece of the most equable texture
possible ; thence it is handed to the drawing-frame.,
where it is blended with the production of all the
carding engines, connected with the particular set or
system to which it belongs. It is next passed through
the slubbing-frame^ afterwards through the jack, or
roving-frame, and then through the throstle.^ or spin-
ning-frame, upon which it is made into yarn or twist.
From the throstle, the yarn, if intended for wai'p, is
forwarded to the winding-frame, but if intended for
weft, to the reeler; afterwards, that which is wound,
is delivered to the warper, that which is reeled, to
the pin-winder. The weaver next operates upon it,
passes it through the loom, rubs up the tape, and
poiisigas it to the tdker-in^ who examines the fabric,

{|5-

and transfers it to the putter-out, who sends it to the
bleacher. When bleached, it is handed to the scraper.,
whose business it is to take out tlie creases, and open
the tape, by running it under and over iron scrapers.
This having been done, the pit^ce is put tlirougli the
calender^ where it is pressed bt^tween hot bowls, and
rendered smoot and glossy. It is next taken to the
lappiiHj department, where it is neatly folded by
young women ; after which tin? maker-up forms the
i)iece into parcels, containing the reijuired quantity,
and places them in a powerful press, to make them
compact. He next papers them, and sends them to
the ivarchouse., for sale. Thus, in its progress from
the raw material, a piece of tape has alTorded employ-
ment to the broker of the manufacturer, to the carricu*,
to the mixer of the cotton, to the tenders of the
willow, of the blower, of the carding engine, of the
drawing-frame, slubbing-frame, roving-frame, and
throstle ; to the dotYer, bobbin-winder, reeler, warper,
pin- winder, weaver, taker-in, putter-out, bleacher
scraper, calender-man, lapper, maker-up, and sales
man ; or, to at least twenty-five persons, before it
leaves the warehouse of the manufacturer, where 12
pieces, of 18 yards each, or 216 yards of cotton-tape,
of nearly half an inch in width, and containing 9,170
yards of yarn, a^-e sold for eighteen-pence ; or 12
yards of finished tape, containing 509 yards of yarn,
for the small sum of one penny. Some idea of the
extent to which this manufacture is carried on in
Manchester, may be formed from the fact, that at the
works of Messrs. Wood and Westheads, upwards ot
1,240,000 yards of goods, not exceeding three inches
ill width, and composed partly or entirely of cotton,
linen, silk, or worsted, are woven in one week, or
upwards of 35,227 miles in one year.

Manchester as it is.

i[^

| i' j li H i» r '

140

LESSON XX.

THE DYING CHRISTIAN TO HIS SOUL.

1. Vital spark of heavenly flame
Quit, oh, quit this mortal frame:
Tremhling, hoping, ling'ring, flying,
Oh, the pain, the bliss of dying I
Cease, fond nature, cease thy strife,
And 1 3t me languish into life 1

2. Hark 1 they whisper — angels say,
" Sister spirit, come away ! "
What is this absorbs me quite?
Steals my senses, shuts my sight,
Drowns my spirits, draws my breath ?
Tell me, my soul, can this be death ?

3. The world recedes, it disappears I
Heaven opens to my eyes ! — my ears

With sounds seraphic ring :
Lend, lend your wings ! I mount 1 1 fly I
O Grave ! where is thy victory ?

Death ! where is thy sting ?

Pops,

LESSON XXL

HYMN TO THE BLESSED VIRGIN,

1. Ave Maria ! maiden mild 1

Listen to a maiden's prayer ;

Thou canst hear, though from the wild;
Thou canst save amid despair.

Safe may we sleep beneath thy care,
Though banish'd, outcast, and reviled-

•<»,J

141

*
M.iiden ! hear a maiden's prayor ;
Mother, hear a suppliant child !

Ave Maria I

2. Ave Maria ! undefiled !

The flinty (.'ouch we now must share,
Shnll seem with down of eider piled,

Tf thy protection hover there.
The murkv cavern's Ikmvv air

Shall hreathe of balm, if thou hast smiled :
Then, Maiden ! hear a maiden's prayer,

Mother, list a suppliant child I

Ave Maria I

3. Ave Maria ! stainless styled !

Foul demons of the earth and air,
From this their wonted haunt exiled.
Shall flee before thy presence fair.
"We bow us to our lot of care.

Beneath thy guidance reconciled ;
Hear for a maid a maiden's prayer,
And for a father hear a child !

Ave Maria !
Scott,

§ 4. LESSON I.

OF THE EARTH.

b>.,

Glob'ulaRjA., round, sphoiical. Land S>. globo so, ^voin globus,
L., a round body, a ball.

Ax'is, n., tliat round which any thing turns or revolves : an ima-
ginary line passing through the centre of Ihn earth, from north
to south, the extr.'iue p ^^lt^; of which are called the pntes. L.
axis, from axon. G., an I this from ar/ein, to drive round.

CiRcUiM^FKHENCh:, 71., au orb, a circle : the gr.vilest measure of tho
earth round on its surface. F. circonference, from circmnfero,
L., I bear or carry round, — circum, and fero, from phero, G., I
bear or carry.

Grog'haphy, n., a description of the earth, or of parts of the earth.
F. geographic; L. and G. geographia, — (G.) ge, the earth, and
grapimn, to describe.

««..~^

142

Eqtta'tob, n., a groat circle. Sen p. 82. Divmetrr, p. GO. Tnopic?,
see '• Tropical/' i». 2').

Eclip'tic, n., the line which the cenlre of the enrth doscrilx's in
ilsiinnunl rovolutionnhoiit tin' sun, nnd which coirespornlswilh
tho pfith in whii'h the sun appears to jkiss in the in.'avens. l'\
ccliptuiue, IVoni leipo, (r., 1 leave or finit.

Mehiu'ian, w., a great circle passing' through Ihf iiolosand tlio
zenilli of any |»la''o, exactly <livi<ling Ihe eastlVoni the west. I'\
miridien; L. meridianus, Irani meridies, that Ismcdi-difs, mid-
day, I'ccanse when tiie «;iin conies over the meridian of any
plac(\ it is then noon oi' mid-day.

Pah'ai.mcls of liATrrtiDK, 71., sr.iall circles drawn round tho gloho
parallel to the ecpiator, from which latitude is reckoned. F.
parallile; (i.parallelos. Sf,'t,'" Unparalleled," j). 45, and '• Lati-
tude," p. 21).

Zonk, ,n., a girdle: the wido space lying between the tropics — like
a girdle snrronnding the globe — is called the torrid zone; those
between the tropics and the arctic and antar(;tic circles arc
calli'd the iioith and s< idh Icnipcralc ; and those extendini:
to the polai' circles, the north and south frigid Lone.s. F. zone;
G. Z071C, fi'om ztmnuein, to gird.

IIkm'isi'ukhe, n., half of a sphere or globe. F. iu'inisp/ure, from
(G.) Iiemisus, half, and spliaira, a sphere.

1. The form of the earth is nearly globular or
spherical. Being soniewliat compressed at each ex-
tremity of the a.xis, ils diameter, from north to south,
is about 26 miles less than that from east to west.
The mean diameter is computed at 7,1)12, and its cir-
cumference at 24,h!5() miles English ; and the area of
the earth's entire surface at 198,000,000 square miles.
Of this area, more than two-thirds are covered with
water; the remainder is the. land. For greater ac-
curacy of description, writers on geography suppose
circles to be drawn on the surface of the earth, distin-
guishing them into great and small circles. The great
circles are the equator, ecliptic, and meridians ; the
small circles, the parallels of latitude, four of which
form the boundaries of the zones ; namel
tropics, and the two polar circles.

2. That part of the earth's surface called the land,
is divided into two great continents, the eastern and
western, situated principally in opposite hemispheres.
The eastern continent is 31 millions of square miles
in extent, and is said to contain about 800 millions of

y, the two

143

inhabitants. Tfe comprises Europe, Asia, and Africa,
and is call(Ml the Old Worl'l. The west<'rn continent
contains 17 millions of sfjnaro miles, and a population
of about 47 millions. It is divided into North and
South America, and, hecause discovered at a compa-
ratively late period, is called the Nnv World. To
tliesc L;rand divisions anotlu'r has been achled, called
Oceauica, consisting of the numerous islands scattered
over the great ocean, whirh extends from the south-
eastern sliore of Asia, to the western coast of America
Its extent may be estimated at about 8 millions of
square miles, and its inhabitants at 20 millions.

3. The water is divided into five great oceans ; tho
Pacific, Atlantic, Northern, Southern, and Indian. Tho
Atlantic boimds Europe and Africa on the west, and
North and South America on the east. The Pacific,
divides Asia from America. The Indian lies south
of Asia, and east of Africa, and extends to about forty
degrees south latitude. The Northern Ocean bound:!
Europe, Asia, and North America on the north. Tho
Sontli'M'u extends round the South Pole, and unite?
with the Indian, Atlantic, and Pacific Oceans. These
five oceans, with their numerous branches which form
the inland scas^ occupy at least 142 millions of square
miles. The remaining 56 millions form the five por
tions of land already mentioned, of which Europe con
tains four; Asia, sixteen; Africa, eleven; America,
seventeen ; and Oceanica, eight millions. The whole
population of the earth is variously stated. The mosi
recent estimates, however, compute it at about 90((
millions.

C. B.

} «

LESSON II.

THE REINDEER.

Po'lah, a., lying near the (N.) polo. F. polaire, from polos, Q
hinge, an axis, — the extremity of the earths axis.

11 ■Ni;

1'-^'-': '*?'

• Sir

■I'l pi

' 'Ml

• ■*<

144

TIfV.iov, n . n fr.irf of t'^rrltory ruled over; n/li«lrict. F. nnd S

trffion. from /'gY/y. L., I rule.
DiiKAUv ((lix'o'-j. a , gloomy, dismal. A. S. dreorij, prob.ilily from

hreowan, to riif.
I)i:kii, /k. ;• iimiuc apiiliol to n sporios nf honst or nnimnl Iiiintt'd

lor its flnsli. I). (Iicr ; A. S. flritr, — wild (I-mv, any kind ul' wild

litM'^t, — Iroin Iher, (r.. a Itiast.
Vkmsqn (voii'-zari), ;?.. |.,Mm ' : lln' (If-liof tli'* d<v'r, wild boar, or

ollirr hi'ast of ihi' r/inse, wlios ' (Icsli is ciilahl'. I'\ vctiaison,

liom vninr, L., I liiiiil.
Bmowsk, r., local, to li'-d upon. F. hraulei'. to T'od on ]oav(»s ami

buds, from hmssc, a bush : — 'ir Wornhfosh in. (r., to ff d.
E.mki«'(;I';n«;y or Kmi-;u"<;kv(:k, n, pi«!«si;iv' casually; an util'ori'scon

event. I. enunjenza, (roni (L.) ciiifryo, — e and )\ir.r(j<), I rise, I

rush.
Asthon'omkh, n., lie that stiuiics liic cidcstial budica; one skillcij

in aslr(tnn)ni/. F. aslrunonic. I'rom aslronA)., a star, and nmnos,

a liiw.
Than'sit, 71., in astronomy, the jiassing of any planet just by or

under any other i)lanit or lixed star. I. Iransilo, from Iransi-

tus, L., a i)assing.
Tk.n'uons, 71., sinews l)y which the jomts are moved. F. and S.

lendo)i, from tendo, L.. — from tcino, G., I ^truicli. •

1. The reindeer is a ualivc of the polar regions;
another of the many forcible examples of the insep-
arable connection of animals with the wants of hinnaii
society, and the goodness of God, in providing for his
creatnres. The i-eindeer has been domesticated by the
Laplanders from the earliest ages ; and has alone ren-
dered the dreary regions in which this portion of man-
kind abides, at all snpportable. The civilization of
those extreme northern regions entirely depends npon
the reindeer. A traveller going from Norway to
Sweden, may proceed with ease and saftity even be-
yond the polar circle ; bnt when he enters Kin mark,
he cannot stir withont the reindeer. The reindeer
alone connects two extremities of the kingdom, and
causes knowledge and civilization to bo extended over
countries, which, during a great part of the year, arc
cut otr from all communication with the otheri^poi tions
of mankind.

2. As camels are the chief possessions of an Arab,
so the reindeer comprise all the wealth of a Laplander

1(1 H
from

;ir, or
lison,

an<l

rise, 1

skilU>'l
nonius,

I'V or
Iransi-

and S.

ions ;

iniaii
or liis

)y Iho

a reii-
mau-

ion of
upon

ay to
11 be-

iiiark,

nuloor

1, and

d over

\r, ai'O

itions

Arab,
lander

145

The number of door belonf^inpf to a liord is ordin.'irily
from ttireo huiidi'cd to flv(^ linndnMl ; with* iIu'sh {|
li.'iplaiwh'r ran do well, and live in toliM'-iblo comfort.
He can make in summer a snIJicient (piantil y of cheese
for the year's roiisnmjition ; and dni-in^' the winter
season, can allbrd to kill deer (Mion^'h to supply him
and his family pretty constantly with venison. "^Willi
two hundred deer, a man, if his family is small, can
manage to get on., If he has but one hundred, his
subsistence is very re'ecarious, as he camiot ndy en-
tirely upon them for support. Should In.' have but
fifty, he is no longer independent, nor able to keep a
separate establishment.

3. As the winter approachf:^, the coat of the rein-
deer begins to thicken in llu^ mosL remarkable m.'inner,
and assumes that color which is the great peculiarity
of polar quadrupeds. During llu^ summer, tbis animal
pastures upon green herbage, and browses upon the
shrubs which he finds in his march; but in winter,
his sole food is the lichen or moss, which he instinc-
tively discovers under the snow.

4. Harnessed to a sledge, the reindeer will J'-^w
about three hundred pounds, though the Laplanders
generally limit their biirdens to two hundred and forty
pounds. The trot of the reindeer is about ten miles
an hour, and their power of endurance is such, that
journeys of one hundred and fifty miles, in nineteen
nours, are not uncommon. There is a portrait of a
reindeer, in one of the palaces of Sweden, which is
said to have drawn, upon an occasion of emergency,
an officer, with important dispatches, the incredible
distance of eight hundred English miles, in forty eight
hours. Piktet, a French astronomer, who visited the
northern parts of Lapland in 1709, for the purpose of
observing the transit of Venus, started three reindeer
in light sledges for a short distance, which he actually
mec^sured, in order to know their speed, and the fol-
lowing was the result : the first doer performed three
thousand and eighty-nine feet in two minutes, being
at the rate of nearly nineteen English miles iu aft hour j

If!

11!

: <
1

. '

1 *^1:

|tJ.il

t - •

,» >f

146

the second did the same in three minutes ; and the
third, iit three minutes and tweuty seconds : the
ground chosen for the race was nearly level.

5. The reindeer requires considerahle training to
prepare him for sledge travelling, and he always de-
mands an experienced driver. Sometimes, when the
animal is ill broken, and the driver inexpert, the deer
turns round, and rids himself of his burden bv the
most furious assault ; but such instances of resistance
are exceptions. He is ordinarily so docile, that he
scarcely needs any direction, and so persevering, that
he toils on, hour after hour, without any refreshment,
except a mouthful of snow, which he hastily snatches.
To the Laplanders, this animal is a substitute for the
horse, the cow, the sheep, and the goat ; the milk af-
fords them cheese , the llesh, food ; the skin, clothing ;
the horns, glue ; the bones, spoons; the tendons, bow-
strings, and when split, thread. A rick Laplander has
sometimes more than a thousand reindeer.

Library of Entertaining Knowledge.

LESSON IIL

>.ii

-i

VIRTUES OF THE EARLY CHRISTIANS.

Char'ity, n., love founded on supernatural motives : "the greatest"
of the divine virtues; it consists in the love of God above all,
and t':e love of Uie neighbor, that is, of all mankind, for His
sake. F. cliarile ; L. carilas or charilas, from cams, precious,
beloved, ---or from charis, G., grace, love.

Cqnsola'tion, n., comfort. F. consolation, from (L.) consolor, —
co?i, and solor, I comfort, I relieve.

Spm'iTUAr., a., intojlectnal; relating to heavenly things. F. spiri-
titel, from spiro, L., i breathe.

Replen'ishkd, v., filed. F. rempli, from pleniis, L., and this from
pleos, G.,full.

Fer'vent, a., glowing, ardent. F. fervent, from ferveo', L., I am
warm.

SoV,j.AL (-she-al), a., relating to the general or public interest. F,
^nd S. sociable, from socius, h., a companion.

147

Imbi'bed, ;)/. mucked n h "^ f ' "kernel, from

of (he infant 'cWh^P'^'"'^ '''•^^^" l'^^^ ■

He assures us ih.t ,,' ' ^^'■'* Acts of tliP A „! V, '

peison s wants werp nn c^^ , ^ ^^ ^'^« wants FunU

tual sweetness that rerKi i^'' J^idicated the sn^r
thesod,,^-^The.^^

respect ft-on, alFwh! bet,;! tS""^ ''^ -".-ouf ^ell'

from liie epistles of St Pan I , , '' 1°''^' "^ we gather

perhaps, not so sublime kif""^'',' "PO" "'e wholl

f t?uf 'rir'-"'' "'^ 6e""'es1,t'iml ^h ^^^''^^ came

rrsKScr ^,/';^^ -- 1 Si e"o°f t^ht ^!f' ^

■ I ■ f 'Iff'

"^i

}^rilL,ill..i

! it* -'

148

fcute of real virtue, but deeply tainted with almost
every vice incident to corrupt nature. But, no sooner
were they instructed in the principles of Christianity,
and cleansed from sin in the waters of baptism, than
they became the faithful imitators of their evangelical
teachers. A total change of principles and manners
made them objects of admiration to the former com-
panions of their irregularities. Prayer was the occu-
pation of their leisure-hours, and a sincere desire of
doing the will of God in all things, sanctified their
most ordinary actions of the day.

3. Turtulhan speaks of the pious custom they had
of making the sign of the cross on every occasion, as
a mark of their lively faith and confidence in the
merits of their crucified Redeemer. Hence, in the
midst of temporal concerns they never lost sight of
eternal goods ; while their hands were at work, their
hearts aspired to heaven. The prospect of an ever-
lasting reward, which they knew God had prepared
for them in his kingdom of glory, quickened their dil-
igence in the dischargejof every social and religious
duty. Which of the two are we to admire most, the
bounteous; liberaUty of God in communicating his
graces to those fervent Christians, or the fidelity of
those Christians in thus co-operating with the divine
gifts ? To our humble admiration of the first, let us
join our imitation of the second ; we then shall pay
aoaor to them both.

Reeve.

LEssor; IV.

THE FLOWER EVERLASTING.

Bm'blk.u, n., (in this place,) a figure or type: an allusive picture
or reprosentation expressing some particular idea; an inlaid
device or niolto. or a somelliing added to, or tlirown ir by v^ay
of ornament. F. emblnne. I. S. L. and G. emblema, from (G.)
mbailOf^em, and ballo, I throw, . ■ .

149

Gos'pEL,n., a joyful mpssapo, good tidinj^s ; (here) the sacred boon
of the Christian revelation: — the lorm is specially apjilied to
each of the first four Joooks of the New Testament penned by
the Evangelists. A S. Godspell, — god, good, and spell, a narra-
tive, news, tidings.
Sta'tign, n., situation or employment ; office or rank. F. station,

from iL ) sialwn, p. pi. oi' stare, to stand.
Glad'ness, ?i., cheerfulness; an inferior degree of joy, not amount-
ing to exultation : from A. S. glivd, glad, (Iwius, L— joyful,)
from gladian, to make choerful, to gladden.
Sacrificp: isak'-kre-lize), ri., nn oblalion or olfcring of deviition — an
ext(}rnal or out ward acl. of religious worslii]), which cm be
given to none but lo God alun*'. F. sacrifice ; L. sacrifico (v.)
— sacrum facere, to ni.ik ; or render holy or sacr 'd ();y slaught-
er, oblalion. Ac )
I.ndif'fkrent, a., carelcs?, uninterest'^d. F. imliffrrenl ; i'i\>mdi/fe'

ro, L., 1 bear away, I differ.
Flower (llou'ur-), n., the pari of a plant which contains Ihn soeds;
the blossom of a plant. h\/leur ; L. pos — floris, fn>m (G.) chiloos,
verdure.
Worldling (wurld'-ling,) n., oni> who regulates his life by worlJ-
ly or human maxims, which iu-e directly couli-ary to those of
tht: rospel : — a man of the world (woruld, A. S.)
Rai^o: .-. (rash'), a(i., in a reasonable manner. L. ralionalilei%

froi' / ,'' ), reason.
FiDEL'iit', n., faithful adherence to, or discharge of an obligation.
F. fideUle, from fido, L., I trust.

1. " It seems to live, but it is dead." It is an em-
blem of the perfect Christian, who lives in the world,
but does not forget the Gospel of Christ. He dis-
charges the business of his station for God's sake with
fidelity and exactness. lie even excels the worldling
in industry, and in application to his professional em-
ployments. Like' the early converts described in the
Acts of the Apostles, he takes his food and drink
'' with gladness and simplicity of heart." His coun-
tenance is always pleasant and agreeable, nor does it
lose this character, even when zeal kindles on his fea-
tures, or devotion burns in his eves. When he is
occupied in his profession, his heart often looks heav-
enward, and says to God, " I do this for thee."
When he eats and drinks, he does the same ; when
he toils, he does the same ; and wdien he rests, ho
rests for God. Recreation, as well as hibor, is with
him a sacrifice. Nothing that falls within the circle
of his duty is too bigh, or too low, to be referred to

u ,n*i

i r>:

;«!

\\\

t »n-

•^■^w

150

God. The round of his external occupations is often
almost the same, as that of a man of the world; it is
the "hidden sanctity" that makes all the distinction
in merit. It is the difference of motive that saves the
one and damns the other.

2, To an indifferent eye it might appear tliat the
true Christian often shares as largely in the things of
earth, as the worldling who seldom or never thinks
of heaven. The latter sees him labor diligently, con-
verse freely and rationally, take his meals cheerfully,
unbend his strength in agreeable recreation, go quietly
to rest at night, and mingle rationally in the amuse-
ments of society. "I am as good as he," exclaims
the worldling, " for I do as he does." Ah no ! — The
flower before me seems the same as when it grew
upon the tree in summer; it has the hne, the smell,
and in every thing the likeness of a living llower.

3. Such seems the Christian life in the eye of the
worldling; but such it is not within. He "seems to
live, but he is dead."

G. Griffin

LESSON V.

DEVOTION. — A VISION.

1. Methought I roved on shining walks,

'Mid odorous groves and wreathed bowers,
Where, trembling on their tender stalks,

Fresh opening bloom'd the early flowers;
. Thick hung the fruit on ev'ry bough,

In ripe profusion clust'ring mellow,
"While o'er the peak'd horizon's brow

The evening ray fell slant and yellow.

2. Slow pacing through the fragrant shade,

Witn calm majestic mien advancing,

ii ;!

■^ i ,i

I i »

;rs,

151

O'orawod, I saw a queenly maid,

With piercing eyes divinely glancing;

Deep wonder chain'd my rev'rent tongue,
My frame was bent with greeting lowly,

While silence o'ei' llui garden hung.
As if the ground she trod was holy.

3. " And who art thou." with eager tone,

I cried aloud, '' whose presence thrilling,
Thougli lately seen, and yet unknown,

Can I'each the imniost springs of feeling ?
And oh ! what sweet sechide?d scene.

Here shines in rural beauty splendid;
Where summer bloom and vernal green

With ripe autumnal wealth are blended ! "

4. W^ith smiles that broke as sunshine bright,
Their lustre to my soul imparting,

And tones that sent a pure delight,
Delicious thi'ough my bosom darting,

*' Devotion is my name," she said,
'^ And thine are those delicious bowers,

From purest fountains ever fed.
And bright with undecaying flowers.

5. " In this sweet haunt, thy blissful life

Shall glide, like meadow-streamlet flowing
Unreach'd by sounds of demon strife,

Unknown to passion and unknowing ;
For thee the fragrant airs shall rise,

For thee shall bloom those opening roses ;
Till far beyond yon trembling skies.

Thy heart in endless peace reposes.

6. " Yes — thine shall be this calm retreat

Of summer bloom and peaceful beauty,
If thou observe, with prudence meet,

And watchful care, one easy duty ;
'Tis but to tend yon golden lamp,

With faithful hand and spirit heeding,
From wasting airs and vapors damp,

Its. pointed flame attentive feeding.

ri I

I «:

r?-M

^ Aimi lid

:: ::2:H'iJ

.\ ■ r; •

W '.:l '

152

7. " While li(;avenward thus attending bright,

In holy lustre still increasing ;
Thou keep'st that pure unearthly light,

With vestal heed and care unceasing ;
Sweet peace of heart shall haunt thy bower,

And safety watch unceasing near thee ;
And happy in thy parting hour,

Celestial truth shall stop to cheer thee.

8. " But if the faithless thirst of change.

Or slow consuming sloth should move thee.
Then dread those couiltless foes that range,

Terrific in tht; air above thee.
They cannot pierce this radiant sphere,

While faithful hands that flame shall cherish,
But woe to thee, if slumb'ring here,

Thou leave its saving light to perish."

9. Upward 1 look'd, with shuddering awe,

And in the growing gloom that bound us,
Full many a dismal shape I saw.

Slow winging in the air around us :
Grim-visaged death, and fierce despair.

Hard unbelief, with aspect sneering ;
And ruin, with affrighted stare,

Disastrous through the mist appearing.

10. Heart-stricken at the direful sight,

Awhile I stood appalfd in spirit,
But cheer'd by that celestial light,

I took my lonely station near it :
Dissolving on the fragrant air,

No more 1 saw that form before me,
But by the sweetness breathing there,

I felt her influence still was o'er me.

11. Awhile I kept, with watchful heed,

My task of duty and of pleasure ;
Exact, at noon and eve, to feed
That holy flame, with ample measure ;

i5n

These smiling walks, and varions flowers,
Eacii day I hail'd with bosom fonder,

Nor e'er beyond those happy bowers,
Indulged the idle thought to wander.

G. Griffin.

1..,

THE BANYAN TREE

They tell us of ar Indian tree,

Which, h' ;vs. n* the sun and
May tempt us bon^iis to wander iiee.

And shoot and blossom wide and high ;
Far better loves to bend its arms

Downward again to that dear earth.
From which the life that fills and warms

Its grateful being, first had birth.
'Tis thus, though w^oocd by flattering friends,

And fed with fame, — if hmie it be ;
This heart, my own dear mother, tends

With love's true instinct back to thee !

Moore.

LESSON VI.
on light.

Phenom'ena, n., visible qualities orappearances, generally applied
to strange appearances. See "Phenomenon," p. 29.

Vision (vizh'-), n., sight ; the faculty of seeing. F. and S. vision,
from video, L., 1 see.

SciKNCE (si'-ense), n , the knowledge of general, 'theoretic princi-
ples or laws. Science, is knowledge ; art is kill in the use of it.
F. science, from (L.) sciens, p. pi. of scire, to know.

Diamond,/! , the hardest and most precious of all the gems. F. and
D. diamani ; L. and G adamas, adamant or precious stone,
from (G.) a., not, and damao, 1 break, I tame.

Me'dium, n., a mean; any thing intervening. L, medium, from
medius, from mesos, G., middle.

().mniprks'ent, a., present everywhere. L. oinniprcesens, — omnis,
all or every, and proems, present, being before.

■ ! -I

: 1 1;

1' L'

ttt

'! ij';,lii'

:. iiP ''■'"'H.^

•I i i i!'

MmM

154

Min'faturr, n., a representation on a samll 5cale : — small paintings
wen; stylnflwu'/?ia/wre.v, because objocts were delineated upon
them on a small scale, that is, less than ihn reality ; hence the
tt-rm cnme to be applied to any thing small. F. rnimalure ; I.
miniatura, a small painting, always done in water-colors, —
from miniare, L , to paint in verniillion, and this from minium,
rod earth.

Mi'cuoscoPE n., a magnifying instrument used for viewing very
minute objects F. microscope, from mikros, vx., small, and
sliopeo, I st.io.

Tkl'egraph (-graf), n., an instrument by wiiich signals are com-
municated to persons at a distance. 1. telegrafo, from (G.) tele,
afar,— or telos, the end, because the end of writing is attained
by signals — and grapho, I write.

Op'Tic.a., pertaining or conducing to sight or vision ; visual. F.
oplique, from oplomai, G., I see.

1. The phenomena of light and vision have always
been held to constitute a most interesting branch of
natural science, whether in regard to the beauty of
light, or its utility. The beauty is seen spread over a
varied landscape — among the beds of the flower-gar-
dens, on the splanged meads, in the plumage of birds,
in the clouds around the rising and setting sun, in the
circles of the rainbow. And the utility may be judged
of by the reflection, that if ^ m had been comjielled to
supply his wants by groping .a utter and unchangeable
darkness, he could scarcely have secured his subsist-
ence for a single day. Light, then, while the beouteous
garb of nature, clothing the garden and the meadow, —
glowing in the ruby, sparkling in the diamond, — is
also the absolutely necessary medium of communica-
tion between living creatures and the universe around
them. The rising sun is what converts the wilderness
of darkness which night covered, and which, to the
young mind not yet aware of the regularity of nature's
changes, is so full of horror, into a visible and lovely
' paradise. When a mariner, who has been toiling in
midnight gloom and tempest, at last perceives the
dawn of day, or even the rising of the moon, the
waves seem to him less lofty, the wind is only half as
fierce, and hope and gladness beam on him with the
light of heaven. A man, wherever placed in light,
receives by the eye from every object around, nay,
from every point in every object, and at every

155

moment of time, a messenp^er of light, to tell him
what is there, and in what condition. Were he omni-
present, or had he the power of flitting from place to
place with the speed of the wind, he conld scarcely ne
more promptly informed. Then, in many cases, where
distance intervenes not, light can impart knowledge,
which, by any other conceivable means, conld come
only tedionsly or not at all. For example, when the
illnminated countenance is revealing the secret work-
ings of the heart, the tongue would in vain try to
speak, even in long phrases, what one smile of friend-
ship or affection can in an instant convey : and had
there been no light, mian never could have suspected
the existence of the miniature worlds of life and activ-
ity, which, even in a drop of water, the microscope
discovers to him ; nor could he have formed any ide^
of the admirable structure of many minute objects.
It is to that light, again, we owe the telegraph, by
which men readily converse from hill to hill, or across
an extent of raging sea ; and it is light which, pouring
upon the eye through the optic tube, brings intelli-
gence of events passing in the remotest regions of
space.

Arnott.

I -i'i

) O.J1 1

Sli

LESSON VIL

THE COLOSSUS AT RHODES.

• i

En'gine, n., an instrument of war (as in this place): any instru*
ment ingeniously wrought or contrived. B\ engin, from (L.)
ingeniuni — ingenuity, IVoin gigpo, 1 beget.

Statue (stat'-), ?i., an image or ligui-omadeto the height orxtulure
of any one standing ; when greater it was called ii colossus, in
L, and A;o/oiA'05, in G. F. stalue; 1. and L. slalua., traced to
slave, to stand.

Cu'bit, n., a measure of a foot and a half: — a measure ranong the
ancients which was originfilly ilie distance from the elbow,
bending inwards, to the extremity of the middle linger; — iho
curvature of the arm. L. cubitus ; G. kubilo7i, from hvpicin, to
bend.

Ak'senal, 71.. a repository of things requisite for war; a slore-housd

hi\Vl

n:l-:;lm

150

or armory, a magazine. F. arsenal; I. arsenale ;— of doubtful

extraction.
IIa'ven, n, a harbor or port: — that whif;h holds or contains. D.

haven; F. hnvre; A.S. hrtfon, from hnhban, to have.
Bra'zen, a., made of brass ; fVom Oor. hrasen, to burn or pivoa

burnt or brown color A. S. bra'.s, brass, whence, probably, F.

bronze.
Prodigious (pro-dul'-jus,) a., enormous, monstrous, strangn. L.

procligiosHS, from prodighim. a prodi^'y, or from profiigo, I

drive forth — because what is monslrou: or excessive shouM be

banished or driven away ; pro, and ago, I drive.
Mbu'ghant, n., a tralliokor; one who tnillics to for-'i^n countries.

F. marchand, from (L) merx—mercis, m-jrchaiidiso.
Quin'tal, n., a hundred weight : — a quint was so called, because

divided into live equal pa. Is of twenty <'ach. F. and S. quintal:

of uncertain etymoloi^'y.
Dimind'tion, n., the slate of growing loss. F. diminution, from

minor, L., less. ,,

1. Demetrius, on his reconciliation with the Rho-
dians, was d(?sirous, before his departure, to give
them a testimonial of his friendly disposition ; he ac-
cordingly presented them with all the engines of war
that he had employed in the siege. These they after
wards sold for three hundred talents, equal in value
to three linndred 'thousand crowns, which they em-
ployed, with an additional sum of their 0\vn, in
making their famous Colossus, (a. m. 3708,) which
was reputed one of the seven wonders of the world.
It was a statue of co stupendous a size, that ships in
full sail passed under its legs ; the height of it was
seventy cubits, or one hundred and five feet, and few
men could clasp t;heir arms round its thumb. It was
the work of Chares of Lindus, and employed him for
the space of twelve years.

2. In the year of the world, 3782, Rhodes suffered
very considerable damages from a great earthquake.
The walls of the city, together with tlie arsenals, and
the narrow passes in the haven, where the ships of
that island were laid up, were reduced to a very
ruinous condition ; and the famous Colossus, which
passed for one of the wonders of the world, was
sixty-six years after its erection, thrown down and
entirely destroyed.

•• V

157

3. This Colossus was, as I havo observed, a brazen
statue of a prodigious size ; aud some authors have
.•ilFirmod, that the money arising from contributions
for its re-erection, amounted to iive tinu^s as much as
the loss which the Rhodians had sustained. This
people, instead of employing the sums they had re-
ceived in replacing that statue, agreeably to the in-
tention of the donors, pretended that the oracle of
Delphi liad prohibited them from the attempt, and
given them command to preserve the uioney for
other purposes, by which means they afterwards en-
riched themselves.

4. The Colossus lay neglected on the ground for the
space of eight hundred and ninety-four years, at the ex-
piration of which, (a. d. G7"2,) Moawias, the sixth em-
peror of the Saracens, made himself master of Rhodes,
and sold this statue to a Jewish merchant, who loaded
nine hundred camels with the metal, which, computed
at eight quintals for each load, after a deduction of
the diminution the statue had sustained by rust and
other casualties, amounted to more than thirty-six
thousand pounds sterling.

ROLLIN.

»■ ^

ered

uake.

aud

ps of

very

hich

was

and

LESSON VIII.

EUROPE.

Ire'i.ano, a beauliful and fertile island in the Atlantic Ocean,
nearly 32,000 square miles in area, and posst'ssin;,' a population
ofSJ millions. Ancient Names — Juverna, Hibernia, Scoli.

Eng'lani), the southern part of Great Britain, an island east of
Ireland, in area 58,000 stj. m — pop. IG mill, ni'arly, being 270
inhabitants to the sq. m. — A. N. Albion. See " Britannia," p. 106.

Scot'land, the part of G. Br.tJn N. of the Tweed : its area wants
only 2,000 pq. m. of that of Ireland, but its pop. is 5J mill. less.
A. N. Caledonia.

France, a rich and important kingdom, N. W. of Ihe continent of
Europe, and in the middle of the temp)erate zone. Area, 204,000
sq. m., and pop. 33^ mill., being 84,000 sq. m. in area, and 7^

h:*'

"1» ' f| ii in i W ii i

158

mill, in pop. over those rcspoctivr-ly of G. nritnin and Trolfinrl
liikon t gotlior. A.N Gullin, or Gaul, wh cli c )m;iiisoil not
onlv Fniicc. but ftis • B 'Igiiim. flflvrtia. or Switzkhi.a.nd, (nr.
ir),25n sq m., |irip. 2 mill .) and u part of rr'Tiimiiy. It wiis
cili'd Gallia 7/v;;f.vo/y)/;m. — l)''yond. or N. of tlio Alps — by
the Hoiiiutis. to distinguisli it from Gallia Cisalpina, — N. Italy,
S. of tho Alps.

Spain, a firif country. S. W. of Franco ; Spain doos not differ much
in size frnm Franco, but its pop. is lOJniill. l''ssllian that of the
latt T. A. N. Iberia : llispania conii)rehL'nd(3d the entire penin-
sula.

PoirriioAf,, an indcpondent kingdom. formiiif( the we^torn bound-
ary of Spain, a littl" larger than Iinland, but with less than half
lis pop. A.N. Lxisilania. Sec p. hi).

NiiTFrKru ANDS, two (listiuct kingdoms — one N. f)f France, called
tlio Bclgic or Siiulhern Nolherl incU, oiu'-tliii-d the area of Por-
tugal with same pop. : — the olhi-r N. of tin.' f(jrmer, called llol-
laiul (A.N. Halavia), and of no;\rly the same extent, pop, 3
mill. A.N. Gallia Urhjim. rr lichjium.

(Jkh'many, a lar^H! jjortion of (limtral Eiiro|ie. divided into States, —
\\ times as lar{,'e as Spain, with nearly 3 tunes its pop. A.N.
Gcrmnnia, which couluined the country between the Danube,
S., and the Baltic, N. ; tln^ Vistula, E., and the Rhine, W.

Dkn'mark, a kingdom N. of Germany, ar. 22,000 sq. m., and pop.
2 mill. A. N. Cliemonesus Cimhrica Nor'way, Swr'den,
(together, 290,000 sq. m.. p ip. 3| mill..) Lapland, and Finland,
with Denmark, formed the ancient Scandinavia.

lIus'siA. on empire N. and N. E. uf Europe, and nearly half its
entire area, with one-fifth of its pop. — comjirised with Po'land
(formerly 300,000 sq. m., pop. 15 mill.), and part of Prus'sia
(now 100,500 m., pop. \\ mill.), the ancient Sannatia Europaa.

It'aly, a peninsula S. of the Alps, the njost ciUebrated country
of Europe: ar. 118,700 sq. m., pop. 21 mill A.N Italia; it
was also called Ilesperia ; from its westerly situation.

Aus'tria, an empire S. E. of Germany; ar. 260,000 sq. m., pop.
33J mill. Tur'key.S. of Austria; ar. 183,000 sq m., pop.Omil.,
Ghkece.S. of Turkey; ar. (now) 18,000 sq. m., pop. 811,000. The
Circle of Austria was called Noriciim. Austria includes Panno-
nia, now Hungary ; part of Dacia, now Transylvania ; Illyncum,
now Dalmatia ; Bosnia (part of) Croatia, and Sclavonia. Turkey
includes part of JJacia, now Moldavia and Wallachia ; Mcssia,
now Servia and Bulgaria ; Thracia, now pait of Roumelia ;
Bosnia, part of lllyrictim, together with the greater part of
Gr>!':cia, — which anciently comprised the Peloponnesus, now the
Moi-ea ; Groccia Propria, or Greece ; Thessalia ; Epirus, now
Albania; and Macedonia.

1. The smallest, but by far the most important, of
the great divisions of the earth, is Europe : it excels

159

all the others in srience, litoratnro, arts, and mannfac-
tures. lis length, from th(> North C.ipcJ in Lapland,,
to Cape Mafapan, in Ghmtp, is -J, 4 00 miles ; and its
hroadlh, from Capp La Mo.mic, in Franr»', to tin? HivtT
Don in Hnssia, '2,'2(.\0 miles. It is bonnded north, by
the Northern Ocean ; irrst^ hy the Atlantic Ocean ;
soulh^ hy tlie Meihterranean S(»a ; rasl, hy the Archi-
pelago, the Sea of Marmora, tiie Black Sea, the; Sea
of Azof, and Asia. Tin; popnlation is estimated at
240 millions. Knropo is divided into tin? following
conntries : Ireland, Kn.i;land, Si:olland, Fraiu-e, Spain.
Portn^^aI, the Netherlands, Oermany, Denmark, Nor-
way, Sweden, Rnssia, Poland, Prns.-jfa, Anstria, l-'wit-
zeriand, Italy, Tnrkey, and ^ireece.

2. Enrope is the northwestern part of the old con"
tinent, of whicii it forms abont one-S(!V(Mith. it c at-
tains nearly fonr millions of sqnai'c miles, ? ng
abont one-fourth the extent of Asia, and something
more than one-third of that of Africa : and .l ^^ resents,
in proportion to its surface, a much greater e.xtcnt of
coast than any other of the great divisions of the earth.
This is occasioned hy its numerous peninsulas, formed
by inland seas and gulfs, which penetrate far into
the continent, and greatly facilitate commercial in-
tercourse. The length of the coast-line, commencing
at the northern extremity of the Sea of Azof, and
terminating at the mouth of the River Kara, is nearly
equal to the earth's circumference.

3. Nearly two-thirds of the surf.T;"- of Europe con-
sist of an immense plain ; the remainder is occupied
by mountains of greater or less elevation, and these
are principally extended along ics southern and west-
ern shores. The plain stroiidies across the eastern
boundary, from the shores of the Black Sea to those
of the Northern Ocean; and, if smalhn* eminences be
not taken into account, it may he said to extend from
the Ural Mountains, through Russia, Poland, Prussia,
and Holland, to the German Ocean, including an area
of nearly three millions of square miles.

I I

'-• Hum

K I f

I'M*', I-

1 i

■

h'-K

' ' '«' J 1

160

'?■

4. The islands of Europe are numerous and im-
portant. Great Britain and Ireland form the most
powerful kingdom in tlie world. Iceland is full of
interest, whether we regard its history, or its natural
phenomena. The Balearic Islands were as famous
in ancient, as Corsica is in modern times ; and the
names of Sicily and Crete are closely connected with
the histories of Greece and Rome.

5. The climate of Europe is much more temperate
thf.n that of any other portion of the globe of equal
extent. It may be divided into three zones : the
northern, middle, and southern, the boundaries of
which may be marked by the parallels of 46 and 58
degrees of north latitude. In the northern zone there
are only two seasons : summer and winter. In the
central or middle zone, the four seasons are distinct;
while in the southern, vegetation is very little inter-
rupted, frost and snow being seldom seen except upon
the mountains. The vcgetabh* productions of the
southern zone differ little from those of northern
Africa and the adjacent islands. Vines, olives, figs,
oranges, maize, and rice, are abundant, and the
castor-oil and cotton plants, as well as the sugar-cane,
are, in some instances, cultivated. In the middle
zone, all kinds of grain are produced in great abun-
dance, and in many of its countries, the science of
agriculture has attained a high degree of excellence.
In the northern zone, agriculture has made little pro-
gress. Barley, oats, beans, and potatoes, are, how-
ever, cultivated ; but timber, pitch, tar, rosin, and
alum, are the productions for which this zone is most
remarkable. Of these, great quantities are exported.
There are numerous mines of iron and copper, the
most valuable of which are the iron mines of Danne-
mora, and the copper mines of Dalecarlia, in Sweden.

6. Of the 210 millions of inhabitants which Europe
contains, about two-thirds are employed in agricul-
ture, from 15 to 20 millions in manufactures, and
probably 2 millions in arms. The maintenance of
those employed in arms requires, it is said, two-fifths

of the entire revenue. The form of government,
called limited monarchy, is that which prevails in
several of the most important slates, and in nearly all,
the subject enjoys a degree of civil liberty, greater
than that which exists in most of the other parts of
the world. The Christian religion, under some one
of its denominations, prevails in every part of Europe,
not excepting Turkey, where, though the religion of
the state is Mahonietanism, nearly two-thirds of the
inhabitants are Christians, principally of the Catholic
and Greek Giiurches. The number of Catholics in
Europe is computed at 136 millions. This division
of the earth is also distinguished as the site of the
chair of St. Peter, acknowledged the centre of Chris-
tian unity, since the time of that apostle. Other
regions, are, perhaps, more favored with the wealth
of nature, but in none have the elfecfo of human
intelligence, enterprise, and industry, been more strik-
ingly exemplified.

C. B.

THE RAINBOW.

How glorious is thy girdle cast
O'er mountain, tower, and town.

Or mirror'd in the ocean vast,
A thousand fathoms down 1

As fresh in yon horizon dark,
As young thy beauties seem.

As when the eagle from the ark
First sported in thy beam.

LESSON IX.

MODESTY AND HUMILITY.

A'miable, o., charming, lovely. F. aima We, from amare, L.,lo

love.
SuGGBsxED (siig-jes/-), V., prompted or iniimatcd ; placod under.

■■'i:t.f

.' tJ

■'•t

J* rf^"

't'

162

, view. P. mgg^re ; from (L.) suQgero, — 5W&, and gero, I place

under, put in mind, prompt.
Agree'abi.e, a., pleasing. F. agreahle, — gre, from grains, L.,

grateful, acceptable.
Impropri'ety, n., unfitness. F. impropiHete, from (L) improprius,

ini, and projwivs, proper, fit.
Sponta'neoitsly, ad., voluntarily, freely. L. sponlc, from sponde,

G., a libation, a voluntary olfering.
Mag'nify, v., to exaggerate. L. magnifico, — '/nfl^/^iMS, great, and

facio, I make.
Recess', n., a retreat, place of secresy. L. recessus, from recedo, —

re, and cedo, I recede, I retire.
Advkr'sity, fi., a state of aniiction or suffering. F. adversUe,

from L. advertere, to turn to or against , — ad and verlere — ver-

siim, to turn.
Retridu'tion, n., return accommodated to the action ; repayment.

F. riHnbulioji, from (L.) relribuo, — re, and trilmo, I give.
Balsam (bawl'-sum), n., an unctuous oily mixture of soothing or

lenifying properties. F. balsame ; G. balsamon, from Ileb.

bnkalschemen.

1. Modesty is one of the most amiable qualities of
a superior man : it is, in fact, observed to increase in
proportion to his superiority, and this is well explained
ty the ideas suggested by religion. Superiority is
nothing more than a great advancement in the
knowledge and love of truth : the first renders a man
humble, the second makes him modest. Take an
example : a man fears praise and shrinks from it, and
he does so, though praise isjnaturally agreeable to our
nature, and there appears, at first sight, no impro-
priety in seeking occasions in which it is spontaneously
offered to us. His behavior in this respect is ap-
proved by all those who prize virtue : why so, but
because his behavior is reasonable ? The modest
man feels that praise reminds him only of the bright
part of his character, which is exactly that part which
he is most disposed to consider and magnify; while
he knows he ought not to look at one side only if he
wishes to judge fairly : he feels that praise easily
induces him to ascribe to himself that which is the
gift of God ; to suppose in himself some excellence
springing from his own strength, which would be a
manifest error ; wherefore, he avoids it, he conceals
his best actions, and preserves his noblest sentiments

163

in the secret recesses of his own heart : he knows that
whatever indunes him to display them, is pride and a
love of being observed, distinguished, and esteemed,
not for what he is, but for something far superior.

2. Modesty, then, being humility reduced to prac-
tice, it can have no fellowship with pride ; nor can
there be such a thing as a just pride. Pride can
never be just, since it can never be either a support
to human weakness, or a consolation in adversity.
No ; these admirable fruits spring from humility
alone ; it is humility that shields us against our
weakness, by reminding us of its existence every
moment : it is humility that makes us watch and
pray to Hini who ordains and imparts virtue ; it is
" humility that makes us lift up our eyes unto the
hills whence cometh our help." And in adversity,
consolations are reserved for the humble soul, that
acknowledges herself worthy to sutfor, and feels a
sense of joy arising from submission to the Divine
will. Looking at her faults, adversity appears like
the retribution of a God that will pardon, and not
like the stroke of a blind power ; sne increases in
dignity and. purity, because every pain suffered, with
resignation, cancels some of the spots that rendered
her less fair ; and what is more — she grows to jove
adversity itself, because it renders her ^' conformed to
the image of the Son of God ; " and, instead of ab m-
doning nerself to vain and empty complaints, she
returns thanks amid circumstances under which, if
she were left to herself, she would utter naught but
the lamentation of despair or the cry of revolt. But
as for pride ; when God shall have humbled the
proud man, as one stricken and wounded, will pride
Be any healing balsam for him ? To what can it
serve him in the midst of adversities, but to fill him
with hatred for them as unjust ; to excite in his
breast a restless and painful comparison between that
which he would fain persuade himself he deserves,
and that which it is his lot to endure ? The secret of

1 1

tuA',

1. J w*

i i

.-i^NvNjtay-i.jtf*

IP«

164

the repose of man in this life, consists in the con-
formity of his will with that of God. And who is
further removed from this blessed disposition than the
afflicted proud man ?

Manzoni.

#:.i

••••■

LESSON X.

« --m

ADDRESS TO THE CUCKOO.

1. Hail, beauteous stranger of the grove I

Thou messenger of spring !
Now^ heaven repairs thy rural seat,
And woods thy welcome sing.

2. What time the daisy decks the green,

Thy certain voice we hear ;
Hast thou a star to guide thy path,
Or mark the rolling year ?

3. Delightful visitant 1 with thee

I hail the time of flowers ;
And hear the sound of music sweet
From birds among the bowers.

4. The school-boy, w^and'ring throug the wood

To pull the primrose gay.
Starts, the new voice of spring to hear,
And imitates thy lay.

5. What time the pea puts on the bloom,

Thou fliest the vocal vale,
An annual guest in other lands,
Another spring to hail.

0. Sweet bird ! thy bower is ever green ; ;

Thy sky is ever clear ;
Thou hast no sorrow in thy song
No winter in thy year ! "^

ft \>

■ r

165

7. Oh ! could r fly, Fd fly with thee ;
We'd "make, witli joyful wing,
Our anuual visit o'er tne globe,
Companions of tlie spring.

Logan.

THE ANNUNCIATION.

Loveliest of w^omen, and most glorified !

In thy still beauty sitting calm and lone,
A brightness round thee grew, and by thy side.

Kindling the air, a form ethereal shone.

Solemn, yet breathing gladness. From her throne
A queen had risen with more imperial eye,
A stately prophetess of victory

From her prond lyre had struck a tempest's tone,
For such higli tidings as to thee were brought,

Chosen of Heaven ! that hour: but thou, O thou !
E'en as a flower with gracious rains o'erfraught,

Thy virgin head beneath its crown didst bow,
And take to thy meek breast tli' all Holy Word,
And own thyself the handmaid of Ihe Lord.

Mrs. Hemans.

♦•»

LESSON XL

THE EMPEROR CONSTANTINE.

T'rediLEc'tion, ??., I'arli.ility ; i>repos>ession in favor of anything

F. predUetiion, from eliyere, L., to I'lect, to cliuoso.
Nl'u'tihed, v., oducatod, l)roiiglit up. L. pulrilus, briid up,

nursed, from nulrio, I educalo, 1 nourish.
Divin'ity, ti., divino origin (in this pluci') : tlic D^'ity. F.diDinUtl,

from die inus, L., fi-oni iJiciis, (lod. and this t'lomdios, G. godlike.
RESPLE>'DENT,rt.,rerul^'enl, brightly sliinirig. L. rLsplendims, i'rom

7'esplendere, — re, and splendere, to aluw.'.
Campaign (kaiii-i)ane), ti., tlie i)eriod of ('ncam()ment, or that of

active military field-service. F. camyagnc, frum campus, L.,

an open lield.
Ec(.lksias'ti(:\l. a., relating to th • Church (here apphed V persons

in Holy ()rd<,M*s). F. evcli'siaslique, from ckldcsia, G , an as^

sembly, and this fiom kako, I call. The Atheaian ekklesiai

nl:

■m

l-.U'

■ t

i
■ 1

!■'

MkMHill

i'l

i66

^ijtii

i'W)

lit'

wcro pnpiilnr npsemblips called tn consult on affhirs of the com-
monwealth : now npplicd to tht; Church.

GKi/mAfiY, ;7.. tlio ?t;»teof being unmarried. F. celibat, from Calebs,
L., sinf,'lo. Rlnndiiij? alone.

Sun'day. 71 , the Christian Sabbath day : the day of the week conse-
crotcd. in pagan times, to Iho sun. A.S. sunnandoeg, — the day
of the sun.

Metroi-'olis, w., the mother city; the chief city of a country, prov-
inco, or district. L. and G. metropolis, — (G.) meter, a mother,
and polis, a city.

Hea'thkn, a., pacrnn, idolatrous, or gentile. Go. haithnai ; A. S.
Imthne ; L. ethnicus, from et/uios, G., a nation; applied espe-
cially to the elhnea, or nations not Jews.

1. CoNSTANTiNE, although natnred in the bosom of
paganism, had inherit(Hl the kindly disposition, we
may perhaps call it the predilection of his father,
Constantius, in favor of Christianity. These senti-
ments were soon converted into a decided inclination,
and finally, into a firm belief in the divinity of the

same

religion.

The change was effected, according

to his own declaration, which we find in Eusebius,
by the miraculous appearnice in the heavens of a re-
splendent cross, which was accompanied by a promise
of victory. This occurred in the year, 31 1, during his
campaign against Maxentius.

2. In the following year, Gonstantine, who was now
lord of the western division of the Roman empire, and
Licinius, wdio w^as sole ruler of the east, promulgated
a decree, granting toleration to all religions. This
was the first imperial decree promulgated in favor of
the Christians ; in 313 it was followed by the edict of
Milan, which secured to the Christians in particular,
the free exercise of their religion. A series of laws,
during the following year, bestowed upon them many
and great advantages. Conslantine freed all ecclesi-
astical persons from the burden of the public offices of
the state, and from the payment of all personal taxes;
he confirmed the judicial authority of the bishops;
abolished the laws against those who lived in celibacy;
permitted churches to receive presents and legacies ;
enforced the observance of the Sunday ; maintained
many churches and ecclesiactics ; and" erected many

i67

'• a:#

temples to the honor of the true God. But, in the
mean time, Liciniiis, who beheld in Constantine a
rival, and an abettor of the Christians, persecuted the
faithful in his own dominions. The war, which in 323
broke out between the two emperors, was in reality,
a relip^ious war. Licinius fell in the contest and with
him fell paganism.

3._The conqueror, under whose sway the whole
empire of Rome now lay united, declared himself, in
the most unequivocal manner, a professor of the
Christian religion ; and expressed his desire and his
hope, that all his subjects would imitate his example.
He caused his spns to be educated as Christians, and
placed Christians in the most important offices of the
state. To the ancient capital of the dominions of
heathen Rome, he opposed a Christian metropolis at
Byzantium, now called from him, Constantinople.
He ceased not in his attacks npon paganism, which
he even designated as a superstition of by-gone times.
He commanded the heathen temples, in many places,
to be closed, or to be converted into churches ; in
other cities they were destroyed, and the idols of the
gods broken into pieces, or removed. He employed
every means within his power to induce the idolaters
to embrace the new faith ; and it appears, that to-
wards the close of his reign, he published a universal
prohibition, which forbade the public worship of the
gods J the law, however, was never enforced.

DOLLINGER.

LESSON XII.

THE HABITATION OP BEES.

AppBLLA.'TiON,n., name. F. appellation, from appello, L., I appeal,

I call.
Asso'ciATE, v., to join, to combine. L. assodare, — ad, and sociare,

to join; ^ociuSfS^ companion, .,.,.., . , _ .v /

^•f

f ?)

vr ;«

^1 r ■ ;(rr»

T.U

168

I "k

.w-

Pbom'inences, n, parts projocting, hanging, or standing out from.

F. proeminences, from (L.) promineo — pro, and mineo, I hang

or stand from or over.
Sthlg'tuhk, n., form, make. F, structure, from slriiere, L., to build.
Cells, n., secret or retired places of abode, L. cellw, probably

from celo, I conceal.
Metamoh'i'hoses, n., changes in shape or form. L. n}€tamorphoses,

from ((i.) mela, inst<'ad of, and iwirplic, shape.
DiiXTER'iTY, n., skill, rt'adiness of contrivance. F. dextcrilil, from

dejler, L., the right hand, (the right being the hand by which,

g(jnerally, what is skilful in manual operations is performed,)

and this from dechomai, G., I take hold.
Equiv'alen r, n., a thing or substance of the same utility. F. equi-
valent, — i. e., (cque valens (L ), equally efficacious : — valere, to

be of force or i>ower, to prevail.
"Vis'ciD, a., tenacious, slicking like glue. F. viscide, from viscum,

L. the mistletoe, the berry of which is glutinous.
Dimen's-ions, n., size, bulk, or extent. F. and S dimensions , from

(L.) dimelire, — mensus, to measure.

For "Species," see p. 22; " S "litary," p. 88 : " Opr^ration," p.

60; "Habitation," p. 123; "Material," p. 17; " Cement," p.

133 ; " Progeny," p. 46; and " Diameter," p. 60.

1. There are several species of bees distinguished
by the appellation of solitary^ becanse they do not as-
sociate, to carry on any joint operations. Of this kind
is the mason-bee, so called because it builds a habita-
tion composed of sand and mortar. The nests of this
bee are fixed to the wallsof houses, and when flnished,
have the appearance of irregular prominences, arjsing
from dirt or clay, accidentally thrown against a \yall
or stone by the feet of horses. These prominences are
not so remarkable as to attract attention ; but when
the external coat is removed, their structure is discov-
ered to be truly admirable. The interior part consists
of an assemblage of different cells, each of which affords
a convenient lodgment to a white-worm, pretty similar
to those produced by the hQ)}euhee. Here they remain
till they have undergone all their metamorphoses. In
constructing this nest, which is a work of great labor
and dexterity, the female is the sole operator. The
mann.er in which the fem^ile mason-bees builjcl their
nests, is the most curious branch of ttiMr histoi'y. ^'

.2. After ci^oosiuij ^ part qf a w^iU, q^ whicji gsl^e i^
resolved to lU a habitation for iierlulure progeny, she

stni
sane
that
mak
of sa
is be
are a
she €

goes in quest of proper material. The next to be con-
structed, must consist of a species of mortar, of wlucli
sand is the basis. She knows, like human builders,
that every kind of sand is not enuaily proper for
making good mortar. Sh(» goes, therefore^ to a bed
of sand, and selects, grain afti.'r grain, the kind whi(;h
is best to answer her purpose. With her teeth, which
are as large and as strong as those of the honey- bee,
she examines and brings together sevei al grains. But
sand alone will not make mortar; recourse must be
had to a cement, similar to the slacked liine employed
by masons. Our bee is unacquainted with lim(», but
she possesses an equivalent in her own body. From
her mouth she throws out a viscid li(iuor, with which
slie moistens the first grain ; to this she cements a
second, which she moistens in the same manner; and
to the former two she attaches a third, and so on, till
she has formed a mass as large as the shot usually
employed to kill hares. This mass she carries otf in
her tet'Ui, to the place she had chosen for erecting her
nest, and makes it the foundation of the flrst cell. In
this manner she labors incessantly till all the cells are
completed ; a work which is generally accomplished
in [five or six days. All the cells are similar, and
nearly of equal dimensions. Before they are covered,
their figure resembles that of a thimble. She never
begins to make a second till the first is finished. Each
cell is about an inch bigh, and nearly half an inch in
diameter.

Smellie.

fj^

: !i ' ''^\

LESSON XIII.

RUINS OF THE COLOSSEUM.

Nov'eltt, n., stratigeness, newness. F. noiiveaute, from noviis, L.

new.
Amphithe'atre, n„ a building generally elliptical, but sometimes

circular in form, having its area encompassed wilii ranges of

■ \

170

if* 1

sonfs, nr\o nhnvo nnnth^r, so ns to nfTord [h(^ ocnipants n full
vif'W of tlio linilaliziiif,' and n-voltini/ cxliiliitioiis in tlin i»il —
viz., tJK' sliiiii/lilf'i" of w ild nniiiiiils, tin' coinbiils of ^'ladiatnrs —
or (Ifiristians f:oi«'(l liv wild hulls, or dt-voiir-d by hcasts. Tho
Flavian AiM|»lutli(Mtr('. styl'dllK' " Colftsseum.''' I'roiu itsnia^'ui-
tiuli'. was erect' d hy FiaN ius Ves]iapian, soon aller tlio linal
destnielion (if .lerusaloni hy his sun Tilus. Historians atlinii,
that not less than .'iO.OOO .jewivli eapti\e, were employed al one
liino on this ^'ifjuntic efjilice. It measures 157 feol in hei^jjit and
lO-'iO in eircuuilerence, is of an oval foi'm. w.iscapahlo of accoin-
niodalnu' 100,000 spectitors, and cost X.'],00i». 000 slerhuf,'. F.
amphUhi dire ; from ((i.)fl*/<y^/t<", around, and //«t'a//v;/i, a theatre,
from Ihecunnai, I behold.

Twi'i.ir.uT, n., th..- w iiuriff li^dit immediately afd r th(> setting (ps
here), or b'ftre tl.:» rising of tho sun. D.lwerliclil ; A.S. tweun-
li/it, dubious light, — lurnn. from lirennmi, to doubt.

U'nivkhsk, n., tho whole syslem of the world. F.iinivers; L.
unicer.sus, from vniis, the whole and verlo^ I turn.

Mao.mf'ice.nci:, //., splondnr. F. mcKjnifivi'.nce. " Ma^jnify," p. 1<)2.

Peh'manknck, ;i., continuance in the j;amo state (of st^'renity). See
" permanent,'' p. 107.

CoNSi'.nvA'Tio.v, n., preservation from doc.iy. F.comervation, from
amscrrer. I. and L. cnnservo, — cnfi, and servo, I save, 1 keep.

An'oHiTiiCT, n., tho chief Framor or Builder. F. arc/tilecte, i'vom
(G.)arche, chief, and te/dnn. a builder, Irom teuc/io, I build.

Minute', a., little, small. F. miniilc, from ininuere, L., t - lessen.

Horizon, ji., the line which bounds or terminates the view. F. L.
and G. horizon, from horizo, G,, I bound : — liuros, a boundary.

1. These ruins are higly impressive; yet when I
saw them six years ago, they had a stronger effect on
my imagination ; whether it was the charm of novelty^
or that my mind was fresher, or that the circumstances
under which I saw them were peculiar, I know not ;
but, probably, all these causes operated in affecting
my mind. It was a still and beautiful evening in the
month of may ; the last sunbeams were dying away
in the western sky, and the first moonbeams shining
in the eastern ; the bright orange tints lighted up the
ruins, and, as it were, kindled the snows that still re-
mained on the distant Apennines, which were visible
from the highest accessible part of the amphitheatre.
In this glow of coloring, the green of advanced spring
softened the gray and yellow^ tints of the decaying
Btones, and as the lights gradually became fainter
the masses appeared grander and more majestic • and

fviU
vil-
li's —

I'mal
IVinn,

I iitul

.'. l•^

171

when the twilight had rntiroly disnppnarrd, the con-
trast of light and shade in the beams of the full ino )ii,
and beneath a sky of the brij,'htest sapphire, but so
highly illnminated, that only Jupiter, and a few stars
of the fli'st magnitude, wei'e visible, gave a solemnity
and magnificence} to the sctnie, which awakened the
highest degree of that emotion, which is so properly
ttiiined the sublime. The beauty and permanence of
the heavcMis, and the })rinci[)le of consei'vation Ixdong-
ing to the system of the universe, the works of the
eternal and divine ArchitcM't, we- linely opposed to
the [xM'ishing and degraded woiks of man in his most
active and powinful state. And at this moment, so
humbU; appeared the condiliou of the most exalted
beings belonging to the earth, sofeebh^ theii" combina-
tions, so minntt3 tln» point of spact', ;md so limited the
period of lime in which they act, that f could hardly
avoid comparing the generations of man, and the
effects of his genius and [lOwer, to the swarms of firc-
llies, which were dancing around me, ami that ap-
peared flitting and sparkling amidst th(» gloom and
darkness of the I'uins, |)nt which were no longer visi-
ble when they rose aijove the horizon— their feeble
light bi lUglost and utterly obscured in the brightness
of the moonbeams in the heavens.

Sill lIuMPHUEY Davy

LESSON XIV.

THE INFLUENCE OF MUSIC.

Musician (zish'-). n., one skilled in tho uil of combinint^ sounds

Jigreef\^>ly to the eai ; one who perl'urrns on musiruil inslriunoiits.

F. musicien, from musica, L., from innu.sa, («., a miisi\
I.N'Fi.uENCb;, n., i)ovvor llowiiig or iiroc.cdiDj,^ Irom any cause. F.

influence, from (L.) inflitere, — in. find flucie, to (low.
Dkx'terous, a., skilful. vSee " Doxtrrily,'" p. ifjH.
Emo'tions, n., mental fei'lings, or workiiii^^s of the mind. F. emo-

iions, from (L.) emovere, — e, and moiere, lo rnovi.
Sol'ace, n., comfort, recreation. L. solalium, from solor, 1 comfort.

ill

■tC-— ^ ,

■)■<*

■ I

172

Mm.'onT, n., n snccRcfiion of pwf»ot sounds. F, mi'f^d^i I.S. L.

ttid G. melodia, from iG.i meli, liDru-y, (in<l <u//', sci <■ riuno.
Tlm'i'i.e. w., a pl'icf! (M)ns«(ral«'(| nr npitroprinlPtl lo | v^''-S''f

nHipion. V. temple, from lemcnos, ()., a placo set ftp.irt, from

lemnein, to cut rdf.
In'doi en<:k, w., la/innss; slnto of boinp frro from pnin or cnncorn

nboutonn's Imsinoss. V. iiulnlence, finm (L.) itulolcns, — in, not,

and (Inlens, p. pi. (A'dnlere, to he in pain.
Echo (ck'-ko), ;?.. a n^bouiidiiif,' sduiiil ; I lu; bound returned. F. I. L.

and G. ec/in, from eclicin, (I., to sound.
Seh'ai'Iiim, ;^, oiio of tlic orders orelioirsnf llic lienvenly spirits,

so calird l)ec.'iuse innanicd with divine \u\(\ lleb. serajihrn,

from seraph, to burn.

1. The musician, in a more especial manner, is in-
debted to the sense of hearing for llie iiilhience which
he can exert over onr nature. That dexterous ariange-
ment and correspondence of sonnds, whicli are capa-
ble, without being in any way addressed to our under-
standing, of exciting so many lively emotions within
our minds, are entirely the offspring of this sense. Jf
it served no other and no higher purpose than this
alone, of furnishing mankind with so sweet a solace
amid the toils and trials of Ijie world, they would
surely find ample cause for gratitude in the endow-
ment. How many an aching heart has found relief —
how many a weary mind has been enlivened — how
many a rugged nature has been softened — how many
a cruel purpose has been diverted and disarmed, by the
mediation of this enchanting art! On the field of war,
when all things around are overcast with a hue of
death and ruin, and when even reason, duty, and the
love of country itself, are insufficient to prevent the
spirits from sinking at the sight of the terrible pomp
of destruction that stalks around, the sound of the fife
and drum is able to confirm the staggering soul, to
arouse the drooping energies of the heart, and^ hurry
them on to an intoxication of bravery and defiance
which all the persuasions of reason could never have
produced.

2. In the bosom of domestic life, how effectual is the
moderate intervention of this science, in strengthening
the bond of social love, and in cheering the exertions

178

ii'ml

of industry! Tho poor artisan, who is fed by the la-
bor of his hands, for^rls his toil, while lin unburdens
his heart in son^^ ; and (lie fond faflH,»r and l>rother feel
iheir atleclion snisihly increased, wlien the object of
their care is chaiinin^' the lionrs away with a melody
of other times. In the temples of the living God,
when the mind is distracted hy the memory of earthly
cares, or tlie assanlts of indolence and t»'pidity, tlie
choir and tin? or^s'ui are nsed to diiecl its attention and
to ehivate its aspirations. Ih're, too, they are made to
the Supreme liein*; a faint echo of ihat homa^'e which
he receives, in its ixM'fection, from the seraphim in
heaven. How precious, thei'efore, is this art, which is
capable of soothing tin? unhappy, of refreshing the
weary, of softening the hard of heart, of re-animating
a drooping courage, of strengthening a social alfection,
of inspiring even labor itself witb a multitude of pleas-
ing and cheerful asiiociations I

G. Griffin.

,i J

.■»*

•-ef

FRAGMENT.

war,
lue of
id the
at the

Though nature weigh our talents, and dispense
To every man his modicum of sense,
Yet much depends, as in the tiller's toil,
On culture, and the sowing of the soil.

LESSON XV.

THE CROSS OF THE SOUTH.

The pleasure we felt in discovering the consignation, called the
Southern Cross, was warmly shared by sucii of the crew as had
livf'd in the colonies. In the solitude of the sea, we hail a st.ir, as a
friend from whom we have been long separated. Among the Por-
tuguese and Spaniards, peculiar motives seem to increase this
feeling ; a religious seutiment attaches them to a coubtuilatiou,

174

the form of which recalls the sign of the faith planted by their
ancestors in the deserts oftlio New World. Tho two f^reat stars
which mark the summftand the fool of the cross, having noarly
the same right ascension, it follows that the constellation is
almost perpendicular at llie moment when it passes the meri-
dian. This circumstance is known to every nation that lies
beyond the troj)ics, or in the southern hemisphere. It has been
observed at what hour of the night, in dilferent seasons, the Cross
of the South isen>ct or inclined. It is a tim<'-piec<\ that advances
very regularly nearly Ibiii- minutes a day, and no other grouj) of
stars e-^-.hibils, to the naked eye, an observation of time so easily
made. How often have we heard our guides exclaim in the
savannahs of Venezuela, or in the desert extending from Lima
to Truxillo. "Midnight is past ; the Cross begins to bend !' —
IIu-muoldt's Travels.

1. In the silence and grandeur of midnight I tread,
Where savannahs in boundless magnificence spread,
And bearing sublimely Iheir snow-wreaths on high,
The far Cordilleras unite with the sky.

2. The fern-tree weaves o'er me, the fire-fly's red light,
With its quick-glancing splendor, illumines the

night.
And I read in each tint of the skies and the earth,
How distant my steps from the land of my birth.

3. But to thee, as thy loadstars resplendontly burn,
In their clear depths of blue, with devotion I turn,
BrightCross of the South! and beholding thee shine.
Scarce regret the loved land of the olive and vine.

4. Thou recallest the ages when first o'er the main,
My. fathers unfolded the streamer of Spain,

And planted their faith in the regions that see

Its imperishing symbol emblazon'd in thee. !

How oft in their course o'er the ocean's unknown,
When all was mysterious, and awfully lone.
Hath iheir spirit been cheered by the light, wiien

the deep
Reflected its brilliance in tremulous sleep I

G. As tho vision that rose to the lord of the worhl, *
When first his hright hanner of faith was niifurrd
Even snch to the heroes of Spain, wh(Hi tiieir prow
Made the billows the path of their glory, wert thou.

7. And to me, as I traverse the world of the west,
Through desei Is of beauty in stillness that rest,
By forests and I'ivers, untamed in tlieir pride,
Thy beams have a language, thy course is a guide.

8. Shine on — my own land is a far-distant spot.
And the stars of thy sphere can enlighten it not ;
And the eyes that I love, though e'en now they

may be
O'er the firmament wandering, can gaze not on thee j

9. But thou to my thoughts art a pure-blazing shrine,
A fount of bright hopes and of visions divine ;
And my soul, as an eagle exalting and free.
Soars high o'er the Andes to mingle with thee.

Mrs. Hemans.

THE SISTER OF MERCY.

1. Before the Gross, before the Altar,

Sne gave her vows to God,
To bear that Cross, and ne'er to falter,

To trace the steps lie trod.
The world's false lights, — its wild emotion.

Shall move her mind no more,
The star which wakes her soul's devotion,

Illumes th' eternal shore.

2. Vain dreams of youth are past and perish'd.

While vouth is still in bloom:

•J 7

Friends, hopes, and scenes, once loved and cher-
ished.
Are sunk in memory's tomb.

* Gonstaatine.

t^s.

' '^^^iM^ml»n>:t,i<^mnuumat^i■l

;ln

■I* ►,

*!»»*■

176

Or if, when mot, those long forsaken

To calm deli^^ht give birth,
The wish — the thoiiglit — their presence wakens,

Belongs not to tliis earth.

3. " It is not here we seek our treasure,"

She cries, '^ where all is vain.
Not here 1 seek the short-lived pleasure,

Which folly buys from i)ain.
Be mine the task in ev'rv season,

To soothe the snlfrer's wo**,
On grief-wrung tiioughts wand'ring reason

Sweet Mercv to bestow.

4. " For me the mean thatch'd but is pleasant,

If Mercy there can hnd
An entrance to the wretched peasant,

The lowliest of his kind.
An outcast I true — yet oh ! remember,

\ folio w'd iiim whose head
Was pillow'd in !,h(; cold December

Upon his 'oiablc bed."

5. Still may just Heaven, its frowns repressing,

l^i'.iL out tht; patli ye go,
And orovvn witii many a fruitful blessing,

The labors ye bestow.
Till ill that land where grief comes never,

And weary souls lind rest,
Ye meet for ever, and for ever,

Companions of the blest.

»li

LESSON XVI.

ASIA.

Tur'key in Asia or A.^iatic Turkey, — a connlry about halfa million
S(|. miles ill area, willi a jiop.or 12 inil.,oi' 24 inhabilanls to the
sq, m., — exlemls Irom the lil. Sea and Russia, N., to Arabia, S.
and from the Archipelago and Mediterrauean, W., to Persia,

177

15. Itcomprisf^s Asia Minor ; Syria, which inchulos Ihe aircienl
Chanaan. now P,ili'sllne.ciill«'(l Ptz/(r.v/mrt, Iroin tlio Pliilistin''s;
Anii'Miiii, so called Irn.n Aram, ^-^m of Soin ; Koordistan or
Assyria (from Ass}u\ a dt'SCiMui.iiil of Sem), in which stood
Nineve ; Irak-Arabi. originally C/m/r/^ra, iifuji wards Bahi/lonia,
from Babylon: and Me.soii'ilaniia imesos, iniddl(3, nud polamos,
a river), Ising helwrcn ih<' Enpliratt'S and Tigris, and comprising
porlions ortlm last Ihroo divisions.

Aha'uia, a country S. of A. Turkey, ofdonhle itsai'oa, but posses-
sing a pop. of only 10 mill. — '\teiids fruni Ssi-ia and Clialila?a,
N., to the Indian Ocean, S., and IVom llie Uod Sea, W.. to Iho
Persian Gull", E. It sliil rdains its ancient name and divisions :
these are Arabia Pelrcea (lln! Stony, N.), in whicd) are Mounts
Sinai and Iloreb : Arabia I),'srrla (the Desert, or sandy, in the
middle) ; and Arabia lu'li.r (l\u) Happy, S.), ik.w Yennm. Saba
was at tilt' S. Woslorn <'\ir,,'inil\- oi' Ar.iljia, and Arsinoe or
Cleoi>atris, now Suez, at tlie N. We.-lorn. The Arabs are des-
cended IVom Ismaei.

Peu'sia, a country uf Asia, — liill' the are.i of Arabi', with I mil.
in pop. less than the latter, — "xtonds I'roni the Porsian (lulfi.o
the Casjiian, and (Van tho Euphrates and Tigris to the liorde.-s
of AfghanisUin. Persia Prii|)er, or Pcrsis (now Kars,) was the
Elam of antiipiity, so called IVom Seni's ehh'stson.

Ai'gu.v.nistan', a country as large as Asiatic Tnrkey, with only lialt
its pop., extending Ironi Tarlary. N., to the Indian OcaiLS.,
and from India. E., to i*ersia, W. The; tiact anciently c;illed
Aria, extending Irom Media (whi.-h was thi' country along liie
S. of the (Caspian) to India, included the whole, or iJie greater
l)art, of Afghanistan.

Ih.NDOSTAN' or Western Peninsula, or India iijv.i thii fn(liis,\s
one-third the area of Europe, or e^fual in size to Ai bia together
with half of Asiatic Turkey, and has a )>^,'. of ' : I mi', A. N.
India intra Gangem, — India within the (i.fnges

Eas'tkun Pemn'slla, a country extending from libet and China,
N., to the Gulf of Siam, S., and IVom Bengal Bav and IHiidos-
tan, W., to the Ghine?e Sea, E. Area, SOf'.u )!) si]. m. ; pop. 18
mil. A. N. India extra Gangem, — extra, bi'youd.

Chi'na, a country N. of the Gh. Sea and the 10. T'eninsula, of ih ;
same size as Ilindostan, with about half the pop. of ail Asia. Il
is called by the natives Tclion-Koue, — the centre (jf the Vav- tli.

TiuET, a high table-laud, tlii-ee limes as large as Spain, with a
pop. of only 5 mil., is N. of India. It is styled by the natives
Pue or Pue-Kouchim, — The Snowy Land of the North.

T.m{'tary or 'Tatary, is a vast tract extending the whole breadth
of Asia, S. of Asiatic Ilussia. Area, nearly 4 mil. sq. m. ; pop.
17 mil. A. N. Scythia.

Asiat'ig Rus'sia, or Siberia, a tract E. of Hussia in Europe, and
N. of Tartary, ! times as large as Persia ; pop. ii uiil. A. N.
Hai^ialia Asialica,

'■^

Ml- t T

i i]

-r-i

.~^\.

178

k :i* .(

1. This grand division of the pjlobe, the second in
rank and importance, even in modern timca, i« ftrsl in
extent and populr'ion. It is bounded, north, by the
Northern Ocean ; ircst, by Europe, tlie Sea of Azof,
the Black Sea, the Sea of Marmora, the Archipelago,
the Mediterranean, the Isthmus of Suez, and the
Red Sea; .so?(7/<, by the Indian Ocean ; and cast^hv
the Pacific Ocean. It contains the following countries :
Turkey in Asia, Arabia, Persia, Afghanistan, Ilin-
dostan, f]aslern Peninsula, China, Tihet, Eastern or
Chinese Tartary, Western or ludi'pendcMit Tartary,
and Asiatic Russia ; to which may be added the Isl-
ands of Japan. Its length from the Dardanelles to
the eastern shoies of Tartary, is ahout 0000 miles ; its
breadth, from the south of Malacca to Cape Severo, is
5400 miles. It is said to contain 16 millions of square
miles, with a population of 440 millions.

2. The greater portion of this vast continent is sit-
uated in the north temperate zone ; that in the torrid
zone being only one-seventh, and that in the frigid,
one-seventeenth of the entire. Central Asia rises to
a considerable height above the sea, and forms a pla-
teau, or tffbhvland, from four to ten thousand feet in
elevation, which gradually descends to a level with
ihe lowlands, by which this elevated mass is sur-
roLmded. Upon the eastern or highest part of this
plateau, are placed the lofty Himalaya ' mountains,
which are the highest in the world ; nature, as it were,
proportioning the superstructure to»tlie foundation on
which it was to be erected. Taurus and Caucasus
mark the western limits of this plateau ; the Himalaya
range, and its branches, the southern ; wdiile the
]iiountain-ranges of Western China, and the Alpine
region of Da-uria, mark its limits on the other sides.

3. All the great rivers of Asia have their sources in
the highlands of this middle region. The Obi, Yeni-
sei, and Lena, with their tributaries, discharge their
torrents, under seas of ice, into the Frozen Ocean.
The two great rivers of China, the Hwang-ho and
Yang-tse-Kiang, the respective courses of which are

is sit-

torr'ul

rigid,

ses to

a pla-
et in
witli
sur-
f this
tains,
were,
on on
casus
alaya
e the
Ipine
ies.

Ices in

lYeni-

tlieii*

Iceau.

and

:h are

179

i2000 and 2000 miles, rise in the mountain roijion oC
Eastern Asia. Tl' ' hiqh tides of the Pacific Oc^xu
ascend these river ral hinnU'ed miles, Jiud I'eiiaer

tliem navi^^'lhle a iderable distance; IVom th(3 sea.

The Iri-awady, ( Liiges, Brahma[)ootra, Iiidns, and
EiH)lirates, descend from the western terraces of this
p;reat plateau, and carry their waters, and those of the
lowlands of Southern Asia, which they traverse, to
the Indian Ocean. Some of thest^ I'ivers, as tlu.^ Gan-
ges and Hrahniapoolra, likt* the Nile, inundate the ad-
jacent countries to a consiil i-able distance.

4. Asia, on account of its immense extent, possesses
every variety of soil and climate. 'I'ht; character of
its people varies with llnMr climate. The Chinese are
remarkable for llieir industry; the Hindoos for the
oppositij quality ; wliihi the Ai'ahs and Tai'tars lead
the same wandering life as in tin,' ancient patriarchal
limes. Tlie form of government is almost universally
despotic. The rapid rise and disaup.^arauce of Asi-
atic towns has been accounted for by the slight and
perishable nature of the malei-ials which lorni the
houses. In Arabia, and on the great plateau, where
wood is scarce, they are mere t(Mits, covered wiHi
skins of beasts, or witli stuff made of their hair or
wool. In India, where wood is al)undant, they are
formed of that material, but so slightly, that they soon
decay.

5. Asia derives its name from a city called A'^in,
belonging to the tribe of the Asiones, in a distric: of
Lydia. The name of the city was first extended by
the Greeks to Asia Minor, and ultimately to the
other regions of the east. Until the rise of the Ro-
man empire, it occupied the first place in the history
of mankind. It was the scene of all the leading even Is
recorded in Sacred Writ: of the creation of mankind,
the delivery of the law, the miraculous favors which
God bestowed upon his chosen people, of our re-
demption by his only-begOLien Son, and of the estab-
hshment of his Church, which was afterwards to ex-
tend itself over all Iks natious ol the earth. It was

■:%

.♦ •••
.J ^

im kj'

'1.1

i ':

180

■»-,.

also the scat of the most powerful empire of antiquity,
a great part having heeii successively goverued by the
Assyrians, Mcdes, Persians, Greeks, and Romans,
thongli the ancient conquerors knew little of India or
ofCliina. The population is generally allowed to be
primitive, excepting, pcrliaps, a few colonies from
Russi.'i, and thp European settlements in Hindosttin
and the southeastern islands. |

6. Almost the entire of this great continent is re-
duced to the very lowest state of moral degradation,
— its people, the slaves of the grossest superstitions.
AlUinps have been made, and with much success, to
diiiuse the light of the Gospel among them, parti-
ciilarly in the south and east; and iatigue, suffer-
ings, and persecutions, are being daily and cheerfully
nii.lergone by the Catholic Missionaries, to effect tliis
jjoi'ious object. The rccen^; persecutions in Cochin-
Clnua have given new mart;, rs to the Church of God,
and manifested to the world, that she still possesses
within her bossom that spirit of zeal, fortitude and
self-sacrifice, for which, in all ages, her children have
peculiarly been distinguished.

G. D.

LESSON XVII.

PROPERTIES OF MATTER.

Ed'ifics, n., a building, a fabric. F. edifice, from (L.) adiftco,-^

cedes, a house, and ft c-j, 1 laake or construct.
Sagac'ity, 71., acutenes? of discovery • cf •arsightodness. F. sagor

cite, fvom (L.) sagax, wise, and this from sagire, to see clearly.
"Vi'tal, a., pertaining to life. F. and S, vital ; from vita, L., life.
Men'tal, a , of or pertaining to the mind. F. andS. mental, from

metis, L., Ihc mind.
Mod'ify, v., to qualify, to temper; to change the form or accidents

of a thing, so as to reduce it to a certain measure or standard.

L. jnodificare, — modus, measure, and facere, to reduce or bring

to.
JFundamen'tal, a., essential ; serving as a basis or fouadation. F«

fondM)witalfSrom fund'uSf L., a foundation. ^

181

S*»

CnEM'icAL, a., relating to chemistcy, made by chemistry. F. chi-

mique. Sen •• Chemist," p. 52.
Dissolv'kd (diz-), pi, melted. L. dissolulus, from dis, and solvo,

I loosen, I melt.
Igmi'tkd, pL, kindled, or set on fire. F. igne, from L., ignis, fire.
Revolve', v., to roll, to turn round or back. L. revolvOf—re, and

volvo, I roll.
For •• Universe," see p. 170; " Phenomena," p. 153 ; " Physical,"

p. 62; •' Phylosophy," p. 76 ; " Appellation," p. 167.

1. If it excites our admiration, that a varied edifice,
or even a magnificent city, can be constructed of stone
from one quarry, what must our feeling be to learn
how few and simple the elements are, out of which
the sublime fabric of the universe, with all its orders
of phenomena, has arisen, and is now sustained!
These elements are general facts and laws, which
human sagacity is able to detect, and then to apply
to endless purposes of human advantage.

2. Now, the four words, atorn^ attraction^ repulsion^
and inertia^ point to four general truths, which ex-
plain the greater part of the phenomena of nature.
Being so general, they are called physical truths,
from the Greek word signifying nature; as also,
*' truths of natural philosophy, " with the same
meaning ; and sometimes, " mechanical truths," from
their close relation to ordinarv machinerv. These
appellations distinguish them from the remaining
general truths, namely, the chemical truths, which
regard particular substances, and the vital and mental
truths, which have relation only to living beings.
And even in the cases where a clieinical or vital in-
fluence operates, it mndilioH, but does not destroy,
the physical influence. Uy fixing the altonlion. then,
on these four fundamental truths, the student obtains,
as it were, so many keys to luilock, and lights to
illumine, the secrets and treasures of nature.

3. Every material mass in nature is divisible intt)
very minute, indestructible, and unchanginj:; particles ;
— as when a piece of any metal is bruised, broken, cut,
dissolved, or otherwise transformed, a thousand tiinesj

Ui<4

fjir

:.;..!.

I -

■ #■

lf\

182

but can always be exhibitod again as pnrfoct as at
first. This truth is conveniently recalUni by giving
to the jiartirles the name alom, wiiicii is a Greek t»'rni,
signifying that which cannot be farlh<»r cut or divided,
or an exceedingly minute resisting particle.

4. It is found that the atoms above referred to,
whether separate or already joined into masses, as
when the atoms of which any mass is composed, are,
by an invisible intluence, held tog("lher with a certain
degree of force ; or when a block of stone is similarly
lield down to the earth, on which it lies; or when the
tides on the earth rise towards the moon. These facts
are conveniently recalled, by connecting with them
the word allraction^ a drawing together, or gravitation.

5. Atoms, inider certain circumstances, as of heat
diifused among them, have their mutual attraction
countervailed or resisted, and they tend to or sepa-
rate; — as when ice heated, melts into water ; or when
water heated, bursts into steam; or when gunpowder
ignited, explodes. Such facts are conveniently re-
called by the term repulsion^ a thrusting asunder.

0. As a flv-wheel made to revolve, at first offers re-
sistance to the force moving it, but gradually acquires
speed proportioned to that force, and then resists
being again stoppr'd, in proportion to its speed;
so, all bodies or atoms in the universe have about
them, in regard to motion, what may be figuratively
called a stubbornness^ tending to keep them m their
existing state, whatever it may be ; in other words,
they neither acquire motion, nor lose motion, nor
bend their course in motion, but in exact proportion
to some force applied. Many of the motions now
going on in the universe with such regularity — as
that turning of the earth which produces the phe-
nomena of day and night — are motions which began
thousands of years ago, and continue unvarying ia
this way. Such facts are conveniently recalled by
the term inertia,

Arnoxt.

■*,

183

LESSON XVIII.

jKj«',.

ill'

phe-

ng I a

ON THE DUTIES OF SCHOOL-BOYS.

KNOWi.rnr.E (nol'lo'ljo), ;?., lonrning, information; illumination ol

the mind. Old Kiig. hnnwlecli.
Sk.n'ti.mp:nt, ;?., liM-liiig, sense. F. senliineni, from senli'r, to feel.
Kduca'tion, ;i., furmatioM ofnianiii'i's ; the jicl (il'liainini; tin; liaMts

and uHtH'tions ; llif act oI'ltMiliiii,' or drawinir lurih llio ra<'ullio^

of the mind. F. nlucalion, iinm iL.) eduiare, — e, and dticarc,

to I. 'ad forth.
Anciknt (ani''-), a., old ; of oilier or pa-t limes. F. ancien. Smi

" Anli-juity," p. AS.
On'ATon, n., an t'loijuent speakiM" ; one who delivi'rs elaborate

S|»ei'clies or harangui's. L.oi'uln)'. from orare, to speak: — os

(oris, till' grnitivi'). the nioulii. islhc r(i((t
Amknu'mknt, n., corrcciion; cliangi' from l)ad for the better. F.

oniemlruicnl, from }}ip/uln, L., a stain, a l)lf'mish.
Piion'rrY, //., reelitiidr. integrity, sincerity. F. probile, from pntbo,

L. I prove or approve.
DiscKiiN (diz-zorn"). v , to see or perceive clfarly and distinctly. L.

disccrno, — (/<,y. and cerno, from Avv/jo, (}., I disccTn.
No'hlk, a., generous, sjjirited. F. and S noble ; L. iiobUis, from

Dosco, I know.
Emtla'tion, n., rivalry, competition. F. emulation, from amiduSf

L., vying with.

1. Almost all the duties of scliolars have been in-
cluded in tills one pioee of advu'e, — to love those who
teach them, as they love the knowledge which they
derive from them ; and to look upon them as fathers,
from whom thev derive, not the life of the bodv, hut
that instruction, which is, in a manner, the life of the
soul. Indeed, this sentiment of affection and respect
snfTices to make them ai)t to learn during the time of
their studies, and full of gratitude all the rest of their
lives. It seems to me to include a great part of
what is to be expected from them. Docility, which
consists in submitting to directions, in readily receiv-
ing the instructions of their masters, and in reducing
til em to practice, is properly the virtue of scholars,
as that of masters to teach well. The one can do
nothing withotit the other ; and as it is not suflicient
for a laborer to sow the seed, unless the earth, after

,«

:c:
in

;0 •

■ . JU'

U'J

I .,

1 i

•■ 1 -A

v. d

... I

.■i \

-i

f-^^

I "*

184

having oponed its hosoin to receive it, in a manner
liatclics, warms, and nioist«ms it; so, likewise, the
pood fruit ol' instrnction depends upon a ^^ood corres-
pondence betwe(Mi the masters and the scholars.

2. Gratitude to those who have labored i i our edu-
cation, is tiiecharact(;r of an honest man, and the mark
of a pood heart. " Who is th(;re amonp us," says an
ancient orator, " that lias be(Mi instructed with any
care, who is not liiphly deliphled with the sipht, or
even the bare reniembraiu^e of his teachtu's, and of the
place where he was taupht and brought up ?"

3. An apcient philoso[)her exhorts young men to
pn?s(M've always ;i. great r«'spect for their masters, to
whose care tliev are ind(d)ted for the amendment of
their faults, and for having imbilxMl sentiments of
honor and probity. Their exactness displeases some-
tinu3S, at an agi^ when we are not in a condition to
judge of the obligations we owe to them; but when
yeai's have ripened our und(3rsi<uiding and judgment,
we then discern that what made us dislike them, is
expressly the very thing which should make us esteem
and love them.

4. Another eminent writer of antiquity, after hav-
iitg noted the diiferent characters of the mind in chil-
dren, draws, in a few words, the image of what he
judged to be a perfect scholar and certainly it is a
very amiable one, '' For my part," says he, " 1 like
a child who is encouraged by commendation, is ani-
mated by a sense of gloi-y, and weeps when he is out-
done. A noijle emulation will always keep him in
exercise, a reprimand will touch him to the quick,
and honor will serve instead of the rod. We need
not lear that such a scholaj* will ever give himself up
to sulkiness." Mow great a 'alue soever this writer
puts upon the talents of the mind, he esteems those
of the heart far beyond them, and looks upon the
other as of no value without them. He declares, he
should never have a good opinion of a child who
placed his study in occasioning laughter. '^ I should

185

rather rhooso," addod lio, " to have a boy dull
huavy, than of a bad disposition."

ROLLIN.

and

A QUARREL. — JOHN — PETER.

1. John. I have been very wrong in trying to vex
yon, cousin ; but it was not from ill-will, iKMlher. —
Petkr. I know it : yon bore nn3 no ill-will: wo are
frood friends. — J. IJtit it icds wicked in mo to say and

— V. If von did so.

do things on purposti to tc^asc y
that was wicked : but it was na

J. Surely, I a

not naturally wicked? — V. \\ . are all naturally
wicked and naturally good too : the goodness of your
nature has now gotten tht3 better — J. Do you forgive
me? — I*. I do with all my lieart ; and if you ever
wish me ill again, pray to God that it may come to
pass. — J. What do yon nu^an ? Do you think I will
ever pray God that any ill may befall you i — P. No;
I am certain you will not, nor ever harm me in
deeds. 1 only mean to give you a test by which to
try your thoughts and words : — Do not follow in thoufjht
or by word any purpose thai you cannot commend to

God by prayer

H. D. B.

LESSON XIX.

LAKE OF KILLARNEY.

Picturesque (-resk'), a., suitable for a picture ; fitted for the pur-
pose of a painti'r. I. pilloresco ; L. piclura, a picture, frum
piclwn, p. pi. oi' pinna, I paint.

Cascade", n., a wau'dall. F. cascade, from cado, L , I fall.

Inmsfal'i.kn, n.,a. beauttMnisi.^lanil, originally called Innis Nessan,
— itmCs,ennis, 01- inch (^L. insula), nn island, and Nessan, from
Ihe fallier of St. Fiuian, the founder of its venerable abbey ia
the 6th century.

-^ \\

: iili,i,

f \ilS

i I

;.J. 1 1

IMAGE EVALUATION
TEST TARGET (MT-S)

1.0

I.I

2.2

IL2I IIIM 111.6

Photographic

Sciences
Corporation

23 WEST MAIN STREET

WEBSTER, NY. 14580

(716) 872-4503

186

Pa'tron, n., a protector or guardian. F. and S. pairon, from (L.)

paler, jmlris, a falhor.
An'nals, n., chronological records : histories digostod in the exact

order of time, or according to tho yea?'s in which the events

occurred. F. and L. annolr.s, from annus, L., a yi\ir.
Thun'dkf*, 71., a lond, rumbling, terrilic noise, wliicli usually follows

lightning. A. S. thunder ; L, lonifru, from tonn, I roar.
ScE.Np:nY (seen'-), n., the appearance of a combination of objocts

(in a beautiful landscape, Ac.)-: F. seme, and I. S. and L. scoia,

a scene, from G. skene : — anciently plays were acted under trees,

and hence it is used to express the scene of a stage, though

properly it signdies a place shaded by trees.
Cathe'dral, ^?.. thn principal church of a diocese; the seat of

episcopal authority. F. calhcdrale, from (G.) kata, and edra, a

seat.
Sponta'neous, a., free, unforced ; npplied to such plants as spring

and flourish without culture. L. spnnianeus. See p. 162.
Can'non, n., an unportable gun. F. canon, from G. kanna, reed

For " Magnificence," see p. 170; " Summit," p. 90 ; <'Echo/'p.
172; " Indented," p. 94 ; and " Boundary," p. 17.

1. The lake of Killarney, in the province of Mnnster,
and county of Kerry, affords the most beautiful and
picturesque prospects in nature. This lake is divided
into three parts, called the upper, middle, and lower
lake. The northern, or lower lake, is six miles in
length, and from three to four in breadth. On the side
of one of the moimtainsis O'Sullivan's cascade, which
falls into the lake, making a noise which strikes the
spectator with awe. The view of this sheet of water
is uncommonly fine, appearing as if descending from
an arch of wood, which overhangs it above seventy
feet in height from the point of view. The islands are
not so numerous in this as in the upper lake ; but
there is one of uncommon beauty, called Innisfallen^
nearly opposite O'Sullivan's cascade, which contains
twenty Irish acres. In this island are the ruins of an
ancient abbey, founded by St. Finian. the patron saint
of those parts, the situation of which is romantic and
retired. There was formerly a chronicle kept in this
abbey, called the Annals of Inn Isf alien. They contain
a sketch of universal historv, from the creation of the
world to the year 430 ; but from that period, the
annalist has amply prosecuted the affairs of Ireland
down to his own time (1215.) The promontory of

;i;i

l^m

187

Mucross, which divides the upper from the lower lake,
is a perfect land of enchantment ; and a road is carried
through the centre of this promontory, which unfolds
all the interior beauties of the place. Among the dis-
tant mountains, Turk appears an objectof magnificence,
and Mangcrlon's more lofty and more interesting sum-
mit soars above the whole.

2. The passage of the upper lake is round the
extremity of Mucross, which confines it on one side,
and the approaching mountains on the other Here
is a celebrated rock, called the Ear/le's iicst^ which pro-
duces wonderful echoes. A French horn sounded
here, raises a concert superior to that of a hundred in-
struments ; and the report of a single cannon is
answered by a succession of peals resembling 'the
loudest thunder, which seem to traverse the surround-
ing scenery, and die away among the distant moun-
tains. The upper lake is four miles in length, and
from two to three in breadth. It is almost surrounded
by mountains, from which descend a number of beau-
tiful cascades. The islands in the lake are numerous,
and afford an amazing variety of picturesque scenes.
The centre lake, which communicates with the -upper,
is small in comparison with the other two, and cannot
boast of equal variety ; but the shores are, in many
places, indented with beautiful bays, surro mded by
dark groves of trees. The eastern boundary is formed
by the base of Mangerton, down the steep side of
which descends a cascade, visible for 1 50 yards. This
fall of water is supplied by a circular lake near the
summit of the mountain, called the Devil's Punoh-
Bowl^ which, on account of its immense depth, and the
continual overflow of water, is considered as one of
the greatest curiosities of Killarney.

^ '

i h. t

. : I i

• \m J

1 '<
til tj'

.. ••

nil

:p» ..

it:

, ,,,j^^H»'"

■'■■ m '] .:

3. One of the best prospects which this admired
lake affords, is from a rising ground, near the ruined
cathedral of Aghadoe. The depth of this lake is
equally surprising, — places under the rocky shores

188

being from fifteen to twenty fathoms^ and some parts
from seventy to eighty fathoms deep.

4. The island of Innisfallen, in the lower lake, al-
ready mentioned, is generally the dinning place, where
there is a kind of hall fitted up by Lord Kenmare.
What is very^surprising here, is the spontaneous pro-
duction of the arbutus, or strawberry-tree, which is
found in great jDlenty and perfection in many of these
islands ; it was probably introduced here by the monks
who inhabited this place at a very early period. This
plant was not much known about London so late as
1770. Near the lake of Killarney, there is a rich
copper mine wrought, which produces from 50 to GO
tons of ore per week.

Clarke's Wonders.

LESSON XX.

*** '1

^Iff

K- i

INNISFALLEN.

1. Sweet Innisfallen, fare thee well,

, May calm and sunshine long be thine 1
How fair thou art, let others tell.
While but to feel how fair is mine 1

2. Sweet Innisfallen, fare thee well,

And long may light around thee smile,
As soft as on that evening fell.
When first I saw that fairy Isle.

3. Thou wert too lovely, then, for one

Who had to turn to paths of care,
Who had through vulgar crowds tO' run,
And leave thee bright and silent there.

4. No more along thy shores to roam.

But on the world's dim ocean tost,
Dream of thee sometimes, as a home
Of sunshine he had seen and lost.

1^9

5. Far better in thy weeping hours,

,To part from thee as I do now,
When mist is o'er thy blooming bowers,
Like sorrow's veil on beauty's brow.

6. For though unrivall'd still thy grace.

Thou dost not look, as then, too blest,
But in thy shadows, seem'st a place

Where weary man might hope to rest —

7. Might hope to rest, and fmd in thee,

A gloom like Eden's on the day
He left its shade, when every tree,
Like thine, hung weeping o'er his way.

8. Weeping or smiling, lovely Isle !

And still the lovelier for thy tears —
For though but rare thy sunny smile,
Tis heaven's own glance when it appears.

9. Like feeling hearts, whose joys are few,

But when indeed they come, divine —
The steadiest light the sun e'er threw
Is lifeless to one glauce of thine.

Moore.

FRAGMENT.

Here sleep the brave, who sink to rest,
By all their country's wishes blest!
When Spring, with dewy fingers cold,
Returns to deck their hallow'd mould,
She there shall dress a sweeter sod
Than Fancy's feet have ever trod.

Collins.

190

'it , i I

H G(tj

li^ '1

■ -t'<

• l»t>

lie':

tittf

' lit

I''-:- f i^

§ 5. LESSON I.

THE FINAL DESTRUCTION OF THE TEMPLE.

Malig'nity, n., malico, ill-will. F, maliqnilc, which is the oppo.
site of hmUinite, as (L.) mo.U', ill, is of hem', riglit or well.

ExTiiU'ATK (f'k-stpr-'paU'), r., to ocadicate or root out. L. exslirpa-
re lex, and stirps, tho root), to root out.

Imi>ioi:s (iiu'-p '-us), ungodly, irreligious, wicked. L.impius, — im,
and pfus, (iiiliful, i)ious.

Tri'umi'H (-umf), ;i., tho feeling of exultation and gladness. L. /?'i-
umphus ; G. Ihriambns, — /Ana, lig-loaves, and amphi, around;
because the soldiers of Bacciuis returned from their Indian vic-
tory wearing garlands of lig-troe leaves.

Entuh'siasm (en-thu'-zhe-azm), ??., wild joy ; that temper of mind
in which the imagination has got the better of the judgment:—
it is sometimes ai)|)lied to a divine motion or inspiration. F. en-
thousiasme ; G. enlhmtsiasmos, U^omefitheos, — en^and T/ieos, God.

Apos'tatk, n., one who has n^nounced or forsaken his religion. F.
apostal, from [G ) apo, and histemi, 1 stand.

OppHo'iiuiuM, 71., contemjU. L. opprobniim,-'-ob, and probriim,
any thing inconsistent with virtue; disgrace, infamy.

Terrif'ic, a., alarming, formidable. L. lerriftcus, from ierreo, I
terrify, 1 frighten.

Greg'ohv (St.), n. a watcher, from (G.) gregoreo, I watch : — St.
Gregory was a doctor of the Church and bishop, and, from his
profound skill in sacred learning, is styled the Theologian. He
was born between the years 308 and 318, in the territory ofNa-
zianzum, in Cappadocia, Asia-Minor. To a villain who had
attempted to assassinate him, he said, " May God forgive you ;
his gracious i)reservation obliges me freely to pardon you."

Chrys'ostom(St. John),?!., golden mouth, — (G.) chryseos, golden,
and stoma, mouth, — a surname given to St. John on account of
the fluency, sweetness, and purity of his eloquence. This great
bishop and doctor of the Church was born at Antioch in 344.
Writing a short time before his death, from the place of his
exile in Armenia, he thus expresses himself; "I daily exult,
and am transported with joy under ray sufferings, in which I
find a hidden treasure."

For " Ingenuitv," see p. 79 ; " Intervals," and " Phenomenon," p.
29 ; " Manifestation," p. 57; '* Ecclesiastical," p. 166; " Testi-
mony," p. 70 ; and «' Historians," p. 82.

1. The emperor Julian, the immediate successor of
the sons of Gonstantine, had apostatized from the
Christian faith, openly professed himself a pagan, and
endeavored, by every means which^the most malig-

oius, — im,

101

nant ingenuity could devise, to extirpate the religion
hft had abandoned. All his efForls wore unavailing;
but the very malignity of the impious prince was
soon to furnish additional testimony to the divinity of
our Redeemer, and to the truth and perp(?tnity of his
doctrine. The Jewish temple had long been in ruins,
its sacrifices abolished and ahnost forgotten. The
♦prophet Daniel had distinctly foretold its final desola-
tion ; and our Redeemer himself had expressly de-
clared, thai not one stone of it should remain upon
another. In order to falsify these predictions, and
thus to render the Christian religion contemptible,
Julian assembled the chief among the Jews, en(;oura-
ged them to renew their ancient sacrifices, and, as Je-
rusalem was the only place at which the Jewish law
permitted those sacrifices to be olfered, he promised tcr
assist them in rebuilding their temple. He then col-
lected the ablest workmen from all parts of the empire,
hired numerous laborers, and committed the superin-
tendence of the work to Alipius, one of his most
faithful olficers.

•4

;' ji

''■i'-H

2. The Jews repaired in triumph to Jerusalem
from all parts of the world, proclaiming everywhere,
that the kingdom of Israel was about to be re-estab-
lished. That they might participate in the glory of
the enterprise, the women of every rank assisted iii
digging the foundations, and carried their enthusiasm
so far as to remove the rubbish in their gowns and
aprons. The rich contributed their most costly orna-
ments, and it is even said, that either through respect
or ostentation, several of the spades and baskets used
in the prosecution of the work, were made of silver.
The Jews, long the object of opprobrium, now sud-
denly elevated by the protection of the imperial apos-
tate, failed not to insult the Christians in every possi-
ble manner. The holy bishop, St. Cyril, on his re-
turn from banishment, witnessed their efforts without
tlie least emotion. He assured the faithful that they
Would soon receive a striking demonstration of the

X^3
J

t '■

i; '

i 1 f

I
t

"■■■•:■■ t t

J ■,'

192

11 n potency of men and of the extravagance of their
opposition to the decrees of Heaven.

I'll!

3. The remains of the ancient temple W(M*e easily-
destroyed, so that, according to the very letter of the
Scriptures, not a stone was left npon a stone. Tlie^
fonndations of the intended hnilding were prepared,
bnt jis soon as the first stones were laid, a frightful
earthcpiake threw them from their places, and scat-
tered them to a considerable distance. The greater
part of the neighboring buildings were destroyed ;
amongst others, the porticoes to which the Jewish
workmen had retired ; all of whom were either
maimed and bruised, or crushed to death beneath the
ruins. Whirlwinds arose, which swept away the
lime, sand, and other materials, which had been col-
lected in immense qnantities. But a still more awful
phenomenon presented itself: large balls of fire were
thrown up from the foundations, which rolled with
terrific rapidity in every direction, overwhelming the
workmen and consuming them to the bones, or redu-
cing them entirely to ashes. In a few moments the
entire scene became a desert. The flames spread
themselves to a building at some distance, in which
the hammers, pickaxes, and other tools of the work-
men were deposited, and instantly melted them down.
A stream of liquid fire flowed around the place, burst-
ing forth at intervals, and burning and scorching the
wretched Jews, on whom it exclusively exercised its
fury. This terrible phenomenon was repeatedly re-
newed during the day. At night crosses were seen
imprinted on the garments of the Jews, which no
efforts could possibly wash out, and a bright shining
cross appeared in the heavens, which extended from
Calvary even to Mount Olivet. The obstinate Jews
returned frequently to the work, but were each time
miraculously forced to retire ; so that many among
them, and a still greater number of the idolaters,
openly confessed the divinity of Jesus Christ, and
begged the sacrament of baptism.

l'J3

This extraordinary manifestation of divinp powor
is mentioned by all ecclesiastical historians, ami evtMi
by several pagans. St. Gregory Nazianzen, St. Am-
brose, and St. John Chrysostoni speak of it as a fact
of recent occnrrenc<?, of which their auditors were
themselves eye witnesses. St. Ghrysostom in [)artic-
iilar adds, that the foundation dug by the Jews wen*
yet to be seen, and served as indis[)utal)le evidence
of what impiety had attempted, but could not ac-
complish.

Bkrcastel.

LESSON II.

SII.K.

Silk, n., the matrrial as spun in tliri\i(ls l)y tlio worm, or a ma-
nufacture of that material. Ddu silk, from seriaun. L., sericon,
G., from the Sores, (tho people ofCith.iy,) wli'i to jk their name
from ser, the worm, aboundino^ in tli(!:r wuo is, which produces
the silk.

PuGDUc'TmN, n., th3 thing made, jiDduced, or l)ronght Ibrtli. V.
wodutiion, from (L.) pioducere — pro, and diiccre, to lead or

jrmg.

Con's'jitutes, v., forms or makes ; — from iL.) consliltio, — con, and

staiiio, I make, place, or ai)point.
Envel'op, v., to cover round, to roll in or involve. F. envclo;^per ;

L. involvo, — m, and volvo, I roll oi- f dd.
Chrysalis, (kris"-). ?i , the ])i'iinary visible cliango of any species

of worm to the lly state. L. c/injsalis, a worm, of whitdi coaies

the butterfly, from (G.) chnjsos, gold, — iii allusion to the color

of several of tliat species.
Emerge', v., to come forth, to rise out of (any Ihing i!i wiiich ii iij

covered.) See •' Emergency," p. 14i.
Glu'tinous, a., tenacious, viscid, glu'^y. F. (jlulineux, from (L (

gluten, glue, and this from (G.) glia, any adhesive substance.
Brocade', n., silk or satin striped with gold or silver. S. brocadu ;

F. brocard, from broche, the needle or bodkin used in embroidery.
Vel'vet, n., silk with solt, short fur upon it. I. vellulo, liom

villo, woolliness.
Gli'mate, n., a term applied to a region ditl'ering in temperature

from another. F. climai, from (G.) klima, the bending of iho

heavens, from klino, I bend.

For "Lustre," see p. 94; and " Transparent," p 129.
). Silk is the production of a caterpillar, and con

, 111*."
It*-''-

M i

'' ', !■>

'Ml

J . •

f Hi -*<

m >

, » o.

I 4 %
»■ ,,'1

i: 1

1 1

■■ ' i 1

«i,

194

Ftitiitcs llic covcrinf? in wliich it onvolops itself whon
it cliaiij^cs iVniii lli(i larva or dis.^uisod state, to that of
tiie clinjsalis. From llie latter iuaiiiniate condition
it emerges as a motli, andliaving laid its eggs, it soon
dies.

2. The cocoon, or web of the silk-worm, is an oval
ball of silk, wliich it has spnn ont of a snbstance se-
creted in its own body. The shades of the silk vary
from the jialest straw-color to deep yellow. In a
state of natnre the silk-worms form their cocoons
upon the ninlb(M'ry-tree itself, where they shine like
golden frnits amidst the leaves : bnt tlie colder climates
of Enrope will not allow of their being reared in the
open air. They are, in conseqnence, kept in warm
but airv rooms, and fed with mnlberrv-leaves till thev
are fully grown. Tliey change their skin several times
while tiiey are in the caterpillar state; at length they
become so full of the silkv matter, that it gives them
a yellowish tinge : they then cease to eat. At this
indication of their approaching change, twigs are
placed over them upon little stages of wicker-work,
on wliich they immediately begin to form their webs.
When these are finished, the downy matter on the
outside, called floss^ is taken off, and the cocoons are
thrown into warm water, to dissolve the glutinons
particles which has caused the silk to adhere : the
ends of the threads being found, several are joined
together and wound upon a reel ; this is called raw-
silk. It next undergoes an operation to cleanse it,
and render it more supple ; after which it is twisted
mto threads of different degrees of fineness, as re-
quired by the weaver; in this state it is called thrown-
silk. The excellence of silk, as a material for dress,
consists in its strength, lightness, lustre, and its being
capable of taking the finest dyes. Silk may be made
into substances varying in thickness, from the finest
transparent gauze to the richest velvets and brocades.
Our manufactures are supplied with silk chiefly
from China, Persia, and Italy. France is the most

whon
liiit of
(Uliou
L soon

hgs

195

northern cU mate in which silk is produced in any
quantity.

Mayo.

LESSON III.

NATURES MIRACLES.

What prodigies can Power Divine perform
More grand, than it produces year by year,
And all in sight oi" inattentive man "

Familii

ith th' effect.

reguJ

-light the cause,

constancy of nature's course,

ir return of genial months,
And renovation of a faded world,
See naught to wonder at. Should God again,
As once in Gabaon, interrupt the race
Of the undeviating and punctual sun,
How would the world admire ! But speaks it less
An agency Divine, to make him know
The moment when to sink, and when to rise.
Age after age, than to arrest his course?
All we behold is miracle ; but, seen
So duly, all is miracle in vain.
Where now the vital energy that moved.
While summer was, the pure and subtile lymph
Through. th' imperceptible meandering veins
Of leaf and flower ? It sleeps ; and th' icy touch
Of unprolific winter has impress'd
A cold stagnation on the intestine tide.
But, let the months go round, a few short months,
And all shall be restored. These naked shoots,
Barren as lances, among which the wind
Makes wintry music, sighing as it goes.
Shall put their graceful foliage on again.
And more aspiring, and with ampler spread,
Shall boast new charms, and more thaii they have los6
From death to plenty, and from death to life,
Is nature's progress when she lectures man

Ift
I

*<i

'■■1

,mfK-»r '

JC.-f.

•■\-

. .fy

S '

1 "

fttt]

1^}

JSt'

19G

In heavenly truth ; evincing, as she makes

Tho grand transition, that there lives and works

A soul in all things, and that soul is God.

Tlio beauties of the wilderness are his,

That make so gay the solitary place,

Wher(3 no eye sees them. And the fairer forms,

That cultivation glories in, are his.

He sets the bright procession on its way,

And marshals all the order of the year;

He marks the bounds, which Winter may not pass,

And blunts its pointed fury : in its case,

Russet and rude, folds up the tender germ

Uuiujured, with inimitable art;

And, ere one llow'ry season fades and dies.

Designs the blooming wonders of the next.

The Lord of all, Himself through all diirused.

Sustains, and is the life of all that lives.

Nature is but a name for an effect,

Whose cause is God. One spirit — His,

\\ ho wore the platted thorns with bleeding brows —

Rules universal nature. Not a flower

But shows some touch, in freckle, streak, or stain,

Of his unrivaU'd pencil. He inspires

Their balmy odors, and imparts their hues,

And bathes their eyes with nectar, and includes,

In grains as countless as the seaside sands.

The forms with which he sprinkles all the earth.

Happy who walks with him ! whom what he finds

Of flavor or of scent in fruit or flower.

Or what he views of beautiful or grand

In nature, from the broad majestic oak

To the green blade that twinkles in the sun,

Prompts with remembrance of a present God.

COWPEH.

CHANCE.

Chance can do nothing — there's no turn of ea^th,
No, not the blowing of the summer-wiwi,

liHiS.A^

197

Or the iinstrihln sailing; of a cloud.
Much more th(; destiny of miglity states,
But hath a will that orders it.

Croly.

'■

III

LESSON IV,

IRISH MUSIC.

In'tei.i.ect, n., tlio fanulty of mind which perci^vos or iindfrstands.
F. intellerj , from (L.) iniclligrve, — inler, and lei/cre, to choost\
— to clioost! bi'lwct'ii ; to si'o or perceivn IhedillVM-i'iicc lictwi'on.

Ex'QUisiTK.rt., cniisuminalc, jitTli'd — oonstuiiit'ntly.siioh as would
be stileoli'd ur sought out. L. exqiiisilus, i'vom cjuiiiiro—ex,
and qnarn, I search. 1 examine.

KrFii'sioNS, n., the things (here, the sweet, harmoiiioiis sounds or
strains) elicited Iroin or poured out. F. rlJ'usions, IVoui (L.)
e/l'undo, — ex. awl [undo, I pour.

Retk.n't!VKm:ss, n., having the quality of releiitiori, or of holding
or keeping in Ihi; memory. {'Hi'lenlion,'' and " Helenlive,'' F.)
from (L.) reli/ipo, — re, and teneo, I hold, ke(!p, (jr r.lain.

CARRicKFiiu'GUS, H., a suiali town in Antrim, on a bay of the samo
name, noted for its castle ; population about 4000." Iv. Carrnif/,
a. rock, — the castle stands on a 7'ock, — and Ferf/us, from a Kiiig
said to have been drownt'd near it.

B.\HD, n., a minstrel, a poet. Tht; kind of song sung by the })ards
was called bardilus, from Ger. hartm, to liglil ; because their
busine>s was to kindle warlike courage by lli nr s iig. The
Druids of Ireland were lik<'wise the pofls, and were by thi'ir
learning, vastly sujx'rior to thMr continental brethren, wlio
were forbidden to cultivate the use of letters.

Psalmody, n., the act of singing sacred songs to stringed or other
instruments. L. psalmodia, frompsallo, G., I touch (th(^ strings),
and aeido, 1 sing

HvpoTn"KSis,n., a supposition ; that which is placed undrr discus-
sion. L. and G. lujpothesis — hypo, or liupo, under, and lilheini,
I put or place.

(rRA.Tu'iTOus, a., voluntary; granted from mei-e kindness: — in this
place, — asserted without proof. L.gratuilns, I'wm f/ral is, freely.

AssuMt*"TioN, 71., Ih'.' suppo-iliun of any thing without farther
proof, the taking a thing for granted. F. assompl ion, from (Ti.)
assuino, — ad, and mimo, I lake.

For "Melody," seep. 172; " Medium," j). 153; Monastery," p. 42 ;
Oiid " Missionary,'" p. 55.

How little nrusic, though so powerful in its influence

! K.

1 .'P

.!■

. M \

« -t. '■ i

■■*-mMmm»mfimmmM0m^.-

,*■^. -

193

^i ^

on the feelings, either springs from, or is dependent
upon, intellect, appears from the fact, that some of
the most exquisil effusions of this art have had their
origin among people the most simple and unartificial ;
nor can all that taste and science bring ailerwards to
the task, do more, in general, than diversify, by new
combinations, those first wild strains of gayety or pas-
sion into which nature had infused her original inspi-
ration. In Greece, the sweetness ol" the ancient music
had already been lost, when all the other arts were
but on their way to perfection ; and from the accounii
given by Giraldus Cambrensis of the- Irish harpers
of the twelfth century, it may be inferred that the
melodies of the country, at the earlier period of which
we are speaking, were in some degree, like the first
music of the infant age of Greece, and partook of the
fresiiness of that morning of mind and hope, which
was then awakening around them.

2. With respect to the structure of the ancient Irish
harp, there does not appear to have been any thing
accurately ascertained ; but, from that retentiveness
of all belonging to the past which characterized this
people, it appears most probable that their favorite
instrument was kept sacredly unaltered; and remained
the same, perhaps, in later times, when it charmed the
ears of English poets and philosophers, as when it had
been modulated by the bard, Gronan; in the sixth cen-
tury, upon the banks of the lake Kee.

3. It would appear that the church music, likewise,
of the Irish, enjoyed no inconsiderable repute in the
seventh century, as we find Gertrude, the daughter of
the potent mayor of the palace, Pepin, sending to Ire-
land for persons qualified to instruct the nuns of the
abbey of Nivelle in psalmody ; and the great monas-
tery of Bangor, or Benchoir, near Garrickfergus, is
supposed, by Ware, to have derived its name from the
white choir which belonged to it. '

4. A certain sect of antiquarians, whose favorite ob-
ject is to prove that the Irish Church was in noj

HI'

' A'4 /

the
ter of
Ire-
the
onas-
:us, is

199

respect connected with Rome, heave imagined some
mode by which, through the medium of Asiatic mis-
sionaries, her chant, or psalmody, might have been
derived to her directly from tht3 Greeks. But their
whole hypothesis is shown to bo a train of mere gra-
tuitous assumption ; and it is little doubted, that before
the introduction of the Latin or Gregorian chants by
St. Malachy, which took place in the twelfth century,
the style of music followed by the Irish, in their church-
service, was that which had been introduced by St.
Patrick and his companions from Gaul.

Moore.

LESSON V.

AFRICA.

Af'rica, one of the great divisions of the world. It is throe times
as large as Europe, with only one-lhird the poj). of Iho latter.
Africa has, therefore, only 7 inhabitants to the S({. m., Europe,
63 ; hence, Europe is, relalivoiy, 9 times, and absolutely, 3J
times as populous as Africa. The name Africa was given some-
times to the Roman Province, and snmutimos to the vast tract
\V. of the Sinus Arahicus, or Rod Sea.

Bah'bauy (States), a general name for the countries lying along
the Southern co.ist of the Moditeiranean, from the Atlantic to
Egypt. The B. States are 2,700 m. long, and 150 m. broad;
poji. 10 mil. ISarbary is derived from the name of its ancient
inhabitants, the Berbers.

Moroc'i^o, an extensive empire in Barbary. Its chief town, Mo-
rocco, or Morakash, wis founded in 1052. Morocco, in Ar.
means the Extreme West, in refercnc ? to the other B. States. It
formed, together with Fez or Vai, the ancient Maurilania.

Algiers', one of the B. States, and fonuerly the grand seat of
piratical warfare, is now in possession of the French. Its chief
town is Algiers or Algier, from Al-Jezirah, the Island (opposite
the city), now connected with the city. A. N. Numidia.

Tu'nis, Trip'oli, and Bar'ga, the remaining States of Barbary.
The ancient Carthage stood near the tirst named. Tunis was
called Af'rica Propria : and, though small, had a greater num-
ber of towns than the other States, owing to its higher degree
of civilization. A. N. of Tripoli, Tripolitana, and of Barca,
Lybia, in which was the city of " Cyrene."

E'gypt, Nu'iuA,-and Abyssinu, or the *♦ Region of the Nile," is

tr^-

:■[ I

\[-i

w.i

111

y- 1*

■ -m.

i n

' f i^'K ^ !

!-'i, ■■* !

■i -J :

. , Mi;

9 ^«l:l M

/ali

., , i -'■ ' 'i

> ,. , „ i: '1

1—. t

^ '

r ^, i

'^ ^d . ^- ^

«ji ' . ^^ ■■

< i\

4 i

200

j^ '■''

\mt'%

W 't:

callnd N. ETstorn Africa and comprises tho countries borderin*
on tho I^cd So.'i. Egypt is supposed to have been tirst peopled
by ili(3 immediate di'scendants of Cham, son of Noe. In Lower
Egypt was Alexandria, founfJed by Alexander the Great. In
UppiT Egypt was Theba3 or Diospolis, said to have 100 gates.
Egypt contains 140,000 sq. m., the habitable part of which lies
along the Delia, or valley of the Nile, and is 4,500 sq. m. in area,
with I pop. of 2 mil. A. N? Mgyplus. Nubia contains 360,000
S([. m. ; pop. 2 mil. Auyssinia is twice the area of Egypt, With
more than double its pop. Nubia and Abyssinia were the
ancient /B/iiopia.

Nn.E, a celebrated river of N. Eastern Africa, formed by the junc-
tion of two great streams — the B(£hr-el-Azrek, or Blue River,
from the S. E., and Bahr-el-Abiad, or White River, from the S.
W. At the point of Junction, the former is 1,300 feet in breadth,
tho latter l,S()0. The Delia i? formed by these two branches.

SE.NKf;AM"niA, a country of VVeslern Africa, so called from the rivt^rg
Senegal ixnd Gambia — the former 050, the latter 090 miles in ""j
I'-ngili — which flow Ihningh it inio the Atlantic.

CAFFnx'iuA, a country of SoulliPrn Africa. Caffraria signifies the
country of the C«///'^.v or Inlideis; the natives call themselves
the Koussis, and will not recognize any other name.

Oasis or Auasis (o"-a-sis), a Coj^tic or Egyptian word, preseryed
by the Arabs, signifying a small, inhabited tract, stirround^d
by vast deserts, like an island in the ocean. ^ f

1. Africa, considered in relation to its place on
the map of the world, forms an ex ensive contMient,
situated nearly in the centre of the .^aflh. It is
bounded, nor//i, by the Mediterranean Sea; ivest^hy
the Atlantic Ocean; souths hj the Southern Ocean;
and cast^ by the Indian Ocean, the Red Sea, artd the
Isthmn.s of Suez. Its length from the Mediterranean
Sea to the Gape of Good Hope, is nearly 5,000 miles ;
and its greatest breadth, from Gape Verde to Gape
Guardafui, about 4,500. It contains eleven millions
of square miles, and a population of seventy millions.
It<; "principal divisions are Barbary^ comprehending
Barcn, Tripoli, Tunis, Algiers, Fez, and Morocco;
Sahara^ or the Great Dcseyt^ Scnegatnbia, Upper
Guinea, and Lower Guinea ; Cape Colony^ Gaflraria,
and the country of the Hottentots; Mocaranga^ Mo-
zambique, Zanguebar, Ajan, Abyssinia, Nubia, and
Egypt ; and Negroland or NlgriUa^ or (as the Arabs
call it) Soudan., comprehending Timbuctoo, Bambarra,
Houssa, Bournou, and Darfur. < The interior and the

southern part of Africa were totally unknown to the
great nations of antiquity. There is no reason to
suppose, that they thought of extending their con-
quests to regrofn^ .\vhich, on account of the intense
heat of the sun, they'dfe^med uninhabitable. To the
Portuguese, who, in Ih j (;U)se of the fifteenth C(3ntnry,
discovered and sailed round the Cape of Good Hope,
are we indebted for our first knowledge of the shape
and extent of this continent. They remained stran-
gers, how(3ver, to the interior of the country, and
notwithstanding the onterprise of modern travellers,
we are yet comparatively unacquainted with these
vast regions; the excessive heat of the climate, the
burning sands of the deserts, and the total absence of
interior communication by water, presenting insuTk
perable obstacles to our inquiries. One pecnliarity of
Africa is, that it is situated almost entirely within
the torrid zone, and thus placed under the immediate
dominion of the sun, the consequence of which is,
that at least one-half of this vast continent is con-
verted into hot and sandy deserts.

2. The Sahara, or Great Desert, with the exception
of the long and narrow valley of the Nile, extends
across the entire continent, presenting a dry and
arid waste, in which, for several days, the ti'aveller
meets not a single drop of waiter, nor the slightest
trace of life or vegetation. The sands are occasion-
ally raised in large masses, which roll along like the
waves of the ocean, and beneath which, it is said,
large caravans, and even whole tribes, have been
sometimes buried. Small spots of great beauty and
fertility, called oases^ are interspersed through this
vast desert, which serve as agreeable resting-places
for the traveller. They are densely peopled, carefully
cultivated, and governed by petty princes.

3. The countries bordering on the Mediterranean
were distinguished in ancient history. Egypt had
attained a high degree of civilization at a very remote
period; and Carthage, the first commercial nation of
antiquity, disputed with Rome the empire of the world.

*:>.

. 1

i ■ , '

i i

n f

■I I

t »

!■

202

These countries are remarkable for their fertility,
and might, under proper culture, be made to vie
with the most favored regions of the earth. The
countries along the eastern and western coasts are
also fruitful, producing the most delicious fruits, and
plants of extraordinary size.

4. The Nile is the only river in Africa, of any con-
siderable magnitude, which falls into the Mediterra-
nean Sea. The rivers which flow into the Atlantic
are numerous, but inconsiderable when compared
with the great rivers of other continents. The prin-
cipal are — the Niger, Senegal, Gambia, Rio Grande,
Congo, and Orange. The Zambezi flows into the
Indian Ocean. The termination of the Niger was
long unknown ; it is now generally believed, that
after a course nearly as long as that of the Nile, it
flows through different mouths into the Gulf of Benin.
Numberless African rivers never reach the ocean, but
terminate in lakes, or are lost in the sand.

5. The mountains of Africa are more remarkable for
their breadth than height ; they form, as it were, one
great plateau^ presenting towards each coast a succes-
sion of terraces, on which, during the rainy season,
immense sheets of water, or temporary lakes, are form-
ed. These overflow their boundaries, and pour down
large volumes of water, which cause the regular annual
overflowing of the Nile, the Niger, the Senegal, and of
many minor rivers.

6. Africa, considered either in a political or moral
point of view, occupies the lowest place among the
divisions of the earth. It contains three distinct varie-
ties of inhabitants : in the north, the Moors, descended
from the , Mahometan Arabs, resembling Europeans,
except in their complexion, which is dark ; in the
middle, the Negroes, distinguished by their black skin,
thick lips, and woolly hair ; and in the south and
southeast, the Caffres, varying in complexion, from a
yeliowirti brown to a shining black, and having the

203

■ i

hair and features less strongly marked with the Negro
character.

C. B.

\\\u

LESSON VI.

THE SEVEN CHURCHES — GLENDALOUGH.

Seques'trred, a., rntircd, lonely, secluded. L, sequeslratus, from
sequeste?\ an aibilrator, from sequor, I follow — because II113
judgment of an arbitiMtor is Ibllowed by each parly.

Gno'mon, n., the hand or index of a sun-dial : one who, or that
which, points out. F. L. and G. gnomon, from gignnsko, G., I
know.

Gran'ite, n., a kind of stone, so called on account of the distinct-
ness and minuteness of its grains. F. granit, from granum, L. a
grain.

Gon'trovf.hsy, n., disputation, debate. L. conlroversia, from con-
Ira, and verlo, I turn, I overturn.

Thiull'i^g, a., piercing ; penetrating : the term is apjilied to what
produces a tremulous motion or tingling sensation : — from A.S.
Ikirlian, to thrill, to [lierce.

Im'pulse, w., influence acting on the mind ; motive ; communicated
force. L. impulsus, im and pulsus, from puis urn, p. pi. of pello,
I drive.

FrattRance, n., a grateful odor; sweetness of smell. L.fragran-
tia, kom fragere, to smell sweetly.

Theatre, (-tur). n., a place in which shows are ox!iibit(Ml ; a play-
house. F. lliecHre ; G. Ihcalron, from theaomai, 1 behold.

Suislim'ity, n., greatness, excellence, loftiness. F. sublimiU, from
sublimis, L., lofty.

Econ'omy. n., wise arrangement, management, or government of.
I. and S. economia, from (G.) oikos, a house, and nomas, a law.

For " Foliage," see p. 40: " Dissii)ation, p. 53; " Fundamental,"
p. 180; "Novelty," p. IGO.

1. A GENTLE morning in spring beheld I he writer
descending tlie sequestered road which leads to the
valley of the Seven Churches. This exquisite scone
of loneliness and gloom was cheered at the monionl;
by a partial gleam of sunshine, which shone on the
deserted churches, and Hung the shadow of the round
tower, a '• gnomon raised by time to count his ran-
turies," across the uneven plain on w*hicli it stands. I
paused to look upon the lake which lay beyond the
ruins; a cold and motionless expanse of water, prisoned

.U't.- /I

I i ^1

i 1 • •!■
; . til v '■

^ I

SJ,\

y^ >■

'»

r '

i'l

"•It

> ■

■ .1.

"^.i

««..

■'•-.

i t

■"■'.u '

' '■

•■I

-i

'■■■ \

.-M

...J,

204

m by mountains of rugged granite, with scanty traces
of foliage to qualify the rudeness of the clifted heights.
Yet there was more of a religious sadness than of
Hterness or terror in the charael(3r of the scene. It
was a fitting solitude for the abode of those who fled
to its quiet sanctuaries in ages long gone by, to
repair the passionate excesses of early life, or to
preserve their youthful iiniocence, and meditate in
sorrow, rather than in anger, on the thonghtlessness
of mem.

"2. Hv^re it is, returning from the turmoil of liOndon,
and agitating pnrsuits, that the wanderer fools all the
folly and idleness of the life which he has lod ; that
his heart sickens at the recollection of tho dissipation
of cities ; tiiathe opens his soul to nature as to a long-
forsaken mother, and thinks, with an aching bosom,
of the purity, the simplicity, the religious regularity
of his childhood. Here it is, that we seem once more,
in the keenness of awakened memory, to lose those
friends that have been snatched away from us by death
or distance ; that the still reproaches of that mysterious
principle in our nature, which points to the eternal ob-
jects of our existence, steal upward through the tumult
of our passions and our interests, and speak to our
hearts like the voice of a long-forgolten friend. The
rocks and woods, the lakes and waterfalls, the ruins
and the sober daylight, and the whisper of the per-
suasive wind, in scenes like this, convince the heart
more readily than volumes of ingenious controversy,
read over with aching head and weary eyes in the
midnight chamber.

3. Here we feel the truth that is too bright even foi
the eagle-eye of reason to contemplate. Ambition
seems a dream, philosophy a guess ; our spirits seems
to mount above its tenement, and to behold the pas-
sions, the faculties, the sciences, and the occupations
of man, at that leisurely elevation, where alone it can
become acquainted with their relative value. Here
we discover all the superiority of virtue over knowl-

205

edge, and remember, with all that zest which feeling
gives, even to the oldest truths, those fundamental
principles of virtue, which, in our days of feverish
inquiry, we were accustomed to despise for their want
of novelty.

4. As the thrilling mnsic of the Christian churches
first drew those tears from the eyes of St. Augustino,
which he afterwards shed from a purer and lollior
impulse ; so here we are won back to the love of inno-
cence by the poetry of nature. Slio reproaches us
with havingso long preferred, to her infniite vari(?ties
of form and color, of sound and fragrance, the coarse-
ness of scenic imitations, and all the low artificial
mockeries of her excellence, which the palaces of art
present to us. She seems to open her arms, and invite
ns to "return!" to blush for the meanness of our
taste; to forsake the theatre, the picture gallery, the
library ; and to study character in h(;r towns and vil-
lages, beauty m her plains and valleys, sublimity in
her mountains, and wisdom in the economy of her
mighty system.

G. Griffin.

5. Glsndalough. — The lone and singularly wild
valley of Glendalough, in the county of Wicklow,
lying at a distance of about twenty-four miles from
the metropolis, presents a scene which, for stern and
desolate grandeur, is in many respects unsurpassed.
Huge, gloomy mountains, upon which clouds almost
continually rest, encompass, and in some places over-
hang, the silent and almost uninhabited glen. Two
little lakes, now appearing in the deepest shadow, now
reflecting the blue vault, according as the clouds above
them come or go, — a winding stream, and gray rocks
jutting here and there from out the heath, — form its
natural features. A noble monastic establishment,
round which a city subsequently rose, flourished, and
decayed, was founded here in the early part of the
sixth century by St. Kevin. The ruins of many
ecclesiastical structures yet remain, and " the long.

1 • ^t.'

J-

'*l^;

in 1 ''^]

1 :,

:l|

.■i $

-•-»''

/ 1

.1. :

'H.

206

continuous shadow of the lofty and slender Round
Tower moves slowly, from morn till eve, over wasted
churches,crnmbling oratories, shattered crosses,scathed
yew trees,and tombs, now undistinguishable, of iDishops,
abbots, and anchorites." How few of the gay tourists
by whom the glen is yearly visited, view these ruins
with any other feeling than tbat of idle and ignorant
curiosity ! Their ears have been poisoned with the
burlesque and lying tales (inventions of the last half
century) which the wretched men and women, mis-
called guides of the place, have composed for the
entertainment of the thoughtless. They wander un-
moved among shrines which, nearly thirteen centuries
ago, were raised in honor of their God, hymen joyous
and thankful in the feeling of certain immortality, —
men whose fathers in their youth had reverenced the
Druid as a more than human counsellor.

Wakeman.

~**^-

LESSON VII.

ON MAMMALIA.

Mamma'lu, n., that class or species of animals that are nourished,
while young, at the breast or paps. Mammalia, from mamma,
L., a breast, a mother ; G. mamme, a mother.

Articiila'tions, n., the junctures or joints of bones. F. articula-
tions ; L. arliculus, a little joint, as a finger, from artus, a limb,
a large member, as an arm.

Elong'atkd. /)/., made long ; distinct from " extensible, " which
means capable of being made long, or stretched into length or
breadth. See " Longitudinal,!' p. 18.

Or'gan, w., that by which any tiling can be done; a natural ins-
trument ; the touch, sight, Ac, are organs or instruments of
sense. F. organe; G. organon, from orga, from ergein (ob.), to do.

Mastica'tion,?i., the act of chewing, bruising, or crushing the food
with the teeth. F. mastication. L. maslicare (ob. v.), to chew.

Al'iment, n., food. F. aliment, from ado, L., 1 nourish.

Ver'tical, a., a term applied to what is in (or acts in, as in this
plac) a downward direction; a point, perpendicular to the
horizon, in the zenith, or immediately over head. F. and S. ver-
tical; L. vertex, the head or top of any thing, the pole of the
world, that upon which any thing turns, — from veiHo, I turn.

n this
to the
ver-
of the
irn. ..

207

Horizon'tal., a., level, even with the ground ; parallel to tha
horizon. F. horizontal Seo " Ilnrizoii," p. 170.

IlEnBiv'onous, a., horb-enlinjj, ns graminivorous is grass-eating,
or living npnn grass. F. herbe, L. Iierba, an herb, and vara, I
devour, from bora, G., Ibod.

Ante'iuor, a., before ; sonietimos (as hen') used relatively to posi-
tion or siluatiun. and somelimos to time. L. anterior, fcom ante,
before.

1. The mammalia are pla(»o(l at the head of the
animal kingdom, not only because it is the class to
which we ourselves belong, but also because all the
species included in it enjoy the most numerous facul-
ties, the most delicate sensations, and the most varied
powers of motion.

2. As the quantity of respiration in the mammalia
is moderate, so, generally speaking, these animals are
formed for walking on the earth, but, at the same time,
with great force and permanence of exertion. To this
end, all the articulations of their frame have strictly
defined conformations, which determine all their mo-
tions with rigorous precision. Some, however, can
raise themselves in the air by means of limbs consid-
erably elongated, and connected by extensible mem-
branes. Others, again, have their limbs so much
shortened that they can move with facilifry in the
water only ; but these circumstances by no means de-
prive them of the essential characters of the class to
which they belong.

3. The most essential differences of the mammalia
among themselves are, first, in the organs of touch, on
which the dexterity of the animal mainly depends ;
and secondly, in those of mastication, which determino
the nature of the aliment proper to every species. On
these essential characters is founded the division of
the mammalia into orders. Every thing relating to
the digestive functions is closely connected with these
characters. The degree of perfection of the organs of
touch may be estimated according to the number and
movableness of the fingers, and according to the
greater or less proportion of depth in which th(4r ex-
tremity is inclosed in the claw or hoof. A hoof which

;..|

) '1

'lit

! i

ii ii

:r4

. » r'

, I'll-

■■'•I'

1 '
1

-.J

^^$":

H''

■

•i*-^"

• ■'«*•■.,

■«\,.;i'

A,,' '

:;1

;■, 1

completely envelops that part of the extremity which
would otherwise touch the ground, blunts the power
of tact, .*nd renders such extremity incapable oi seiz-
ing any thing. The opposite extreme to this is, when
a nail forms a single lamina on one side of the end of
the finger or toe only leaving to the other all its sen-
sibility.

4. The nature of the diet may be judged of by the
chock teeth, to the form of which the articulation
of lh(^ jaws invariably corresponds. For cutting tlosh,
the check-t(ioth are trenchant like a saw, and the
jaws ai'c titled together so as to move in the manner
of a pair of si^issors, and are incapable of any other
motion than that of simply opening and closing again
in a v(?rtical direction. The cheek-teeth adapted for
the mastication oj grains or roots, have a flattish
round upper surface, or rather the shape of a Hat coro-
net ; and the jaws possess the capacity of horizontal
motion. That the surface of such cheek-teeth should
keep that sort of inequality peculiar to a mill-stone,
their substance is composed of unequal hardness, some
of which parts wear sooner than others.

5. The hoofed animals are all of necessity herb-
ivorous, and possess teeth of this description, because
the conformation of their feet will not permit them to
seize a living prey. Animals with unguiculated or
clawed fingers or toes are susceptible of great varia-
tions in their modes of subsistence. Independently
of the form of the cheek-teeth, these animals differ
materially among themselves in the power of touch,
and. the facility with which the fingers and toes can
be put in motion. There is one characteristic which
has a prodigious influence on the dexterity of the
animals possessed of it, and multiplies greatly, or
varies, its modes of action. It is the faculty of oppos-
ing a thumb to the other fingers, and of being thus
enabled to seize with facility the smallest objects.
This is which constitutes what is properly called a
hand, which is found in its highest degree of perfec-

« (

* 1

20d

tion in the human species, amon^ whom the anterior
extremities are altogether at Hberty, and are thus
capable of being more effectnally employed in the art
of prehension. These different combinations, which
strictly determine the natnre of the various animals
of this class, have given rise to their divisions into
orders.

CUVIER.

LESSON VIII.

THE VARIOUS USES OF TREES AND PLANTS.

SuDSEn'viENT, a., subordinate; thn torm is applied to what subser-
ves, or serves under, another thing as an instrument : — from L.
subservio, — sub and servio, I serve, I am a slave.

Sus'tenance, n., food, maintenance, support. F. sustenlalion, from
(li.) siislineo, — sub. and teneo, I hold, I support.

Fah'ricatei), pi., manufictured, fashioned, formed. L. fabricatus,
from faber, L., a workman.

Couch (koutsh), n., a seat of repose. F. couche, from cubo, L., I
lie down.

Husbandry (huz-), n., tillnge (in this place) : it also moans the
thrifty, provident management of the husbandman, liy is a ter-
mination expressive of an act or employment. Husbomleipan.),
a husband, is said to bo from (A.S.) Iius, a house, and oua, to
conduct ; or, from house, and band, — one bound to a house or
farm, — a bondman.

liEF'rsE, n., any thing refused or rejected. F. refus, from (i'.) refu-
ser, and this from refulare, (ob.), re, and future, to i)our, — to
pour back, to reject.

God'let, n., a cup containing a largo quantity for one opening of
the mouth, for one draught or swallow. F. and D. gobelet, akin
to (Ir.) gob, a mouth, and goblel, a mouthful.

Sog'ket, n., the stem or trunk, or whatever else has an incision
or hollow, in which any thing is fixed or inserted. F. souchelle,
a diminutive of souclie, the stock or trunk.

Co'piousLY, ad., plentifully, abundantly. L, copiose, from copia,
plonty.

Admin'ister, v., contribute, dispense. F. adminislrer, from minis-
ter, L., a servant, an assistant, which is from minor, less, as
magister, master, fiom magis, more.

For " Stupendous," see p. 17 ; " Siiecimens,' p. 25; " Asylum," p.
123; " Inhabitants," p. 82; "Climate," p. 93 ; " Agree;ible," p.
162; " Tropical," p. 25 ; " Egypt," p. 199; «' Arabia and Persia,"
p. 177; ♦' Medicinal," p. 34; " Fibres," p. 125 : and " Appen-
dages," p. 48.

-.::t
-J'

' (ti

I 1

!li-

•

1 t

iri.

'Ml ':

V . ^

L^^yi

•'.TM'?!

. I. •.'<■

1 ti

i'^.-^bjkmamM.:-

4* *\

♦ ■• j!

210

1. Trees, those stiiponrloiis sporimcns of rrpalivo
art, sjn'cad not thoir wido-oxt.oiulod roots nor lift
their lol'ly h(\'i(ls in vain. HiMicath tlu'ir coolini,^
shades oni" tlorks and hcM'ds find a ('onirf)rtahln asylniu
from the scorcliing rays of thc^ snniiniM' sun. Tho
wild stra^'-h'rs of th(; forest have a plare of rest,
anion;^^ tiieir woods and thi('k(»ts ; whilst Ihc; featliery
songshM's of th(; f,n'0ve l)nil(i liieir little dwellinj^s in
security, and sing among their hi'anches; '' as for the
stork, flu; llr-trcM's ai*e her lionse." Hut in what varie
ty of rt^spoets, hesides afl'ording tin; inhahitants of
warm climates an agre(?ahle shelter fi'om the mid-d.iy
heat, do those, and the ditlerent members of the
shrubby race, yield their services, or are made sub-
servient lo the use of man !

2. The bread-fruit-tree of the Pacific Ocean, the (la!r-
palms which wave along the coasts of the Mediterra-
nean, the cd/abash of the West Indies, and cocod-nul-
tree of the East Indies, the eabbage-trcc of East Florida,
and the magncy or mati-tree of New Spain, and th(?
accommodating pawpaw^ which grows in tropical cli-
mates, both of the western and eastern world, are each
rendered remarkable for the number of other useful
properties they possess, besides contributing their ser-
vices, in the way of most suitable food, to the inhabi-
tants of those cfimes, in wdiich they severally grow.
Daring a considerable portion of the year, the bread-
fruit-tree affords the chief sustenance of the Society-
Islanders, it being in season eight months of the year.
The natives of these islands collect it without the
smallest trouble ; they have only to climb the trees to
gather its fruit. A l^ind of cloth is fabricated from
the bark ; the leaves are converted into towels and
wrappers ; the wood is made into boats and houses,
and a kind of cement is prepared by boiling the juice
in cocoa-nut oil.

3. Nearly every part of the date-tree may be con-
verted to some useful purpose. A considerable part
of the inhabitants of Egypt, of Arabia, of Persia, sub-

211

sist almost entirely on its frnif, and it is also ostoomod
for its niodiciiial virtues. From iln^ leaver Lln'v mako
cghcIk^s, baskets, mats, ba^s, iiid hrh.lx's; from llio
braiiclics, ra«,M's and fences ; from the tihres of tlu^
liou^iis, thread, ropes, and ri«:^Mn,L; ; fi'oin the saju a
spirituous Tkiuoi'; from lh(» wood, wiiieh also furuisht^s
fuel, th(; ])eams and I'afters of iionses, as well as somo
iini)lemenls of husbandry, are consti'urLed. The slum's
are f^n'ound to make oil, and the r(^fus(» is*,Mv«Mi to Iho
cattle. The shell of the fruit of the calabash is em-
ployed in tin; maunfaclure of water vessels, ^M)blets
aird cups of almost every descrii)tiou. So hai'd and
rlose-grain(Ml is the calabash, that, wlum it contains
any kind of fluid, it may even, it is said, be put on
the fire without injury. A medicinal Juice is (^xli'acted
I'lom this useful plant; and of it the Indians construct
some of their musical instruments.

1 1

■

1.'

1
J

i#'

■Jl,";

•1

, 4

LESSON IX.

USES OF TREES AND PLANTS (CONTINUED).

1. The cocoa-nut-tree supplies the inhabitants of the
countries in which it grows, with bread, milk, and oil ;
it affords them a strong spirit, vinegar, and barm ;
timber to- build their huts, and thatch lo cover them.
The shell is a useful article among their household
vessels, and the coarse fibrous husk surrounding it, as
well as the bark itself, is made into cloth and cordage.
Of the wood of the cocoa-nut-tree, sewed together with
a yarn spun from the bark, a vessel is constructed ;
of the same wood the mast is formed; of the bark and
fibrous covering of the shell, the sails are woven ; so
that from the different parts of this valuable vegetable,
the whole vessel, as well as the habitations of the na-
tives of the cocoa-nut islands, are completed. There
is a fibrous substance in the leaves of the cabbage-tree

:::; " \

h.'

\ ' ' .i

' -J

•■

. ■ ,1

.i^i'juP'

212

4' -/•

4 «

which is sometimes spun like hemp into different kinds
of cordage. The sockets and grooves, formed by the
broad part of the footstalks of the leaves, are used by
the negroes as cradles for their children. The trunks,
when cleared of the pith, serve as water-pipes and
gutters, and of the pith a kind of sago is manufactured.

2. The magney or mati-tree affords to the natives of
New Spain, where it grows copiously, water, wine, oil,
vinegar, honey, syrup, thread, needles, &c. In short,
there are no less than nineteen services, which this
tree, though small, yields to the inlfabitants. The
leaves serve for covering their houses ; out of its roots
strong and thick ropes are made ; and a fine yarn may
be spun out of the fibres of the leaves, which, being
converted into cloth, serves for the purpose of clothing.
The bark of the pawpaw-tree is manufactured by the
Indians into cordage. The leaves are used as soap,
and the stem is converted into water-pipes. It is said
that a small quantity of the juice, when rubbed upon
butcher's meat, renders it tender, without hurting its
quality.

3. The plantain and the banana^ the sago-palm and
the sugar-cane of the tropical regions, as well as the fig-
tree of the east, and the sugar maple of North America,
and the cow-tree mentioned by Humboldt, and the
butter-tree of Mungo Park, and the coff'ee and the tea-
tree^ and an endless variety of others, contribute to our
wants in the form of food. We have already noticed
the pitcher-plant ^besides which,there are several others,
which yield a supply of refreshing water. However,
We mast not let these, remarkable instances carry away
our thoughts from the no less useful, though much
more common, blessings of Providence, in these re
spects. But it is not only in the form of meat and
drink, that these vegetable appendages on the surface
of the earth administer their services ; for it is well
known, that we are indebted to the cottoi>plants of
America and the Indies, for our calieoea and muslins,

213

our fustians and corduroys, and other articles of
clothing.

Popular Philosophy.

i LESSON X.

THE .EOLIAN HARP.

iEo'LiAN Harp, n., an oblong, stringed instrument, played upon by

the winds. jEolus was the god of the winds, and king of the

Molian islands, so called from him : — D. and F. harpe ; A.S.

hearpe, from hearpian, to harp or play.
Violin', n., a fiddle; a stringed musical instrnmont. F. violnn,

from I. and S. viola, a stringf^d instrumont,^traced to ftdicula,

L., from fides, of the same signilication.
U'nison, n., harmony, concord ; a single sound. F. unisson, from

unus, L., one, and sono, I sound.
Bass or Base (both pr. bayse), n., a low, deep sound. Ger. and F.

bas ; I. basso, from (G.) basis, a foot — the lowest i)art of any

thing.
Vi'brates, v., moves to and fro with a tremulous motion ; shakes :

from vibro, L., I brandish, 1 shake.
Suspend'ed, pt., hung up. L. suspensus, from sursum, upward

(or sub, i. e., from below), and pendeo, I hang.
Flugtua'ting, a., moving like a wave ; rolling backward and for-
ward with uncertain motion. L. flucluans, from fluo, I flow.
Con'ceut, n.,a symphony or harmony of mingled sounds, elicited

from a number of instruments united in the same perl'urmance.

F. concert, — of dubious etymology.
Iilustra'tion, /I., elucidation, explanation. F. illustration. See

"Illustrious," p. 131.
Supernat'ural, a., more than, or above what is natural. F. sur-

naturel, from (L) super, above, and natura. See p. 111.

For "Alternately," see p. 27. For derivation of " Recede," see
'' Receding," p. 102; of "Intelligible," see " Intelligence," p.
105 ; and of " Commune," see " Communion," p. 41.

1. The iEolian Harp is a long box or case of light
wood, with harp or violin strings extended on its face.
These are generally tuned in perfect unison with each
other, or to the same pitch, as it is expressed, except
one, serving as hass, which is thicker than the others,
and vibrates only half as fast ; but when the harp is
suspended among trees, or in any other situation where

i'-'

n.t

, k

■''\

■■>k\'i

{' 'I

■-U

' ':^fl

-1

S>''U

1. 1

--1

\i ■

- , i; :

>-5 : ;

"i\

*^-J '•

,' f 1

*•*«»,

•.^>

.'^.

fv'i ,

j k

A :>

■ }

■i 1

■^ \

1 •'

'f '

I 1

1 V

I 1
111

!fe'**

li^*

214

the fluctuating breeze may reach it, each string, ac-
cording to the manner in which it receives the blast,
sounds either entire, or breaks into some of the simple
divisions above described ; the result of which is, the
production of the most pleasing combination and suc-
cession of sounds that ear has ever listened to, or fancy,
perhaps, conceived. After a pause, this fairy harp
may be heard beginning with a low and solemn note,
like the bass of distant music in the sky : the sound
then swells as if approaching, and other tones break
forth, mingling with the first and with each other : in
the combined and varying strain, sometimes one rloar
note predominates, and sometimes another, as if single
musicians alternately led the band ; and the concert
often seems to ' approach and again to recede, until
With the unequal breeze it dies away, and all is hushed
again.

2. It is no wonder that the ancients, who under-
stood not the nature of air, nor consequently even of
simple sound, should have deemed the music of the
iEolian harp supernatural, and, in their warm imagi-
nations, should have supposed that it was the strain
of invisible beings from above, come down in the
stillness of evening or night, to commune with men
in a heavenly language of soul, intelligible to both.
But even now, that we understand it well, there are
few persons so insensible to what is delicate and beau-
tiful in nature, as to listen to this wild music witnout
emotion ; while the informed ear finds it additionally
dehghtful, as affording an admirable illustration of
those laws of sound which human ingenuity at last
has traced.

Arnott.

FRAGMENT.

Lull'd in the countless chambers of the brain,
Our thoughts are link'd by many a hidden chain.

•):'

215

'^•H*

Awake but one, and lo I what myriads rise I
Each stamps its image as the other flies !
Each, as the various avenues of sense,
Delight or sorrow to the soul dispense.
Brightens, or fades, yet all with magic art
Control the latent fibres of the heart.

Rogers.

LESSON XL

AMERICA.

Chris'topher, n., one who carries Christ. G. Chrislopheros, —
Christos, Christ, or the Anointed, and pfiero, I carry.

Arg'tig O'cean (-shun), the vast cxpan^^e ul" water lying N. of
Europe, Asia, and America, joining the Pacillc at Bhering's
Straits. L. Arlicus, northern, — lying near the polar star, which
is in the constellation of the Deaj\ — from (G.) arklos, a bear.
F. ocean, perhaps from (G.) okus, swift; and naein, to flow.

TiERRA delFuego (tee-er-ra-(iel-foo-e'-go). an island of S. America
separated from Patagonia JDy the Straiis of Magellan. From the
number of volcanoes observed in it by the lirst navigators who
explored its coast, thev styled it Tierra del Ficego, the " land of
fire."

Colom'bia, a federal district of N. A., between Maryland and Vir-
ginia, 10 miles sq. : also one of the great divisions of S. A. ; area
li mil. sq. m., with ^ mil. of inhabitants : — sometimes the a|)pel-
lation is given to the entire continent. Colombia, from Columbus,
the discoverer : — L. columhus, a dove.

Brazil', a country of S. A., 3 mil. sq. m." in area, with a pop. of 7
mil. : — or, 15 times the size of France, with only ^t!i of i!s pop.
Brazil, so named from the abundance of 6ra:;t7-iroo(/ ^Ir^t found
there.

BoLiv'iA, the republic of Upper Peru, 400,000 sq. m. in area ; pop.
about \^ mil. Bolivia, Irom Bolivar, who effected its in(le})end-
ence: he died in 1830.

Patago'nia, the name of the southern extremity of S. A., 330,000
sq. m. in area, with a i)()p. of 300,000. It was formerly called
Magellan's Land, from the discoverer ; now Patagonia, from
the Patagons, an Indian tribe.

Mississip'pi, a river of N. A., which forms, with itstribulories, one
of the greatest water-systems in the world, draining an arr-a of
country of about IJ mil. sq. m. Mississippi, " Father of Waters."

Am'azon, a river of S. A., 4,700 miles in length, and navigable
2,000 in a direct line from the ocean. It leceives the watrs
of 200 rivers in its course, some of which are as large as the

■} i

:::i-.i

rJ •,

216

Danube, and drains upwards of 2,400,000 sq. m. Orellano called
the country along the river, Amazonia, — the land of Amazons,
a name given to some hi^roines of antiquity, who resided near
the Caspian Sea in Asia and of whom he was reminded by com-
panies of armed women, whom he saw on its shores : — whence
the name of the river.
An'des, a stupendous mountain-chain in S. A,, extending from the
straits of Magellan to the Isthmus of Darien. The mountains of
N. A. may be regarded as a continuation of the Andes, the
whole chain, therefore, extends upwards of 9,000 miles. Andes,
from the Peruvian word — anli, signifying copper.

1. This great division of land is called the New-
World^ because discovered at a comparatively recent
period. It was unknown to the Europeans until 1402,
when it was discovered by Christopher Colombus, a
Genoese, in the service of Spain, iu attempting to
explore a western passage to the East Indies. In the
following year, Amerigo Vespucci sailed thither, and,
from the interesting account which he gave of the
country, the whole continent has obtained his name.
It is naturally divided into two great portions, called
by geographers North and South America. Its moun-
tains, rivers, forests, and lakes, are on scales of the
first magnitude ; and, as a whole, il is the longest
mass of land on the globe, extending from Cape
Horn to the Arctic Ocean, a distance of nearly 9,000
miles.

2. North America extends in length from ten de-
grees north latitude towards the polar regions, 4,500
miles ; its breadth from east to west is nearly 3,500
miles. Its superficial area, including the West India
Islands, may be estimated at about nine milUons of
square miles, or more than double the size of Europe.
Its principal divisions are, Russian America, British
America, United States, Mexico, Guatimala, and the
West India Islands. South America reaches from the
Caribbean Sea to Gape Horn : its length from north
to south is 4,600 miles ; its breadth from east to west,
3,160; and its superficial area including Tierra del
Fuego and otlv.r islands, is computed at eight millions
of square miles. It comprises Colombia^ Guiana, Bra-

217

zil, Peru, Bolivia or Upper Peru, Paraguay, Baiida
Oriental, La Plata, Gliili, and Patagonia.

3. The stupendous mountain-chain which traverses
this continent from north to south, is composed of
several great groups and series of chains, incloshig
vast plains. The great rivers of both divisions have
their sources in the mountains, and the intermediate
plains form the basins of these immense currents of
iVesh water. The valleys of the Mississippi and Mis-
souri are bounded on the west by the Rocky Moun-
tains, and on the east by the Alleghanies. The Rio
de la Plata {River of Silver) Hows in a great central
valley running from north to south, and may be com-
pared to the valley of the Mississippi ; while the Ama-
zon, the great drain of the low lands that stretch from
the Andes to the Atlantic, may be compared to the
St. Lawrence of North America. This beautiful river,
the outlet of the Canadian Seas, 2,000 miles long, and
90 miles broad at its mouth, is navigable for the lar-
gest vessels, 400 miles from the ocean, 'Jhe Mississippi,
double the length of the St. Lawrence, drains a sur-
face of a milUon of square miles ; and yet, the vast
quantity of water which these rivei's pour into the
Atlantic is inconsiderable when compared with the
immense volumes discharged into it by the Amazon
and La Plata.

4. The Andes assume their greatest elevation in the
vicinity of Quito ; and what is commonly called the
Valley of Quito^ is, in reality, a vast plateau, or table-
land, as high as the loftiest summits of the Pyrenees,
bounded by stupendous mountains, whose peaks are
from 18,000 to 20,000 feet above the level of the sea.
Here the most considerable volcanoes of the Andes
are situated, of which Cotopaxi is the highest and
most remarkable, and its explosions the most dreadful.
In form it is the most regular and beautiful of all the
summits of the Andes, being that of a perfect cone.
At sunset its appearance is one of the most splendid
scenes in nature j its snow-clad sides reflect the part*

:^n^

' m

\ ■■-.■'

■ 1 , fi

( . (ti

• J

.....3
,..J

::u

; I

I I. *"

;M. k

* \y

■ t

mA I

I -

isxe. : ■*.

218

m :

fit i*

1 1);
llM

Sns rays of the sun, and shine with dazzling lustre
against the azure vault of heaven. Cayamhe ranks
next to the celebrated Ghimborazo in elevation ; its
form is that of a cone, truncated or shortened ; it is
crossed by the equator, and stands, says Humboldt,
" like one of the colossal and eternal mountains placed
by the hand of nature to mark the grand divisions of
the globe." From the burning plains to the snow-
clad summits of America, all the climates and natural
productions of our hemisphere are exhibited in minia-
ture, and the zones of the mountains, as they increase
in elevation, produce every thing as varied and as
peculiar to themselves, as the different zones or cli-
mates of the earth.

5. The lakes of America, like its mountains and
rivers, are on the grandest scale. Lake Superior ex-
ceeds in extent every other body of fresh water at
present known in the world. Its length is about 400
miles, and its breadth, 160, It receives the waters of
about forty rivers, some of which are of considerable
magnitude. The water of this lake is remarkable for
its groat transparency, so that fish may be seen at a
vast depth.

6. The aborigines, or earliest inhabitants of Ameri-
ca, are distinguished from their Asiatic progenitors or
ancestors by the bronze hue of the skin, which, with a
few exceptions, is common to almost all the nations of
this continent. How the first emigrants passed from
the old to the new world is a matter of conjecture :
the most probable opinion seems to be, that they
crossed Bhering's Straits, and gradually peopled this
continent. Christianity prevails almost universally
throughout America Nearly three-fourths of those
who profess it are Catholics. The entire population
of North and South America is estimated at 47 mil-
lions,

C. B.

^:^;

219

THE CHOICE OF FRIENDS.

League not with him in friend hin's tie

Whose selfish soul is ben' <" pleasure ;
For he from joy to joy will 11 y,

As changes fancy's fickle measure.
Not his the faith, whose bond we see,

With lapse of years remaining stronger ;
Nor will he then be true to thee.

When thou can'st serve his aim no longer.

Him, too, avoid whose grov'lling love

In earthly end alone is centred,
Within whose heart, a thought above

Life's common cares, has seldom enter'd
Trust not to him thy bosom's weal,

A painted love alone revealing ;
The show, without the lasting zeal ;

The hollow voice, without the feeling.

G. Griffin.

■\

LESSON XIL

STEAM NAVIGATION.

Ide'a, n., whatever is the immediate object of perception or
thought ; the repn sentation of any thing conceived in the
mind. I. S. L. and G . idea, from eido^d., I see.

Patent (pat'-o/' ita'«), ?i., open : letters palenl are open letters, so
called, because not sealed up, but exposed to public view,
with the great seal pendant at the boUom. F. palent. from
paiere, L, to be operj^

Machine (-sheen,), n, an engine; a complicated piece of work-
manship of any sort. F. machine ; L. riiachina, from mechane,
G., artilice, skill.

Taf'ferel, w., the upper ])rirt of the stern of a ship; the broad
surface or table. D. tafel. a table.

Pad'dle, n., any thing formed, in breath and tlatness, for | saddling,
that is for moving or pushing about in the water, as ducks do
with their feet. F. patotiiller, to paddle, from paUe, a foot; o^«
from paiuluSi L., broad, tlat, open.

::t

.1 ■>

•J ,1

.5:

I 4 I

i:%i

n()

Cvr/iNDER, n., a body having two flat surfaces—the top and

bottom — and one circular — the length, as a rolling stone. F.

cylindre ; G. kulindros, from kulio, I roll.
Decora'tions.w., embellishments, ornaments. F. decorations, from

decor, L., ornament.
Hull, n., the hulk or body of a ship ; the part of a ship which

is covered in the water. Ihdl, from helan, A. S., to cover.
Sui'ERi)', a., muf,'nificent, sumptuous. F. superbe, from superbus,

L, proud, and this from huperbios, G., overbearing, haughty.
A.tlan'tig,w., a name ap|)lie(l to the ocean bounded by N. and S.

America on one side, and by lilurojje and Africa on the other.

AUanlic, from iha Alias mountains, contiguous to their western

extremity.
For " Dimensions," see p. 108; "Keel," p. 135; " Diameter,"

p. GO; " Apparatus," p. 137; and " Superior, " p. GO.

1. The first idea of steam navigation was set forth
in a patent, obtained in 1736, by Jonathan Hulls, for
a machine for carrying vessels against wind and tide
or in a calm. In America, in 1778, this application
of steam was proposed. In 1781, the Marquis de
Jouffroy constructed a steamer on the Saone; and in
1785, two Americans wrote and published a book
upon it. In 1789, Symington made a voyage in one
on the Forth of Clyde Canal, and in 1802, the experi
ment was repeated with success. Soon after M. Fulton
went to America, and in 1807, started a steamboat on
the Hudson River, which, succeeding, was imitated by
hundreds. In June 1819, the 5ai;amifl/i, of 350 tons,
came from New York to Liverpool by steam. Our
own rivers at the present day give sufficient proof of
the rapidity with which we have multiplied this ad-
vantageous method of increasing commerce and pro-
fits.

2. The contemporary — if we may be allowed thus
to express it — with the GreatIWestQi'n,was the equally
splendid vessel, The British Queen. She was built by
Messrs. Curling and Young, of Limehouse, for the
British and American Steam Navigation Company,
and was launched on the birth-day of the Queen, 24th
of May, 1838 ; hence her name. This vessel plied
between London and New York, and the following ia
an accurate description of her dimensions, capacity,

I-:-.",.

.i- \'(i

3ns, from

set forlli
lulls, for
L and tide
ppUcation
irquis de
e; and in
i a book
tge in one
he experi
M. Fulton
imboat on
nitatedby
350 tons,
am. Our
t proof of
d this ad-
e and pro-

221

and power :— Extreme length from ilguro-head to
tafferel, 275 feet; length of upper deck, 245 feet;
length of keel, 223 feet ; breadth within paddle-boxes,
40 feet 6 inches ; breadth, including paddle-boxes, 64
feet; depth, 27 feet; tonnage, 1,8G2 tons; power of
engines, 500 horses ; diameter of cylinders, 71 J inches;
length of stroke, 7 feet ; diameter of paddle-wheels,
30 feet ; estimated weight of engines, boilers, and
water, 500 tons; ditto of coals for 20 day's consnmp-
tion, GOO tons; ditto of cargo, 500 tons; draught of
water with the above weight and stores, IG feet.

3. The British Queen is said to have been one of the
longest ships in the world, the length exceeding, by
about thirty-five feet, that of any ship in the British
navy. Her beauty was equal to that of the Great
Western; some say, far superior ; and she occupied
two years in being built. The Great Western lias four,
instead of three masts, and she also possesses the
advantage, if such it be, of a poop or stern-deck. The
internal arrangements of the British Queen, as to berths
and saloon, were of the most costly and chaste descrip-
tion ; while her mechanical powers, as to engine and
other apparatus, were of the most substantial and per-
fect workmanship.

4. The. Great Western was built at Bristol, without
any consideration as to cost and labor. As soon as
her hull and rigging were completed, she proceeded
to London to receive her engines and other steam
apparatus. She sails between Bristol and New York.
The tonnage of this vessel is 1,340, of which it is com-
puted the gross weight of the apparatus is 490 ; that
of the boilers alone, with the water they contain, being
180, and the piston cranks 17 tons each. In the space
surrounding the engine is stowage room, in iron
boxes of very convenient construction, for 800 tons
of coal ; while her paddle wheels are not less than 38
feet in diameter, and are moved by a 450 horse
power. This statement will convey some idea of the
force and rapidity with which she can be propelled

222

f:'

+ «

through the water; and she hasjnstifted the confident
expectation of her owners, and of the scient'^ic per-
sons who visited and examined her apparatus, that,
with fair average weather she would perform the
voyage to New York in about twelve or fourteen
days. This vessel has been inspected by an immense
number of the nobility. She is one of the most superb
steamers that has ever been launched, and is, without
question, one of the finest specimens that ever graced
the Atlantic.

-♦«♦-

LESSON XIII.

INFLUENCE OF RELIGION ON THE TYROLESE.

Rome, n., the capital of Italy and centre of Catholic unity ; pop.
177,000. I{oni(3 originated in the f^rection of a number of mud
cabins, 750 years before the Christian era : in the middle of the
3d century it was 50 miles in circumference, had a population
of at least 2 millions, contained 700 temples, and was the
mistress of Iho world. L. liuma, from Romulus, its founder.

GmDLE (ger'-dl), ??., any thing which environs or surrounds. A.S.
giirdel, from gyrdan, to gird, to inclose.

LuxuiuES (luk'-shu-), n., rcfmements, delicacies, plei^t^ures. L.
luxuria, from luxo, 1 loosen — because luxury means jiropprly
looseness of desires, voluptuousness — from luo (L. and G.),
1 expiate. I wash, I piy.

Realm, n., the land, territory, or kingdom ruled. S. realme; L,
lignum, from I'ego, I rule.

Explore', v., to examine, sfarch out, view diligently. L. exploro,
— e,c, and ploro, i wc;}p, — because he who is endeavoring to
accomplish any purpose, or earnestly desires any thing, as
pardon of ofl'ences, usually does so with anxiety or sorrow.

Venera'tion, n., respect, reverent regard. F. veneraiion, from
veneror, L., I worship.

El'oqhent, a., having the power of oratory, or of speaking fluently.
•F, eloquent, from (L.) eloquor, — e, and loquor, I speak.

Imper'vious, a., impenetrable, impassable. L. impervius, not
having a passage or way through — im — , per, and via, a way.

-(E'gis, n., the shield of Minerva, a heathen goddess. L.,iBgis,so
called from aij?, G., a goat, because covered with goat-skin.

Ban'ditti, 71., a gang of outlawed robbers. I. bandUti; F.
bandit, one declared to be banned, banished, or outlawed:—
ban, an interdict, a curse, and dit, said p. pt. o^dire (L. dicere),
say.

' tl

223

1. What is it, then, which has wrought so stir-
prising a change in the manners and hal)its of Europe,
of the inhabitants of the great mountain-girdle of the
earth ? What is it which has spread cultivation
through wastes deemed, in ancient tini(^s,iuaccessible
to improvement, and humanized the manners of a
people, remarkable only, under the Roman sway, for
the ferocity and barbarism of their customs ?

2. What but the influence of religion ; of that faith
which has calmed the savage passions of tlu) human
mind, and spread its beneficial intluence amongst
the remotest habitations of men, and which promp-
ted its disciples to leave the luxuries and comfort of
southern civilization to dilfuse knowledge and hu-
manity through inhospitable realms, and spread, even
amidst the regions of desolation, the light of know-
ledge and the blessiijgs of Christianity. Impressed,
with these ideas, the traveller, in crossing the St. Ber-
nard, and comparing the perfect safety with which he
now can explore the most solitary parts of these moun-
tains, with the perils of the passage, attested by votive
offerings, even in the days of Adrian and the Anto-
nines, will think with thankfulness of the religion by
which this wonderful change has been effected, and
with veneration of the saint whose name has, for a
thousand years, been affixed to the pass where his in-
fluence first reclaimed the people from their barbarous
life ; and in crossing the delile of Mount Brenner,
where the abbey of Wilten first offered an asylum to
the pilgrim, he will feel, with a late amiable and
eloquent writer, '•' how fortunalo it is that religion
has penetrated thege fastnesses, impervious to human
power, and, where precautions are impossible and re-
sistance useless, spread her invincible a3gis over the
traveller, and conducts him, secure under her protec-
tion, through all the dangers of his way ! "

)•

3. When in such situations he reflects upon his se-
curity, and recollects that these mountains, so savage,
and so well adapted to the progress of murderers and

< • ■

"t:

•4

,.^<
■■%.

' t n

> I

. I

. 2Vk

banditti, Imvo not in tlio memory of mon boon stained
with luunaii blood, ho oiip^ht to do justioo to the oaiise
and gratcriilly to acknowlod^o tho inlhionoo of roli-
pion. Impressed with th(\st; ideas, ho will bohold with
interest the erossc^s which froqnontly mark the brow
of a preeipii^e, and the little chapels hollowed ont of
the rock, where th(^ road is narrowed ; he will con-
sider them as so many pledges of socnrity, and n?st
assured, that so long as the pious mountaineer conti-
nues to adore the " Good Shepherd," and to implore
the power of the " Afllicted Mother," he will nevci-
cease to befriend the traveller, nor to discharge the
duties of hospitality.

Allison.

LESSON XIV.

TO MY MOTHER.

Il^ii...

And canst thou, mother ! for a moment I'link
That we, thy children, when old age shall shed
Its blanching honors on thy drooping head,

Could from our best of duties ever shrmk ?

Sooner the suri from his high sphere should sink,
Then we, ungrateful, leave thee in that day.
To pine in solitude thy life away,

Or shun thee, tottering on the grave's cold brink

Banish the thought ! — where'er our steps may roam,
O'er smiling plains, or wastes without a tree,
Still will fond memory point our hearts to thee

And paint the pleasures of thy peaceful home.

While duty bids us all thy griefs assuage.

And smooth the pillow of thy sinking age.

H.K. White.

'■:!- -»

taincd
1 cause
nf veli-
(1 with
brow
out of
U cou-
ud rt'st
r conli-
mplore

ilUOVCi

ivge tho

SON.

225

ON THE CRUCIFIXION.
{From the Italian).

I ask'd the heavons what foo to God had done
The unexampli'd deed : — the heavens exclaim,

" ^Txoas man — and we, in horror snatch'ed the sun
From such a spectacle oTj^uilt and shame."

I ask'd the sea — the sea with fury boil'd,
And answer'd with his voice of storms, *' 'Twas
man —

My waves in panic at the crime recoil'd,

Disclosed th' abyss, and from the centre ran."
I ask'd the earth — theeartli replied, aghast,
" 'Twos man — and such strange pangs my bosom rent,
That still I grieve and shudder at the past."

To man^ gay, smiling, thoughtless man, I went,
And ask'd him next — he turn'd a scornful eye.
Shook his xn-oud head, and deign'd me no reply.

ihed
sink,

[ink
ty roam,

!e,
Ithee

''hite.

LESSON XV.

THE FIRE-FLY.

Thbre is an insect, that, when evening'comes,
Small though he be, scarcely distinguishable,
Like evening clad in soberest livery,
Unsheathes his wings, and through the woods and

glades
Scatters a marvellous splendor. On he wheels,
Blazing by fits, as from excess of joy.
Each gush of light a gush of ecstasy ;
Nor unaccompanied ; thousand that fling
A radiance all their own, not of the day.
Thousands as bright as he, from dusk till dawn,

It'

]

.> I

■■*.'<

226

Soaring, descending.

Oft have T met
This shining race, when in the Tusculan groves
My path no longer glimmer'd ; oft among
Those trees, religious once and always green,
That yet dream out their stories of Old Rome
Over the Alban lake ; oft met and hail'd
Where the precipitate Anio thunders down.
And through the surging mist a poet's house
(So some aver, and who would not believe ?)
Reveals itself. — Yet cannot I forget
Him,* who rejoiced me in those walks at eve,
My earliest, pleasantest ; who dwells unseen,
And in our northern clime, whenall^s still.
Nightly keeps watch, nightly in bush or brake
His lonely lamp rekindling. Unlike theirs.
His, if less dazzling, through the dankness knows
No intermission ; sending forth its ray
Through the green leaves, — a ray serene and clear
As virtue's own.

Rogers.

■♦•»

t' ■ ;L' ' "

III

LESSON XVI.
BIRDS.

Beak (beek), n., the bill of a bird ; that which picks or pecks. D.

beck, from becker, to peck, from(L.)6aca?\
Pal'mated, a., whole or fin-footed. L. pabnipes, web-footed :—

palma, the hand thrown open — any thing lite the palm ; — and

pes, the foot.
Plu'mage, n., suit or covering of feathers. F. plumage,(rom pluma,

L., a feather.
Imper'meahle, a., waterproof; that which cannot bo passed

through. F. impermeable, from penneo, L., I pass through.
Denu'ded, J)/., stripped, or deprived of. L. denudalus ; — nudus,

naked.
Regimen (red'je), n., diet, condition. L. regimen, from regere, to

rule.

• The glow-worm.

227 ,

Wx'DEns, n.. birds which walk through water or high
grass, or through any thing impeding motion ; from (A. S.)
wadan, to go, to make way.

Gal'lin^, n, the hen-species of birds called the land or " terres-
trial," (L. terra, the earth), to distinguish them from the water
or " aquatic " (L. aqua, water) species of birds. .L. gallinse; —
gallina, a hen.

Man'didle, 72., the eating or showing organ ; the jaw. L. mandi-
bulum, from mando, I eat, I shew.

Anal'ogy, n, similitude, resemblance: apply to a like mode of
using words. I. S. L. and G. analogia, from ana, with, and
logos, a word, a discourse.

Orgamza'tion, n., construction in which the parts are so dis-
posed as to be subservient to each other. F. organisation. See
" Or^^an,"p. 206.

Spegif'ic, a., a term, which as here applied, means the peculiar
or spt^cial weight or gravity which belongs to the several sjje-
ciesofbody. L. specificus. See " Species," p. 22.

For " Animal," seep. 101 ; "Mammalia," p. 20G ; "Membrann,"
p. 87 ; " Tegument," p. 34 ; " Convexity," p. 123 ; " Physical,'*
p. G2 ; "Perception," p. G2 ; " Atmosi)hcre," p. 25 ; " Sui)er-
stition, " p. 55; " Antiquity," ]). 48.

1. Of all the classes of animals, that of hirds is tlia
most strongly marked, and that in which the spec^ios
have the greatest resemblance, and which is separated
from all the others by a wider interval. This fact,
however, renders it more difTicnlt to subdivide tliom.

2. These subdivisions are grounded, as in the mam-
malia, on the organs of food and of prehension, that
is, the beak and toes. One is struck first with, the
palmated feet, that is, when the toes are united by
membranes, a character which distinguishes all the
mimming-blrds. The position of these feet behind ;
the length of the sternum, or breast-bone; the neck
often longer than the legs, to reach dowmvard ; the
plumage close, shining, impermeable to water, agree
with the feet in constituting the web-footed fowls
and swimmers.

3. In other birds, which also have frequently some
small webbs to the feet, at least between the external
toes, we observe legs denuded of feathers towards the
base, a tall stature, in a word, all arrangements n(3ces-
sary for fording in shallow water, for the pnrpose of

|V 'i

1 1'

1 '-'i
'J

if
j

rn'r

r-'yv

><*

3^t

■«*»i.i

l.>

223

seeking their food. Such, indeed, 'is the regimen of
the greater number of tliese ; and although some of
them live on dry Jland, they are named waders^ or
gralloe.

4. Among the truly terrestlal birds, the gallince have,
like our domestic poultry, a heavy carriage, a short
flight, the beak moderate, with the upper mandible
vaulted, the nostrils swelling out, and partly covered
by a soft scale, and almost always the edges of the
toes indented, with short membranes between the
bases of those before. They live principally on grain.

5. Tlie birds of prey have the beak crooked, with the
point sharp, and bent towards the base; and the nos-
trils pierced in a membrane, which invests all the
base of the beak : the feet are armed with strong
nails. They live on flesh, and pursue other birds ;
hence, they bave generally a powerful flight. The
greater number have, moreover, a small web between
the external toes.

6. The passerine birds (passer^ a sparrow) include
many more species than all the other families ; but
the analogy in their organization is so great, that they
cannot be separated, although they varey greatly in
size and strength. Tiieir two. external toes are united
at the base, and sometimes part of the way up their
length. Each of these orders subdivides mto families
and genera^ or kinds, principally by the conformation
of the beak.

7. Birds are, in general, covered wath feathers, ci
sort of tegument the best adapted to protect them from
the etfects of the rapid variations of temperature to
which their movements expose them. The air-cavi-
ties which occupy the interior of their body, and
which even occupy the place of marrow in the bones,
augment their specific lightness.

8. Sight is extremely perfect in birds, and they
have the peculiar faculty of seeing objects near or

;.■]

229

distant equally well. The means by which this is
effected are not satisfactorily explained, though a
power of changing the convexity of the eye is prob-
ably the proximate or immediate cause. Like all
other physical peculiarities, it is admirably adapted
to the mode of existence of the class : a quick and per-
fect sight of objects and perception ofdistances are ne
cessary to the rapidity of their movements and the
securing of their prey to birds. All the genera, ex-
cept the owls, see a single object but with one eye.
The situation of these organs, however, enables them
to take in a much larger field of view, than animals
whose eyes look straight before them.

9. Every one knows the varied industry employed
by birds in constructing their nest, and the tender
care they take of their eggs and of their young.: this
is the principal part of the instinct. For the rest of their
qualities, their rapid passage through the different re-
gions of the air, and the lively and continued action
of this element upon them, enable them to anticipate
the variations of the atmosphere in a manner of which
we can have no idea, and From which has been attri-
buted to them, from all antiquity, by superstition, the
power of announcing future events. They are not
without memory or imagination, for they dream ;
and every one knows with what facility they may be
tamed, may be made to perform different operations,
and retain airs and words.

CuviER.

^!t

. i

1 1

LESSON XVIL

■t':!

ON THE LAWS OF MOTION.

Charles.— Are you now going, papa^ to describe
those machines, which you call mechanical powers t

Father.— We must, 1 believe, defer that a day or

,\>«

t ;?

I I

230]

two longer, as T have a few more general principles
with which I wish you previously to be acquainted.

Emma. — What are these ?

Father. — In the first place, you must well under-
stand what are denominated the three general laws of
motion ; the first of which is, " that every body xcill
continue in its state of rest or of uniform motion unlit it
is compelled by some force to change its state. ^'' This con-
stitutes what is denominated the inertia., or inactivity
of matter. And it may be observed, that a change
never happens in the motion of any body, without an
equal and opposite change in the motion of some other
body.

' Charles. — There is no difficulty of conceiving that
a body, as this inkstand, in a state of rest, must always
remain so, if no external force be impressed upon it
to give it motion. But I know of no example which
will lead me to srppose, that a body once put in mo
tion, would of itself continue so.

Father. — You will, I think, presently admit the
latter part of the assertion as well as the former, al-
though it cannot be established by experiment.

Emma. — I shall be glad to hear how this is.

Father. — You will not deny that the ball which
you strike from t le trap, has no more power either
to destroy its motion, or to cause any change in its
velocity, than it has to change its shape.

Charles. — Certainly ; nevertheless, in a few sec-
onds after 1 have struck the ball with all my force,
it falls to the ground, and then stops.

Father. — Do you find no difference in the time that
is taken up before it comes to rest, even supposing your
blow the same ?

Charles. — Yes ; if I am playing on the grass it
rolls to a less distance than ween I play on the smootli
gravel.

Father. — You find a like difierence when you

231

are playing at marbles, if you play in the gravel court,
or on the even pavement in the arcade.

Chables. — The marbles run so easilv on the
smooth stones in the arcade, that we can scarcely shoot
with a force small enough.

Emma. — And I remember Charles and my cousin
were, last winter, trying how far tlioy could shoot
their marbles along the ice of the canal ; and l\wy went
a prodigious distance in comparison of that which tiioy
would have gone on the gravel, or even on the pave-
ment in the arcade.

Father. — Now, these instances, properly applied,
will convince you, that a body once put in motion,
would goon for ever,if it were not compelled by some
external force to clianae its slate.

Charles. — I perceive what you are going lo
say ; — it is the rubbing or friction of the marbles
against the ground which does the business. For, on
the pavement there are fewer obstacles than on the
gravel, and fewer on the ice than on the pavement ;
and hence you would lead us to conclude, that if all
obstacles were removed, they might proceed on for
ever. But what are we to say of the ball ; what stops
that?

Father. — Besides friction, there is another and still
more important circumstance to be taken into con-
sideration, which affects the ball, marbles, and every
body in motion.

Charles. — I understand you ; that is the attrac-
tion of gravitation.

Father. — It is ; for, from what we said when we
conversed on that subject, it appeared that gravity
has a tendency to bring every body in motion to the
earth ; consequently, in a few seconds your ball must
come to the ground l3y that cause alone ; but, besides
the attraction of gravitation, there is the resistance
which the air, through which the ball moves, makes
to its passage.

% .

•♦' ■

: I

> \

?^ lir''

1
i

h ■■-< "

14:

Emma. — That cannot be much, I think.

Father.— Poi'h.'ips, with regard to the ball struck
from your brother's trap, it is of no great consider-
ation, because the velocity is but small ; but in all
great velocities, as that of a ball from a musket or can-
non, there will he a material difference between the
theory and practice, if it be neglected in the calculation.
Move your mamma's riding-wip through the air
slowly, and you observe nothing to remind you that
there is tliis resistnig medium ; but if you swing it with
considerable swiftness, the noise which it occasions,
will inform you of the resistance it meets with from
something, which is the atmosphere.

Charles. — If 1 now understand you, the force
which compels a body in motion to stop, is of three
kinds: (1) the attraction of gravitation ; — (2) the resist-
ance of the air : — and(3) the resistance it meets with
from friction.

Father. — You are quite right.

Charles. — I have no difficulty of conceiving, that
a body in motion will not come to a state of rest,
till it is brought to it by an external force, acting upon
it in some way or other. I have seen a gentleman,
when skating on very slippery ice, go a great way
without any exertion to himself; but where the ice
was rough, he could not go half the distance without
making fresh efforts.

Father. — 1 will mention another instance or two
on this law of motion. Put a bason of water into
your little sister's wagon, and when the water is per-
fectly still, move the wagon, and the water, resisting
the motion of the vessel, will at first rise up in the
direction contrary to that in which the vessel moves.
If, when the motion of the vessel is communicated to
the water, you suddenly stop the wagon, the water, in
endeavoring to continue the state of motion, rises up
on the opposite side. In like manner, if, while you
are sitting quietly on your horse, the animal starts for-

ward, you will be in danger of falling off backward;
but if, while you are galloping along, the animal stops
on a sudden, you will be liable to be thrown for-
ward.

Charles. — This I know by experience, but I was
not aware of the reason of it till to-day.

Father. — One of the first, and not least important
uses of the principles of natural philosophy, is, that
they may be applied to, and will explain, many of the
common concerns of life.

LESSON XVIII.

LAWS OF MOTION (CONTINUED).

Father.— We now come to the second law of motion,
which is, — " that the change of motion is proportional
to the force impressed^ and in the direction of that
force:'

Charles. — There is no difficulty in this; for if,
while my cricket-ball is rolling along after Henry has
struck it, I strike it again, it goes on with increased,
velocity, and that in proportion to the strength which
I exert on the occasion ; whereas, if, while it is rolling,
I strike it back again, or give it a side-blow, I change
the direction of its course.

Father. — In thj same way, gravity, and the resis-
tance of the atmosphere, change the direction of a
cannon-ball from its course in a straight line, and
bring it to the ground ; and the ball goes to a farther
or less distance in proportion to the quantity of powder
used.

The third law of motion is, — " that to every* action of
one body upon another^ there is an equal and contrary
re-action:^ If I strike this table, I communicate to it

it"
• * .

^•

i'-tf

•V^M

i I

■:r:f4

uldi

234

(which you perceive hy the shaking of the china-ware)
the motion of my hand ; and the table re-acts against
my hand jnst as much as my hand acts against tho
table. In all cases the qnantity of motion gained by
one body is always equal to that lost by the other iii
the same direction. Thus, if a ball in motion strike
another at rest, the motion communicated to the latter
will be taken from the former, and the velocity of the
former will be proportionally diminished. A horso'
drawing a heavy load is as much drawn back by the;
load as he draws it forward.

Emma. — I do not comprehend how the cart draws'
the horse. *

Father. — But the progress of the horse is im-
peded by the load, which is the same thing ; for tho
force which the horse exerts would carry him to
a greater [distance in the same time, were he freed
from the encumbrance of the load ; and therefore,
as much as his progress falls short of that distance, so
much is he, in effect, drawn back by the re-action of
the loaded cart. '

From this law of motion you may learn in what
manner a bird, by the stroke of its wings, is able to
support the weight of its body.

Charles. — Pray explain this, papa.

Father. — If the force with which it strikes the
air below is equal to the weight of its body, then the
re-action of the air upwards is likewise equal to it ;
and the bird, being acted upon by two equal forces in
contrary directions, will rest between them. If the
force of the stroke is greater than its weight, the bird
will rise with the difference of these two forces : and
if the stroke is less than its weight, then it will sink
with the difference. j

Joyce. [

235

LESSON XIX.

1
f

I..

THE DIVING-DELL.

ConK, n., the bark of a tree so called ; also ploct?s of such tree iisod

for stopping botllos, barrels, Ac. I), kork, Ger. corck, from (L.)

cortex, tho bark, from corium, a hide.
Sur'face (-fas), n., llio upper face, or what first appears or shows

itself of any thing. F. surface ; L. superficies, from super, and

fades, a face.
GoMPRESS'iDLE, tt., Capable ofboing pressed close ; yielding to pres-
sure, so that one part is brought nearer to anotlier. F. compres-
sible. See " Expression," p. 15.
Exclude', v., to shut out ; to eject. L. excludo, — ex, and claudo, I

shut.
Gondens'ed, v., thickened ; compressed or compacted into a small

space, h. condensalus, from cntidenso,-co)i, and denso, I thicken.
Trun'cated, a., cut, shortened, lopped from the trunk. L. Irun-

catus, from Iruncus, cut, maimed.
An'chor, n., the heavy iron to hold the ship, by being fixed in the

ground ; any thing that confers stability. F. ancre ; I S. and L.

ancora ; G. agkura, from ogke^ (g is sounded hke ?i in both), a

hook, or crook.
Or'ifice ('-re-fis), n., any perforation : — an opening in form of a

mouth. F. orifice ; L. orificium, from os, a mouth, and facere,

to form, or make.
Veloc'ity, n., swiftness, rapidity. F. velocile, from velox, L.,

swift, and this, perhaps, from volo, I fly.
Cyclope'dia (sy-), n., a circle of knowledge or instruction in all

arts and sciences. F. cycloprdm ; L. cylopccdia, from kuklos,

G., a circle, and paideia, instruction, learning.

For " Machine, " see p. 219 ; " Horizon, " p. 170 ; — and for deri-
vation of ** Appended, " sec Appendages, p. 48

1. To illustrate the principle of this machine, take a
glass tumbler ; plunge it into water, with the mouth
downwards ; you will find that very little water will
rise into the tumbler ; \yhich will be evident, if you
lay a piece of cork upon the surface of the water, and
put the tumbler over it ; for you will see, that thoti',^h
the cork should be carried far below the surface of
the water, yet that its upper side is not wetted, tho
air which was in the tumbler having prevented
entrance of the water ; but, as air is compressible,

.. n

' ^u

^ m

,. !t

i 1

■\ §

J 1

' ^^'

: . t

I in

[j. :

it conlcl not entirely exclude the water, which, by its
pressure, condensed the air a littlo.

2. Tlio first diving-bell of any note was made by Dr.
Ilalley. It is most commonly made in the form of
a truncated cone, the smaller end being closed, and
the larger one open. It is weighted with lead, and so
suspended, that it may sink full of air, with its open
base downwards, and, as near as may be, parallel to
the horizon, so as to close with the surface of the
water. Mr. Smeaton's diving bell was a square chest
of cast-iron, four feet and a half in height, four feet
and a half in length, and three feet wide, and afforded
room for two men to work in it. It was supplied
with freyh air by a forcing pump.

3. The sinking and raising of the diving-bell, inven-
ted by Dr. Halley, depending entirely on the people at
the surface of the water, and being besides of con-
siderable weight, so as to occasion much labour, with
a risk of the breaking of the rope by which it was to
be raised, to the sure destruction of those within, —
a diving bell has been invented by M. Spalding, of
Edinburgh, to remedy these defects, and prevent the
edges of the machine from being entangled by any
ragged prominences of rock. His machine is of
wood suspended by ropes, and having a leaden weight
appended to it, by means of which the mouth of the
bell is kept always parallel to the surface of the wa-
ter, whether the machine, taken altogether, is lighter
or heavier than an equal bulk of water. By these
weights alone, however, the bell would not sink ;
another is therefore added, which can be lowered or
raised at pleasure, by means of rope passing over a
pulley, and fastened to one- of the sides of the bell.
As the bell descends, this weight, called by Mr.
Spalding the balance-ioeight^ hangs down a consider-
able way below the mouth of the bell. In case the
edge of the bell is caught by any obstacle, the bal-
ance-weight is immediately lowered down, so that
it may rest upon the bottom. By this means the

237

bell is lightened, so that all danger of oversetting is
removed ; for being lighter without the balancc-wcMght
than an equal bulk of water, it is evident, that the
bell will rise as far as the length of the rop(3 alfixod
to the balance-weight will allow it. This weight,
therefore, serve as a kind of anchor to keep tlnvbell
at any particular depth which the divers may think
necessary; or, by pulling it quite up, the descent
may be continued to the very bottom.

4. By

Spaldi

another very
has rendered

ingenious contrivance, Mr.

it possible for the divers to
raise the bell, with all the weight appending to it,
even to the surface of the water, or to stop it at any
particular depth, as they think proper ; and thus they
would still be safe, even though the rope designed for
pulling up the bell should be broken. For this pur-
pose, the bell is divided into two cavities, both made
as tight as possible. Just above the second bottom are
small slits iu the sides of the bell, through wiiich
the water entering as the bell descends, disphices the
air originally contained in its cavity, which flies out
at the upper orifice of a cock expressly fitted for that
purpose. When this is done, the divers turn the
handle which stops the cock ; so that if any more air
were to get into the cavity, it could no longer be dis-
charged through the orifice as before. If, therefore,
the divers wish to raise themselves, they turn the cock
by which a communication is made between the upper
and under cavities of the bell. The consequence is,
that a quantity of air immediately enters the upper
cavity, and forces out a quantity of the water contai-
ned in it, and thus renders the bell lighter by the
whole weight of the water which is displaced : thus,
if a certain quantity of air is admitted into the upper
cavity, the bell will descend very slowly ; if a greater
quantity, it, will neither axend nor descend, but re-
main stationary ; and if a large quantity of air be still
admitted, it will rise to the top. it should be ob-
served, Apwver, that the air which is thus let out

: \

i ■ **

.■I
i

» i; ■

J A

238

\k^

into tho nppor cavity, must immcfliatoly he replaced
from the air-barrel ; and the air is to be let out very
slowly, or the bell will ris(; to the top with so great a
velocity, that tho divers will be in dauj^^er of being
shaken out of their seats. But by following these
directions, every possible accident may be prevented
and i)ersons may descend to a very great depth, with-
out the smallest apprehension of danger. The bell
also becomes so easily managed in the water, that it
may be conducted from one place to another by a
small boat, with the greatest ease, and with perfect
safety to those within.

Cyclopedia.

-*»9*-

LESSON XX.

THERE IS A JOY OF HEAVENLY BIRTH.

1. There is a joy of heavenly birth,
More bright than all the joys of earth •
'Tis felt — when on Guilt's trembling head
The kindly dews of Heaven are shed.

2. And his deep shame and silent tears
Efface the stains, the guilt of years ; n
And that dark brow in mercy's glow
Rivals the bright unsullied snow.

3. When boldly o'er the paths of crime
This spirit wings its flight s\iblime.
As over Gedron's gulf the dove

Takes its pure course, and dwells above :

4. When earth's discordant passions cease,
He feels at last the threefold peace,

Peace with the world — its wrongs forgiven —
Peace with himself, and peace with Hes^ven.

""•■'-.i'v.

Dplarcd
III very
p;real a
if being
[T these
•evented
li, wilh-
rUe bell
r, that it
\er by a
1 perfect

,OPEDIA,>

lead

bve:

Ise

^given —
lEeaven.

[230
§G. LESSON I.

». THE NORTH CAPE.

Cape, n.,a he<adland, that is, a point or head of land projecting from
the mainland into the sea. F. cap, from caput, L., from kephaley
G. the head.

Co?i'tinent, n., that which holds, contains, or comprises (many coun-
tries, states, or kin^Mloms). The term was ori^Miuilly intended to
apply to land which could not becircumnavi^j^ated. {'.continent;
L. continens, from contineo,—con, and tenet, I hold.

Circle (ser*), /«., a figure contained by one lino,— called its circum-
ference, —having all its parts equally distant from a common cen-
tre. F. cercle ; L. circuitw, an oi'l), and circus, a place for ex-
hibitions,— from kirkos, G., of doubtful origin.

Peak (peek'), n., the top of a point or hill, so called from the small-
ness or acuteness of the point. Peak is said to be traceable to
pycan, A. S., to pick or peck.

Ram'part, «., the wall round fortified places ; any thing raised like
a wall, and serving for protection, defence, Ac. F. rempart, from
ripa, L., a bank.

Grot'to, «., a place hollowed out— usually for sake of coolness. I.
grotta^ from crypta, L., or krypte, G., from kri/pto, 1 hide. '

Moun'tain, «., an enormous protuberance of the earth ; a place rai-
sed or very elevated. F. montayne, from L. mons, a vast quan-
tity, a mountain.

Month, anciently Mooneth, «., the period in which the moon com-
pletes its orbit round theearth;— viz, 29d.,12hrs. 44min. ; which
period is now called the lunar month (L. luna, the moon), to dis-
tinguish it from the calendar month, which is various in length.
A. S. tnonath, a month. Month is from the G. men, the moon.

Decem'ber, n., the last month of the year. L. Decemher,—tiecem,
ten, because it was the tenth month of the Roman year, which com-
menced with March, — so called by Romulus, in honor of the God
Mars, — and ber, from imber, rain, a shower. Hence the deriva-
tion of the three preceding months ;—HOvem, nine, octo, eight,
and septem, seven.

Jan'uary, n., the first month of the year. L. Januarius, from Ja-
nus, the deity who presided over the beginning of every underta-
king. Feb'ruary is from februare, L., to expiate, because sa-
crifices of expiation were made by the Roman people in this month;
A'pril, from aperio, L., I open, in allusion to the unbinding or
opening influence of spring ; and May, from Maia, the mother of
the god Mercury. June was so named in honor of Junius Bru-
tus, who in this month expelled theTarquins; as July, in honor
of JjMius Gaesar» and August, in honor of Augustus Csesar,

'I'

!t.

. ' -

240

1. This cape, forming the most northerly point of
the continent of Europe, may be regarded as one of the
sublimest wonders of nature. It is situated within
the arctic circle, in seventy-one degrees tenj minutes
north latitude. A late traveller states, that a little befo-
re midnight, its rocks appeared to be nearly of an equal
height, until they terminated in a perpendicular peak ;
but on a closer view, those within were found to be much
higher than those of the extreme peak or point. Their
general appearance was highly picturesque. The sea
broke against this immovable rampart, which had with-
stood its fury from the remotest ages, and formed a thick
border of white froth. This grand spectacle was illumi-
nated by the sun, and the shade which covered the
western side of the rocks, rendered their aspect still more
tremendous. The height of those rocks could not be as-
certained ; but every thing was on so grand a scale, that
a point of comparison could not be afforded by any ordi-
nary known objects.

2. On landing, the party discovered a grotto, formed
of rocks, with a surface washed smooth by the waves,
and having within a spring of fresh water. The only
accessible spot in the vicinity was a large hill, surrounded
by enormous crags. From the summit of this hill, tur-
ning towards the sea, they perceived to the right a prodi-
gious mountain, attached to the cape, and rearing its
sterile mass to the skies. To the left, a neck of land,
covered with less elevated rocks, against which the surges
dashed with great violence, closed the bay, and admitted
but a contracted view of the ocean. In order to see as
far as possible into the interior, our traveller climbed
nearly to the summit of the mountain, where a most sin-
gular landscape presented itself to the view. A Jake in
the foreground had an el 'vation of at least ninety feet
above the level of the sea ; and on the top of an adjacent,
but less lofty mountain, was another ilake. The view
was closed by peaked rocks, checkered by several pat-
ches of snow.

3. At midnight the sun still remained many degrees
above the borizo ij and continued to ascena higher

oint of
i of the
within
[ninutes
le befo-
n equal
• peak ;
36 much
Their
The sea
ad with-
d a thick
s illumi-
ered the
itill more
lot be as-
cale, that
any ordi-

241

and higher untill noon, \vhcn having again descended,
it passed the north, without dipping below the liorizon.
This phenomenon, which is equally ,as extraordinary
to the inhabitants of the torrid and temneratc zones,
as snow is to those who inhal)it the torrid zone, could
not be viewed without a particular interest. Two
months of perpetual daylight, during the whole of
which time the sun never sets, seems to place the
traveller in a new state of existence, while ils e fleet on
the inhabitants of these regions is striking. During the
time the sun is perpetually above the horizon, they rise
at ten o'clock in the mornmg, dine at five or six o'dock
in the evening, and go to bed at one. But throughout
the winter season, from the beginning of December un-
lillthe end of January, when the sun never rises, they
sleep more than half of the twenty-four hours, and spend
the other half in sitting over the lire, all businessbeing
it an end, and constant darkness prevailing.

'(Ml ■

' I ■
1

,<. "!■

hi' i f

4\i

V i i;

TO THE BLESSED VIRGIN MARY.

ly degrees
id higher

As the mute nightingale in closest groves
Lies hid at noon, but when day's piercing eye
Is lock'd in night, with full heart beating high

Poureth her plain song o'er the light she loves ;

So, Virgin, ever pure, and ever blest.
Moon of religfon, from whose radiant face.
Reflected streams the lignt of heavenly grace

On broken hearts, by contrite thoughts oppress'd ;

So, Mary, they who justly feel the weight
Of Heaven's offended Majesty, implore
Thy reconciling aid, with suppliant knee :

Of sinful man, sinless Advocate,
To thee they turn, nor Him the less adore ;
'Tis still His light they love, less dreadful seen in
thee.

G» Griffin,
11

;i t

''f

242

[. *' .

M i

:^i- LESSON II.

rOPE PIUS VII. AND NAPOLEON.

Remon'strances, n., strong representations ; reasons urged against
any previous act. F. remontmnces, from (L.)re, and ^monstrare,
to show, to accuse, from moneo, I remind.

POPE, «., Father, — usually addressed, *' Most Holy Father ;" Christ's
vicar on earth, and visible head of the Church ; the sovereign of
the states of the Church. F. pope ; I.S. L. papn ; G. poppas.

Vice'roy, «., he w^ho governs in place of the king; a deputy govern
or with regal authority. F.vwe-roi, — vice (L. victs), stedni or place
of,— and roi, king. See " Regal," p. 57.

En'voy, n., a public messenger or minister, indignity belowan am-
bassador. F. envoyd, — en, from (L.) in, on, and voie, (L. via), the
way.

Intrep'id, a., firm, resolute, fearless ; without trembling ; F. intrd-
pide ; L. intrepidus,-in, not, a.ndtrepidus, from irepido, 1 tremble.

Rec'ognized, v., acknowledged, admitted ;^literally — known again.
L. recognitus, from re, and cognosco, — con, and nosco, I know.

Po'tentate, n., a sovereign prince. F. potentat ; from potens,L.,
powerful.

March, «., a limit ; the border of a territory or district: and hence
the tijle marquis (marchio), one who guarded the marches or
frontiers. Teutonic, marche ; Ger. mark ; A.S. mearc, a bound,
a limit.

Am'icable, «., friendly :— from amicus^h., a friend. See" Amity,'
p. 82.

Defini-tive, a., decisive, peremptory, final. F. ddfinitif. See "Defi-
nite," p. Ill

For "-Emperor," see p. 58 ; " Rome," p. 222 ; " Italy," p. 158 ;
" Benevolent," p. 73 ; " Basis," p. 213 ; " Catacombs," p. 133,
and " Sovereign," p. 26.

1. In October, 1805, during the couise of the Austrian
war, the French troops seized upon Ancona, the most
important fortress in the ecclesiastical dominions ;
ana the remonstrances of the Pope, (Pius VII,)
against this violent invasion, were not only entirely
disregarded, but Napoleon, in reply, openly asserted the
principle, that he was emperor of Rome, and the
Pope was only his viceroy. " All Italy," said Napo-
leon, *' must be subiected to my law : your situation

243

requires, that you should pay me the same respect in
temporals, which I do you in spiritual matters. Your
Hohness must cease to have any delicacy towards my
enemies and those of the Church. You are sovereian
of Rome ^ but I am its emperor: all my enemies must be
its enemies ; no Sardinian, English, Russian, or Swedish
envoy can be permitted to reside at your capital."

2. The haughty and disdainful terms of this letter, and
the open announcement of an undisguised sovereignty
over the Roman states, first opened the eyes of the bene-
volent Pontiff to the real intention of the French emperor.
He returned an intrepid answer to the conqueror of
Austerlitz, that he recognized no earthly potentate as his
superior ; and from that hour may be dated the hos-
tility which grew up betwixt them. *'Your Majesty,"
said PiusVII., ^ lays it down as a fundamental principle,
that you are < r* ign of Rome; the Supreme Pontiff
recognizes no l i ' authority, nor any power superior in
temporal matters to his own. There is no emperor of
Rome ; it was not thus that Charlemagne treated our pre-
decessors. The demand to dismiss the envoys of Russia,
Endand, and Sweden, is positively refused ; the Father
of the faithful is bound to remain at peace with all, with-
out distinction of Catholics or heretics." Napoleon, so
far from relaxing in any of his demands, was only the
more aroused by this unexpected opposition, to increased
pactions from the Holy See ; his troops spread over the
Nvhole Papal territory ; Rome itself was surrounded by
his battalions ; and within half a mile of the Quirinal
palace, preparations were openly made for the siege of
Gaeta. '

tilt " ■<

3. Pius VII., however, was unshaken in his determi-
nation. ''If they choose," said he to M. Alquier, the
French envoy, '*to seize upon Rome, we shall make no
resistance ; but we shall refuse them entry to the castle
of St. Angelo. All the important points of our territory
have been successively occupied by their troops, and the
collectors of our taxes can no longer levy any imposts in

< « ." ■• '

'"'-"•"- riimiMiiiiiiiiiii^

.!fP'

•' . r '

the greater part of our territory, to provide for the con-
tributions which have been imposed. We shall make
no resistance, but your soldiers will require to break
open the gates with cannon-shot. Europe shall see how
we are treated ; and we shall, at least, prove that wc
have acted in conformity to our honor and our conscience.
If they take away our life, the tomb will do us honor and
we shall be justified in the eyes of God and man.

4. The French minister soon after intimated, that if
the Pope continued on any terms with the enemies of
France, the emperor would be under the necessity of
detaching the duchy of Urbino, the march of Ancona,
and the sea-coast of Civita Vecchia, from the ecclesias-
tical territories ; but that he would greatly prefer remain-
ing on amicable terms with his Holiness ; and with that
view, he proposed, as the basis of a definitive arrange-
ment between the two governments, ist, " That the ports
of his Holiness should be closed to the British flag, on ail
occasions when England was at vvar with France ; 2d,
That the Papal fortresses should be occupied by the
French troops, on all occasions when a foreign land-force
is debarked on or menaces the coast of Italy." To these
proposals, which amounted to a complete surrender of
even the shadow of independance, the Pope returned a
respectful but firm refusal, which concluded with these
words : " His Majesty may, whenever he pleases, exe-
cute his menaces, and take from us whatever we possess.
We are resigned to every thing, and shall never be sa
rash as to attempt resistance. Should he desire it, we
shall instantly retire to a convent, or the catacombs of
Rome, like the first successors of St. Peter; but think
not, as we are intrusted with the responsibility of power,
to make us by menaces violate its duties."

AUSON.

2.ftS

LESSON III.

PRAYER.

^■' .

Sole'ly, ad., exclusively. L. soliim, from solus, alone, and this,

probably, from holos, G., all or whole.
Per'fect, a., consummately virtuous ; thoroughly accomplished.

F. parfait, from (L.) perfido,-pnr, a.mlfodo, 1 do or accomplish.
Iuit'erate, n., ignorant, unlettered ; not having literature. L. illdte-

ratusy — ii, and litferotus, — learned or lettered, from littem, a

letter.
Adore', v., to pray with reverence, humility and love ; to worship.

F. adorer ; I. and L. mhrare, — ad, and orare, to jiray. See

"Orator," p. 183.
Pray, v., to supplicate, to ask. F. ;)>vf;', from precor,L., I beseech.
Pub'lican, n., in this place, a toll-gatherer, a receiver of public

dues or customs. F. puhlicain, irom pubiicus, L., contracted

from populicus, now pop ul us, the people.
Gompunc'tion, n., penitential sorrow ; apply to the pangs or stings

attending the recollection of guilt. V. cotniionctio/t. See "Pun-
gent," p. 125.
Pie'ty, n., the duty and love one owes to God, to his parents, and to

his country. F. piet^ ; L. pietns ; of unknown origin.
Appro'priate, v., to take, to apply. F. appropn'er, fi-om L. ^/rf, and

proprhis, peculiar, from prope, near ; as persons draw or keep

near them what is peculiar to them or their own.
In'digence, n., poverty ; the state of being in want. F. indigence,

from (L.) indigens, p. pt. of indigere, — in, and egcre, t(j be in

want.

• ^ i;,i

, '■ 1 I. "

1. Prayer is not a special gift set apart for priv-
ileged souls alone ; it is a common duty imposed upon
every believer ; it is not solely a virtue of perfection,
and reserved for certain purer and more holy souls ;
it is'like charity, an indispensable virtue, requisite to the
perfect as to the imperfect ; within the capacity of the
illiterate equally as of the learned ; commanded to the
simple as to the most enlightened ; it is the virtue of all
men ; it is the science of every believer ; it is the per-
fection of every creature.

2. Whoever has a heart, and is capable of loving the
Author of his being ; whoever has a reason capable of
knowing the nothingness of the creature and the great-

; .f

<, L

246

ness of God, must know how to adore, to return him
thanks, and to have recourse to him ; to appease him
when oilended ; to call upon him when turned away ;
to thank him when favorable ; to humble himself when
he strikes ; to lay his wants before him, or to entreat his
countenance and protection. Thus, be ye who you may
that now listen to me, imitate the woman of Canaan ; be
faithful to prayer, and in the fulfilment of this duty you
will find all the rest sustained and rendered easy. If a
sinner, pray ; it was through prayer alone that the
publican and the sinful woman of the Gospel obtained
feelings of compunction, and the grace of a thorough
penitence ; and prayer is the only source and the only
path of righteousness; If righteous, still pray ; perse-
verance in faith and in piety is promised only to prayer;
and by prayer it was that Job, that David, that Tobias
persevered to the end. If you live amid sinners, and
your duty does not permit you to withdraw yourself
from the sight of their irregularities and examples, pray;
the greater the dangers, the more necessary does prayer
become : the three children in the flames, and Jonas in
the belly of a monster, found safety only through prayer.
If the engagements of your birth or of your station attach
you to the court of kings, pray : Esther, in the court of
Assuerus ; Daniel, in that of Darius ; the prophets, |in
the palaces of the kings of Israel, were solely indebted to
prayer for their life and salvation. If you live in refire-
ment, pray : solitude itself becomes a rock, if a continual
intercourse with God does not defend us against our-
selves ; and Judith in the secrecy of her house, and the
widow Ann in the temple, and the Antoniesin the desert,
found the fruit and the security of their retreat in prayer
alone. If established in the Church for the instruction of
tlifi people, pray : all the power and all the success of
the ministry must depend upon your prayers ; and the
apostles converted the universe, solely because they had
appropriated nothing to themselves but prayer and the
preaching of the Gospel.

3. Lastly, whoever you are, I again repeat it, in

f>\

..^ . V*:-

247

prosperity or indigence, in joy or in affliction, in trouble
or in peace, in fervency or in despondency, in sin or in
the ways of righteousness, advanced in virtue or still in the
first steps of penitence, prav : prayer is the safety of all
stations, the consolation of all sorrows, the duty of all con-
ditions, the soul of piety, the support of faith, the grand
foundation of religion, and all religion itself. my God!
shed, then, upon us that spirit of grace and of prayer which
was to be the distinguishing tnark of thy Church, and tlie

f>ortion of a new peop'* ; . purify our her-*' xd'I our
ips, that we may be ci.ableu lO olfer up to lUrc pure
homages, fervent sighs, and prayers wortliy of the eternal
riches which thou hast so often promised to those who
shall have well entreated thee.

Massillon.

PRAYER.

4. There is an eye that never sleeps,
Beneath the wing of night ;
There is an ear that never shuts,
When sink the beams of light.

2. There is an arm t^ .t never tires,

When human strength gives way ;
There is a love that never fails,
When earthly love decay.

3. That eye is fix'd on seraph throngs ;
That ear is fiU'd with angels' songs ;
That arm upholds the world on high ;
That love is throned beyond the sky.

4. But there's a power which man can wield

When mortal aid is vain ; —
. That eye, that arm, that love to reach.
That list'ning ear to gain.
That power is prayer, which soars on high,
And feeds on bliss beyond the sky !

Anon.

1^^

•hi%m

? 'lir!

1 '.f

^rs.

LESSON IV.

* GRAVITY OR ATTRACTION.

Gen'eral, «., pertaininpf to all of a kind ; opposed to special. F.
and S. gdneral ; L. (jeneralin, of a kind {genus, kind), Irom gene-
in, G., to beget.

Attract', v., to draw or bring to. F. attraire ; L. attraho,^ad,
and tmho, I draw.

Va'poh, n., steam, a fume, an exhalation. S. and L. vapor, from
knpns, G., a piilT, a gentle breeze.

Al'titude, 71., elevation, height. L. nltitwlo, from alius, high.

Cu'bic, a., having the form of a cube— which is a square soiid, ha-
ving length, breadth, and depth : hence a " cubic foot " is 12
times 12 times 12 times, or 1728 inches. F. cuhique, from
(L.) cubua, (jr. kiibon, a riibo.

Fur'm, u., a term applied to that whose parts are easily separable ;
any thing th;it Hows. V. fluiih, from fiacre, \,. to flow.

CoNTir.'rous, a., bordering (tr adjoining; touching one another. L.
t'outignua, from continyo, — con, and tango, 1 touch.

Mer'ci'rv, n., quicksilver, which is one of the semi-metals, not being
malleable in our temperature : the metals are gold, silver, copper,
tin, iron, and lead.

Met'al, n., a hard, compact body, fus'' and malleable {malleus
L —a mallet or hammer), i e.^capab ,, when beaten, of exten-
sion, without the particles being separated, F.and S.md/«/;and
u. metnllon, — meta, with, and allon, another; for where one
vein is found, another is presumed to be near.

Repul'sion, n., the act or power of driving off from itself. L, repul'
sus, a drawing back, astriking again, from rejow/^o, — re, andpw/-
so, I strike.

For " Process, " see p. 137 ; " Granite," p. 203 ; "Surface," p. 235 ;
"Sublime," p. 147 ; "Genius," p 17 ; "Solar," p. Ill ;— and
for deriv. of " Globules," (little globes), see " Globular," p. 141 ;
and of " Constituent," see Constitutes," p. 193.

\. To exemplify the process by which a general truth
or law of nature is discovered, we shall take the physical
law oi gravity or attraction. It was observed that bodies
in general, if raised from the earth, and left unsuppor-
ted, fell towards it ; while flame, smoke, vapors, <fec., if left
free, ascended away from the earth. It was held, there-
fore, to be a very general law, that things had weight]
but that there were exceptions in such matters as

I' ,'i

ecial. F.
rom gene-

ipor^ from

s, hir^h.
a soiid, ha-
oot " is 12
nque, from

separable ;
ow.
nother. L.

Is, not being
iver, copper,

ble {malleus

n, of exten-

m^/fl/ ,- and

• where one

.. L. repuU
r-re, andpM/-

[ce,"p.23S;
111 ;— and
lar,"p.l41;

leral truth

le physical

[hat bodies

unsuppor-

dCifleft

Id, there-

d weight)

alters as

249

were in their nature light or ascending. It was disco-
vered that our globe of earth is surrounded by an ocean
of air, having nearly Afty miles of altitude or depth, and
of which a cubic foot, taken near the surface of the earth,
weighs about an ounce. It was then perceived that
flame, smoke, vapor, &c., rise in the air only as oil rises
in water, viz., because not so heavy as the fluid by which
they are surrounded : it followed, therefore, that nothing
was known on earth naturally light, in the ancient sense
of the word. It was found that bodies floating in water,
near to each other, approached and feebly cohered; that
any contiguous hanging bodies were drawn towards each
other, so as not to hang quite perpendicularly ; and that
a plummet, suspended near a hill, was drawn towards
the hill with force only so much less than that with which
it was drawn towards the earth, viz., the weight of the
plummet, as the hill was smaller than the earth. It was
then proved, that weight itself is only an instance of a
more general mw^wrt/a//rac^/ow, operating between all the
constituent elements of this globe ; and which explains,
moreover, the fact of the rotundity of the globe, all the
parts being drawn towards a common centre; as also the
form of dewdrops, globules of mercury, and of many
oth.r things; which, still-further, is the reason why the
distinct particles of which any solid mass, as a stone or a
piece of metal, is composed, cling together as a mass, but
which, when overcome by the repulsion of heat, allows
the same particles to assume the form of a liquid or air.
It was further observed, that all the heavenly bodies are
round, and must, therefore, consist of materials obeying
the same law ; and lastly, that the^e bodies, however
distant, attract each other ; for that the tides of our ocean
rise in obedience to the attraction of the moon, and
become high on spring tides, when the moon and sun
operate in the same direction. Thus the sublime truth
was at last made evident by the genius of the immortal
Newton, that there is a power of attraction connecting
together the bodies of this solar system at least, and
probably limited only by the bounds of the universe.

Arnott.

'Iv '■ » '.'ill

.1 4

, I

i»*iW*'i*iisi»9an

250

LESSON V.

I' i

EXCELLENCE AND USES OF TDE EYE.

A'GENCY, «., instnimentality. F. ngence, from (L.) ngetis, p. pt.

of nr/ere, to do or act.
1n'n(x:i:nt, a., faultless. F. innocent, from noceo, L., I hurt.
Ampiiat'ically, Of/., in a significant manner; api)ropriately, forcibly.

L. emphnticp, from etnphnsis, (L. and G.),— G. em, and phasis,

from pliaein, to speak.
Sculp'tor, n., a graver, a carver; one who cuts wood or stone into

images. L. .^culphtr, from senlpo, 1 cut, 1 carve.
Vis'uAL, n., pertaining to the sight :— the term is applied to what

exercises or falls under the faculty of vision or power of sight.

F. visucL See " Vision," p. 153.
Domes'tic, a., pertaining to a house or family, F. domestique ; L,,

domesticus, from domus, a house ; G. donios, a house, from demo,

1 build.
Appreciate ('-she-), v., to value, to estimate. F. apprdcier, to fix

a price. \j. prethwi, price.
Mir'rored, pt., reflected, thrown, or given back. F. miroir, a
, mirror or looking-glass, from mirer,—L. mimre, to look, to

behold.
Zeal (zeel), w., warmth, fervor,- ardor. F.zele; G. zelos, f»'oni

zeo, I glow.
Eter'nity, n.,a. duration without bounds or limits, duration with-
out end;— that which has always been, is without beginning;

that which always shall be, is without ending. ^ F. ^ternitd, from

cevum, L., an age.
Prudence (proo'-), 7i., wisdom discreetly applied to practice. F.

prudence, {voui {L.) prudens, from providens, provident, wise,

thoughtful.

1. By the agency of this little organ it is, that one of
the most innocent and rational sources of recreation has
been opened to the human mind. It is the parent of those
delightful classes of elegant science, which have been
emphatically denominated the fine arts. By combining
the impressions, which it enabled them to treasure in
their recollection, the architects of ancient Greece cons-
tructed those noble edifices, which, even in their ruins,
aft'ectthe mind so forcibly^ by their mingled grandeur and
Bimplicity. By this sense it is, that the sculptor is enabled
to chain the admiration of the world, and to praise the

r stone into

F. miroir, a

Creator in a lofty manner, by the imitation of his works.
By this sense the painter makes us acquainted with the
visual splendors of other climes, and secures to a tond
domestic circle the imajjc of a lost and l)eIoved member,
even when the hues and form that furnished tlie subject
of his task, arc faded into dust and ashes. By this organ
it is, that we are made acquainted with the persons and
features of those great men, who have influenced the
condition of mankind in times long past, and shed a
lustre on the page of history.

2. But it is not for the purpose of enjoying a brief and
transient, although exquisite, happiness, that you have
been gifted with this enchanting faculty. It is given you
for higher and far more benelicial uses. It enables you
to behold and applaud the visible wonders of the Creator,
and by the constant observation of his bcnetits, to raise
vour hearts in gratitude and affection to him, who
fashioned all things into shapes so Hair, and tinged them
with hues so beautiful.

3. To appreciate all the excellence of this wonderful
organ, cast your e^es in the depth of a starlight night
upon the skies. Every star which you there Ifclioid, is
a globe of many thousands of miles in diameter, and yet
what a number of those worlds can be comnrehended in
a single glance ! Consider, now, the excellence of that
little organ, in the bottom of which, that vast circum-
ference, with all those illuminated worlds, is pictured in
so minute a space, with so much accuracy and distinct-
ness.

4. But it is in the indications which it affords of the
affections and emotions of the mind within that the chief
beauty ol this organ consists. In what part of the frame
are the afl'ections mirrored so beautifullv as here ? In
joy, how bright and sparkling is the appearance of the
eye ! The lid is raised, and the slight gush of tears
heightens the brilliancy of its reflection, while it seems
to start forward, as if eager to meet the impression which
has awakened so lively a sensation within the mind, la

,j,

i ■

■^#' 'I

J. .

::,

2S2

grief, how touching in its depression ! The lid fallt, the
lashes droop, and the eye-hall seeks the earth, as if
unwilling to distiirh, hy tlie sight of any other object,
the memory of that beloved and long-accustomed one,
which it shall never more helioldon earth. How riuiiable
its half-shut and retiring look, when nuM'it, dilTldent even
of itself, hesitate to assume its rightful place in the social
order ! Flow glorious is the tire which tills it, when a
tempered zeal for truth, or injured homes and altars, is
swelling in the heart ! Track it through all its changes,
whether it giisleus with compassion, lights up with
courage, or droops with humility, and in every instance,
von will find it tlic silent tongue of the heart — the win-
dow of the alVeclions.

5. Ilememhor, also, the destiny of this sense. It is
not given you for purposes merely temporal and earthly.
Its destiny in lime is not to tempt you to tix your
affections on scenes and spectacles which shall pass away,
but to furnish you with motives for divine love, and
enable you to acquire wisdom. Its destiny in eternity is
to behold the God that made it for ever and for ever.

6. Employ this happy gift with prudence and self-
possession, and reserve the full enjoyment of its power
to that promised time, when it shall be called to look
upon light that fades not, hues that change not, and
torms which shall never be dissolved.

G. Griffin.

FRAGMENT.

Safe in the hand of one disposing power,

Or in the natal, or the mortal hour,

All nature is hut art, unknown to thee ;

Alt ciiance, direction which thou canst not see ;

All d.isi'.ord, harmony not understood;

Ail p^irlial evil, universal good, ^

And, spirit of pride, in erring reason's spite,

One truth is clear, — whatever is is right.

Pope.

'ii;,i

Ill, Ibo
I, as it'
object,
sd one,
Liniablc
III cvon
e social
when a
I tars, is
hanges,
ip witli
ustance,
lie win-

e. It is
earthly,
ix your
lss away,
ove, and
ternity is
ever.

nd self-
ts power
to look

ot, and

IIFFIN.

jee ;

IPOFfi.

353

LESSON VI.

OCEANICA.

ARCHiPEL'AGo(ar-ko-), fi.fH soa rontalninga'niimborof^m.'xll Island:?,

The word is thought to bo a coiTiiptinn {){nrfjeinpctn'jHfi^ tho Ar^;! vij
or Grecian Sea. A.N. oflheKuropcan Archi|»olag(),— 1Mr«? .Kf/imim,

or itlgeaii Sea.
Frigid (tiV»-j id), ft., cold. I., frujiilm, irom frnjerc^ to be cold, and

this probably froni((i.)/>/<rj^^', shuddering'.
Zo6piiYTE(zo'-o-lite), /J. , substances partaking of the n'^ .ureboth of

vegetables and animals. 0. zonphytos, \:omzoihi, an animal^

and phuton, a plant.
Galca'reous, a., stony, flintly : resembling limestone. L cfUcftrr's\

from caiXf—calcis, lime, from ((i.)c'A«/i.r (c/i as k), a stone, or

fragments of stones.
Volca'no, /I., a mountain that , like Etna or Vesuvius, casts forth

tlamesand smoke. I. vu/cano, from vn/cnnus-, L., tbepod of II v
Sco'Rii«, n., gross substances ; dregs. L. scorife, from .skoi\ IJ., ih^gs.
Prismatic, a., cut or formed Uke a prism, which in nionsurutioii

is an oblong solid body. A triangular prism has three faces or

sides, and two triangular bases; and there are as many varieties

in the form of this prism as there are varieties in the form of

triangles. F. prismatique, from (L. and G.) prisma^ a prism, from

priein^ G., to cut.
Gyths'ra, n., a beautiful island, which was dedicated to Venus.

between Peloponnesus (now the Morea), and Crete (now Candia),

at present one of the Ionian Islands, and called Ceriffo.
Enam'bl, n., any thing enamelled or variegated with inlaid colors.

To enamel means to fix colors by melting in fire. F. imaillcr^ to

enamel ; D. smelten, from myltan^ A. S., to mel'
Cor'al, a., of or consisting of coral, which is a maiiue plant of a

porous texture and stony hardness. F. corail; G, korralion^ of

doubtful etymology.

For "Labyrinth," see p. 133 ; ** Continent," p. £39 ; " Rampart/' p.
239 ; *♦ Verdant," p. 76; "Ambiguous," p. 107; "Pictui'esque,"
p. 185 ; " Peak," p. 239 ; "Amphitheatre," p. 169 ; " Atmos-
phere," p. 26; " Melody," p. 172 ; and Jessamine, p. 33.

1. There extends over a spaCe of more than 8000
miles a labyrinth of islands, an immense archipelago,
in the midst of which are twenty countries, spacious hko
minor continents, and one of them nearly equalling
Europe in extent. These regions present in every quarter

i4«^

H 1 I

■IT

J 4 i

I t

J .2t

254

"if

I'-* ■■.

I* '"

scenes fitted to move the most frigid imagination. Many
nations are here found in their earliest infancy. The
amplest openings have been afforded for commercial
activity. Numberless valuable productions have been
already laid under contribution to our insatiable luxury.
Here many natural treasures still remain concealed from
scientific observation. How numerous are the gulfs, the
ports, the straits, the lofty mountains, and the smiling
plains ! What magnificence, what solitude, what origi-
nality, and what variety ! Here the zoophyte, the mo-
tionless inhabitant of the Pacific Ocean, creates a rampart
of calcareous rock round the bank of sand on which it
has grown. Grains of seed are brought to this spot by
the birds, or wafted by the Avinds. The nascent verdure
makes daily acquisitions of strength, till the young palm
waves its verdant foliage over the surface of the waters.
Each shallow is converted into an island, and each
island improved into a garden. We behold at a distance
a dark volcano ruling over a fertile country, generated
by its own sulphureous overflowings, or black lava. A
rapid and charming vegetation is displayed by the side
of heaps of ashes and of scoria?. Where the land is more
extended, scenes more vast present themselves ; some-
times the ambiguous iron colored stone called basalt,
rises majestically in prismatic columns, or lines, to a
distance too great for tne eye to reach, the solitary shore
with his picturesque ruins. Sometimes enormous primi-
tive peaks boldly shoot up among the clouds ; while,
hung on their sides, the dark pine-forest varies the
immense void of the desert with its gloomy shade. In
another place, a low coast, sloping insensibly beneath
the surface of the sea, stretches afar into aangerous
shallows, where the noisy waves break into spray. To
these sublime horrors a scene of enchantment suddenly
succeeds. A new Cythera emerges from the besom of
the enchanted wave. An amphitheatre of verdure rises
to our view. Tufted groves mmgle their foliage with the
brilliant enamel of the meadows. An eternal spring,
combining with an eternal autumn, displays its opening
blossom along with the ripened fruity,

■i

255

2. A perfume of exquisite sweetness embalms the at-
mosphere, which is continually refreshed by the whole-
some breezes from the sea. A thousand rivulets trickle
down the hills, and minjrle their plaintive murmurs with
the joyful melody of the birds animatin^^ the tliickets.
Under the shade of the cocoa, the smiliu};, but modest
hamlets present themselves, roofed with banana leaves,
and decorated with garlands of jessamine. Here mi^ht
mankind, if they would only throw off their vices, lead
lives exempt from trouble and from want. Their bread
grows on the trees which shade their lawns, the scenes
of their festive amusement. Their li|iht barks glide in
peace on the lagoons or lakes, protected from the swelling
surge by the coral reefs surrounding their whole island,
at a short distance from the shore, and confining their
domestic water in the stillness of a prison.

Malte-Brun.

;1*

►-♦-

LESSON VII.

WHO ISTUY NEIGUBOR ?

1. Thy neighbor ? It is he whom thou
Has power to aid and bless —
"Whose aching heart or burning brow
Thy soothing hand may press.

2.JThy neighbor ? 'Tis the fainting poor,
"Whose eye with want is dim.
Whom hunger sends from door to door-
Go thou, and succor him.

3. Thy neighbor ? 'Tis that weary man
"Whose years are at their brim,
But low wi»li sickness, cares, and pain ;
Go thou, and comfort him.

t '

— •»,<.»

4. Thy neighbor ? 'Tis the heart bereft

Of every earthly gem ;
Widow and orphan, helpless left-
Go thou, ana shelter tnem.

5. Thy neighbor ?— Yonder toiling slave,

Fetter'd in thought and limb.
Whose hopes are all beyond the grave-
Go thou, and ransom him.

G. Where'er thou meet'st a human tbrm
Less favor'd than thy own,
Remember 'tis thy neighbor worm,
Thy brother or thy son.

7. Oh ! pass not, pass not heedless by ;
Perhaps thou canst redeem
The breaking heart from misery-
Go, share thy lot with him.

SONNET.

Anow.

H^K'

li'

m l''' '

II li*

M 'Sta:

WffMiiiBi'

jrH^

'^:^Hl|

■

V iul

s J8ffl'

111?;"

What art thou, Mightit One ! and where thy seat ?

Thou broodest on the calm that cheers the lands,

And thou dost bear within thine awful hands
The rolling thunder and the lightnings fleet ;
Stern on thy dark-wrought car of cloud and wind.

Thou guid'st the northern storms at night's dead noon.

Or, on the red wing of the fierce monsooji,
Disturb'sl llie sleeping giant of the Ind.
In the drear silence of the polar span,

Dost lliou repose ? or in the solitude
Of sultry Iracls, where the lone caravan

Hears nightly howl the tiger's hungry brood ?

2fi1

Vain thou^t ! the confines of His throne to trace,
Who glows through all the fields of boundless space.

H. K. White.

11-

. 'lit

t\.

LESSON vm.

ON FISHES.

.. ! ii

[OW.

AuR'rcLE, n., the ear: the two muscular caps covering the ventricles
of the heart are, from their resemblance to the ear, called auri-
cles; from (L.) auns (i. e., audis), an ear, from audio, I hear.

Ten'tbiclf., 71., any fPiall cavity in an animal body ; the stomach.
L. vent.iculm, — from venter, the stomach.

Oxygen (oks-), n , that principle in the air, which renders it
capable of being breathed; a constituent part both of air and
water, — by combining with other bodies, it renders them acid,
and hence its name oxi/yen, from (G.) oxus, acid, sour, and
gennein, to produce.

Deter'iorated, a., less pure. F. d(}terion}, from (L.) detero,--de,
and tero, I make worse.

Pec'toral, a., of or pertaining to the breast. F. and S. pectoral,
from (L.) pectus, the breast

Dor'sal, «., belonging to the back, from (L.) dorsum, the back.

Caudal (kaw'-), a., tail-like ; from (L.) cnudn, a tail

Skel'eton, n., a carcase with the flesh decayed ; the dried, bare
bones connected. G. skeleton, from skello, I dry up.

VER'TEBRiE, «., a joiut where the bones meet, so as they may turn,
— as the back bones. L. vertebrce, from verto, I turn.

Osseous, a., bony. L. osseus, from os, — ossis,{G. osteon,) a
bone.

Olfac'tory, a., smelling, having sense of smell ; from (L.) olfacio,
—oleo, I smell, and facio, 1 cause or make.

CABiMv'oROUs, a., flesh-devouring. L. carnivorus,—caro, — carnis,
flesh, and voro, 1 devour.

For " Apparatus," see p. 137 ; " Membrane," p. 87 ; "Articula-
tions," p ^06 ; "Longitudinally," p. 18 ; " Filaments," p. 1.35 ;
" Flexible." p 51; "Compact," p. 137 ; " Concave," p. 123 ;
" Vision," p. 153; " Glutinous," p. 193; and "Modified," p. 180.

.1. A Fisn may be defined, a vertebrate animal,
breathing through the medium of water by means of
branchla), or gills, having one auricle and one ventricle

irlf

• % 1 II

fi\

I , t

258

to the heart, cold, red blood, and extremities formed for
swimming.

2. In considering fishes, perhaps the most important
thing which offers itself to our attention is, the appa-
ratus called the hranchiw^ or gills. This apparatus is
situated on each side of the neck, and consists of numerous
laminjp, which are thin flakes, or scale-like plates, fi .ed
on arches. These laminae are covered with innumernMe
blood-vessels, and are so constructed as to present a ( n-
siderable surface to the water, so that the blood ii ly
receive a sufTicient portion of the oxygen contained in
that element. As the water in contact with the g Is
becomes deteriorated, it is necessary that a constant cur-
rent be caused to flow over them. In most fishes, this
is effected by their taking the water in at the mouth, and
expelling it from under the gill-covers. The blood,
which is constantly sent to the branchial from the heart,
is distributed by means of the arteries to every part of
the body, whence it returns to the heart by means of the
veins.

3. The limbs are formed into fins, the fore-legs con-
stituting what is termed the pectoral fins^ and the pos-
terior extremities, the central fins : besides these fins,
ordinary fisiies are furnished with one or two dorsal fins^
and a caudal fin.

4. All these fins are not always present, nor when
present, are they always in they same relative position ;
the absence of certain fins, and the peculiar position
of these organs, afford characters in the classification of
fishes. The fins consist of a thin, elastic membrane,
supported by rays. The rays are of two kinds : those
which consist of a single bony piece, usually hard and
nointed, are termed spinous rays, being long and thin,
like a spine or thorn ; and when the rays are formed of
numerous portions of bone, united by articulations, and
frequently divided longitudinally into several filaments,
they are called flexible rays. The principal organ of
motion is the tail ; the dorsal and ventral fins apparently

port ant
e a|>pa-
ratiis is
imerous
is, (i vcd
ment >le
it a c 'n-
)od i> ly
[lined in
the g Is
,tant ciir-
ihes, this
mth, and
le hlood,
:he heart,
:y part of
ans of the

■legs con-

the pos-

lese nns,

lorsal finSf

259

serve to balance the fish, and the pectoral, to arrest its
progress when required.

5. The hones of fishfcs arc of a less dense and compact
nature than in the higher orders of animals. The
skeleton may he divided into four chief parts ; the ver-
tebral column, the head, the respiratory apj)aratus, and
the limbs. The vertebral column consists of vertebra),
which are concave at each end and pierced in the middle ;
and when joined together, the hollow |)lace between each
two is occupied by a glutinous substance, which passes
from one space to the next, through the hole in each
bone.

6. The teeth in fishes are almost entirely osseous ; they
are usually of a simple, spine-like form, and recurved at
the tip. Teeth arc found in almost every bone in the
interior of the mouth.

7. As regards the senses, those of taste and touch
appear to be but slightly developed in lishes. When we
tind the tongue thickly covered with teeth, as is often the
case, and use as an organ of prehension ; and when we
consider the quick manner in which the food is swall-
awed, it would certainly appear that their sense of taste
is very slight.

8. The eyes are differently placed in the various
species of fishes, in accordance with their habits ; for the
most part they are placed laterally, or side-wise, and in
some, as in tnose that live at the bottom of the wafer,
we fii.d them directed upwards.

9. The sight of fishes is acute ; the range of vision,
however, is probably somewhat limited. The eyes,
which are furnished with a spherical lens, arc getierally
large ; but in some species they are very small, whilst
others appear to be destitute of them.

10. Although fishes appear not to possess certain por-*
tions of the auditory apparatus observed in animals of

'■< i

bf<^t|:|

S' ■■!

'ii

■i

,! 1

(

tf-~

;l''t

a higher grade, they nevertheless, possess the sense of
hearing.

41. There are reasons for the belief, that the sense of
smell in fishes is tolerably acute ; their olfactory nerves
arc of a large size, and disposed over a considerable
extent of surface.

12. By far the greater number of fishes are of car-
nivorous habits ; there are some, however, which feed
upon vegetable substances, and we find the stomach
modified accordingly, as in other animals.

Cyclopedia.

— ^..^o*-

LESSON IX.

ARCHITECTURE.

Ar'chitrave, n., the chief beam, or that part of the entablature
which rests immediately on the heads of the columns, and is
surmounted by the frieze ; it is also called the epistyle, from
(G.) epi, upon, and stylos, a column. F. I. and S. architrave,—
arche, G., chief, and trahs, L., a beam.

Frieze (freeze), «., that portion of an entablature between the cor-
nice above and the architrave below. F. frise, from (L.) phry-
gonius, enriched or embroidered ; because the frieze is the re-
cipient of sculptured enrichments Of foliage, figures, &c.

Gor'nice, n., that which rests on the frieze : the term is applied lo
the mouldings on the highest part of a wall, pillar, entablature,
&c. \. cornice, from coronix, L., (G. koroms), the apex or
crown of any thing.

Or'der, n., a column with its entablature and stylobate. F. ordre;
L. ordo, probably from ordiri, to begin.

Col'umn (lum), n., a tapering, cylindrical mass, placed perpendi-
cularly on a pedestal : its larger end is called the base ; the
smaller, the capital ; and the tapering mass or body, the shaft.
L. coliimna, from columen, a roof, so called because the ancients
covered their buildings with thatch or straw :—culmus, straw.

Entab'latdre, n., that part of the order which rests on the tablet,

. or abacus of a column. F. entablement, from(L-) in, upon, and
tabula, a tablet.

Ped'estal, n., the lower member or foot-stall of a column, or that
whereon it rests ; the basement of a column or any single
object. Stylobate is the term applied to a continued and un-
broken basement to a series of columns, — from (G.) stylos, a

' column, and basis, a base. S. pedestal, — G. poys or pous,dL loot,
and stylos.

'^^l

sense of

sense of
y nerves
siderablc

; of car-

hich feed

stomach

3PEniA.

entablature
mns, auil i^
astyle, from
irchitrave,—

reeii the cor-
n (L.) phr\i-
56 i$ the re-
, &c.

is applied 10

entablature,

the apex or

.e. F. ordre;

3(1 perpendi-
le base ; the
[y, the shaft.
1 the ancients

^mus, straw.

)n the tablet,
in, upon, and

imn, or that

aay single

lued and un-

(G.) stylos, a

>pou5, a toot,

261

Tri glyph, n.,a. perpendicularly channelled tablet of the Doric friezp,
so called because of the three angular channels in it. A melopo
(nniddle space, G.) is a square sunk space betwet'n every pair of
triglyphs. F. triglyphe ; G. triylyphos, from trcis, three, and
ylyphe, an incision or channel.

Den'ticles, n., the cogged or toothed nnember, common in the bed-
mould of a Corinthian entablature, is said to be dentilled, and
each cog or|tooth is called a dentil or denticle ; — L. de/tticu-
lus, from (/e//.s', a tooth.

Pin'nacle, «., Ihe slender, tapering head of a turret or buttress ; a
small spire, or the head of a spire or steeple. F. pinacle ; L.pin-
naculum, from pinna, a wing.

Ram'ified, a., branching or extending, as the branches from a
trunk, from raynus, L., a branch.

Fret'ted, a., diversilled, or variegated with raised work ; rut or
carved in many parts, so as to project forward ; from the \. f rat-
to, broken, split.

For "Structure," see p. 468 ; " Conical," p. liO ; "Corinthian," p.
45 ; " Cube," p. 248 ; " Architect," p. 170 ; " Symmetry," p.
64 ; *• Niches," p. 96 ; and " Intersecting," p. 133.

1. From the earliest periods of society, the art of buil-
ding has beenjcultivated by mankind ; and the origin of
all buildings may be deduced from the construction of
the meanest huts. These were, at first, made in a coni-
cal form, which is the simplest in structure ; but being
inconvenient, on account of ,its inclined sides, both the
form and construction of the huts were changed, by gi-
ving them the shape of a cube.

2. Mankind at length improved in the art of building,
and invented methods of rendering their habitations du-
rable and convenient. The trunks of trees, deprived of
their bark and other inequalities of surface, were raised
above the humid soil, by means of stones, and covered
each with a flat stpne, or slate, to exclude the rain ; and
the interstices, or spaces between the ends of the joists,
were closed with wax or clay. The roof was altered, and
elevated in the centre by the rafters, to support the ma-
terials of the covering, and to carry oil the water. When
the rude builder erected more stately editices, he imitated
those parts which from necessity, had composed the pri-
mitive huts. The upright trees, with stones at each end,
became the origin of columns, bases, and capitals ; and

mi%

!;■

» '.'

- i,

f*\ i.

262

the beams, joists, and rafters, which formed the coTering,
gave rise to architraves, friezes, and cornices.

3. The Greeks, wliosc genius prompted them to com-
liine elegance and convenience, derived their ideas of
building from llie Egyptians, But the mind of man is
inlhienccd by the government under which he lives; the
Greeks lost, with their independence, the ascendency in
works of genius, and from that period the Romans
encouraged this noble art. Yitruvius, the learned |{oman
architect, bad Julius Ca'sar and Augustus for his patrons,
and though employed in few works of magniticence, his
rules for architecture were higblv esteemed bvtheancients
and are still a standard among the moderns. The Romans
carried to the highest perfection the live orders of archi-
tecture : the Tuscan, the Doric, the Ionic, the Corinthian,
and the Composite ; and though the moderns have mate-
rially improved the general structure of buildings, nothing
has been added to the beauty and synjmetry of these co-
lumns.

5. To give an idea of the orders, it must be observed
that the whole of each is divided into two parts at least — the
column and entablature ; and of four parts at most, when
there is a pedestal under the colunui, and an acrolerat,
or little pedestal, surrounded by the entablature : that
the column has three parts — the base, the shaft , and the
capital ; the entablature has three likewise — the architra-

ve, the frieze, and the cornice.

The 7)(scan order had its name and origin in Tus-
oany, iirst inhaliiled by a colony from Lydia, whence it is
likely the order is but tlie sinipliticd Doric. On account of
its strong and massive proportions, it is called the Rustic
order, and is chiefly used in edilices of that character, com-
posed of a few parts, devoid of ornament, and capable of
supporting the neaviest weights. The Tuscan order will
always live where strenght and solidity are required. The
Trajan column at Rome, of this order, is less remarkable for
the beauty of its proportions, than for the admirable pillar
with which it is decorated. Its column is seven diame-

''•::

263

)Tering,

to corn-
ideas of
f man is
ivcs; the
dency in
Romans
id Uoman
i patrons,
•cncc, his
c ancients
c Romans
5 of archi-
orinthian,
lave mate-
rs, nothing
f these co-

observed

least— the

ost, when

acroterat,

lire : that

, and the

e architra-

in in Tus-
hence it is
account of
the Jlustic
icter, corn-
capable of
order will
red. The
[arkable for
able pillar
en diame-

ters high ; and its capital, base, and entablature, have
but few mouldings or ornaments.

6 The Doric order, so called from Dorus, who built a
magnificent temple in the city of Argos , and dedicated
it to Juno, is grave, robust, and of masculine appearance ;
whence it is liguratively termed the Herculean order.
This order possesses nearly the same character for
strength as the Tuscan, but is enlivened with ornaments
in the frieze and capital. In various ancient remains of
this order, the proportions of the colunuis are dilVercnt.
Ion, who built a temple to Apollo in Asia, taking his idea
from the structure of man , gave six times the diameter
of the base for the height of the column. This order
has no ornament on its base or on its capital : its height
is eight diameters; its frieze is divided into triglyphs and
metopes, where all the parts of the order are accurately
defined ; which gives it complete.

7. The Ionic order derived its origin from the people
of Ionia. The column is more slender than the Doric,
but more graceful. Its ornaments are elegant, and in a
style between the richness of the Corinthian and the plain-
ness of the Tuscan ; simple, graceful, and majestic.
When Hermogenes built the temple of Bacchus, at Teos,
he rejected the Doric after the marbles had been prepa-
red, and in its stead adopted the Ionic. The temple of
Diana at Ephesus, of Apollo at Miletus, and of the Del-
phic oracle, were of this order. Michael Angelo, contra-
ry to all other authors, gives the Ionic a single row of
leaves at the bottom of the capital.

8. The Corinthian, the finest of all the orders, and as
first used at Corinth, is expressive of delicacy, tender-
ness, and beauty. The capital, so rich and graceful,
was suggested to Callimachus, by an acanthus entwi-
ning its leaves around a votive basket, that adorned
the grave of^ an illustrious young lady. The column
is ten diameters high.

4-^4

! ' ■'■!

1 - 6f

•< 1

■'^1'

■; \

I- : = 1

264

0. The Composite order, invented, it is snid, by the
Uonians, narlakes of the Ionic and (lorintliian orders;
but priiKMpaily of the lafler. lis cohirnn is ten diiMie-
ters lii^Mi, and its cornice lias denticles, or simple modil-
lions. ,

JO. Gothic architecture has numerous and promi-
nent buttresses, lofty spires and piimacles, larj^'o and
ramilied windows, ornamental niches and canopies,
with sculptured saints and aiif^^els, delicate lace-work,
fretted roofs, and an i'ldiscriminate profusion of or-na-
menls. Ihit its most d'stin<;uishin}j: characters are small
clustered pillars and pr>inled arches, formed by the se;;-
ments of two intersectiii}; circhs. This style is supposed
by some to be of Arabian ori^'iii, introduced into Europe
by the crusaders, or those who made [ul^MMma^^es to tm;
Holy Land ; while Dv. Milner thinks we are iadebted for
it to the Anglo-Normans and the English.

Cyclopedia.

<i» »

hj!r

LESSON X. .

THE GIANT S CAUSEWAY.

An'trim, »., a maritime county in Ulster, bounded on the N.by the
Northern Ocean ; E., by the Irish Sea ; S., by Lough Neagh and
Co. Down ; and \V., by Cos. Derry and Tyrone. Its area is com-
puted at 758,808 acres, of which 225,970 are nioutain ai d bog,
and 49,790, are under water. The population, including that of
Belfast, is 351,490. In the ancient division of Ireland, the south-
ern and southwestern parts of this country were included in the
territory called Vlidia ; the western and northwestern were de-
signated Dah'ieda ; and the name of the whole was Andruim,

. signifying the " habitation upon the waters." Neimius mentions
the " regions ol Dalriedn' as the ultimate settlement of the
Scythian colony in Ireland.

LjtxAG'oNAL, a., six-sided ; having six sides and corners. L. hexago-
nu8f from (G.) hex, six, and gonia, an angle or corner.

Pen'tagon, n., a figure with live angles and consequently, five
sides. F. pentagonej from (G.) pente, five, and gonia.

proini-
:«j;e and
iinopics,
:e-NVork,
of orna-
tFC small

the s<>'-
Aiipposed
Europe
res to the
Lebted for

PEDIA.

leN.by the
Neagh and
irea is cum-
in ai d bog.
ding that of
;,lhesouth-
nded in the
•rn were de-
s Andruun,
|us mentions
leiU of tlie

L. hexago-

ir.
^uently, five

iia.

205

PnFc'iricr, «., ^ place whence tlio descent is h-^adlonj?; a sitn.Ttion
without gradual slope, fruiTi whi(!h tht» f»|l or (lt'>ctMil is sudden
or daupei'ous. l'\ /tri'f)/t:rr, \'v(ni\ /n-tr-rt/iito, \.., 1 tall headlong.

I'ahadi: , //., a Wiilk or |»iita\vav, ;i^ in this pjac' : a plaitc when^
display 01* cxhibitiuu luiiy he made. l'\ pnraftr, \'\om {tfi<(t, l^.,
I make nearly.

CoiNani:', v., t(» fall upon the same superlicial space. F. ruiitviiler ;
cndo, L., I fall.

hvKHTKD, fit., turned Inwards ; reversed or turned in the c(»ntriiry
dir((:tio.i. I.. mt)f/'.y/<.v, from mverti), — iti, and viu-tn, I turn.

Dis-siMn.'iTUDK, /<., want (d' resend)lince ; uidikene • V. ihtisitnili-
tiu/e, from fli.j ffi^s-um'/t^t, — ///v, and ■^inili-i, like.

P:L'LAn, //., a columnar mass of um i»arlicidrir form. (Columns arc
vulgarly called pillars, hut ai'chiteets make a dislinclion ^see
" Column," last lesson;, reslrictin.; this term to sucli pillars as do
not come within the description of a colmnu. F. />i//t'r ; L. piln,
a pile or pillar laid upon the ground to bustain any thing laid or
reaieil upon it.

Oni.iQUK f-like'), n,, inclining, diverging ; deviating from a perpen-
dicular or right line. V. (thti'iw;, from olili'iun.s', L., slant.

For " Socket," see p. 209 ; "Convexity," and " Concavity," p. 123.
For derivation of •* Impending," see '* Pendulous," p. ti'i.

1 On the northwest of the county of Antrim, opcnin}^
into the Atlantic, is a i:reat natural curiositv : it consists
of a vast collection of basaltic [)iliars, cxtendin*: several
miles along: the coast, and divided into fragments, or
parts of causeways.

2. The chief causeway consists of a re^^ular arranj^e-
ment of millions of peulngonal and lu .\ag:onal columns
of hasaltes, a deep grayish hlue-colorcd stone, harder
than marhle ; the pillars are chielly in the foi-m of a pen-
tagon, so closely situated on their sides, though perfectly
distinct from top to bottom, that scarcely any tiling can
he introduced ])etween tlnmi. The columns are of an
unequal heij^ht and breadtli ; some of the highest visil)le
above the surface of the strand and at the foot of the pre-
cipice, are about twenty feet ; none of the principal arran-
gement eTcceeds this height ; how deep they are under the
surface has not yet been ascertained.

3. This causeway extends nearly two hundred yards,
visible at low water; how far beyond is uncertain, from

i I

1 i ■

■

4^4 ^

' I.

.. i

, ►^

"H.;(

200

its dnrlinlnp appearance, however, towards the sr , «t is
probaMe it (lo(;s not oxtiind under water to a distaii' • mv
tiling; e(nial to what is seni above. The breadth oi tiii'
causeway, which runs out into one continued ran^e of
cohnnns, is, in L'cneral, tVorn twenlv to thirty feet: at one
place or two, it may be; nearly forty feet for a few yards.
The hi};hest part (»f this causeway is the narrowest, at
the foot of the iinpeiidin|.' clilV wluMice tin* whoh; projects,
wliere, for four or live yards, it is from .ten to lifteeii
feet.

A. The columns of this narrow part incline from a per-
pendicular a little to the westward, and form a slope on
their tops, by the v(M'y unecpial hei^'ht of the colunnis on
the two sides, l)y which an ascent is made at the foot of
the cliir from the head of one column to the next Jibove,
to the top of the causeway, which at the distance of half
n dozen yards from this, assumes a ])erperidicular posi-
tion, and lowering in its "reneral heij^dit, widens to from
twenty to tiiirty feet, and for one inmdred yards nearlv,
is alwavs above water. The tops of the columns for tins
Icn^'th l)cin^' nearly of an e(pial hei«,'t, they form a prarid
and sinjjjular ()arade, that may be easily walked on, rather
inclining' to the water's ed};e. But from hi}j:h water-mark,
by the continued sur^'es on every return of the tide, the
platform lowers considerably, and becomes more and
more uneven, so as not to be walked on but with the
greatest care. At the distance of a hundred and lii'ly
yards from the clilf, it turns a little to the east for twen-
ty t)r thirty yards, and then sinks into the sea.

5. The form of these columns is mostly pentagonal ;
some few arc of three, four, and six sides : what is very
extraordinary, and particularly curious, is, that there arc
not two columns among ten thousand to be found, that
either have their sides equal amongst themselves, or
whose figiires are alike. Nor is the composition of these
columns or pillars less deserving the attention of the cu-
rious spectator. They are not of one solid stone in an upright
position, but composed of several short lengths, curiously
joined, not with flat surfaces, but articulated into eac6

; ii

f67

other like a ball and socket, the one end at the joint hav-
ing a cavity, into which the convex end of the opposite is
exactly fitted. The denth of the concavity is generally
about three or four inclies. What is slill further remark-
able of the joint, the convexity and correspondent con-
cavity are not conformed to the external angular figure
of the column, but exactly rotmd, and as large as the
diameter of the column will admit, and consequently, as
the angles of these columns are in general extremely
unequal, the circular edges of the joint seldom coincide
with more than two or tliree sides of the pentagonal, and
from the edge of the circular part of the joint to the ex-
terior sides and angles, they are quite plam.

6. It is likewise very remarkable, that the articula-
tions of these joints are frequently inverted ; in some the
concavity is upwards, in others the reverse. The length,
also, of these particular stones, from joint to joint, is
various ; in general they are from eighteen to twenty-
four inches long, and for the most part longer towaras
the bottom of the colunui than nearer the top, and the
articulation of the joints something deeper. The size of
the cohunns is as diHerent as their length and form ; in
general they are from liftccn to twenty inches in
diameter. There is no trace of uniformity of design
throughout the whole combination, except in the form of
the joint and the general pentagonal shape. What is
extraordinary and curious is, that notwithstanding the
universal dissimilitude of the columns, both as to their
figure and diameter, and though perfectly distinct from
top to bottom, yet is the whole so closely joined at ail

Eoints, that there is scarcely room to introduce a knife
etween them, either on the sides or angles.

7. The whole exhibition of this great plan of nature,
so far superior to the little things done by man, is a
confused regularity and disuniformity, diip!'»\ing too
much diversity of plan to be all seen or comprehended
at once. A considerable way along the coast, the clill's,
rising in some parts from two to three hundred fathoms
above the level of the sea, present similar appearances.

■^u

• U

I » '

' I

• _ 1

;','•♦.

208

At tbe point which bounds the bay on the -east, «nd just
above the narrowest part of the greatest ca jseway, a long
collection of pillars, called the needles ^ are seen, the tops
of which, just appearing out of the sloping bank, plainly
show them to be in an oblique position, and about half
way between the perpendicular and horizontal. These
seem to have been removed from a perpendicular to their
present oblique position, by the sinking or falling of the
cliff.

Clarke.

LESSON XL

reptiles:

Rsp'tiles (-tils), n., creeping, crawling animals with four legs, as
tortoises, frogs, and lizards. F. reptiles, from rcptare, L., to
creep.

Lungs, n., theorgans of respiration or breathing, by means of which
the breath is inhaled and exhaled ; the liyhts, so called from their
lightness. A. S. lungena, from langen, to draw, because the
breath is drawn through them.

Irritabil'ity, n., state or quality of being irritable, that is, capable
of being agitated, pained, or fretted by any unaccustomed con-
tact. From I. and L., inritare, from errotho, G., I provoke.

Mus'cuLAR, «M relating to the action or power of the muscles,—
which are the fleshy, fibrous parts of an animal body, covered
with a skin peculiar to themselves, and are the immediate ins-
truments of motion. F. muscidnire. Mus, G., a muscle, is said
to be derived from muein, to cover.

Obtuse', a., not acute ; faint, dull, blunt. F. obtiis ; L. obtusus,
or obtundus, from obtundo,—ob, and tundo, I blunt.

Leth'argy, «., state of sleepiness: sluggish forgelfulness or insen-
sibility. L. lethargia ; G. letnargos, one who quickly forgets,—
lethe, forgetfulness, and argos, swift.

Ner'voiis, n., relative to the nerves— which are the organs of sensa-
tion, parsing from the brain to all parts of the body. Nervous is
sometimes applied to what is vigorous or strong ; at others, to
what is diseased or weak. L. nervositSy from nervuSjO. nerve, a
string 'f tha( which strings or strengthens.

i I

36»

'; i

1 . 1

■]

id jiMt
along
be tops
plainly
lut half
These
to their
J of the

RE.

urlegs, as
arct L., to

of which
from their
ecause the

is, capable

omed con-

rovoke.
Tiuscles,—
y, covered

lediate ins-
cle, is said

L. obtusus,

5S or insen-
y forgets,—

i,ns of sensa-
Netwous is
others, to

I, a nerve, a

Gfbbbel'lum, n., the hinder part of the head ; of the brain. L. cere-

beltum^ from kapn, G., the head.
Pol'monary, a., of or pertaining to the kings. F. pulmonaire, from

pulmo, L., the lungs.
Lar'ynx (-inks), «., a cartilage or gristle forming the protuberance
'in the front of the neck, vulgarly called Pomutn Adnmi, Adam's

apple ; the windpipe or trachea. V. and L. larynx ; (i. inryz/x,

the jjullet, the throat.

For ''Oxigen," see p. 2a7 ; " Fibres" p. 125 ; " Quadrupeds, " p.
87 ; "Vital," p. 180 ; " Fropensity," p. 13 ; and " Tepunents,"
p. 34. For derive of " Mammifera," see "Mainnialia," p, 206.

i. Reptiles have the heart disposed in sucii a manner,
as that, on each contraction, it sends into tiie hin<,'s only
a portion of the blood which it has received from the
various parts of the body and the rest of Uiat fluid returns
to the several parts, without having passed through the

lun^, and

rai pa I
under

gone the action of respiration.

2. From this it results, that the oxygen acts less on the
blood than in the mammifera. If the (piantity of respira-
tion in the latter animals, in which the whole of the
blood passes throuj^^h the lungs, before returning to the
parts, he expressed by unity, the (piantity of respiration
in the reptiles must be expressed by a fraction of unity
so much the smaller, as the portion of the blood sent to
the lungs on each contraction of the heart is less.

3. As respiration communicates to the blood its heat,
and to the libres their iiervous irritability, so we lind
that reptiles have cold blood, and that their muscular
power IS less upon the whole, than that of quadrupeds,
and consequently, than that of birds. Accordingly, they
do not often periorm any movements but those of creep-
ing and of swimming ; and though many of them leap,
and run fast enough, on some occasion, their general
habits are lazy, their digestion exceedingly slow, their
sensations obtuse, and in cold and temperales climates,
they pass almost the entire winter in a state of lethargy.
Their brain, proportionally smaller, is not so necessary
to the exercise of their animal and vital faculties, as it is
in the first t vo classes of the animal kingdom. They

..I

< ■ •({
>■■„ \i

1 *

- 1

' li

..»i*Bl«»«Mm^

h:>

1 270

continue to live and exhibit voluntary motions after
liavinp: lost the brain, and even the head, by decapita-
tion, and that for a very considerable time. The con-
nection with the nervous system is also much less neces-
sary to the contraction of their fibres; and their flesh,
after bavin;,' been separated from the rest of the body,
preserves its irritability much longer than in the classes
already named. Their heart will beat for several hours
afler it has been j)lucked out, aiid its loss does not hinder
the body from moving for a long time. In many of them
it has been observed that the cerebellum is remarkably
small, which perfectly accords with their little propen-
sity to motion. The smallness of the pulmonary vessels
permits reptiles to suspend their respiration without
arresting the course of the blood ; accordingly, they dive
more easily, and for a longer time, than mammifera or
birds ; the cellules of their lungs are also much wider.
Reptiles are provided with a trachea or larynx, though
the faculty of an audible voice is not accorded to them
all. Not possessing warm blood, they have no occasion
for teguments capable of retaining the heat, and they arc
covered with scales, or simply with a naked skin.

GUYIER.

LESSON XII.

GUADALOUPE..

Map. /7., a iiibiet, picture, or delineation of the world, or of any
part of it, showing tlie relative situations of places on the earth.
F. i)i(ti<\n\ fi'om inappn, [.., a table-cloth,— wlience the applica-
tion of the term to a geographical delineation, on account of
its reseinblanre in size, texture, &c.

Hos'i'iTAL, //.. a place for the reception and enlertainmentof strangers,
a place built for the reception of the sick or support of the poor.
i'\ hujititalf L. husji)itium, ivom hoajjeSf a host, a guest.

^7l

■>

Fri'day, n., the sixth day of the week. A.S. Frir/edfrg, from Fn'f/n,
the wife of the god W'otJc/i and mother ol Thor, fvom whom
Wednesday — Wodncsihi';/ — and Thursday — Thorsrift-r/ — are res-
pectively named. Similarly, Saturday was named from Center,
the Sntaraoiihi} Saxons; Sunday, from the Sun; Monday, from
the Moon; and Tuesday, from Tuesco, a divinity worshipped in
the north of Kurope.

Hoar'y, «., white, whitish; from the A.S. harian, to wax gray or
hoary.

Fortifica'tions, n., places built for strength. F. fortifications. See
" Fortified," p. Hi.

Bil'lows, n., swollen waves; from the Gothic Lu/fjia, to bulge out,
to swell.

Lar'board, n., the left-hand side of the ship, when one stands with
hi- fice to the prow or head. Lar may he a (•(jutraction of
1(11 per, — from Idvcreii, I), to go ol)li((nely, to catch the wind ; —
and that side is so called, because it Inveers, or lies (jl)li(juely ;
in reference to the opposite side, or starboard.

Squalls, n., howling, roaring gusts of wind : — a .^qunll diflers from
a gale in the suddenness of its beginning, and tin; shortness o£
its continuance. Swed, squwln, from giellan (A.S.), to howl.

Stern, //., that by which the ship is moved, guided, or steered.
A.S. .s'tf;nr/i, that wliich is steren, or stirred.

Consigxee', w., the agent or commissioner ; from con.^igner, F., to
give any thing formally sit/ncd to another's custody ; or simply
to commit, to intrust. See " Resignation," p. 9i2.

i. This island is one of the most windward or eastern
of the West India Ishmds ; and in that ^n'ouj), which, by
the French, arc styled the Antilles. This (Bas«e-terre) is
the seat of government ; its port, if it may hes^ called, is
but an open road in the Caribbean Sea. the atei' ot
which is beautifully clear. We are, as you m\\ obser-
ve by the map, a little lower than the six'teeiitli degree of
latitude, on the southwestern side of the island. The
town is small ; the number of the inhabitaais is Letv.een
live and six thousand : it contains a poor tort and good
barracks, and an excellent hospital, served by Sisters oi
Charity. It is the residence of the gover!ior ot Guade-
loupe and its dependencies; that is, Guadaloupe and
Graude-lerre, which appear on our maps as one island,
Marie-Galanle, Deseada, Petite-terre, and farther west, a
small cluster round two islands, called Baintes, St. Mar-
tin, and a few other specks, the entire population
ot which is upwards ol 100,000, about half of whom are

•i * • ! I

■' I;

li.,.

iH I&^ rua OM :,^^ u.^

\ t J

272

slaves, and nearly half the remainder free persons of co-
lor, from j(!l to pale lemon tinj^e.

H. On I'^iiday morn in*,' we discovered the island to the
^vest, as Nve hadj^onecopsiderahly lo the east lor the pur-
pose of jietliii},' into the trade winds. The appearance

of tl

le IS

land

wa^ ver

heantiful. Points-de-(dialeau.v

presented to ns the ap[)earani'e of four or live hold cas-
tles risinir ahove Ihe horizon, and stretching' oll'to the e;ist
from the land of Grande-terre, which raised the dnskv
summit of its ref^ular hills in a Ion*,' line, till lost in the
distance, and in the <;ray of twili^dit. (Jccasionally the
hoaiy surf threw a maiille ol white over the dark walls
oi these ancient fortili(;ali(ms. Half an hour, however,
detected tin; illusion, and showed us llu; work of nature,
and not of art, in the masses of rock, which opposed
themselves as castles to the hillows of the Atlanti('. A
stronyr current, of nearlv half a mile wide, ran impe-

tuouslv hetween the outer and the inner masse

now had the land at a mile distant. The c(dfee-trees, the
sugar-cane, the cocoa, and occasiDually the palm-tree,
f,'ave a !)eauliful verdure to a varied and hroken country,
richly studded with dwellings, juid the hills topped hy
several windmills.

3. The island of Marie-Galante now appeared, about
from lifteeu to twenty miles to the south, on our lar-
boarti. It is hold and lofty, aed served to diversify the
scene ; \;hilsl a line brig, working uj) tor Pointe-a-Pit''e,
gave life an;' animation to tin; whole. This was soon in-
creased hv a halt a dozensmall sails of boats and little tra-
ding smacks, that run between the islands. None ot the
hills ol (irande-terre seemed to rise higher than the
Giant's Stairs near (^ork, but the scenery was nearly as
rich as that on your right hand from Lough Mahon lo
that city. About ten o'clock the mountains of Guada-
loupe stiowed darky ;uid boldly, mingled with mists,
upon the western horizon : a tew land s(pialls gave activi-
ty to our crew and motion to our ship ; the brig led the
way ; the entrance towards the harbor ot Poinle-a-Pitre
began to open ; the tri-color was hoisted at the stern of

273

each ship , her consifrnce's signal was now siibstiluted
pjv tlie pilot-flag, which came down IVom the loreniast,
as tlie boat which contained this important being was
seen to approach.

Dr. England.

;

LESSON XIII.

JEPDTE S DAUGUTER.

•

1. The 'i:;ars upon her cheek were dried,

Her song of mourning ceased to swell.
And its last cadence gently died,

In that dark woi'd of grief — farewell !
The virgins t(jok their last embrace,

But on her calm and saintly brow.
No earthly feeling left a trace,
For all was sacrtid triumph now.

2. Like some sweet flower, on whose pale bloom

The shadowy rain-drops lightly fade,
When trembling from the tempest's gloom,

It smiles, in summer pride airny'd.
'Twas thus the victim, on whose liead

The g irland shone — each grief beguiled,
As brighter hopes their glory shed —
In her pale beauty sweetly smiled.

3. She kiss'd her father's hand, which shook

With pain above her bosom's swell,
She lix'd above her steadfast look,

And, like the wounded dove, she fell.
'Twere vain to tell the joy disclosed

In her dark eye — the triumph sweet.
Ere yet the trembling lid had closed.

And her young heart had ceased to beat.

■I

^ I

274

Then rose a wild and deep lament

From those wlio chisp a her hand in death ;
But he who madly o'er her hent,

Could he lamoiit, rould he forj^^et ?
They wail'd hy Galilee's dark strand,

O er Sioii's hill and Jordan's water,
And many a year throu<,^h Juda's land

They mourn'd the fate of Jephte's dau^^'hter.

M. S.

OCCUPATIONS OF BJEES

,"4
I®-

If *

^™. So work the honey hees ;

Tn itures, that, hy rule in nature, teach

Tilt' art of order to a peopled kini^dom.

ThcY have a kin*(, and ollicers of sorts,

Vv !i-'re some, like ma^^^istrates, correct at home ;

(HitPiS, like merchants, venture trade abroad,

Others, like soldiers, armed i!i their stin^^s.

Make hoot upon the summer's velvet huds ;

Which pillage they, with merry march, bring home

To the tent-royal of their emperor :

Who, busied in his majesty, surveys

The sinking masons building roofs of gold ;

The civil citizens kneading up the honey;

The poor mechanic porters crowding in

Their heavy burdens at his narrow gate ;

The sad-eyed justice with his surly hum,

Delivering o'er to executors pale

The lazy, yawning drone.

Sdakspeare.

LESSON XIV.

ON TUE FIGURE OF TUE EARTH.

Prin'ciple, n., a first or elementary being, power, agent, or activa
cause. L. principium, See *' Pi'iiici/>a/," p. 18.

or active

275

AccLiv*iTT, n., that which slopes upwards, — opposed to declivity^

that ^hich slofies downwards. L. acclivitas, from acclivis,—adf

and cliuus, a cliff, a slope.
Ld'nar, a., relating to the moon. F. lunaire ; L. lunaris, from

luna, the moon.
E'cLiPSE, w., an obscuration or darkening of any luminary,— as the

sun, the moon, by the intervention of another orb, as the earth.

F. Eclipse : G. ek/epsis, a failing (of light) ; from leipo, I tail,

I leave.
Longitude (longlige-), n., distance or length between one place and

anothc r, either towards the east or west. F. longitude, from

longus, L,, long.
Plane,//., a level, open, flat surface. F. plain ; L. planus, from

plax, G., any thing smooth or even.
Ratio (ra'-she-o), n., the mutual relation of magnitudes of the same

kind with respect to quantity. L. j'atio, a rule, the' terils pro-
posed. See " Rational," p. 42.
Her'esv, 71., an opinion taken in opposition to the truth as taught

by the Church: and he is styled a/ieretic who ohsti/mteli/ mWicn^s

to such O|»iniou. F. Mresie ; G. /tairci.\'i\', a rooted or obstinate

opinion, from liaireiu, to take, to lay hold on.
Antip'odes, n., those people who, living on the other side of tho

earth, have the soles ot their feet directly opposite to ours. F.L.

and G. antipodes, from (G.) anti, opposed to, and pous, — podos,

a foot.
Astronom'ical, a., of or belonging to astronomy. L. astronomicus.

See "Astronomer," p. 144.

For " Cylinder," see p. 220 ; " Globular," p. 141 ; " Hull," p. 220 ;
"Polar," p. 143 ; "Hypothesis," p. 197 ; and " Altitude," p. 248.

1. TuE reasons which are now adduced in proof of tho
spherical fij^ure of the earth, are so simple, and the prin-
ciples on which they are hased, so evident, that it is asto-
nishing how the ancients conld remain so'lon^^ i^niorantof
this fact. The opinions of those among them wlio imagi-
ned it to he cylindrical, or in the form of a drum, approa-
ched nearest to the truth; hut Ihc gtMieral notion was, that
the earth was a vast extended plain, hounded h\ the ocean.
This, perhaps, is the idea which every common ohser-
ver would form. The more attentive iucpiirer will, ho-
wever, easily perceive the visible elfects of the globular
form of the earth from the following appearances. A per-
son on shore can see the masts and rigging of a vessel at
sea, v/hen the hull is entirely concealed hy the coiucxity
of the water. As the vessel approaches the place of oh-

..1

4 1

^'\

' >< M

i ,^

I
/

■!i|

'*ir(iiiirwnin]i]i[i. . vM-

27G

8crvation,8lie sccins as if asccndinf? a pjcntlc acclivity, and
the contrary appearance takes place as she recedes irorn
the shore. The plienoinena \viil he precisely the same
to a person on hoard, with re^'ard to the ohiects on land ;
and this occurriiifj: in every part of the world, no matter
what may he the hearing; of the ohjects, or the course of
the vessel, it ohviously iollows,that the lir^me of theeartli
must he that of a sjjhcre or ^Hohe, us these ohscrvations
cannot he reconciled with any other form v^iatever.

2. The shadow of the earth on tlie moon, as seen at
the lunar eclipses, heiui; always, and under all circums-
tances, circular, stnMi^Mitens this opinion. But the voya-
ges ofilhos'e who have actually sailed round the earth, are
experimental proofs of its sj)herical form from east to west ;
and that it is so from north to south, is manifest from ob-
servations made on the polar star, which increases in al-
titudes as we approach the |)!)le, while all the stars in the
soiilhcrn hemisphere diminish in altitude. On the other
hand, as we approach the ecpiator, the polar star, and all
the stars of the northern hemisphere,]dccrease in altitude,
whilst those of the southern hemispliere are seen to in-
crease, ap[)earances which could not nossihiy take place,
had the earth heen a plane or a cylinder. We may also
add, that the chan<:e in the de<;rees of lon^^lude in diffe-
rent latitudes, and tlio fact, that ecli|)ses of the moon are
seen sooner hv those who live eastward, than hv those
who live westwan!, in the ratio q1 one hour to lifteen de-
j^rees of longtitudc, are additional proofs of the earth's
sphricalform.

3. Nor can any ohjection, arising; from the inequali-
ties on tlie earth's surface, invalidate this hyphotesis; as
it maybe easily shown by a simple [)roportiou, that the
hi^Hiest mountains on the eartlj W(nd(l not, on one of our
lar<:est ^Mob^s, i)e the hundredth part of an inch in eleva-
tion ; and as this would not be discernable on an artilicial
}4:iobe, so neither ought the greatest inequalities on the
earth prevent us from considering it spherical, tt is not
true, as slated by certain authors, that some of the
fathers of the Church went so far as to pronounce it

277

heresy to believe there were such people as the antipodes.
This calumny was founded on the fact, that the Cliurch
did condemn certain heretics, who, from va«;ue notions
of the form of the earth, confounded the antipodes with
a pretended race of human beings, who, they said, were
not descended from Adam, nor redeemed by Christ.

4. So many united proofs, as well as the accuracy of
so many astronomical observations, all of which have
been made and calculated upon the supposition of the
sphericity of our earth, leave no room for reasonable
doubts upon the subject, la vain does i«?norance demand
of us, how the earth can remain suspended in the air
without any support. Let us look upon <he heavens,
and observe how many other p^lobcs roll in space, and
lay aside all uneasiness concerniuK the " antipodes."
There is upon the globe neither hii?hnorlow; the antipodes
see, in like manner as we do, the earth under their feet
and the sky above their heads.

C. B.

i 1

, i

-n

■ \

LESSON XV.

LVSECTS.

ExsANGUiots (-sang'-gwe-), a., without blood, bloodless. L. exsan*
guis, — ex, and snnguis, blood.

In'stinct, /«., that which stimulate or incites; a natural impulse
to certain actions which the animal performs without delibera-
tion, without having any end in view, and frequently without
knowing what it does. F. instinct, from instinfjuere, — in, and
stinyere, from stizein, G., to goad, to spur.

Ser'pent, «-, an amphibious animal which moves by undulation,
being of that class which have neither legs, wings, nor fins. F.
serpent, I., serpens, from serpo,—G. herpo,—\ creep or crawl.

Worm (or Vermis), n., the name of a class of insects which have

soft and fleshy bodies, and are slow of motion. D. worm, from

vermis, L., this from herpo, G., 1 creep.

'brpillar, n., a worm which feeds on herbs and fruits, of

iiich it is vdry destructive :~ when hatched from the egg, it U

:l|

H i
\

"T^ .

^'•S^SMihfe,

4i^;f

Mft

27B

called a grub or larva ; its next rliange is to the pupn or chry-
Balis state, from which it emerges to the fly slate, and is then
called a bulterlly.

What is a biitterfly ?— at best
He's but a c.iteri.illar drest.

(The word is of doubtful orifrin.)
Ant, n , an insect, sometimes c;illed an emmet, from A. S. rvindt.

Gi'r. nmeis, (amei.s'.wj, a, not, and m^'/.s.bY', idleness ; so called

because never idl»*.
Bee, /<., the insect that makes honey ; it has four wings and is

armed with a sting. Hees nre so nainod because they live "uder

one government, and build their dwelling with great skill and

industry. A. S. U'o ; Ger. hie/t, from f^yfi, A. S., to dwell, to

build a dwelling.
lIoihND, N., a dog used in the chase. A. S. hund, from heniian, to

ijursiie, t(> search alter.
Anat'omy, /<., the doctrine of the structure of animal bodies (in this

place): also, the art of dissecting the bodies of animals. I-., and

(j. (inalot/te, froui (G.) fi/m, thnjiigh, and temnein, to cut.
Brute, n., a ravage animal; a beast, that is, an animal distinguished

from birds, insects, and lishes : from hrutus, L., of doubtful

origin. ^

For " Organs," see p. 200; •' Lungs," p. 2G8; ' Sagacity," p. 180 ;
"Unctuous," p. 130; "Naturalist," p. 22 ; and for deriv. of
Inimitable," see "Imitate,' p. «'»; of " Perceptible," see " Per-
ception," p. 62 ; of " Compulsion," see " luipulse," p. 203.

1. Insects ar^, in natural liistory, a smaller sort of
animals, commonly supposed lo be exsanguious, and dis-
tinguished by certain incisures, cuttings, or indentings,
in their bodies. The word is originally Latin, formed
of m, and seco, " I cut;" tlie reason of wliich is, that in
some of this tribe, as ants, the body seems to be cut or
divided into two ; or because the bodies of many, as
worms, caterpillars, &c., are composed of divers circles,
or rings, which are a sort of incisurw.

%. By some natural historians, this class of animals is
considered as the most imperfect of any, while others pre-
fer them to the larger animals. One mark of their imper-
fection is said to be, that many of them can live a long
time, though deprived of these organs which are neces-
sary to life in the higher ranks of nature. Many of
them are furnished with lungs and a heart, like the nooier

270

animals; vet \h<' caterpillar continnos to live, tlioupli its
hent and lungs arc entirely eaten away, which is often
the case. It is not, however, I'roiii Mieir conformation alone
lh.it insects are inferior to other animals, hut from their
instincts also. It is true, that the ant and the hee present us
with striking instances of assiduity ; \et cncu these are in-
ferior to the marks ofsagacity displayed hy the largerani-
mals. A hee taken from the swjirm is totally ludpless and
inactive, incapahh^ of giving the smallest Mirialiitn to its
instincts. It has hut one single method of operating; and
if put from that, it can turn t<> no other. In the pursuits
of the hound, there issomething like thoice ; hut in tlu' la-
hors of the hee, the whole appears liki! i essit^i.ind com-
pulsion. All other animals arc capah' i' some degree
of education ; their instincts may he suppr<'sscd orallcred;
the dog may he taught to fetch and carrv, the hird to whis-
tle a tune, and the serpent to dance ; ]>ut thc^ insect has
only one invariahle method of operating ; no ait can turn
it from its instincts ; and indeed its life is too short for
instruction, as a single season often tcM'ininates its existence.

3. Of all productions in nature, insects are hy far the
most numerous. The vegetahles which cover the sur-
face of the earth hear no proportion to the multitudes of
insects ; and though, at lirsl sight, herl>s of the lield seem
to he the parts of organized natureproduced in the greatest
ahundance ; yet, upon more minute ins|)cction, we tind
every plant supporting a mixture of scarcely perceptihie
creatures, that till up the compass of south, vigor, and
age, in the space of a few days' existcnci;. In Lapland,
and some parts of America, the insects are so numerous,
that if a candle is lighted, thev swarm ahout in such mul-
titudes, that it is instantly extinguished hy them ; and, in
these parts of the Avorld, the miserahle inhahitanls are
forced to smear their hodies and faces with tar, or some
other unctuous composition, to protect th»m from the
stings of their minute enemies.

4. On the other hand, Swammerdam, a celehrated
naturalist, argues for the perfection ot insects in the
following manner : '* After an attentive eiamination of

i < *

■■■', n

IMAGE EVALUATION
TEST TARGET (MT-3)

f/-

1.0

I.I

IrIM IIM
^ ^ IIM

^ U£ 12.0

IL25 ■ 1.4

1.6

."^.S^

c^ .S*

Photographic

Sciences
Corporation

'i3 WEST MAIN STREET

WEBSTER, NY. 14580

(716) 872-4503

:<N^

280

the nature and anatomy of the smallest as well as the
largest aninlals, I cannot help allowing the least an equal,
or perhaps a superior degree of dignity. If, while we
dissect with care the larger animals, we are filled with
wonder at the elegant disposition of their parts, to what
a height is our astonishment raisfed, when we discover
all these parts arranged in the least, in the same regular
manner ! Notwithstanding the smallness of ants, nothing
hinders our preferring them to the largest animals, if we
consider either their unwearied diligence, their wonder-
ful strength, or their inimitable propensity to labor.
Their amazing love for their young is still more unpa-
ralleled among the larger classes. They not only daily
carry them to such places as may afford them food ; but
if by accident they are killed, and were cut into pieces,
they will with the utmost tenderness carry them away
piecemeal in their arms. Who can show such an exam-
ple among the larger animals, which are dignified with
the title of perfect ? Who can find an instance in any
other portion of the brute creation that can come in com-
petition with this ?"

Encyclopedia Britannica.

» 4

'^1

LESSON XVL

THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE*

Language (lang'-), «.,that which the tongue utters or speaks ; speech,

oral or written. F. langage, from lingua, L., a tongue, from An^x),

I lick.
Prim'itive, «., ^rly, original. F. pnmitif, from primus^ L., first.
For'eign, a., out orjtar away from ; alien. F. /bram ,| from f^orde,

L., iorth, out of doors.
Or'igin, n., rise, source, derivation, or descent. F. and I. originc,

from orior, L., I rise, I spring.
Intermix', v., to mingle or blend one with atiothet. L. (nffrmiscefor.

^infer, and misceOy 1 mix, mingle, or bliend. "

;lh;|

Di'alect, ;?., the subdivision of a langiiago ; the term is also applied
to a peculiar style of expressioji. V. dinledfi ; G. dinlcldo.s', Irom
dia, through, or thoroughly, and /er/o, I speak.

CoMESTED, a., controverted, disputed. F. contcMtc, kom contester,
to witness together, or to pro(hice witnesses on each side,— or
simply to dispute, to debate. L. tc-ttm, a witness.

Affin'ity, n., connection, similarity. F. affiuite, L. affinitas,
alliance, relationship :— finis, limit, border, country.

DiFFu'sioN, n,, the state of being scattered every way ; dispersion.
F. diffasioH, from {L)(Uffando, — dis and /'undo, — fuauni, — I pour,
I spread abroad, disperse.

Lit'erature, n., learning. F. litterature. See "Illiterate," p. 245.

For *' Oasis," see p. 213 ; " Obliterated," p. 31 ; " Invade," p. 47 ;
" Copious," p. 209 ;— and for deriv. of " Imported," see " Ex-
portation," p. 18 ; and of " Revolutions," see "Revolve," p. 181.

1. The lan{?iiagc which is at present spoken through-
out Great Britain, is neither tlie ancient primitive speech
of the island, nor derived from it ; but is altoj^etlier of
forei<,ni orij^in. The lan^niage of the lirst inhabitants of
this island, beyond doubt, wasthe Celtic, or Gaelic, com-
mon to them with Gaul ; from which country, it appears,
by many circumstances, that Great Britain was peopled.
This Cehic tongue, which is said to be very expressive
and copious^ and is, probably, one of the niost ancient
languages in the world, prevailed once in most of the
western regions of Europe. It was the language of Gaul,
of Great Britain, of Ireland, and, very probably, of Spain
also ; till, in the course of those revolutions, which, by
means of the conquests, first of the Romans, and after-
wards of the northern nations, changed the government,
speech, and, in a manner, the whole face of Europe, this
language was gradually obliterated and now subsists only
in the mountains of wales, in the Highlands of Scotland,
and in Ireland ; for the Welsh, the Erse, and the Irish,
are no other than different dialects of the same tongue,
the ancient Celtic.

2. This, theri, was the languaige 6f the primitive Bri-
ton?, the first inhabitants, that we know of, ui our island ;
and continued so until the arrival ol the Saxons in England,
in the year of our Lord 430 ; they, having conquered

■i

K k

iv. il

'■f

282

the Britons, did not intermix with them, but expelled
them from their habitations, and drove them, together
with their lan«;uage, into the mountains of Wales. The
Saxons were one of those northern nations that overran
Europe ; and their tonfjue, a dialect of the Gothic, or Teu-
tonic, altogether distinct from the Celtic, laid the founda-
tion of the present English tongue. With some intermix-
ture of Danish, (a language, probably, from the same
root with the Saxon,) it continued to be spoken through-
out the southern part of the island, till the time of Wil-
liam the Conqueror. He introduced his Norman, or
French, as the language of the court, which made a con-
siderable change in the speech of the nation ; and the En-
glish, which was spoken afterwards, and continues to be
spoken now, is a mixture of the ancient Saxon and this
Norman French, together with such new and foreign
words as commerce and learning have, in progress of time,
gradually introduced.

3. The history of the English language can, in this
manner, be clearly traced. The language spoken in the
low countries of Scotland, is now^, and has been for ma-
ny centuries, no other than a dialect of the English. How,
indeed, or by what steps, the ancient Celtic tongue came
to be banished from the low country in Scotland, and to
make its retreat into the highlands and islands, cannot be
so well pointed out, as how the like revolution was brought
about in England. Whether the southern part of Scot-
land was once subject to the Saxons, and formed a part of
the kingdom of Northumberland ; or, whether the great
number of English exiles that retreated into Scotland, upon
the Norman conquest, and upon other occasions, introdu-
ced into that country their own language, which afterwards,
by the mutual intercourse of the two nations, prevailed
over the Celtic, are uncertain and contested points.

4. From what has been said, its appears that the
Teutonic dialect is the basis of our present speech.* It
has been imported among us in three different forms,
the Saxon, the Danish, and the Norman; all which

283

have mingled together in our language. A very great
nunii)er of our words, too, arc plainly dcrivctl from
the Latin. These we had not directly troin the Latin,
but most of them, it is prol)al)le, entered into our
tongue through the channel of that Norman French,
which William the Conqueror introduced. For, as the
Romans had long been in possession of Gaul, the lan-
guage spoken in that country, when it was invaded by
the Franks and Normans, was a sort of corrupted Latin,
mingled with Celtic, to which was given tlie name of
Romance ; and as the Franks and Nf)rmans did not, like
the Saxons in England, expel the inhabitants, but, after
their victories, mingled with them ; the language became
a compound of the Teutonic dialect imported by these
conquerors, and of the former corrupted Latin. Hence,
the French language has always contumed to have a very
considerable atTinity with the Latin; and hence, a great
number of words of Latin origin, which were in use
among the Normans in France, were introduced into
our tongue at the conquest ; to which, indeed, many
have since been added directly from the Latin, in conse-
quence of the great diffusion of Roman literature
throughout all Europe.

Blaib.

1:1:.

ij I

r
'i

I .

,i '■

I-'

LESSON xvn.

THE GREEN RIVER.

When breezes are soft and skies are fair,
I steal an hour from study and care,
And hie me away to the woodland scene,
Where wanders the stream with waters of green,
As if the bright fringe of herbs on its brink
Had given their stain to the wave they drink :

Pit';

Ht:

s.. '^I

284

And Ihcy \\hose meadows it murmurs through

Have named the stream from its own fair hue.

Yet pure its waters, its shallows are bright,

Witn colored pebbles and sparkles of li<^ht ;

And clear the dephts where the eddies play,

And dimples deepen and whirl away ;

And the plane-tree's speckled arms o'ershoot

The swifter current that mines its root ;

Through whose shifting leaves, as you walk the hill

The quivering glimmer of sun and rill

With a sudden Hash on the eve is thrown,

Like the ray that streams from the diamond stone.

Oh ! loveliest there the spring days come,

With blossoms and birds and wild bees' hum :

The flowers of summer are fairest there,

And freshest the breeze of the summer air ;

And the swimmer comes in the season of heat

To bathe in those waters so pure and sweet,

Yet fair as thou art, thou shunnest to glide.

Beautiful stream ! by the village side ;

But windest away from haunts of men, '

To silent valley and shaded glen.

And forest and meadows and slope of hill

Around thee, are lonely, lovely, and still.

Lonely — save when by thy rippling tides,

From thicket to thicket the angler glides ;

Or the simpler comes with basket and book

For herbs of power on thy banks to look ;

Or haply some idle dreamer like me,

To wonder, and muse, and gaze on thee.

Still — save the chirp of birds that feed

On the river-cherry and seedy reed :

And thy own wild music gushing out

With mellow murmur or fairy shout.

From dawn to the blush oi another day,

Like traveller singing along his way.

That fairy music I never hear.

Nor gaze on those waters so green and clear

And mark them winding away from sight,

Darken'd with shad^ or flashing with light,

While o'er thee the vine to its thicket clings,
And the zephyr stoops to freshen his wings ; —
But I wish that fate had left me free
To wander these quiet haunts with thee,
Till the eating cares of earth should depart,
And the peace of the scene pass into my heart.
And I envy the stream as it glides along
Through its heautiful banks in a trance of song.
Though forced to drudge for the dregs of men.
And scrawl strange words with the barbarous pen,
And mingling among the jostling crowd,
Where the sons of strife are subtle and loud ;
I sometimes come to this quiet place,
To breathe the air that ruffles thy face,
And ^aze upon thee in silent dream ;
For, m thy lonely and lovely stream,
An image of that calm life appears.
That won my heart in my greener years.

Bryant.

ii li f

MERCY.

The quality of mercy is not strain'd ;

It droppeth, as the gentle rain from heaven,

Upon the place beneath : it is twice bless'd ;

It blesseth him that gives and him that takes ;

'This mightiest in the mightiest ; it becomes

The throned monarch better than his crown :

His sceptre shows the force of temporal power,

The attribute to awe and majesty,

Wherein doth sit the dread and fear of kings ;

But mercy is above this sceptred sway ;

It is enthroned in the hearts of king ;

It is an attribute to God himself ;

And earthly powder doth then show likest God's,

When mercy seasons justice.

Shakspeabe.

i I

S86

y:2:

"m:

'If

I ft

LESSON XVIII,

NORWEGIAN WINTER*

Exaggerated (ogz-arlje'-), <;'., heightened, aggravated. F. exnger<f,
from exoggern, L., I heap up, I increase. Arjrjer, a heap, is said
to he from nd, and fjero^ I carry.

Thermom'eter, y<., an instniment for measuring the degrees of heat
of the air or of any matter. F. thermometre, from (G.) thermos,
heath, warmth, and metro/i, a measure.

Ze'ro, aj., the cipherof the weather-glass. Zero, F. and I., — a nought.

Foot'gear, ?i., covering for the feet. A. S. fat, from fettian, to
bear, and (/ear, from genrwe, A. S., any thing prepared orprovi-

~ ded, as dress, furniture, Ac, from r/enrwinn, to prepare.

Sledge, or Sled, «., a carriage that slides, that moves or is drawn
without wheels. D. sledde, from slidan, A. S., to slide.

El'ements, «., the air, winds, or weather ; fire, air, the earth, and
water, are called the four elements of which our world is compn-

'' sed. F. (ildments, from elementum, L., of unsettled etymology.

Checker (tshek'-), v., to diversify, to form into parts or divisions of
different colors, like those of a chess-board. CVte.w— an intrica-
te game in imitation of a battle between two armies, named in
India Chntur-anga, the four ongns, or members of an army — has
given birth to the words check and checker. The court of Clie-
quer, or Exchequer, was so styled from a checkered cloth resem-
bling a c/je*5-board, which covered the table on which the king's
accounts were made up, and scored or marked against his deb-
tors when examined ; and hence the term to check or examine an
account.

Gnarled (nar'led), a., knotty;— the term is applied to the knots ol
the oak from their greater crash or creak in breaking ; from
gnyrran, A. S., to creak.

Fantas'tic, o., capricious, whimsical. F. fantasttque, fromL. and
G. phantasia, a vision, and this from (G.) phantazo, I show.

Borea'lis, n., the aurora borealis, or northern light. L. boreolis,
(a) northern, from boreas, the north wind.

1. In England we are apt to form very exaggerated no-
tions ot the degree of cold which is experienced in the
northern countries. When there is little or no wind'
intense cold is scarcely felt to be an inconvenience, provided
one by suitably clothed ; and during by far the greater
part of winter, the weather is calm, so that, even when the
thermometer stands considerablv below zero, one is able

287

-i>

the knots ot

to move about comfortably and even to enjoy Ibe fine
weather, ^vhich so ^'enernlly attends intense frost. Many
an Enj^dishman, who walks abroad on a raw winter's day,
dressed nearly in the same manner as in summer, suffers
infinitely more from cold, than lie would in Norway, at-
tired in his fur-cloak and eared cap, and warm footj^eaf.
For my own part, I can safely aver this for mvself. I
have suffered ten times tlie degree of cold travellln^^ on a
sta^e-coach in En^dand, in the face of a noith-east wind,
than I ever suffered in a sledge in Norway, when the
thermometer has been forty-seven dei^nees l)elow the f r 'e-
zin^ point, or fifteen de<,n'ees helow zero. Sometimes,
indeed, the frost is accomj)anied hy a wind, and then it
is scarcely possible to stir out of doors; but, in the sou-
thern parts of Norway, the comhination of a very intense
frost and a severe wind, is scarcely ever felt. It is true
also, that in the depth of winter, the shoitness of the days
does not allow many hours of clear hriirht simshirie; but
then, the houses are not huilt like sumnu^r-bouses, as
many are in Enj^dand ; and stoves in the towns, and great
wood-fires in the (country, and sometimes hoth, eflectual-
ly oppose the power of the elements. There is not, in
fact, a more comfortable abode, than that of a substantial
landowner, or a thriving merchant, on a winter's day in
Norw^ay. There are no cross-airs blowing through the
house, as in many of the unsuhstanlial dwellings in En-
gland ; nor does one know what it is to have one part of
his body scorched with the fire, vMle the other is suffe-
ring under the influence of cold. iJut, independently of
the in-door winter comforts of Scandinavia, the appea-
rance of the external world, by day and hy night, is beau-
tiful and wondrous. Enter a forest when the sun breaks
from the mists of the morning upon the snows of the
past night. Beautiful as a forest is in spring, when the
trees unfold their virgin blossoms; beautiful as. in sum-
mer, when the wandering sunbeams, falling through
the foliage, checker the mossy carpet heneatli>; beautiful
as in autumn, when the painted leaves Imng frail ; it is
more beautiful still, when the tall pines an3 gnarled oaks
stand in the deep stillness of a winter[snoon, their long

j '■

I '

: I

,;L. f

III

k ■

Is* ■

i'*^*

It,

288

arms ftnd fantastic brandies lioapcd with the feathery l)ur-
den, that has never " raiii:!)! one stain of earth." Tlien,
too, the jj^ray I'ocks, pi('tni<'S(|ue even in their nakethiess,
assnrne a Ihonsand forms more enrions still, dashed with
the recent ollerin*^'. And, when ni^hl comes — and who
ever saw the ^dories of a ni^dd, save in a northern clime?
— onl Imrsl the stars, conrilless and hnrnin^^ studtlin^^ the
dee[) hine sky. Perhaps the liorealis, with its pale yel-
low ii^ht, streams over half a hemisphere; or, perhaps,
the winter moon, full and hi^di, looks down from the
brow of ni^ht, sj»anj:lin},' with ten million stars the beau-
teous net-work thrown over the low woidd. Somethin;,'
approaching^ to the appearance presented by a northern
clime in summer may be witnessed in other countries,
but the splendors of a winter scene belong only to the
higher latitudes.

Inglis.

A COMPARISON.

Both speed their journey with a restless stream :

The silent pace with which they steal away,

No wealth can bribe, no prayeis persuade to stay :

Alike irrevocable both when past,

And a wide ocean swallows both at last.

Though each resembles each, in ev'ry part,

A dilfrence strikes, at length, the musing heart :

Streams never flow in vain ; where streams abound

How laughs the land, with various plenty crown'd!

But time, that should enrich the nobler mind,

Neglected, leaves a dreary waste behind.

COWPER.

289

erv biir-
' Then,
kedness,
led witli
iiiul who
n clime?
idiii^' the
pale ycl-
pcrhaps,
tVoin the
the heau-
omethin^
northern
countries,
ily to the

iNGLIS.

im :

stay :

lart :
ibound
)wii'd I

lOWPER.

LESSON XIX.

TDE RUINS OF HERCULANEUM.

Vesit'vu!s,«., a mountain near Naples, which, by an eruption, over-
whelmed Ilerculanoum and Pompeii, a. d. (Anno Domini) 79.
Pliny the Elder, endeavoriiii;? to ascertain the cause of its burning,
perished in the attempt. Vesuvi'u.s' is in Cfunimitin, a division of
Itnlin Propria .

BiTu'MiNors, n., having the nature of bitumen. \,. \hitnmineus,
from hitumeiiy a slimy, unctuous matter, dug out of the earth,
and often used as a cement or mortar.

Pon'derous, n., weighty, massive. L. po/ulerosus, from poudus^ a
weight, and this from prndo, I weigh.

Op'ulence, It., atlluence, riches. F, opulence; fvom opes, L., wealth.

Sur'gical, a., belonging to surgery. F. cfiirurf/icnl. See p. 52.

Tri'pod, n., a three-footed table or stool. G. tn'jtoiin, — treis, three, ,
and pons, a foot.

MAN'uscnrpT, n., any thing written with the hand. L. manicscriptum,
from manits, the hand, and scrifjo, I write.

Sang'uine (-gwin), «., possessing blood ;— figuratively— as in this
place — confident, ardent. F. aanguin, from sanguis, L., blood.

Deciphering, n., the act of discovering or making out the meaning.
F. dechtffrement, a deciphering. The verb is said to be from the
Hebrew.

Mosa'ic, n., r kind of painting in pebbles, small squares of thick
glass, and shells of various colors. F. mosnique ; I. mosaico,
Mousa, and mousikon (G.) were usually applied to express elegan-
ce, neatness,— and, elegantly and neatly performed.

For "Volcano," seep. 253; '"'Mineral," p. fJ2; "Vitrified," p.
129; "Skeleton," p. 257 ; and "Catastrophe," p. 90.

1. An inexhaustible mine of curiosities exists in the
ruins of Herculaneum, a city lying between Naples and
Mount Vesuvius, which, in the first years of the reign of
Titus, was overwhelmed by a stream of lava from the
neighboring volcano. This lava is now of a consistency
which renders it extremely difficult to be removed ; be-
ing composed of bituminous particles, mixed with cin-
ders, minerals, and vitritied substances, which altogether
form a close and ponderous mass.

2. In the revolution of many ages, the spot it stood
upon was entirely forgotten ; but in the year 1713 it was

% 1 : i«

<iM

■I

» I

«
^

^P^^^^Eu

H^Hii

' i

W-

290

accidentally discovered by some laborers, who, in dig-
j^ing a well, struck upon a statue on the benches of a
theatre. Several curiosities were dug out and sent to
France, but the search was soon discontinued, and Her-
culaneum remained in obscurity till the year 1736,'jWhen
the king of Naples employed men to dig perpendicularly
eighty feet deep ; whereupon, not only the city made its
appearance, but also the bed of the river that ran through
it. In the temple of Jupiter were found a statue of gold,
and the inscription that decorated the great doors of the
entrance. Many curious appendages of opulence and
luxury have since been discovered in various parts of the
city, and were arranged in a wing of the palace of Na-
ples, among which are statues, busts, and altars ; domes-
tic, musical, and surgical instruments, tripods, mirrors
©f polished metal, silver kettles, and a lady's toilet, fur-
nisned with combs, thimbles, rings, ear-rings, &c. A
large quantity of manuscripts was also found among the
ruins ; and very sanguine hopes were entertained by the
learned, that many works of the ancients would be resto-
red to light, and that a new mine of science was on the
Eoint of being opened ; but the didiculty of unrolling the
urnt parchments, and of deciphering the obscure letters,
has proved such an obstacle, that very little progress has
been made in the work. The streets of Herculaneum
seem to have been perfectly straight and regular ; the
houses well built, and generally uniform ; and the rooms
paved either with large Romaic bricks, mosaic work, or
line marble. It appears that the town \vas not tilled up
so unexpectedly with the melted lava, as to prevent the
greatest part of the inhabitants from escaping with their
richest eiTects ; for there were not more than a dozen of
skeletons found, and but little gold or precious stones.

B|||i

m^ -i'f',

Bt ''

Hi 4

i'-

UnSi;;' :..

IHIilij:

3. The town of Pompeii was involvedHn the same
dreadful catastrophe, but was not discovered till near for-
ty years after the discovery of Herculaneum. Pbw ske-
letons were found in the streets of Pompeii ; but in tlic
houses there wer^ many, in situations which plainly pro-

291

in (iig-
ics of a
sent to
ind Her-
6,>hen
licularly
made its
through
; of gold,
)rs of the
jnce and
rts of the
le of Na-
i ; domes-
, mirrors
oilet, fur-
5, &c. A
imong the
led by the
d be resto-
vas on the
oiling the
ire letters,
•ogress has
[rciilaneum
riilar ; the
the rooms
work, or
,t tilled up
revent the
with their
a dozen of
stones.

the same
111 near for-

FbW ske-
Ibut in tiiC

lainly pro-

ved that they were endeavoring to esranc, when the ti#<
mendous showers of ashes intercepted tneir retreat.

KOTZEDUE.

LESSON XX.

SOLAR SYSTEM.

Mag'nititde, n., comparative size or bulk. L. mngnitudo, from ma^
mi.t, L., great.

Pe'riod, w., a cycle or circle, in reference to the revolution, or time
of revolution, of oni' or more of the heavenly bodies. V. piirio-
de ; G. periodoa, — peri, around, and /i(>do,s\ a path or way.

Co'met, ;?., a star which appears siuldfuly, and as sudderdy disap-
pears, — so called from its hair-like tail. K. ''oinete ; 1. S.andL.
cmnetn, from cofttn, L., the hair.

Plan'et, n., one of the celestial bodies in our system, which moves
round and receives light from the sun. Planets are so called, be-
cause they change their i)laces, and do not always keep the sa-
me distances with resjtect to one another, nor with the fixed
stars, as the fixed stars do. F. planrte ; S. and L. {daneta, from
planao, G., 1 stray or wander.

Or'bit, /<., the line described by therevoluti(»nof a planet ; the path
of a heavenly body. V. orhde, from nr/ns, L., a sphere or circle.

Tel'escope, /<., an optical instrument to enable the eye to see objects
afar off. V. telescope, from (G.) tele, distant, afar, and skopeo,
I see, 1 view.

Pha'ses, n., appearances of the planetary bodies, as the changes of
the moon- G. y>/«/.sY'.v, from pliHino, 1 show, I appear.

E'quinox, «., a period of the year, so called because then the night
is equal to the day. F. tiquinoxe, from (L.) innuus, ecpial, and
nox, the night.

Elup'ses, «., ovals : — an ellipsis, in geometry, is a figure generated
from the section of a cone ; in grammar, the omission of one or
more words in a sentence. G. elleipsis, from leipo, I leave out.

Eccen'tric, (t., out of the centre ; deviating (jr wandering from the
centre. F. cxce/ihii/ue, froui (G.j ex, and kentrou, a centre, a
point.

For" Science," see p. Iu3; " Navigators," p. 29 ; " Solar," p. Ill ;
"Axis," p. 141 : "Transit." p. 143 ; and "Atmosphere," p. 2o.

1. The science which determines the magnitudes, mo-
tions, distances, periods, and order of the heavenly bodies,

'< ♦

« Hi

i i

.^1

:!'

■i

■I i

'^ 1

l. r

iM'

ft !

292

is called astronomy. It is so interesting and useful to
mankind, that traces of it may be found in all the nations
of the world. By its means, chronologists can compute
the measure of time, navigators direct their course through
the trackless ocean, and (biographers become acquainted
"with the figure and magnitude of the earth.

2. The solar system consists of the »un, thirteen prima-
ry planets, nineteen secondary planets, and an unknown
number of comets. Of this system the sun is the centre.
His diameter is computed to be 882,000 miles, and his re-
volution on his own axis |is performed in nbout 25 days.
He is distant from the earth about 95 millions of miles, —
a distance so great, that a cannon-ball, which movesabout
8 miles in a minute, would be more than 22 years ingoing
from one to the other. The planets called primary, re-
volve round the sun, at unequal distances, in elliptical or-
bits. Their names are. Mercury, Venus, the Earth, Mars,
Vesta, Juno, Geres, Pallas, Astrea, Jupiter, Saturn, Ura-
nus or Herschel, and Neptune. Mercury and Venus are
within the earth's orbit, and are therefore called inferior,
or, more properly , m^erxor planets. The others being wi-
thout the earth's orbit, are called superior or exterior pla-
nets.

3. Mercury and Venus, when viewed through a tele-
scope, present phases like those of the moon. Mercury is
3,224 miles in diameter, and revolves round the sun in 87
days, at the distance of 37 millions of miles from that
body. Venus is computed to be G8 millions of miles distant
from the sun : she completes her revolution in 224 days
and 17 hours. Both these planets, when viewed through
a telescope, present phases like those of the moon. Mer-
cury can never be seen except immediately after sunset
or a little before sunrise. Venus, as seen from the earth,
is the most beautiful of all the planets. When she appears
to the west of the sun, she rises before him, and is called
the morning star ; when she appears to the east of the
sun, she rises after he is set, and is then called the
evening star. When either of these planets comes
directly between the earth and sun, it appears like

203

a dark spot on the sun's disk, which appearance is
called a trnthsit. Mars revolves round the sun in
686 days and 2',i hours, at the mean distance of 144 mil-
lions of miles from that hody, and is distin<juished hy
his red, liery appearance. Yesta, Juno, Ceres, and Pal-
las, are hetween Mars and Jupiter. Ceres and Pallas are
remarkable for their lar^a^, dense atmos|)here : that of
Ceres is greater in proportion to the solid mass, than that
of any of the other phuiets. Jupiter* appcs-ii-s lo be (he
largest, and, next to Venus, the most beautiful of the pla-
nets, llis diameter is SI), 170 miles, and his revolution is
performed in 11 )e(n's, 314 days, and 10 hours. Saturn
IS more than 79,000 miles in diameter, and j)erf()rms his
revolution in about .'iO of oin* ycsirs. llis rin^^s, when
viewed Un'oujih a telescope, present a very sin}:;iilar ap-
pearance. The outer one is iO, 000 miles in breadth, and
200,000 in diameter ; the inner one is more than 7,000
miles in breadth, and the space between both is nearly
3,000 miles. Uranus is 35, 112 miles in diameter, and
revolves round the sun in about 83 of our years, his dis-
tance from that body being about 1,813 millions of mi-
les. His moons revolve from east to west ; all the other
planets, primary and secondary, niove in a contrary di-
rection. Neptune is one of the largest of the planets —
its diameter being o0,000 miles, and its bulk 250 times
that of the earth. Its distance from the sini exceeds 3,000
millions of miles, and it revolves round that orb in a pe-
riod of 217 vears.

4. The secondary planets, or moons, are those which
revolve round the primary ones. Of these the earth has
one, Jupiter four, Saturn seven, and Uranus six. A satel-
lite is supposed to attend Neptune, in which case the num-
ber of secondary planets would be nineteen. The time
in which a planet performs its revolution round the sun,
is called its year ; and the time of its motion round its
axis, its day.

5. The eaicth, like the other planets,' is spherical but
not an exact sphere. Its diameter is about 7,012 miles,
and its circumference nearly 25,000. It has an inclined

i ■ ^

-I.' '

r ffc

] ^^

: ^,

■<'** *r i*m » mi m * Mi i.«,emi^..

IM\

I I

ffy i

n^i

lBi9

'^i

294

position, its axis making with a perpendicular to the pla-
ne of its orbit an anjrle of twenty-three degrees twenty-
eight minutes (23° 28') ; and as it always points to the sa-
me direction of the heavens, the northern half of its axis
is turned towards the sun during one half the year, and
the southern half during the other. When, therefore, it
is summer in the northern hemisphere, it is winter in
the southern. At two periods of the year, the axis of the
eartli docs not incline to the sun, nor decline from it.
They are called equinoxes, that is, equal night ; the night,
and consequently the day, being then equal in every
part of the world. Both hemispheres at this period en-
joy an equal degree of light and heat.

6. The moon is 240,000 miles distant from ihe earth,
and moves in its orbit round that planet at the rate of 38
miles per minute. It has three motions : one round the
earth in about twenty-nine days and a half ; another
round its own axis in tne same space of time ; and a third
round the sun with the earth in a year.

7. Comets form part of the solar system, and appear
to be thin, lilmy bodies, with long, transparent trains, is-
suing from that side which is turned away from the sun.
They differ from ail the planets in their figure, motion
and orbit, and move round the sun in very eccentric ellip-
ses. They vary in size, and move in different directions.
The train or tail sometimes extends to an immense dis-
tance, and is so transparent, that the fixed stars may be
seen through it.

8. The fixed sta7's are completely unconnected with the
solar system, and are considered by astronomers as so
niany suns, each the centre of a system I ke our own,
communicating light and heat to revolving planets or
worlds.

C. B.

!| iU

f'l

29H

LESSON XXI.

THE nOUSE-BUILDER

\VnATE*ER thou purposest to do,

With an unwearied zeal pursue ;

To-day is thine — improve to-day,

Nor trust to-morrow's distant ray.

A certain man a house would huild,

The place is with materids lill'd ;

And every thing is ready there —

Is it a diflicult affair ?

Yes ! till you fix the corner-stone ;

It won't erect itself alone.

Day rolls on day, and year on year.

And nothing yet is done —

There's always something to delay

The husiness to another day.

And thus in silent waiting stood

The piles of stone and piles of wood. —

Till Death, who in his vast alfairs

Ne'er puts things off — as men in theirs —

And thus, if 1 the truth must tell.

Does his work finally and ivell —

Wink'd at our liero as he past :

Your house is fniish'd, sir, at last ;

A narrow house — a house of clay —

Your palace for another day.

^ Khemnitzer.

REMORSE.

(From Filicaja.)

Nor the fierce tiger, breathi g from his eyes
Terror and wrath — nor, on a burning soil,
The startled serpent springing from his coil,

No — nor the bolt that cleaves the mountain's brow,

11,1 1

■4

-1

■(1

'■ k

■i

' ^ i

; ''i 1

■ '] 1

'' u

"lii

' 'i "

,.'■ (

, n

III

206

Nor impetuous torrent's rushing force,

Th<at leaps the hounds and rushes from its course,

With deeper fear the siie[)herd's heart can how.
Or scare the sluiddering flock more frightfully,
Thau conscience and its horrors harrow me I
No — nor the fury of hell's deep ahyss
Ilath power to inflict a sharper pang than this,

Which sears and withers up my hosom now.

LESSON XXII.

AFRICAN DESERTS.

u- ■■

%. ^n

:^i

Pervade', ik, to spread over. L. pcrvado ,—per , and vndo, I go, I

spread.
Granhla'tions, «., pieces broken small, like grains. F. granula-
tions. See " Granite," p. 203.
Mart, n., a place of public traflic. Mart is a contraction of

Market, or, as formerly written, marcnt, from (L.) mercatus, the

trade of merchandise : L. mt>?\v, merchandise.
Route, n., passage or line of travelling ; from route, F., a way, a

road.
Depreda'tion's, n., robberies, spoliations. F. ddprddations, from

pra'da, L., prey, booty.
Interme'diate, a.^ between, or coming between two points of time

or space, — or both, as in this place. F. intermMiat ; L. inter-

medias, in the middle, lying between, — inter, and medius, from

meson, G. middle.
Dol'lar, n., a coin of different value in different countries. D.

daler, from dal, a division, being the one-half of a ducat. The

German name for dollar is thaler, from thai, a valley, because

they were tirst coined in the valley of Joachim.
Ren'dezvous, n.y a place of assembling ; place of resort or of

coming together. F. rendez-vous, to render or convey your-
. selves, — rendre, from (L.) reddo, — re, and do, — I restore or give

back.
Accu'mulated, a., congregated, or collected together. L. accumiUa-

tus, from accumulo, — ad, and cumulo, I heap, 1 augment.
Repose', n., rest. F. repos, from pono, L., I put, place, or lay, —

that is, in a state of rest or quiet.

For "Africa," see p. 199; "Explored," p. 222; "Caravan," p.
38 ; " Oasis," p. 200 ; " Lunar," p. 275; " Month, " p. 238;—
and for deriv. of " Transport," see "Exportation," p. 18

' t

207

\. The most striking feature of Africa consists of the
immense deserts which pervade its surface, and which
are supposed to comprise one half of its whole extent.
The chief of these is, hy way of eminence, called Sahara,
or the desert. It stretches from the shores of the Atlantic,
with few interruptions, to the conlifTes of Ki^^ypt ; a space
of more than forty-five dejjrees, or twenty-seven hundred
geographical miles, hy a breadth of twelve degrees, or
seven hundred and twenty geographical miles. It is one
prodigious expanse of red sand, and sandstone rock, of
the granulations of which the red sand consists. It is, in
truth, an empire of sand, which seems to defy every
exertion of human power or industry, although it is
interspersed with various islands, and fertile and culti-
vated spots of diiferent sizes, of which Fezzan is the chief
of those which have bciwi hitherto explored.

"^ 2. Nearly in the cenire of this sandv ocean, and nearly
midway between the Mediterranean Sea and the coast of
Guinea, rise the walls of Timhuctoo, the capital of the
very interesting empire of Bamharra, a city which cons-
titutes the great mart for the conunerce of the interior of
Africa. To maintain this commerce is the laborious
work of the akkahaars^ or caravans, which cross this
enormous desert from almost every part of the African
coast. The mode in which it is traversed is highly
curious.

3. The caravans consist of several hundred loaded
camels, accompanied by the Arabs who let them out to
the merchants for the transport of their goods. During
their route, they are often exposed to the attack of the ro-
vingArabs of the Sahara, whogenerallycommit their de-
predations on the approach to the confines of the desert.
In this tiresome journey, the caravans do not proceed to
the place of their destination in a direct line across the
tracKless desert, but turn occasionally eastward or west-
ward, according to the situation of certain fertile, inhabited,
and cultivated spots, called oases^ interspersed in various
partsoftheSahara.likeislandsintheocean. Theseservcas
watering places to the men, as well as to feed, refresh,

.' i-

■ it

i , .!

' l\

• ( -I

[298

and replenish the hardy and patient camel. At each of
these cultivated spots the caravan sojourns about seven
days, and llicn proceeds on its journey, until it reaches
another spot of the same description. In the interme-
diate journeys, Ihe^hot winds denominated shume or
simoom, are often so violent, as considerably, if not
entirely, to exhale the water c^irried in skins by the camels
for the use of the passengers and drivers. On these occa-
sions it is afTirmed by the Arabs, that five hundred dollars
have been frequently given for a draught of water, and
that -ten or twenty dollars are commonly paid, when a
partial exhalation has occurred.

A. In 1805, a caravan proceeding from Timbuctoo to
Tafilet was disappointed in not finding water at one of
the usual watering places, when, horrible to relate, the
whole of ihe persons belonging to it, two thousand in
number, besides one thousand eight himdred camels,
perished of thirst ! Accidents of this nature account for
the vast quantity of human and other bones which are
found heaped together in various parts of the desert.

5. The following is the general route of the caravans
in crossing the desert : — Having left the city of Fez, the
capital of Morocco, they proceed at the rate of three miles
and a half an hour, and travel seven hours each day. In
the space of eighteen days they reach Akka, where they
remain a month, as this is the place of rendezvous, at
which they are formed into one grand, accumulated
caravan. In proceeding from Akka to Tagassa sixteen
days are employed ; and here again the caravan so-
journs fifteen days to refresh the camels. It then directs
its course to the oam or well of Tanderry, which is
reached in seven days ; and after another stay of fifteen
days, proceeds to Arawan, a watering place situated at a
like distance. After having sojourned there fifteen days,
it sets out, and reaches Timbuctoo on the sixth day, after
having performed a journey of fifty days of actual travel-
ling, and seventy-five of repose ; making altogether, from
Fez to Timbuctoo, one hundred and twenty-nine days, or
four lunar months and nine days.

Clarke's Wonders.

S99

LESSON XXIII.

; I

THE VATICAN LIBRARY.

Cab'inet, n., a small room, closet, or other apartment : the term
is sometimes applied to a casket containing rare coins, jewels,
&c. F. cabinet, which is a diminutive^f cabine, from cavanna^
L., a hole, or cavern.

Scope, n., extent; extent viewed. G. skopos, iha.i which is aimed
at, viewed, observed, — from skeptomai, I view, I observe.

Mythol'ogy, n., a system of fables, or fabulous history ; a discourse
on fabulous story. L. and G. mythologia, from (G.) tnythos, a
fable, and lego, 1 read, I speak.

Li'brary, «., a collection of books; also, a gallery or room for
books. L. libraria, from liber, the bark of a tree, a book, —
because the ancients wrote on the rind, or inner bark of trees.

CoNSTANTiNo'PLE, H., the Capital of the Turkish empire, with a poim-
lation exceeding 400,<K)0. Gonstantine the Great, the first Chris-
tian emperor, founded this city in 330, on the site of theancieiit
Byzantium. Constantinople, the city of Constantine. See " Me-
tropolis," p. 166.

Pon'tiff, w., the Pope; a high priest^ F. pontife ; L. pontifex, so
styled because a certain bridge over the Tiber was built and dedi-
cated by the chief priest, and kept in repair by the sacerdotal
body: — from (L.) pons, a bridge, and facio, I make.

Progress'ion, n., regular and gradual advance. F . progression ;
gradus, L., a step, an advance.

Medal (med'-dal), «., metal stamped in commemoration of some
remarkable occurrence or performance; an ancient coin. F.
mMaille; S. medalla, from (L.) metallum, a mineral, a mine.
See "Metal," p. 248.

Dyp'tichs, n., two-leaved records, w'hich contained on one page all
the names oi the living, in the other the dead, that were of note
in communion with the Church. L. diptycha ; G. diptychos,
from dis, twice, and ptyche, a fold.

Inscrip'tion, n., something written or engraved. F. inscription.
See "Manuscript," p. 289.

1. After iiaving traversed the court of St. Damasus,
and its adjoining halls and chapels, which may he con-
sidered as the state apartments of the Vatican, the tra-
veller passes to that part of the palace which is called the
Belvidere, from its elevation and prospects: and proceed-
ing along an immeasurable gallery, comes to an iron

p u

.iH,

^i--

2.t^

■-'f-'ititnOi.^jimi k i«lii miaM. J

300

0- ;,

W '

» ■

i'*.t

door on the left, that opens into the library of the Vatican.
A lar^'e apartment for the two keepers, the secretaries,
or rather the interpreters, seven in number, who can
speak the principal hmguages of Europe, and who
attend for tlie convenience of learned foreigners; a
double gallery of iWo hundred and twenty feet long,
opening into another of eight hundred, with various
rooms, cabinets, and apartments annexed, form this
noble collection. ?hese galleries and apartments are
all vaulted, and all painted, but with different effect, be-
cause, by painters of different eras and talents. The paint-
ings have all some reference to literature, sacred or pro-
fane, and take in a vast scope of history and mythology.

2. The books are kept in cases ; and in the Vatican
the traveller seeks in vain for that pompous display of
volumes, which he may have seen and admired in otner
libraries. Their number has never been accurately stated ;
some confine it to two hundred thousand, others raise it
to foui hundred thousand, and many swell it to a million.
The mean is probably the most accurate. But the supe-
riority of this library arises, not from the quantity of
printed books, but the multitude of its manuscripts, which
are said to amount to more than fifty thousand. Some
of these manuscripts, of the highest antiquity, such as
that of a Virgil of the fifth century, a Greek Bible of the
sixth, a Terence of the same date, <fec., were taken* by
the French, and sent to Paris.

3. The origin of this library is attributed by some to
Pope Hilarius, in the fifth century; but although it is
probable that long before that period the Roman Church
must have possessed a considerable stock of books for
the use of its clergy, yet the Popes may be supposed to
have been too much occupied with the dangers and dilfi-
culties of the times, to have had leisure or means neces-
sary for the formation of libraries. That several volumes
had been collected at an early period seems, however,
certain, as it is equally so, that Pope Zaehary augmented
their number very considerably about the middle of the
eighth century. Nicholas V. established the library in

me to

it IS

lurch
for
ed to

dim-

leces-
umes
ever,
ented
f the
ryin

801 .

the Vatican, and enlarged the collection ; while Calixtus
III. is said to have enriched it with many volumes, saved
from the lihraries of Constantinople, at the taking of that
city. From this period it continued in a regular progres-
sion, receiving almost every year vast additions, some-
times even of whole libraries, {as those of the elector
palatine, of the dukes of Urbino, of queen Christina,)
owing not only to the favor of the Pontiff and various
princes, but to the well-directed zeal of its librarians,
many of whom have been men, both of eminent talents,
and of high rank and extensive influence.

4. The French invasion, which brought with it so ma-
ny evils, and, like a blast from hell, checked the prospe-
rity of Italy in every branch and in every province, not
only put a stop to the increase of the Vatican library, but
by plundering it of some of its most valuable manuscripts,
lowered its reputation, and undid at once the labor and
exertion of ages. The galleries of the libraries open into
various apartments, filled with antiquities, medals, <fec.
One, in particular, is consecrated to the monuments of
Christian antiquity, and contains a singular and unpa-
ralleled collection of instruments of torture, employed in
the first persecutions ; as also the diptychs of communion
with the great churches, monumental inscriptions, <&c.,
a'collection highly interesting to the ecclesiastical his-
torian and enlightened Christian.

V Eustace.

FftAGlfEN'T

A MILK-WHITE Hind, immortal and unchanged,

Fed on'the lawns and in the forest ranged ;

Without unspotted, innocent within.

She fear'd no danger, for she knew no sin ;

Yet had she oft been chased with horns and houndS)

And Scythian shafts, and many winged wounds

■i I

'In

^ >:•

\i\

i n

d02

Aim'd at her heart ; was often forced to fly
And doom'd to death, though fated not to die.

Dryden.

-•o^*^--

LESSON XXIV.

THE EVERLASTING CHURCH.

Iff

Institt'tion, n.y that which is set up, ordained or appointed. F.
institution, from (L.) instituo, — in, and staiuo, 1 ordain,
establish, or found.

Panthe'on, «., a temple of ancient Rome dedicated to all the gods.
F. pantMon; I. panteone ; G. pantheion, from pan, all, and
Theos, God.

Gamelopard (kam'- or kamel'-), «.,a beastso named from its resem-
blance to the camel and leopard. L. camelopardalis . See " Leop-
ard, "p. 22.

Se'ries, n., a conjoined or connected succession. L. series, from
sero, I knit, I connect or join.

August', a., sacred and venerable. I. and S. agosto ; L. augustus.
In pagan times, whatever was consecrated by augury (L. augu-
rium), was styled august.

Dynasty (di'- or din'-), n., a sovereignty; a succession of supreme
rulers. L. dynastia; from dynamia, G., I am powerful.

Fa'ble, w., any thing feigned ; an invention orstory; — in this place,
the ages or times of fiction. F. fable. See "Fabulous," p. 87.

Pa'pacy, n., the office, state, or dignity of the pope ;— in this place,
the popedom. L. papatus. See " Pope," p. 242.

Antique (-teek*), n., an antiquity; a fade n remain or relic of ancient
times. F. antique. See " Antiquity," p. 48.

Hos'tile, a., inimical, adverse; foe-like, or suitable to foe. F. hos-
tile, from hostis, L., a foreigner, an enemy.

For "Sacrifice," see p. 149; "Amphitheatre," p. 169; "Tiger,"
p. 46 ;" Pontiff," p. 299; "Twilight," p. 170; and " Eloquence,"
p. 221.

1. There is not, and there never was, on this earth,
an institution so well deserving of examination as the
Roman Catholic Church. The history of that Church
joins together the two great ages of civilization. No

303

other institution is left standing which carries the mind
back to the time when the smoke of sacrifice rose from
the Pantheon, and when camelopards and tij^ers bound-
ed in tlic Flavian amphitheatre. The proudest royal
houses are but of yesterday when compar(;d with the li-
ne of tlie Supreme Pontilfs. That line we trace back, in
an unoroken series, from the Pope who crowned Napo-
leon in the nineteenth century, to the Pope who crowned
Pepin in the eighth ; and far boyond the time of Pepin
does this august dynasty extend.

2. The republic of Venice came next in antiquity.
But the republic of Venice was modern when compared
with the Papacy ; and the republic of Venice is gone, and
the Papacy remains, not in decay, not a mere antique,
but full of life and youthful vigor. " The Catholic Church
is still sending to the farthest ends of the world missiona-
ries as zealous as those who landed in Kent with St. Au-
gustin, and still confronting hostile kings with the same
spirit with which she confronted Attila. The number of
her children is greater than in any former age. Her ac-
quisitions in the New World have more than compensa-
ted her for what she has lost in the Old. Her spiritual
ascendency extends over the vast countries which lie bet-
ween the plains of Missouri and Cape Horn ; countries,
which, a century hence, may not improbably contain a
population as large as that which now inhabits Europe.
The members of her communion are certainly not fewer
than one hundred and lifty millions.* Nor do we see any
sign which indicates that the term of her long dominion
is approaching. She saw the commencement of all the
governments and of all the ecclesiastical establishments
that now exist in the world, and feels no assurance that
she is not destined to see the end of them all. She was
respected before the Saxon had set foot in Britain, before
the Frank had passed the Rhine, when Grecian eloquen-
ce still flourished at Antioch, when idols were still
worshipped in the temple of Mecca ; and she may still

* At present they are estimated at about two hundred millions.

' f

;;l

1 I

I ii

" }|

'•I

exist in undiminished vigor, when some traveller from
New Zealand shall, in the midst of a vast solitude, take
his stand upon a broken arch of London Bridge, to sketch
the ruins of St. Paul's.

Macaulay.

LESSON XXV.

ih ■

TO THE FLYING FISH.

1. When I have seen thy snowy wing
O'er the blue wave at evening spring,
And give those scales of silver white
So gayly to the eye of light,

As if thy frame were form'd to rise,
And live amid the glorious skies ;
Oh ! it has made me proudly feel
How like thy wing's impatient zeal
Is the pure soul, tnat scorns to rest
Upon the world's ignoble breast,
But takes the plume that God has given,
And rises into light and heaven !

2. But when I'see that wingso bright.
Grow languid with a moment's flight,
Attempt the paths of air in vain.
And smk into the wave again ;
Alas I the flatt'ring pride is o'er.
Like thee, awhile, the soul may soar,

. But erring man must blush to think
Like thee again, the soul may sink !

3. Yirtue ! when thy clime I seek,
Let not my spirit's flight be weak :
Let me not, like this feeble thing,
"With brine still dropping from its wing,
Just sparkle in the solar glow,

r l

aO.

And pluiiRe again'to dophts below ;
Bui when I leave the grosser throng
With whom my soul hath <lwelt so long,
Let me, iu that .ispiring day,
(iiist ev«'ry linj,^ lin^' stain away,
All 1. panting' for thy purer air,
Fly up at once, and llx me there.

Moore.

DESTRUCTION OF JEUUSALEM BY TITUS.

From the last hill that looks on thy onci» holy dome,

I beheld thee, Sion ! when render'd to Rome :

'Twas thy last sun went down, and the (lames of thy fall

Flash'd back on the last ^Miince I gave to thy wall.

1 look'd for thy temple, I look'd for my home.

And forgot for a moment my bondage to come ;

I beheld but the death-lire that fed on thy fane.

And the fast fetter'd hands that made vengeance in vain.

On many an eve, the high spot whence I gazed.

Had reflected the last beam of day as it bla?ed».

While I stood on the height, and beheld the decline

Of the rays from the mountain that shone on thy shrine.

Yets the gods of the pagan shall never profane

The shrine where Jehovah disdain'd not to reign;

And scatter'd and scorn'd as thy people may be.

Our worship, Father ! is only for thee.

Byron.

•I
• ^ ll

A PILGRIM'S HYMN AFTER A STORMY NIGHT.
(Written in th^ Fifteenth Century.)

4. Lauded be thy nan«e for ever,
Thou, of life the guard and giver ! ^•
Thou canst save thy creatures sleeping,
Heal the he^rt long broke by weeping,

. ■< 1^

J-i-i.

&■'

306

And all the fury subject keep
Of chafed cloud and angry deep.
God of stillness and of motion,
Of the rainbow and the ocean,
Of the mountain, rock, and river,
Glory to thy name for ever I

I have seen thy wondrous might
Mid the terrors of this night;
Thou that slumberest not, nor steepest,
Bless'd are they thou kindly keepest I
Spirits from the Ocean under,
Liquid^ flame and level thunder, -
Need not waken nor alarm them.
All combined, they cannot harm them

3. Thine is evening's yellow ray ;
Thine is yonder dawning day,
That rises from the distant sea,
Like breathings of eternity ; —
Thine the darkness of the night,
Thine the flaming orb of light.
Thine are all the gems of even,
God of angels ! God of heaven !
God of light, that fade shall never,
Glory to thy name for ever !

THE DANGEROUS EFFECTS OF FANCY.

Woe to the youth whom Fancv gains,
"Winning from Reason's hand tne reins,
Pity and woe I for such a mind
Is soft, contemplative, and kind ;
And woe to those who train such youth
And spare to press the rights of truth,
The mind to strengthen and anneal,
While on the stithy glows the steel I
teach him, while your lessons last,

♦•t •»-■>* -^

307

To judge the present by the past ;
Remind him of each wish pursued
How rich it glowed with promised good ;
Remind him of each wish enjoy'd,
How soon his hope's possession cloy'd !
Tell him, we play unequal game,
Whene'er we shpot by Fancy's aim ;
And ere he strip him for her race,
Show the conditions of the chase.
Two sisters by the goal are set,
Cold disappointment and regret ;
One disenchants the winner's eyes,
And strips of all its worth the prize,
While one augments its gaudy show
More to enhance the loser's woe.
The victor sees his fairy gold
Transform'd, when won, to drossy mould ;
But still, the vanquish'd mourns his loss,
And rues, as gold, that glittering dross.

Scott.

ji;

H i •■

DEATH OF THE CHRISTIAN.

1. In view of the tomb, and on eternity's awful thres-
hold, Christianity displays all its sublimity. If most
of the ancient religions consecrated the ashes of the
dead, none of them ever thought of preparing the soul
for that " undiscovered country from whose bourns no
traveller returns. " Gome and behold the most inter-
esting spectacle that earth can exhibit ; come and see
the Christian expire. He hath ceased to be a creature
of this world ; he hath ceased to belong to his native
country ; all connection between him and society is at
an end. For him the calculation by time is closed ;
and he has now begun to date from the grand era of
eternity. A Priest seated by his pillow administers
consolation. The servant of God cheers him with the
prospect of immortality ; and the sublime scene which
all antiquity exhibited but once in the greatest of its

' 'l

'i .-I

[■■i

-riftl

■"■- ■• •i*k^^>^i^V.

90d

dying philosophers, is daily renewed on the humhlest

{)allet of the meanest Christian who expires. At
ength the decisive moment arrives ; — a sacrament
opened for the just man the gates of the world — a
sacrament closes them. Religion rocked him in the
cradle of life ; her soothing voice and her maternal
hand shall also lull him to sleep on the couch of
death. His soul, nearly set free from his body, be-
comes almost visible in his face. Already he. hears
the concerts of the seraphim ; already he prepares to
speed his (light from the world to the regions whither
hope invites him. He dies, — yet his last sigh was in-
audible ; he expire, — and long after he is no more,
his friends keep silence around his bed, under the
persuasion that he is only slumbering ; — so gentle and
so easy is the departure of this Christian. ** Let me
die the death of the just, and let my last end be like to
theirs. "

CHATEv«^yPRIAND.

-0-

§ 7. LESSON L

DISCOVERY OF AMERICA.

Specta'tor n., one that looks on. L., whence F. spedateur. I. spet*

tatore
Is' SUE, w., event, consequence, end or ultimate result. F. issxie. I.

usciOy a door, and iiscire, to go out.
Adven'turer, «., one who seeks occasions of chance, or attempts

bold, novel, or extraordinary enterprises.
Voy'age, w., a passing by sea or water from one place, port, or

country to another. From F. voie, way.
Naviga'tion, n., the act of passing on water in ships or other vessels.

L. navigatio.
Op'ulent, a., wealthy, rich, affluent. L. opulentus.
Re'gion, n.^ a tract of land or space of indefinite extent. F. and S.

region, I. regione, L. regio.
Re'quisite, a., necessary, so needful thatit cannot be dispen^efl with.

L. requisitus, from requiro.
Na'val, a., pertaining to ships or to a navy. L. navaltSj from navis

also from the Greek.
Project'or, n.y one >vho forms a scheme or design.

309

E;AyBRIAND.

lN9W*rATfN«, a., irtsfettsibly winning faTor and confidence, from

F. insinuer, L. insinuo.
Mar'itihe, a., relating or pertaining to the sea or ocean. L. ynnri-

timiis, from mare, the sea.
Superintend', u.,to oversee ; to take care of with authority, (.yj^per,

over, and intend, L.)
Jour'nal, n.,a.n account of daily transactions anc^ events; the book

containing such account. F. journal. L. diurnum.
Magnet'ic, a., pertaining to the magnet. L., from G.
Com'pass, n., an instrument, often called ihe Mariner's compass, used

for directing or ascertaining the course of ships at sea.
Ingenu'ity, n., the quality or power of ready invention. F, ingeni/r
itL

1. On Friday, the third day of Au^nist, in the year one
thousand four hundred and ninety-two, Columbus set
sail from Palos, in Spain, a little before sunrise, in pre-
sence of a vast crowd of spectators, who sent up their sup-
plications to Heaven for the prosperous issue of the voy-
age ; which they wished rather than expected.

2. His squadron, if it merit that name, consisted of
no more than three small vessels, — the Santa Maria, the
Pinta, and the Nigna, — having on board ninety men*,
mostly sailors, together with a few adventurers, who fol-
lowed the fortune of Golombus, and some gentlemen of
the Spanish court, whom the Queen appointed to accom-
pany nim.

3. He steered directly for the Canary Islands ; from
which, after refitting his ships, and supplying himself
with fresh provisions, he took his departure on the sixth
day of September. Here the voyage of discovery may
properly be said to have begun ; for Columbus, holding
his course due west, left immediately the usual track of
navigation, and stretched into unfrequented and unknown
seas.

4. The first day, as it was very calm, he madebutlittle
way ; but, on the second, he lost sight of the Canaries;
and many of the sailors, already dejected and dismayed,
when they contemplated the boldness of the undertaking,
began to beat their breasts, and to shed tears, as it (hey
were never more to behold land. Columbus comforted
them with assurances of success, and the prospect of

't "

i'>l!

lis

'in

ft'

310

vast wealth in those opulent regions, whither he was con-
ducting them.

5. This early discovery of the spirit of his followers
taught Columbus that he must prepare to struggle not
only with the unavoidable difficulties which might be ex-
pected from thehature of his undertaking, but with such
as were likely to arise from the ignorance and timidity of
the people under his command ; and he perceived, that
the art of governing the minds of men would be no less
requisite for accomplishing the discoveries which he had
in view, than naval skill and an enterprising courage.

6. Happily for himself, and for the country by which
he was employed, he joined to the ardent temper and in-
ventive genius of a projector, virtues of another species,
which are rarely united with them. He possessed a tho-
rough knowledge of mankifid, an insinuating address, a
patient perseverance in executing any plan, the perfect
government of his own passions, and the talent of acqui-
ring the direction of those of other men.

7. All these qualities, which form him for command,
were accompanied with that superior knowledge of his
profession which begets confidence, in times of difficulty
and danger. To unskilful Spanish sailors, accustomed
only to coasting voyages in the Mediterranean, the mari-
time science of Columbus, the fruit of thirty years' expe-
rience, appeared immense. As soon as they put to sea,
he regulated every thing by his sole authority; he super-
intended the execution of every order, and, allowing him-
self only a few hours for sleep, he was, at all other times,
upon deck.

8. As his course lay through seas which had not been
visited before, the sounding line, or instruments for ob-
servation, were continually in his hands. He attended
to the motion of the tides and currents, watched
the flight of birds, the appearance of fishes, of sea-
weeds, and of every thing that floated on the waves,
and accurately noted every occurrence in a journal
that he kept,

311

le was con-

9. By the fourteenth day of September, the fleet
was above two hundred leagues to the west of the
Canary Isles, a greater distance from land than any
Spaniard had ever been before that lime. Here the
sailors were struck with an appearance no less aston-
ishing than new. They observed that the magnetic
needle, in their compasses, did not point exactly to the
north star, but varied towards the west.

10. This appearance, which is now familiar, filled the
companions of Columbus with terror. They were in an
ocean boundless and unknown, nature itself seemed to
be altered, and the only guide which they had left was
about to fail them. Columbus, with no less quickness
than ingenuity, invented a raison for this appearance,
which, though it did not satisfy himself, seemed so
plausible to them, that it dispelled their fears, and silenced
their murmurs.

LESSON II.

DISCOVERY OF AMERICA (CONTINUED).

Phognos'tic, «., a sign by which a future event may be known or
foretold.

Mu'tiny, n., an insurrection of soldiers or seamen against the
authority of their commanders. From F. mutin, and mew, the
root of the verb.

Remons'trance, n., expostulation. F. remontrance.

Expe'dient, «., a shift ; means devised or employed in any emerg-
ency. From L. expediens, expedio, to hasten.

Impet'uous, «., fierce, raging, furious. F I'mpdtueux, L. impetuosus,
from impetus, impeto.

En'terprise, n., an attempt; a project attempted. F., from entre-
prendre, to undertake ; entre, in or between, and prendre, to
take; prise, a taking.

Pres'age, n,, something which foreshows a future event ; a prog-
nostic. F. S. and I. presagio, from L. proesagium ; prw, before,
and sagio, to preceive or foretell.

Sound'ing, a., tryingthe depth of water by the plummet ; sounding
line, the line used for that purpose.

Stmp'tom^ «., a sign or token ^ thai, which indicates the existence

■|^

■1

f»'

■ I

I i

i J

312

of something else. F. symptdme, also from the G.
Falla'cious, /I., deceptive, wearing a false apiiearance. F. fnllacieiix ;

L. fallax, from fatlo, to deceive.
Riv'uLET, n., a small stream or brook ; a streamlet. L. rivulus.

1. On the first of October, they were about seven
hundred and seventy leagues west of the Canaries.
They had now been above three weeks at sea : all
their prognostics of discovery, drawn from the (liiiht
of birds, and other circumstances, had proved falla-
cious, and their prospect of success seemed now to be
as distant as ever. The spirit of discontent and of
mutiny began to manifest itself among the sailors,
and, by degrees, the contagion spread from ship to
ship.

2. All agreed, that Columbus should be compelled,
by force, to return, while their crazy vessels were yet
in a condition to keep the sea ; and some even proposed
to throw l\im overboard, as the most expeditious method
of getting rid of his remonstrances, and of securing a
seasonable return to their native land.

3. Columbus was fully sensible of his perilous situa-
tion. He perceived that it would be of no avail to have
recourse to any of his former expedients, to lead on the
hopes of his companions, and that it was impossible to
reKindle any zeal for the success of the expedition, among
men, in whose breasts fear had extinguished every
generous sentiment.

4. He found it necesary to soothe passions, which
he could no longer command, and to give way to a
torrent too impetuous to be checked. He accordingly
promised his men, that he would comply with their
request, provided they would accompany him, and
obey his commands, for three days longer ; and if,
during that time, land were not discovered, he would
then abandon ihe enterprise, and direct his course
towards Spain,

5. Enraged as the sailors were, and impatient as they
were of returning to their native country, this proposi-

^h'

hich
to a

ingly
their
and

if,
ould

313

tion (lid not appear to tlieiii iiiireasoiiahle : iinr did Co-
lornhiis hazard imich in conrmiiii; himself to a time so
short; for tiie presages of discovcriiii; land had hecome
so numerous and pn .nisinj,^ tiial he deemed Ihem infal-
lible.

6. For some da s, the »ioundinix line had reached the
bottom ; and t'«e /H, which it brouLdit up, indicated
land to he at no ^.eat distance. The Hocks of birds in-
creased, and were composed not only of sea-fowl, but of
such land birds as could not be sui)p()sed lo fly far from
the shore.

7. The crew of the Pinta observed a cane floating,
which seemed to have been newlv cut, and likewise a
piece of timber, artificially carved. The sailors aboard
the Nigna took up the branch of a tree, with red berries,
perfectly fresh. The clouds, around the setting sun, as-
sumed a new appearance ; the air was more mild and
warm ; and during night the wind became unc(pial and
variable.

8. From all these symptoms, Coloml)us was so confident
of being near land, that, on the evening of the eleventh
of October, after public prayers for success, he ordered
the sails to be furled, and strict watch to be kept, lest the
ship should be driven ashore in the night. During this
interval of suspense and ex|)ectalion, no man shut his
eyes; all kept upon deck, gazing intently towards that
quarter where they expected to discover the land, which
had been so long the object of their wishes.

9. AI;out two hours before midnight, (Columbus, stan-
ding on the forecastle, observed a light at a distance, ;.nd
privately pointed it out to two of his people. All three
saw it in motion, as if it were carried from place to
place. A little after midnight, the joyful sound oi' Land f
Land! was heard from the Pinta. But, having been so
often deceived by fallacious appearances, they had now
become slow of belief, and waited, in all the anguish of
uncertainty and impatience, for the return of day.

10. As soon as morning dawned, their doubts and
fears were dispelled. They beheld an islnnrl about two

J 't;

• f. '.AMMia. ^~na.f.

314

Iea}.Mios lo tlic north, whoso flat and verdant fields, well
stored with wood, and watered with many rivulets, |)rc-
sented to theni the aspect of a deli}?hlful eountry. The
crew of thepinta instantly hej^an a liynin of thanksgiving
to God, and were joined hy those of the other ships, with
tears of joy, and transports of congratulation.

LESSON 111.

DISCOVERY OF AMERICA (CONTINUED).

Rev'erexce, «., fear, mingled with respect and esteem; venera-
tion. F. from L. revere ntia,
Saga'city, n., acuteness of penetration ; quickness of apprehension.

F. sagacity ; L. sngocitos.
At'titude, n., the posture or position of a person. F. attitude ; S. ac-

titud, from L. octuago.
Ges'ture, n, movement of the body or limbs. L. gestus, from gero^

to bear, to do ; F. ge.<{te.
Europe' AN, /?., a native of Europe,
Formal'ity, n., the practice or observance of forms.
Comprehend' v. t., to understand; to conceive, L. comprehendo,

con, and prehe?ido, to seize or grasp.
Machine', w., an engine; an instrument of force. F. from L. machina.
Cli'mate, 71., the temperature of the air in any particular country.

L. climn; F. clinint.
CoMPLEx'ion, «., the color of the skin, particularly of the face.
Fantas' TIC ALLY, flrf., iu a whimsical or fantastic manner. From F.

fnntastique ', I. fantastico.
Commod'ity, w., in commerce; every thing moveable that is bought

and sold. L. commoditas ', I. commodda; F. commodity.
Canoe', n., a. boat formed of the body or trunk of a tree. F. canot ;

S. cnnoa; I. canoe.
In'terview, n., a meeting, generally for some particular purpose,

inter, and view. F. entrevue.

1. Tnis ofTice of gratitude to Heaven was followed
by an act of justice to their commander. They threw
themselves at the feet of Columbus, with feelings of
self-condemnation, mingled with reverence. They im-

315

plored him to pardon their ifinorance, inrrcrliility, and
insolence, which had created him so much unnecessary
disquiet, and had so often ohstructed the prosecution of
his well-concerted plan ; and passin^% in the warmth of
their admiration, from one extreir to another, they now
pronounced the man, whom they nad so lately reviled
and threatened, to he a person inspired, hy Heaven, with
sa^Mcity and fortitude more than human, in order to
accomplish a desi<j:n so far heynl the ideas and
conceptions of all former ages.'

2. As soon as the sun arose, all the hoats were
manned and armed. They rowed towards the island
with their colors displayed, warlike music, and other
martial pomp ; and, as they approached the coast, they
saw it covered with a multitude of people, whom the
novelty of the spectacle had drawn tojj^ether, and
whose attitude and gestures expressed wonder and
astonishment at the strange objects which presented
thcmsehes to their view.

3. Columbus was the first European who set foot
in the New World which he had discovered. He
landed in a rich dress, and with a naked sword in his
hand. His men followed, and kneeling down, they
all kissed the ground which they had long desired to
see.

4. They next erected a crucifix, and, prostrating them-
selves before it, returned thanks to God for conducting
their voyage to such a happy issue. They then took
solemn possession of the country for the crown of
Castile and Leon, with all the formalities with which the
Portuguese were accustomed to take possession of their
new discoveries.

5. The Spaniards, while tiius employed, were sur-
rounded by many of the natives, who gazed, in silent
admiration, upon actions which they could not com-
prehend, and of which they did not foresee the conse-
quences. The dress of the Spaniards, the whiteness
of their skins, their beards, their arms, appeared strange
and surprising.

■■I

' ■ \

v ■ <

I I

'ft

316

■^Al

6. The vasi iiijicliiries, in wliich they had traversed
the ocean, that seemed to move upon the water with
win^s, and uttered a (h'eaflliil sound, resemhlin*; tluinder,
acconi|)anie(t with li^^htninj: and smoke, struck them
with sucli terror, that they hcan to respect their new
guests as a superior order of l)ein^^s, and concluded ttiat
they were children of the sun, who had descended to
visit the earth.

7. The Europeans were hardly less amazed at the
scene now hetbre them. Every herh, and shruh, and
tree, was di lie rent from those which nourished in Europe.
The soilseemed to he rich, hut hore few marks of cultiv-
ation. The climate, even to Spaniards, felt warm, thou^'h
extremely deli<,ditful.

8. The inhahitants were entirely naked : their hlack
hair, lon^ and uncurled, floated upon their shoulders,
or was bound in tresses ju'ound their heads : they had
no beards; theircomplexionvvas of adusky copper color;
their features singular, rather than disagreeable ; their
aspect ge/Rle and tiujid.

9. Though not tall, they were well shaped and active.
Their faces, and other parts of their body were fantast-
ically painted with glaring colors. They were shy at
first, through fear, but so>>n became familiar with the
Spaniards, and, with transports of joy received from them
hawks' bells, glass beads, and other baubles ; in return
for which, they gave such provisions as they had, and
some cotton yarn, the only commodity of value which
they could produce.

10. Towards evening, Columbus returned to his ships,
accompanied by many of the islanders in their boats,
which they called canoes ; and, though rudely formed
out of the trunk of a single tree, they rowed them with
surprising dexterity.

11. Thus, in the first interview between the inhabi-
tants of the Old World and those of the New, every
thing was conducted amicably, and to their mutual satis-
faction. The former, enlightened and ambitious, formed

alroafly vast ideas with rc^poi lo 'he ad antacros whirh
they inif.'lit (h'riNcf'nuii those r /ions ll I l»e^ari to open
to their view. The l.iHcr, sim ;ui(l ii lisr»r ritr, hud
no t'oresi^lit of the calamities and (lesoiiaiuii, \ U wei^
now approaching tlieir eoiintry.

I Abridged from Iloi

III*

' « < <» t

LESSON IV.

STORY A^D SPEECH OF LOGAN, AN INDIAN CHIEF.

Compul'sion, ti., force applied ; constraint of the will. Low L.
compidsw.

Or'atory, /*., the art of spoakinj? well, or speakiiii:? acconlitifj to
the rules of rhetoric, in order to persuade. L. oratDrid, from
orator.

Sum'mary, a., short ; brief. F. sammnire ; from sum, or L. yiimmn.

Signalize', v. t., (from sif/nnl,) to make remarkaMe or cinincnt.

Sup'PLiANT, ?i., an humble petitioner ; one who entreats submis-
sively. F. from .fuppl/er, contracted from I^. .sujjpltvo, to suppli-
cate; sub, and p/ico, to fold.

Ven'geance, /?., the infliction of pain on another, in retui'n for an
injury or offence. F., from veuf/er, to revenge ; L. vindico.

1. The principles of society, amonp^ the American
Indians, forhidding all compulsion, they are to l)e led
to duty, and to enterprise, hy personal inlluence and
persuasion. Hence, eloquence in council, hravery and
'address in w^ar, hecome the foundations of all (;onse(pience

with them. To these acquirements all their faculties are
directed. Of their hraverv and address in war, we have
multiplied proofs, hecausc we have heen the subjects on
which they were exercised.

2. Of their eminence in oralorv, we have fewer exam-
pies, because it is displayed, chielly, in their own councils.
Some, however, we have of very superior lustre, i

i-1

318

may rhallcnjro the ^vbolo orations of Domostlinnc? and
(lii'ci'o, anil of any more cniirM'nt orator, if Knro|)e has
fiirnishcfl rnori; cniincnl, to product; a sin^'lc passap^o,
superior to tin* speech of !.o},'an, a iMinp) chief, to Lonl
l)unn»ore, when "zovernor of Vir^Miiia. And, as a testi-
mony of their talents in this line, 1 he^^ leave to intro-
duce it, lirst statin}; tin; incidents necessary for under-
slanflin}4 if. .

'A. In lilt; sprinff of the year i77i, a robbery was
committed i)v some Indians on certain land adventurers
on the river Ohio. The whites, in that (juarter, accor-
ding; to their custom, undertook to punish this outrage
in a sunnnary way. (laplain Michaid Cresap, and a
certain Danitd Grealhousi;, leadini,' v,n these parties, sur-
prised at dilferent times, travelliuj; and hunting parties
of the Indians, having their women and children with
them, and murdered many. Among these were, unfor-
tunately, the family of Logan, a chief, celebrated in
peace and war, ana long distinguished as the friend of
the whites.

4. This unworthy return provoked his vengeance.
He therefore signalized himself in the war which ensued.
In the autumn of the same year, a decisive battle was
fought at the mouth of the Great Kenhaway, between the
collected forces of the Shawanese, Mingoes, and Dela-
wares, and a detachment of the Virginia militia. The
Indians were defeated, and sued for peace. Logan,
however, disdained to be seen among the suppliants.
But, lest the sincerity of a treaty should be distrusted,
from which so distinguished a chief absented himself, he
sent, by a messenger, the following speech, to be de*-
livercd to Lord Dunmore.

5. "I appeal to anv white man to say, if ever he
entered Logan's cabin hungry, and he gave him not
meat : if ever he came cold and naked, and he clothed
him not. During the course of the last long and bloody
war, Logan remained idle in his cabin, an advocate
lor peace. Such was my love for the whites, that

n,-'

310

m^ Icounlrynion pointod as tlioy passed, and said,
* Logan is tliclVicnd of white iimmi. 1 had oven thoii^'lit
to have lived with you, l)nt lor the injuries of one man.

(\. " Colonel ('resan, the last sj)i'ini:, in eold hlood,
and unprovoked, nuinlered ^ill the relations of Logan, not
even sparing niv women and rhildren. There runs not
a drop of my hlood in tlu; veins f)f any living creature.
This calle<l on me for revenge. I have sought it : 1 have
killed many : 1 have fully glutted my vengeance. For
my country, I rejoice at the heams of peace : hut do not
harhor a thought that mine is the joy of fear. Logan
never felt fear. lie will not turn on his heel to save his
life. Who is there to mourn for Logan? — Not one."

Jefferson.

■n

GRANDEUR AND

LESSON V.

MORAL INTEREST OF AMERICAN
ANTIQUITIES,

Mound, «., an artificial elevation of earth. A. S. n und; L. mons.
Sep'ulchre, «., a grave ; a tomb. F. Jidpulcre ;S. and Port, sepul-

cro, I. sepolcro, from L. sepulchrum.
Mon'ument, «., a building, stone, or other thingplaced orerected to

remind men of the person who raised it, or of any remarkable

event. L. monumentum, from mo//eo, to admonish or remind.
CoNspic'uous, 0., obvious to the eye; easy to be seen. L. consjn-

cuus, from conspi'cv to look or see.
Mas'sive, «., heavy, ponderous. F. massif, from mass.
Dungeon, n., a close prison, or a deep, dark place of confinement.

F. donjon.
Proxim'ity, n., the state of being next, immediate nearness. F.

proximiU ; L. proxi'mitas.
Ditch, n., a trench in the earth made by digging. A. S. die, a

ditch; F. digue.
Usten'sil, n., an instrument, particularly an instrument or vessel

used in a kitchen, or in domestic and farming business. 1'.

ustensile; apparently formed from the L. particle, utor.
Mon'astery, i'i., a house of religious retirement. F. rnouastere; L

monasteroj S. monasterio; L. monasterium.

k i

f^r-

320

i^f

■' !

1^'

WIS

1} f

..^•^

Contem'porary, w., living at the same time. I. and S. contemporO'

neo'y V. contemporniii ; L. contemporalis.
Cas'tle, «., a i'ortilied house; a fortress. A.S. castel ; L. castel-

lum, from cost mm.
Tow'er, //., a citadel; an elevated huilding either square or round.

A.S. tor,iirre; b\tour; L. turn's.

i. You will expect me to say something of the lonely
records of the former races that inhahited this country.
That there has, formerly, heen a much more numerous
population than exists here at present, I am fuUj im-
pressed, from the result of my own personal observa-
tions. From the highest points of the Ohio, to where I
am now writing,* and far up the upper Mississippi and
Missouri, the more the country is explored and peopled,
and the more its surface is penetrated, not only are there
more mounds brought to view, but more incontestable
marks of a numerous population.

2. Wells, artificially walled, different structures of
convenience or defence, have been found in such num-
bers, as no longer to excite curiosity. Ornaments of
silver and ot copper, pottery, of which I have seen num-
berless specimens on all these waters, — not to mention the
mounds themselves, and the still more tangible evidence
of human bodies found in a state of preservation, and of
sepulchres full of bones, — are unquestionable demons-
trations, that this country was once possessed of a nume-
rous population. *** The mounds themselves, though of
earth, are not those rude and shapeless heaps, that they
have been commonly represented to be. I have seen for
instance in different parts of the Atlantic country, the
breastworks and other defences of earth that were thrown
up by our people during the war of the revolution. None of
those monuments date back more than fifty years. These
mounds must date back to remote depths in the olden
time.

3. From the ages of the trees on them, and from
other data, we can trace them back six hundred years
leaving it entirely to the imagination to descend farther

* St. Charles, on the Missouri.

321

into the depths of time beyond. And yet, after the rains,
the washing, and the cruniblin^^ of so many aL,^cs, many
of them are still twenty-live foet hi^li. Allof thcMn are,
incomparably, more conspicuous monuments than the
works which I just noticed. Some of them an; spread
over an extent of acres. I have seen, <,^rcat and small, I
should suppose a hundred. Thout^^h diverse, in position
and form, they all have an uniform cluiractcr.

4. They are, for the most part, in rich soils, and in
conspicuous situations. Those on the Ohio are covered
with very lar«;e trees. But in the prairie rej^^ions, where
I have seen the f;reatest numbers, tbey are covered with
tall f^rass, and fj^enci-aily near benches, — whicli indicate
the former courses of the rivers, — in the linest situations
for present culture: and the greatest [)o|)ulafion clearly
has been in those very positions where the most dense
future population will be.'**

5. The English, when they sneer at our country, speak
of it as sterile in moral interest. "It has," say they,
*' no monument, no ruins, none of the massive remains
of former ages ; no castles, no mouldering ahbeys, no
baronial towers and dungeons ; nothing to (connect the
imagination and the heart with the past ; no recollec-
tions of former ages, to associate the past with the future."

6. But I have been attempting sketches of the largest
and most fertile valley in the world, larger, in fact, than
half of Europe, all its remotest points being brought into
proximity by a stream, which runs the length of that
continent, and to which all but two or three of the rivers
of Europe are but rivulets. Its forests make a respectable
figure, even placed beside Blenheim park.

7. We have lakes which could find a place for the
Cumberland lakes in the hollow of one of their islands.
"We have prairies, which have struck me as among the
sublimest prospects in nature. There we see the sun
rising over a boundless plain, where the blue of the
heavens, in all directions, touches and mingles with the
verdure of the flowers. It is, to me, a view far more

'III

■ i^

If a

I I

322

glorious than that on which the sun rises over a barren
and anp:ry waste of sea. The one is soft, cheerful, asso-
ciated with life, and requires an easier effort of the ima-
gination to travel heyond the eye. The other is grand,
but dreary, desolate, and ahvays ready to destroy.

8. In the most pleasing positions of these prairies, we
have our Indian mounds, which proudly rise above the
plain. At first the eye mistakes them for hills ; but,
when it catches the regularity of their breast-work and
ditches, it discovers, at once, that they are the labors of
art and of men.

9. Wiien the evidence of the senses convinces us that
human bones moulder in these masses ; when you dig
about them, and bring to li^jht their domestic ustensils,
and are compelled to believe, that the busy tide of life
once flowed here ; when you see, at once, that these
races were of a very different character from the pre-
sent generation, — you begin to inquire if any tradition,
if any, the faintest, records can throw any light upon
these habitations of men of another age.

10. Is there no scope, beside these mounds, for im-
agination, and for contemplation of the past? The men,
their joys, their sorrows, their bones, are all buried to-
gether. But the grand features of nature remain. There
is the beautiful prairie, over which they " strutted
through life's poor play." The forests, the hills, the
mounds, lift tlieir heads in unalterahle repose, and
furnish the same sources of contemplation to us, that
they did to those generations that have passed away.

H. It is true, we have little reason to suppose, that
thev were the guilty dens of petty tyrants, who let loose
their half savage vassals to burn, plunder, enslave, and
despoil an adjoining den. There arc no remains of those
vast and useful monasteries, that are to be seen in the
old world, where holy men employed their time in prayer,
copying the Bible and other books.

12. Here must have been a race of men, on these
charming plains, that had every call from the scenes

S23

that surrounded them, to contented existence and
tranquil meditation. Unfortunate, as men view the
thing, th» y must have been. Innocent and peaceful
they proljably were ; for, had they been reared
amidst wars and quarrels, like the present Indians,
they would, doubtless, have maintained their p^round,
and their posterity would have remained to this day.
Beside them moulder the huge bones of their contempo-
rary beasts, which must have been of thrice the size of
the elephant.

13. I cannot judge of the recollections excited by
castles and towers that I have not seen. But I have
seen all of grandeur, which our cities can display. I
have seen too, these lonely tombs of the desert, —
seen them rise from these boundless and unpeopled
plains. My imagination and my heart have been full
of the past. The nothingness of the brief dream of
human life has forced itself upon my mind. The
unknown race, to which these bones belonged, bad, I doubt
not, as many projects of ambition, and hoped, as sang-
uinely, to have their name survive, as the great ones of
the present day.

T. Flint,

•!i;',

i :

J ^ * w

LESSON VI.

:^:4

1 I

' I

THE AMERICAN INDIAN AS HE WAS, AND AS HE IS.

Embel'lish, v., to adorn, to beautify. F. embellir^ from belle ; L.

bellus, pretty.
Grap'ple, n., a seazing ; the wrestler's hold. Goth, greipan, to

gripe: I. grappare, to gripe.
Revela'tion, 71., the sacred truths which God has revealed to man

for his instruction and direction. F., from L. revelntm, revelo.
Myste'rious, a., obscure, hid from the under standing. L., mys-

teriunij a secret.
Usurp', v. t., to seize and hold in possession by force, or without

right. F., usurper ; L. usurpo.

\ ?!

,11 I

*| I!

324

i!'i

III

^5"'

>'•'! ■

i*ROGEN'iTOR, «., an ancestor in the direct line; a forefather. L.,

from progigno, pro, and gigno, to be^et.
Exter'minator, n.^ he or that which exterminates. L. extermtno,

to exterminate.

1. Not many generations ago, where you now sit,
circled with all that exalts and embellishes civilized
life, the rank thistle nodded in the wind, and the wild
fox dug his hole unscared. Here lived and loved
another race of beings. Ijcneath the same sun that rolls
over your heads, the Indian hunter pcrsucd the panting
deer : gazing on the same moon that smiles for you,
the Indian lover wooed his dusky mate.

2. Here the wigwam blaze beamed on the tender
and helpless, the rouncil-iire glared on the wise and
daring. Now they dipped their noble limbs in your
sedgy lakes, and now they paddled their light canoe
along your rocky shores. Here they warred : the
echoing whoop, the bloody grap|>le, the defying death
song, all wereliere ; and, when the tiger strife was over,
here curled the smoke of peace.

3. Here, too, they worshipped ; and from many a
dark bosom went up a pure prayer to the Great Spirit.
He had not written his laws for them on tables of
stone, but he had traced them on the cables of their
hearts. The poor child of nature knew not the ijod
of revelation, but the God of the universe he acknowl-
edged in every thing around.

4. He beheld him in the star that sunk in beauty
behind his lonely dwelling ; in the sacred orb that
flamed on him from his mid-day throne ; in the flower
that snapped in the morning breeze ; in the lofty pine,
that defied a thousand whirlwinds ; in the timid
warbler, that never left its native grove ; in the fear-
less eagle, whose untired pinion was wet in clouds ;
in the worm that crawled at his foot ; and in his own
matchless form, glowing with a spark of that light, to
whose mysterious Source he bent, in humble, though
blind adoration.

325

5. And all this has passed away. Across the ocean
•came a pilgrim bark, bearinji^ the seeds of life and death.

The former were sown for you ; the latter sprang: up in
the path of the simple native. Two hundred years have
changed the character of a great continent, and blotted,
for ever, from its face a whole peculiar people. Art has
usurped the bowers of nature, and the anointed children
of education have been too powerful for the tril)es of the
ignorant.

6. Here and there, a stricken few reniain ; but how
linlikt their bold, untamed, untamable [)rogenitors I
The Indian^ of falcon glance, and lion-bearing, the
theme of the touching ballad, the hero of the pathetics
tale, is gone ! and his degraded olVspring crawl u|)()n the
soil where he walked in majesty, to remind ;as how
miserable is man, when the foot of the concpieror is on
his neck.

7. As a race, they have withered from the land. Their
arrows are broken, their springs are dried up, their
cabins are in the dust. Their council-lire has }ong since
gone out on the shore, and their war-cry is fast dying to
the untrodden west. Slowly and sadly, they climb the
distant mountains and read their doom in the setting
sun. They are shrinking before the mighty tide which
is pressing them away ; they must soon liear the roar of
the last wave, which will settle over them for ever.

]. Ages hence, the inquisitive white man, as he stands
by some growing city, will ponder on the structure of
their disturbed remains, and wonder to what manner of
person they belonged. They will live only in the songs
and chronicles of their exterminators. Let these be
faithful to their rude virtues as men, and pay due ivW te
to their unhappy fate as a people.

\ C. Sprague.

■■I

. i

'■'i

■' ■;?

. ,1 1

326

s} a

LESSON VII.

PASSAGE OF THE POTOMAC AND SHENANDOAH RIVERS
THROUGH THE BLUE RIDGE.

Stui'en'dous, a., astonishing, wonderful, amazing. L. stupendusy

from stupco, to astonish.'
Juisc'tion, /<., the place or point of union. F., from L.juncti'Oy from

juHf/o, to join,
AvuL'fiiON, w., a rending, or forcible separation. L. avulsio, from

avc'llo, n, and veilo, to pull.
Corhob'orate, v. t., to confirm ; to make more certain. L. corro-

boro, cor, and roboro, to strengthen.
Pla^'id, a., serene, mild, unrullled. L. placidus, from placo, to

appease.
Treme«'dous, a., terrible, drendful. L. tvemendus, from tremOj to

tremble.

1. The passage of the Potomac through the Blue
Ridge, is, perhaps, oije of the most stupendous scenes in
nature. .You stand on a \ery high point of land. On
your right comes up the Shenandoah, having ranged
along the foot of the mountain a hundred miles, to seek
a vent. On your left approaches the Potomac, in quest
of a passage also. In the moment of their junction they
rush together against the mountain, rend it asunder, and
pass oil' to the sea.

2. The first glance of this scene hurries our senses
into the opinion, that this earth has been created in
time ; that the mountains were formed first : that the
rivers began to flow afterwards ; that, in this place par-
ticularly, they have been dammed up by the Blue Ridge
of mountains, and have formed an ocean, which filled
the ^thole valley ; that, continuing to rise, they have, at
length, broken over at this spot, and have torn the
mountain down, from its summit to its base. The piles
of rock on each hand, but particularly on the Shenan-
doah, the evident marks of their disrupture and avulsion
from their beds, by the most powerful agents of nature,
corroborate this impression.

327

3. But the distant finishing, which nature has given to
the picture, is of a very diiFercnt character. It is a true
contrast to the foreground. That is as placid and delight-
ful, as this is wild and tremendous. For the mountain
being cloven asunder, presents to your eye, through the
cleft, a small catch of smooth blue" horizon at an inlinite
distance in the plain country, inviting you, as it were,
from the riot and tuuuilt roaring around, to pass through
the breach, and participate of the calm below.

4. Here the eye ultimately composes itself; and that
way, too, the roads happens actually to lead. You cross
the Potomac above tlie junction, pass along its side
through the base of the mountain, for three miles ;
its terrible precipices hanging in fragments over you.
This scene is worth a voyage across the Atlantic. Yet
here, as in the neighborhood of the Natural Bridge, arc
people, wfio have passed their lives within half a dozen
miles, and have never been to survey these monuments
of a war between rivers and mountains which must have
shaken the earth itself to its centre.

Jefferson.

LfissoN vm.

ACCOUNT OF THE FIRST HOSTILE ATTACK UPON THE AMERICAN COLONISTS^
BY THE BRITISH TROOPS, IN THE WAR OF THE REVOLUTION, AT LEXING-
TON AND CONCORD, MASS. 19TH APRIL, 1773.

Blockade', v. t., to shut up a town or fortress by posting troops at
all the avenues. L. bloccoto; F. blocus.

Hos'tage, n., a pledge, pawn, surety. F. otnge, for ostage.

Imprac'ticable, a., that cannot be done or performed, im and practi-
cable. F. impraticoble .

Reimburse', pt.^ repaid, refunded, as loss or expense. F. rembour-
ser.

Gar'rison, «.,abody of troops stationed in a fortified town or fort,
to defend it against an enemy. F. gamison.

Chimer'ical, a., merely, imaginary; fanciful, fantastic. From L.
chimcera.

Licrynors, fl., loose dissolute; unrestrained by law or morality.,

L. iiipiitiosus.
MEn'r.KNAiiY, //., one \vbo is hired ; a hireling. F. mercennire ; L.

i/ic/'tu'/inriu.f, tVoin incrces', reward, wages; tnercor, to buy.
Au'gi HY, //., an ointMi; prediction; prognostication. L. augurium.
Sat'ki.i.ite, n., a follower; an obsequious attendant or dependant.

F. and 1. sntoUitc ; I^. safcllrs.
Tu'mum, //., the connnotion, (Usturbnnce, or agitation of a multi-
tude, nsually accompanied with great noise and uproar. L.

tumultii.'i, a derivative from tuttien, to swell.
Ma>oeu'vrks, ?i., dexterous movement, particularly in an army or

navy. F. from tnain, L. iiuums, tiie hand, and amvre, L. opera,

work.
Evolu'tion, n., in military language, wheeling, countermarching,

Sic. L. ovolutio.
Cor'RiEu, )i., a messenger sent express for conveying letters or

d spatches, usually on public business. F. murrier, from courir,

tf run ; L. curro.
GnK.VADUui', /<., a foot-soldier, wearing a high-cap. Grenodinrs are

usually tall, active soldiers, distinguished from others chiefly by

their dress and arms.
ExPLo'sioN, n., a bursting with noise; (from explode.)

1. War bcinp^ every moment expected, the particular
fate of the iuhahitants of Boston had become the object of
general solicitude. Tiie *i:arrison Avas formidable ; the
fortifications were carried to perfection, and little hope
remained, that this city would be wrested from British
domination. Nor could the citizens flatter themselves
more with the hope of escaping by sea ; as the port was
blockaded by a squadron.

2. Thus confined, amidst an irritated soldiery, the
Bostonians found themselves exposed to endure all the
outrages to be apprehended from military licence. Their
city had become a close prison, and themselves no better
than hostages in the hands of the British commanders.
This consideration alone sufficed greatly to impede all
civil and military operations projected by the Americans.

3. Various expedients were suggested, in order to ex-
tricate the Bostonians from this embarrassing situation ;
which, if they evinced no great prudence, certainly de-
monstrated no ordinary obstinacy. Some advised, that
all the inhabitants of Boston should abandon the city,
and take refuge in other places, where they should

1 '

329

be succorod at the public oxponso : but this dosijin was
totally impraclicablc, since it <1o[)(M1(1c(1 on Gi'iieral Gago
to prevent its execution.

4. Others recommended, that a valuation sliould be
made of the houses and furniture belon^ifi^^ to th(» inha-
bitants; that the city should then be lired; and that all
the losses should be reimb\irsed from the |)ublic treasure.
After mature deliberation, this project was also pronoun-
ced not only very diOicult, but absolutely impossible to
be executed.

5. Many inhabitants, liowever, lelt the city privately,
and withdrew into the interior of the country ; some, from
disgust at this species of captivity ; others from fear of
the approaching hostilities; and others, tinally, from
apprehensions of being questioned lor acts against the
government; but a great number, also, with a tirm reso-
lution, preferred to remain, and brave all consequences
whatever.

6. The soldiers of the garrison, weary of their long
conllnement, desired to sally forth, and drive away these
rebels, who intercepted their provisions, and for whom
they cherished so profound a contempt. The inhabitants
of Massachusetts, on the other hand, were proudly indi-
gnant at this opinion of their cowardice, entertained By
the soldiers ; and panted for an occasion to prove, by a
signal vengeance, the falsehood of the reproach.

7. In the mean time, the news arrived of the king's
speech at the opening of Parliament; of the resolutions
adopted by this body ; and, tinally, of the act by which the
inhabitants of Massachusetts were declared rebels. All
the province flew to arms; indignation became fury, —
obstinacy, desperation. All idea of reconciliation had
become chimerical ; necessity stimulated the most timid ;
a thirst of vengeance fired every breast. The match is
lighted, — the materials disposed, — the conflagration im-
pends. The children are prepared to combat against their
fathers ; citizens against citizens ; and, as the Americans

• ,1 : i»i

' r *i

330

<,">■'■

declared, the friends of liberty against its oppressors,—,
against the founders of tyranny.

8. "In these arms," said they, "in our right hands,
are placed the hope of safety, the existence of country,
the defence of property, the honor of our wives and
daughters With these alone can we repulse a licen-
tious soldiery, protect what man holds dearest upon earth,
and, unin. oared, transmit our rights to our descendants.
The world \ ill admire our courage; all good men will
second us with their wishes and prayers, and celabrate
our names with immortal praises. Our memory will
become dear to posterity. It will be the example, as the
hope, of freemen, and the dread of tyrants, to the latest
ages. It is time that old and contaminated England
should be made acquainted with the energies of America,
in the prime and innocence of her youth ; it is time she
should know how much superior are our soldiers, in cou-
rage and constancy, to vile me^'oenaries. We must look
back no more ! We must conquer, or die ! We are placed
between altars smoking with th3 most grateful incense of
glory and gratitude, on the one part, and blocks and
dungeons on the other. Let each, then, rise, and gird
himself for the combat. The dearest interests of this
world command it: our most holy religion enjoins it:
that God, who eternally rewards the virtuous and pun-
ishes the wicked, ordains it. Let us accept these happy
auguries ; for already the mercenary satellites, sent by
wicked ministers to reduce this innocent people to extre-
mity, are imprisoned within the walls of a single city,
where hunger emaciates them, rage devors them, death
consumes them. Let us banish every fear, every alarm ;
fortune smiles upon the efforts of the brave ! "

9. By similar discourse, they excited one another, and
prepared themselves for defence. The fatal moment is
arrived: the signal of civil war is given.

10. General Gage was informed, that the provincials
had amassed large quantities of arms and ammunition,
in the towns of Worcester and Concord ; which last is
eighteen miles distant from the city of Boston. Excited

13.

331

by the loyalists, wliq had pcrsuadcrl him that he would
find no resistance, considering' the cowardice of the
patriots, and, perhaps, not iina<,Mnin^' that the; sword
would he drawn so soon, he resolved to send a tew com-

Sanies to Concord, in order to seize the military stores
cpositcd there, and transport them to Boston, or destroy
them.

11. It was said, also, that he had it in view, by this
sudden expedition, to get possession of the persons of
John Hancock and Samuel Adams, two of the most
ardent patriot chiefs, and the principal directors of the
provincial congress, then assembled in the town of Con-
cord. But, to avoid exciting irritation, and the popular
tumults, which might have obstructed his design,
he resolved to act with caution, and in the shade of
mystery.

12. Accordingly, he ordered the grenadiers, and seve-
ral companies of light infantry, to hold themselves in
readiness to march out of the city, at the first signal ;
adding, that it was in order to pass review, and execute
different mana?uvres and militarv evolutions. The Bos-
tonians entertained suspicions, and sent to warn Adams
and Hancock to be upon their guard. The committee
of public safety gave directions, that the arms and
ammunition should be distributed about in different
places.

13. Meanwhile, General Gage, to proceed with more
secrecy, commanded a certain number of officers, who
had been made acquainted with his designs, to go, as if
on a party of pleasure, and dine at Cambridge, which is
situated very near Boston, and upon the road to Concord.
It was on the 18th of April, in the evening, that these
olTicevs dispersed themselves here and there upon the
road, and passages, to intercept the couriers that might
have been dispatched to give notice oi the movement of
the troops.

14. The governor gave orders that no person should
be a) 'owed to leave the city: nevertheless, Dr. Warren,

332

one of tlin most arlivc palriols, had limoU Intimation of
the s('h(;rn(>, and iinnicdiattdy dispatchiMl conlidtMitial
messcn^MM's ; sorric (d'wiiorn i'ound th(^ roads interdicted
hy the ollircrs that ^nianicd tlicrn ; hut otiicrs made tlieir
%vays, iinpenu'lvcd, to Jiexin^lon, a town u[)on the road
leading' to Concord.

15: The intelli^MMire was soon divnlpred ; the people
Hocked to^^etlier ; the Ixdls, in all parts, were rung, to
give the alarm ; the; continual tiring oicannon spread the
agitation through all the neighhoring country. In the
midst of this tunuiltuous scene, at eleven in the evening,
a strong detachment of grenadiers, and of light infantry,
was emharked al IJoston, and landed at a place called
Philip's Farm — now, Lechmere's Point — whence they
marched towards Concord. In this state of things, the
irritation had hecome so intense, that a spark only was
wanting, to produce an explosion ; as the event soon
proved. .

-♦♦«-

LESSON IX.

THE SAME (CONCLUDED.)

1. Tde troops were under the command of Lieuten-
ant-Colonel Smith, and Major Pitcairn, who led the
vanguard. The militia of Lexington, as the intelligence
of the movement of this detachment was uncertain, had
separated in the course of the night. Finally, at five in
the morning of 19th, advice was received of the near
approach of the royal troops.

2. The provincials that happened to be near, assem-
bled, to the number of about seventy, certainly too few
to have had an intention to engage in combat. The
English appeared, and Major Pitcairn cried in a loud
voice, '^ Disperse, rebels I lay down your arms, and

333

disperse. " T\w pn)\iririals did iiol ^)\)oy ; upon wliich
lit; snruri}; fVorii llic ranks, discliar^-^od a pistol, aiid,l)ran-
dishin^' his sword, onlrrcd liis s<ddi»Ms to lire. Tlic pro-
vincials retreated; the Eii^dish coiilimiing their lire, the
former laced ahout to return it.

3. Meanwhile, Hancock and Adams retired from dan-
ger ; and it is related, that, while on the march, the
latter, enraptured with joy, exclaimed, '' (Mi ! what an
ever-glorious morning is this ! " considering this lirst
effusion of hlood as the prelude of events, which nmst'
secure the hap[)iness of his country.

4. The soldiers advanced towards Concord. The
inhahitants assemhled, and appeared disposed to act upon
the defensive ; but, seeing llu; numluM's of the encMny,
they fell hack, and posted themscdves on the bridge,
north of the town, intending to wait for reinforcements
from the neighborini; places; but the light infantry
assailed them with fury, routed them, and occupied the
bridge, whilst the others entered Concord, and proceeded
to the execution of their orders.

5. They spiked two pieces of twenty-four pound can-
non, destroyed their carriages, and a number of wheels
for the use of the artillery threw into the river and into
wells five hundred pounds of bullets ; and wasted a
quantity of flour, deposited there by the provincials.
These were the arms and provisions which gave the lirst
occasion to a long and cruel war !

6. But the expedition was not yet terminated : the
minute-men arrived, and the forces of the provincials
were increased by continual accessions from every quar-
ter. The light infantry, who scoured the country above
Concord, were obliged to retreat, and, on entering the
town, a hot skirmish ensued. A great number were killed
on both sides.

7. The light infantry having joined the main body of
the detachment, the English retreated precipitately to-l
wards Lexington. Already the whole country had risen)

u-i n

334

in arms, and the militia from all parts flew to the succor
of their friends. Before the British detachment had
arrived at Lexington, its rear-guard and flanks suffered
great annoyance from the provincials, who, posted
behind the trees, walls, and frequent hedges, kept up
a brisk fire, which the enemy could not return. The
soldiers of the king found themselves in a most perilous
situation.

8. General Gage, apprehensive of the event, had dis-
*patched, in haste, under the command of Lord Percy, a
reinforcement of sixteen companies, with some marines,
and two field-pieces. This corps arrived very opportunely
at Lexington, at the moment when the royal troops
entered the town from the other side, pursued with fury
by the provincial militia.

9. It appears highly probable, Ihat, without this rein-
forcement, they would have been all cut to pieces, or
made prisoners : their strength was exhausted, as well
as their ammunition. After making a considerable halt
at Lexington, they renewed their march towards Boston,
the number of the provincials increasing every moment,
although the rear-guard of the English was less molested,
on account of the two field-pieces, which repressed the
impetuosity of the Americans. But the flanks of the
column remained exposed to a very destructive fire,
which assailed them from all the points that were adapted
to serve as coverts.

iO. The royalists were also annoyed by the heat,
which was excessive, and by a violent wind, which blew
a thick dust in their eyes. The enemy's scouts, adding to
their natural celerity a perfect knowledge of the country,
came up unexpectedly through cross-roads, and galled
the English severely, taking aim especially at the oflicers,
who, perceiving it, kept much on their guard.

11. Finally, after a march of incredible fatigue, and
a considerable loss of men, the English, overwhelmed
with lassitude, arrived at sunset in Gharlestown. In-
dependently of the combat they had sustained, the

igto
itry,
lied
;crs,

and
Tied
In-
the

335

ground they had measured that day was above five and
thirty miles. The day following they crossed over to
Boston.

12. Such was the affair of Lexington, the first action
which opened the civil war. The English soldiers, and
especially their officers, were filled with indignation at
the fortune of the day : they could not endure, that an
undisciplined multitude, — that a fiock of Yankees, as
they contemptuously named the Americans, — should
not only have maintained their ground against them, but
even forced them to show their backs, and take refuge
behind the walls of a city.

13. The provincials, on the contrary, felt their cour-
age immeasurably increased, since they had ol)tained a

Eroof, that these famous troops were not invincible ; and
ad made so fortunate an essay of the goodness of their
arms.

BOTTA.

LESSON X.

THE ADDRESS OF THE ROMAN CATHOLICS TO GEORGE

WASHINGTON.

Congratula'tions, «., the act of professing one's joy or good wishes
• at the success or happiness of another, or on account of an event

deenied fortunate to all.
Administra'tion, w., government of public affairs. From L. ad--

minutro, to serve or manage.
Lit'erature, n., the collective body of literary productions. L.

litteratura.
Agricul'ture, //., ill a general senst\ the cultivation of the ground.

L. ager, a held, and cultura, cultivation.
Auspi'cious, a., prosperous, fortunate. From L. auspicium.
Exten'sion, ;«., the act of extending. L. extensio.

1. Sir : — We have been long impatient to testify our
joy and unbounded confidence, on your being called by

Iff

i:^ 1

1!^

ll' ■

!|i.^

fi i

'■:'i\

V '

:>. i

'•I

. 'i I

^ i

•J^";.

336

a unanimous vole, to the first station of a country, in
which that unanimity could not have heen ohtained,
without the previous merit of* unexampled services, of
eminent wisdom, and unhlemished virtue. Our congra-
tulations have not reached you sooner hecause our scatt-
ered situation prevented the communication and the
collecting of those sentiments which animated every
breast. But the delay has furnished us with the oppor-
tunity, not purely of presaging the happiness to he
expected under your administration, but of bearing testi-
mony to that which we experience already. It is your
peculiar talent, in war and in peace, to alford security to
those who conunit their protection into your hands. In
war, YOU shield them from the ravages of armed hostilitv :
in peace, you establish public tranquillity by the justice
and moderation not less than by the vigor or your
government. By example as well as by vigilance, you
extend the intluence of laws on the manners of our
fellow-citizens. You encourage respect for religion, and
inculcate by words and actions, that principle on which
the welfare of nations so much depends, that a superin-
tending Providence governs the events of the world, jind
Avatches over the conduct of men. Your exalted maxims
and unwearied attention to the moral and pliysical im-
provement of our country, have produced already the
happiest ell'ects. Under your administration America is
animated with zeal for the attainment and encouragement
of useful literature : she improves her agriculture, extends
her commerce, and acquires with

foreign

nations a

dignity unknown to her before. From these happy
events, in which none can feel a warmer interest than
ourselves, we derive additional pleasure in recollecting
that you, sir, have been the principal instrument to effect
so rapid a change in our political situation. This pros-
pect of national prosperity is peculiarly pleasing to us on
another account, l)ecause whilst our country preserves
her freedom and independence, we shall have a well
founded title to claim from her justice equal rights of
citizenship, as well the price of our blood spilt under
your eyes, and of our common exertions for her defence,

f^>

., 337

under your auspicious conduct ; rights rendered more
dear to us, by the remembrance of former hardships.
When we prai^ for the preservation of them, where they
have been granted, and expect the full extension of them
from the justice of those States which still restrict them ;
when we solicit the protection of Heaven over our com-
mon country, we neither omit, nor can omit recomman-
ding your preservation to the singular care of Divine
Providence ; because we conceive that no human means
are so available to promote the welfare of the United
States, as the prolongation of your health and life, in
which are included the energy of your example, the
wisdom of your counsels, and tne persuasive eloquence
of your virtues.

LESSON XI.

THE ANSWER TO THE ROMAN CATHOLICS IN THE UNITED

STATES OF AMERICA.

Antic'ipate, r., to have a previous view or impression of something

future. L. anticipio; ante, before and cnpio, to take.
Denomina'tiok, n., a society, or collection of individuals called by

the same name. From L. denomino ; de, and nomino, to name.
Com'merce, n., mutual dealings in common life. F. commerce ; L.

commercium; con, and mercor, to buy.
Ggmmu'nitt, n., society at large ; a commonwealth or state. L.

commwiitas ; F. communaut4.
Felic'ity, n., happiness, or rather, great happiness. L. felicitas^

from felix, happy.

1. Gentlemen, — While I now receive with much< sa-
tisfaction your congratulations on my being called, by
an unanimous vote, to the first station in my country, —
I cannot but duly notice your politeness in offering an
fipology for the unavoidable deky. As that delay has
gxven you an opportunity of realizing, instead of antici-

I t

III

•II

I ll

1- i <

338

paling, the benefits of the general government, you will
do me the justice to believe that your testimony of the
increase of the public prosperity, enhances the pleasure
which I should otherwise have experienced from your
affectionate Address.

2. I feel that my conduct in war and in peace, has
met with more general approbation than could reason-
ably have been expected; and I lind myself disposed to
consider that fortunate circumstance in a great degree re-
sulting from the able support and extraordinary candor
of my fellow-citizens of all denominations.

3. The prospect of national prosperity now before us
is truly animating, and ought to excite the exertions of
all good men to establish and secure the happiness of their
country, in the permanent duration of its freedom and
independence. America, under the smiles of a Divine
Providence, the protection of a good government, and
the pultivation of manners, morals, and piety, cannot fail
of attaim'ng an uncommon degree of emnience, in litera-
ture, commerce, agriculture, improvements at home and
respectability abroad.

4. As mankind become more liberal they will be more
apt to allow, that all those who conduct' themselves as
worthy members of the community are equally entitled
to the protection of civil government. I hope ever to see
America among the foremost nations in examples of
justice and liberality. And I presume that your fellow -
citizens will not forget the patriotic part which you took
in the accomplishment of their revolution, and the
establishment of their government : or, the important
assistance which they received from a nation in which
the Roman Catholic faith is professed.

^ 5. ! thank you, gentlemen, for your kind concern for
me. While my life and my health shall continue, in
whatever situation I may be, it shall be my constant
endeavor to justify the favorable sentiments which you
are pleased to express of my conduct. And may the
members of your society in America, animated alone by

339

the pure spirit of Christianity, and still conducting them-
selves as the fiiithful subjects of our free government,
enjoy every temporal and spiritual felicity.

G. Washington.

-♦♦♦-

LESSON XII.

EXTRACTS FROM ARCHBISHOP CARROLL'S EULOGIUM ON

GENERAL WASHINGTON.

Educe', v. ^, to bring or draw out; to extract. L. educo, eduxi ; e,
and duco, to lead.

Interposi'tion, /«., intervenient agency. K., from L. intcrpositio.

Dis'ciPLiNE, n., education, instruction ; due subordination to au-
thority. L. df'sctpli/ia, from disco, to learn.

Magxan'imous, «., liberal and honorable ; not sellish. L. magnani-
mus.

Wil'derness, «., a desert; a tract of land or region uninhabited
and uncultivated, fi'om wUd.

Achieve'ments, /«., the performance of an action. From F. achevev,
to finish.

Vicis'siTUDE, n., regular ch'.ingt' or succession of one thing to an-
other. L. vicisaitudo, from vicis, a turn.

Tom'ahawk, //., an Indian hatchet.

Negotia'tion, //., the act of in'gotiating. From L. negotior ; F. nd-
gocier, to negociate.

Battal'ion, n., a body of infantry consisting of from 500 to 800 men.
F. bataillon.

Palla'dium, /i., something that alTords elfectual tlefense, protec-
tion, and safety. G., from Pal/a.'i, the goddess.

1. To superintend the movements and operations of
such a revolution : to control, during its progress, jea-
lousies, enmities, suspicions, and other condicting pas-
sions ; and from their collision, to educe national and
individual prosperity, peace, order, liberty, and regular
government, required the discernmentand masterly con-
''rivance of that Supreme Director and Artist, avIio unites
together the links, and holds in his hands the chain of all
human events. Contemplating, as much as is allowed to

■;" \,-'

\i\

I
t\

.." i\\

340

feeble mortals, his divine apjency in preparing the means
and conducting the pro^q*css of the American liovolulion,
we may presume to say, that Heaven impressed a ch;irac-
ter on the life of Wasliin^'^lon, and a temper on his soul,
which eminently (pialilied him to hear the most (:oris|)i-
cuous part, and he its principal instrument in accom-
plishing this stupendous work.

2. We trace as far hack as to his earlv \outh the
evidences of this Providential interposition. IJorn in
times and circumstances unfavorahie to th<' spiiits and
exertions of hold enterprise, he however soon devoted
himself to useful and active exercises. Ho disdained
the inglorious ease and ignohle pursuits, which fettered
or perverted the talents of his young countrymen, inac-
tive, not through choice, hut wanting ohjects and encou-
ragement. To deliver Washington from the danger of
contracting similar hahits, he was inspired to erjihrace the
hardy discipline of difficult and perilous lahors, which
added vigor to his constitution, and a robustness to his
nerves, that neverafter shrunk from danger. Following
the instinct of his towering genius, lie had not reaclKnl
the years of manhood, when he was engaged in enter-
prises pregnant with terror, and presenting to his view
objects of a most formidable aspect. He did not however
enter on them with thouglitless temeritv. At that earlv
period he began, what he pwsisted in through life, to
associate motives of public utility with magnanimous un-
dertakings. The usual occupiitions of his young coun-
trymen were not sufiicient employment for his active
mmd ; he therefore turned his views towards that vast
western region, now so familiar to our cars and ac-
quaintance, but then known only by the terrors it ins-
pired, and the cruelties practised by the savage Indians
lurking in its forests and recesses. He left the endear-
ments of society, to explore the courses of rivers, to tra-
verse plainsand mountains far beyond the then inhabited
frontiers; hopingtodiscover sources, whence future opu-
lence miudit How tohiscountrv,lo examine the productions
and estimate the fertility of immense tracts, capable of

341

lif

IS-
IIS

r-
•a-

11-

II s

fewardinj? the industry of thousands, pininf? in want and
o|)prcssioii in l'orci}.^n iniids; whose desciMidants might
peoj)le tlio wilderness, i)eaiitify it l)y euUivation, and
nuilti|)ly the resources of liis native province. In these
acliieveincnts, the lieroic youtli was to iinire himself to
huuf^'er and lliirst, to lie on the damp earth without any
covering hut the spreading hranches of the oak and the
canoj)y of the heavens ; to accustom himself to the vicis-
situdes of the seasons, the parching heat and chilling
frost; to herd with the heasfs of the forest; to he exposed
to the; *nmahawk and scnlping knife ; to he surrounded
•' d. ulties, yet nev"' to he disheartened ; to meet
ai ever, step the imagx of death, without ever helng
appalled, or admitting a momentary sentiment of despair.

3. Imagine not, my fellow-citizens, that this is an ideal
and fanciful representation of Washington's youthful
years. No ! it is faintly hut truly copied from real
scenes of his life. Who, on the wmg of imagination,
has followed him, clamhering over the lofty western
mount.iins, fording unfathomed and rapid rivers, expos-
ing his invaluable life to innumerahle accidents of trea-
chery and hostility, without shuddering for his existence,
and admiring his cool, collected courage, in conquering
obstacles, and surmounting dangers ? Such was the
training and education by which Providence prepared
hiii tr the fultilment of his future destinies.

4. For him it was decreed, in the progression of his
life, to defend, and ultimately to establish, by just and
necessary warfare, the liberties of his country. Provid- '
ence therefore permitted a train of occurrences to ensue,
which served to furnish his mind with the lirst rudiments
of military science, and discipline him to the vigilance
and profession of a soldier. At that time, two powerful
European nations held North America in their subjec-
tion ; their territories bordered on each other, and each
claimed rights disallowed by its rival power. One of
these, France, sent out a military force and her Indian
allies, to occupy posts deemed to be within the territory
of Virginia, and contiguous to the stations selected by

( m

1^1

J* 1

i f

342

Washington, as best adapted to the protection of his
native land ; tor his intrepidity and local knowledge had
already placed him at the head of a small hody of his
countrymen, collected together to stop the progress of the
invaders. With th«:, c he covered the inhabitants from
hostile encroachment, he won the confidence of the sav-
age Indian, and conducted a dan«:erousand intricate nego-
tiation for a suspension of hostilities.

. 5. But the durable jw'esorvalion of peace depended not
on the counsels of America ; England and France trans-
ported their enmity to her shore?, and covered our
country with hostile array. England, confident of her
prowess and the discipline of her armies, would not
commit the defence oi her interest to raw provincials.
Washington's ardent soul suffered him not to remain
behind in safetv, while the security of his country was
at stake. The hand of Providence led him forward, that
he might add to his experience and native fortitude. He
fought under Braddock ; and that ill-fated commander
having paid by his death the tribute of his rashness — his
army dispirited hy defeat, and Hying before an enemy
flushed with victory — Washington, in that perilous mo-
ment, gathered ro nd him his first companions in arms,
and rescued out o. the jaws of death the remains of the
vanquished battalions. He did more ; he stood in the
front of danger, and everywhere op{)osing hiraselt to the
merciless savages, ready to burst as a dark cloud,
fraught with the thunderbolts of heaven, on a terrified
land, he averted the storm, and restored to his trembling
country the serenity of hope and peace.

G. The theatre of war was transported afterwards to
distant provinces of America. Then the same allwise
Providence, which had inured him to danger, prepared
him for the toils of government, and the important duty
of superintending, in his riper years, the political admin-
istration of a great and widely extended people. His
services in the field had won the confidence of his fellow-
citizens ; they committed to his vigilance and integrity
their highest interests in their legislative assembly. In

\k 4'

343

this school !>c perfected himself in the knowledge of
mankind ; he oi)served the content ions of parties, tlie
artilices and conllicts of hnman passions ; lie saw the
necessity of curbing' them by salutary restraints, he stud-
ied the complicated science of lejiislation, h(" learned to
venerate the sanctity of laws, to esteem them as the
palladium of civil society, and deepiv imMhed this
Inaxim, so important for the soldier and the statesman,
and which he ever after made the rule <)f his conduct,
that the armed defenders of their country would break
up the foundations of social order and happiness, if
they availed themselves of the turbulence of war, to
violate the right of private property and personal liberty.

..I

Mr <

■»<'^^^»<

LESSON xni.

i i

EXTRACTS FROM ARCIIBISIIOl* CARROLL'S EULOGIUM

(CONTLNUED).

Recapitulate, v. t., to repeat the principal things mentioned in

a preceding discourse, arj^niinent, or essay, l*'. r^mpituler, ; I.

roccapitol'ire ; L. re, and cripitulutti.
Alle'gianci", n., the tie or obligation of a subject to his prince or

government. Old l\ tVoin L. nllig'> ; ad, and Ugo, to bind.
Luminary, /<., any body tliat gives light ; chiefly one of the celes-
tial orb'. L. biminnvi'., fi'oin Inwo.n, light.
Efful'gence, u., a tlood ui' 'ii-Jit ; g.eat lustre or brightness. From

L. effutfjco ; ex, and fuit/en, to shim'.
Subordixa'tion, h., subjection : slate of heing under control orgov-

ernment. V.
Le'gion, n., a Triilitary force ; military l)ands. L. legi'o, from

iego, to collect.
O'mex, n., a sign or indication of some future event ; a prognostic.

L. oniei.
Ab'dicate, v., to renounce ; to cast off; to resign atrust. L. abdicq;

ah, and dico, to bestow.
Stipulate', i'., to contract ; to settle terms. L. stipidare, from

stipes.
Insig'nia, ;j., badges, or distinguishing marksjof olTice or honor. L.

i ''

344

!. I NEED not rocapitulatc the origin of the discort'
tents between Great Britain and her American depend-
encies. Sutlice it to say, that America received the
claims of the parent country as incomnatii)h^ with her
freechjin and happiness. The j^^reat soul of Wasliinjj^ton,
revolted at tiie idea of national dej^M'adation ; hut tempe-
ring liis ardor with deliberate wisdom, he associated
with other sages of his country, to meditate on her new
and critical situation.

2. Here let us pause, fellow-citizens, to contemplate
this exalted man revolving in his breast the natural and
social rights of human kind : comparing those with
actual and impending grievances, and with the obligations
of an allcgwuice due to a long-established government.
Had lawless ambition reigned in his breast, he would
have decided the public voice for immediate hostility.
But in this point alf^o, Providence destined him to leave
a memorable and salutary example. He was not dazzled
by the prospect of being elevated to the chief command
of the military force of America. In his opinion, not-
hing could justifv a recurrence to the sword, and a revolt
from esfablishe(l authority, but extreme necessity. All
reasonable means of redress should be tried, before a
good citizen will dissolve the fabric of government, and
expose a people to the convulsive shocks of a revolu-
tion, the explosions of which no considerate man can
promise himself to regulate, or foresee their termina-
tion.

3. Washington and his colleagues, obeing at the same
time the dictates of patriotism and the duty of allegiance,
represented their wrongs to their sovereign and clai-
med their rights. On the event of their remonstrance,
depended the redress of their grievances ; or, if no
redress followed, their justification for standing on their
defence. Britain would not relent, and all that re-
mained to America, was submission or resistance. The
election was soon made : every one prepared himself for
the awful contest, and all eyes and hopes were turned
towards Washington. With universal approbation he
was summoned to place himself in the front of danger,

and

of s
abl
issu

and assume supreme military command. The possession
ofsiirh a ritizen at a mcHiiont so critical, was an invalu-
able treasure, and an anitnatin}; presage of the favourable
issue of the jj^reat contest.

A. TJut far otln'r tbouu^bts absorbed bis attention. Mo-
dest, as In* was eminent in v;ib)r and wisdom, In; con-
templated witb minuted emotions of sell-dillidcnce and
generous ri'solntion, tbe imjtortant stake |>laced in bis
hands : tbe subjection or in(le|)eiidence, tin; vassalage or
freedom, of an immense territory, destined to be the ha-
bitation of countless millions. Wben therefore, in obe-
dience to the voice of his country, he plac/rd himself at
the head of her army, the expressions of his dependance
on Providence should never Ik; forgotten, (llauning no
personal merit, ap|)rehensiv(* of injuring lh<; public in-
terest through some misconduct; yet trusting to the just-
ness of his cause, an<l conscious of the purity <d' his moti-
ves, he called upon his fellow-citizens to remt^mber that
lie depende<l for success, not on his own Fiiilitary skill,
but on the Ood of battles to whom he made; his solenui
appeal.

5. Washington, now at a period of his highest eleva-
tion, drew on him the attention, not only of this western
continent, but of every European natinn. fellow-ci-
tizens! what davs and vears of anxious dis(iuietude re-
volved over us, whilst we gazed on this splendid lumi-
nary, uncertain whether it would sh(;d on its country the
effulgence of victory and peace, crowned by liberty; or
whether its brightness would be shadowed by the clouds
of disaster and defeat.

6. Here languiige fails: I dare not, I cannot fol-
low the heroic Washington in the career of his military
glory. To batlle the stratagems of the ablest generals, to
repel the onset of the bravest and best disciplined armies,
what had America to place in his hands ? — neither sol-
diers trained to arms, nor accustomed to subordination;
nor the implements of war, nor the treasures to pur-
chase them. But the genius of the commander fmalJy
supplied every deficiency. He introduced order and dis'

vv\

I [

^ r

346

cipline : inspired love and cnnfidonce. Always vigilant
to foil hostile atl(»rni)ts,ho exhausted the resources of tlic
enemy, wiliiout suueriiip (lieni to font' liiui to action.
Tender of the; hlood of iiis fellow -soldiers, and never
exposing' their lives without cause, or |)rospect of advan-
ta^^e, huninnity was as dear lo him asNictory ; as his ene-
mies, that fell into his power, always experiemcd. When
a decree of retaliation hecame necessary to reslraiu their
licentious excesses, with what delicacy, without the least
ahatement of fortitude, did he save the life of the victim,
devotcul to atone for the cruelly that had heeii conunitted
on an Ameri<'an ollicer ! not, however, till he had com-
pelled the opposing' general, to restrain and disavow ou-
trages, that aggravate so nunh the necessary evils of
war. How sacred was his respect to the ci\il authority I
how effectual his protection of the property of his lellow-
cilizcns! When the geiUM'ous feeling of the; viiluous and ,
beneficent Louis, whose deplorahle fale should di'aw tears
of blood from every American heait, sent out his iiohles
and legions, to combat by his sides, the dignity of his
manners juul his unassuming merit, won their entire
confidence : his integrity and concilialiiig s}>irit unitivl,
as a band of brothers, nation before unknown lo each
other, and totally dilfcrent in manners, habits, and reli-
gion. Their union, of which he was the soul, was a
new omen of victory, and gained for America the priz*;
for which she bled and contended : honorable peace and
independence.

7. What but unfading laurels remained now for
Washington, after satisfying his honest ambition, an<l
steering the vessel of the American Republic through
so many storms, into the safe harbor of liberty and tran-
quillity : It remained for him to leave this important
lesson to the chief of armies, vested yvith great comm;mds;
that magnanimity and true glory consist in laving their
swords at their country's feet, when the object is attained,
for which alone it was permitted to draw them. It re-
mained for him, after abdicating public employments, to
exhibit in the shade of retirement those private virtues
'which are the true foundations of national prosperity.

• (

347

Dutiful to this moral nrinciple, Washinfjton, before he
left Ills army, slipiilatc^a for no personal rewarrl, and even
refused all thai could be olVcred ; unmindful of liimscdf,
tic was only solicitous to obtain for his faitljful legions a
generous and lihcral acknowlcdfj^ment of tlndr constancy
and valor. This \)v\\\\i elVccted, as far as it dei)ended on
him, be resi^qied the insij^'iiia of liis romman(I to those,
from whiim h«^ had r(M'ci\t'(l it, and resumed tln^ rank of
a pri\ate citizen, carr\iii^^ with him into his domestic
retreat, tlie esteem, respect, and veneration, of an admir-
inj^' world.

]

t ^ ^

LESSON XiV.

CONDUCT OF LA FAYETTE IN TUE AMERICAN RF70LUTI0N.

Confkdkra'tion, n., a leafrnr; a roi. tract for mntnalfsuppopt. F.

co/i/ijdenitio/i; I. cou/'edcruzione ; Low L. con/'wderotio ; <;o„, and

/'ti'deratio.
PA'TniAUCn, N., iho fatlicr and ruler of a family; one who governs

by paternal i'if,'ht. I.. iKdrinrcha.
Transcknh'ld, />/., ovei'|iasse(l; surpa sed; exceeded.
LLGiiNDAnv, a., consistinsxuf iei^ends ; strange; fabulous Fronti I.

/ef/fje/t(/n, and L. /cf/cnf/fi, IVuni /''^'>, to read.
Cuiv'ai.uv, /i.,tlie practice of knii^-^ht-errantry, or the heroic defence

of life and honor. V. cln'ralnrie, from chevalier, a knight or

horse man, from chevfd, a horse.
Tocn'NAMKNT, //., a mock-!"j:)'t.,or military sport. From F. tournery

to turn.
Knight, //., in fciuhd times, a man admitted to military rank by a

certain ceiemony. A.S. chuity.
Visor, n., a perlorateii part of a helmet, used for covering the face.

F. viairre; 1. vis'et'i ; from L. visas, video.
Pa'ueamrv, «., show; pompous exhibition or spectacle. L. pegma,

also from the Greek.

i. TuE war of America'vL.dcpendence is closed. The
people of the North American confederation are in union,
sovereign and independent. La Fayette, at twenty-live

i«

k..

years of age, has lived the life of a patriarch, and illus-'
trated the career of a hero. Had his days upon earth been
then numbered, and had he then slept with his fathers,
illustrious as for centuries their names had been, his
name, to the end of time, would have transcended them
all. Fortimate youth ! fortunate beyond even the mea-
sure of his companions in arms with whom he had
achieved the glorious consummation of American Inde-
pendence. His fame was all his own ; not cheaply
earned; not ignobly won. His fellow-soldiers had been
the champions and defenders of their country. They
reaped for themselves, for their wives, their children, (heir
posterity to the latest time, the rewards of their dangers
and their toils. La Fayette had watched, and labored,
and fought, and bled, nor for himself, not for his family,
not, in the lirst instance, even for his country. In the
legendary tales of chivalry we read of tournaments at
which a foreign and unknown knight suddenly presents
himself, arme<l in complete steel, and, with the visor
down, enters the ring to contend with the assembled
flowers of knighthood for the prize of honor, to be
awarded by the hand of beauty ; bears it in triumph
away, and disappears from the astonished multitude of
competitors and spectators of the feats of arms. But
where, in the rolls of history, where, in the lictions of
romance, wher% but in the life of La Fayette, has been
seen the noble stranger. Hying, with the tribute of his
name, his rank, hisalfluence, his ease, his domestic bliss,
his treasure, big blood, to the relief of a sulfering and
distant land, in the hour of her deepest calamity — baring
his bosom to her foes ; and not at the transient pageantry
of a tournament, but for a succession of live years sha-
ring all the vicissitudes of her fortunes ; always eager to
appear at the post of danger — tempering the glow of
youthful ardor with the cold caution of a veteran com-
mander; bold and daring inaction; prompt in execu-
tion ; rapid in pursuit; fertile in expedients; unattain-
able in retreat; often exposed, but never siu'prised, never
disconcerted; eluding his enemy when within his fan-
cied grasp; bearing upon him with iiTtjiiatibk sway

-• " I

349

when offeree to cope with him in :he conflict of arms?
And what is this hut the diary of La Fayette, from tho
day of his raliyinf? the scattered fu}^Mtives of the Brandy-
wine, insensihie of the blood flo\vin<; from his wound, !o
the storming of the redoubt at Yorktown?

J. 0- Adams.

LESSON XV.

CHARACTER OF WASHINGTON.

Fir'mament, n., the region of the air; the sky or heavens. L. firma'

mentum.
Exempufica'tion, n., a showing or illustrating hy example. From

exemplify.
Cab'inet, //., the' select or secret council of a prince, or executive

government. F. mhinet.
Cap'itol, «., the odilice occupieiJ hy the Congress of the United

States in their deliherations. L. cnpitolhtm, from caput, the head.
Retribu'tion, n., return accommodated to the action ; reward. F.

1. No matter what may be the birthplace of such a
man as Washington. No climate can claim, no country
can appropriate him : the boon of Providence to the
human race; his fame is eternity; his residence creation.
Though it was the defeat of our arms, and the disgrace
of our policy, I almost bless the convulsion in which he
had his origin : if the heavens thundered and the earth
rocked, yet when the storm passed, howi pure was the
climate that it cleared ; how bright in the brow of the
firmament was the planet it revealed to us ! In the pro-
duction of Washington, it does really appear as if nature
was endeavoring to improve on herself, and that all the
virtues of the ancient world were but so many studies
preparatory to the patriot of the new.

2. Individual instances no doubt there were ; splendid
exemplitications of some single qualilication : Caesar was
merciful ; Scipio was continent ; Hannibal was patient ;
but it was reserved for Washington to blend them
all in one, and like the lovely masterpiece of the

■I

.550

Grecian artist to exhibit in one glow of associated beauty,
the pride of every model, and the perfection of every
master.

3. As a general, he marshalled the peasant into a
veteran, and supplied by discipline the absence of expe-
rience. As a statesman, he enlarj^^ed the policy of the
cabinet into the most comprehensive system of general
advantage; and such was the wisdom of his views, and
the philosophy of his counsels, that to the soldier and
the statesman, he almost added the character of the
sage.

4. A conqueror, he was untainted with the crime of
blood ; a revolutionist, he was free from any stain of
treason ; for aggression commenced the contest, and a
country called him to the command ; liberty unsheathed
his sword ; necessity stained, victory, returned it. If he
had paused here, history might doubt what station to
assign him ; whether at the head of her citizens or her
soldiers, her heroes or her patriots. Bnt the last glorious
act crowned his career, and banished hesitation. Who
like Washington, after having freed a country, resigned
her crown, and retired to a cottage rather than reign in
a capitol.

5. Immortal man ! He took from the battle its
crime, and from the conquest its chains ; he left the
victorious the glory of his self-denial, and turned upon
the vainquished only the retribution of his mercy.
Happy, proud America ! The lightnings of heaven yiel-
ded to your philosophy I The temptations of earth could
not seduce your patriotism !

PaiLLlfS,

351

LESSON XVI.

EDUCATION PREVENTS CRIME.

Npmer'ically, ad.y in numbers, as parts of a thing numerically ex-
pressed. From L. Humerus, number.
Ennui, u., dulness of spirit, lanp:iior. F.
Faculty, n., the power of performing any action, natural, vital, or

moral. F. fw:uM ; L. facultas, from fncio, to make.
Specula'tiox, //., mental scheme ; theory. From L. speculov, to

contemplate.
Absurd', n., inconsistant with reason. L. abnurdus, from ab, and

surduf, deaf, insensible.
Erad'icate, v. t.f to pull up by the roots ; to extirpate. L. erndico,

from radix, root.
Per'jurv, «.,the act or crime, of wilfully making a false oath, when

lawfully administered. I., jtnrjuriutn.
For'gery, «., the crime of couuterfcitiiig ; affixing a false name to

writing, to the prejudice of another person.

1. Crimes, we fear, must increase numerically in
every nation with the increase of population and wealth ;
hut it is a groat mistake to su|)[)ose, that lliey increase
more than acts of virtue and henelicence, and a still
greater to suppose, that any part of the former increase
is owing to the diffusion of knowledge. This, on the
contrary, is heyond all douht, a great counteracting
cause.

2. Vice, it is now generally agreed, proceeds from
ignorance ; and the only sure way to reclaim or to secure
men from its temptations, is to instruct them as to the
consequences of their yielding. The great causes of
crime are, the want of means to prosecute lawful industry
with success ; the want of habits of reflection, and selt-
command to point out the consecpiences of misconduct,
and to insure elfect to the conviction ; and the want of
innocent and interesting occupations to dispel the ennui
of idleness and insiijrnincance.

3. Now, education strikes directly at the root of all
these causes of evil: and to say that a man, who has
been qualitied by instruction for almost every species of

< a

35^

honest industry ; whose facuUies and powers of reflec-
tion have heen cultivated hy study ; and to whom hound-
less sources of interostinj^ speculation and honorable
ambition have thus been laid open, is, in consequence of
these very thinp^s, more likely to commit crimes than
one in opposite circumstancv^s, is ohviously lo maintain,
not an erroneous, but an nlmtrd pro »osilion, and, in fact,
to be guilty of a plain contradiction ii terms.

4. It is very true that education will not absolutely
eradicate our evil pro[)ensities, aui that to those de-
praved individuals whom it has not I eeti able to correct,
it may occasionally att'ord the means of more deliberate
and more elfective pfuilt. It is «piite true, for example,
that a man who has been tauj^ht lo write is better qualilied
to commit forgery than one who has not.

5. But it is equally true, that a man who can speak is
better lilted to commit perjurif than one who is dumb;
and that one who has been cured of palsy, is more likely
to engage in assaults than one who is still disabled by
such a malady : but it is no more the natural or common
use of the power of writing to facilitate forgery, than it is
of speech or manual vigor to forward deceit or violence ;
and the reasoning is not less absurd, which would, on
such grounds, arraign the expediency of teaching all
men to write, than that by which it should be conclu-
ded, that the world would be much happier and better
if the bulk of mankind were mute and incapable of
motion I

Edinburgh Review/.

♦x

353

1:1

LESSON XVII.

ADDRESS TO TIIK SURVIVINT. TSOLDIERS OF THE AMER-
ICAN REVOLUTION.

BoiN'TEorsLY, ('(/., libprally, gonoroiisly, freely.

Can'non, «., a lar|To military enj^Mne for throwing balls and other

instruments of dt-atli. F. cnnon, probably from L. canna, a

tube.
METRop'oi.if, /?., the chief city, or capital of a country, kingdom, or

state. L., from G.
JiBn.KK, n., a season of great public joy and festivity. ¥.juhil4;

L. Jahiliwi.

\. Vknerable men ! you have come down to us from
a former ^MMienitiou. Heaven has l)ounteously length-
ened out your lives, that you mijj^lit behold this joyous
day.

2. You are now upon the heijjhts of Bunker, where
you stood, fifty years ap:o, tliis very hour, with your bro-
thers, and your neighhors, shoukler to shoulder, in the
striJe for your country.

3. Behold, how^ altered ! The same heavens are in-
deed over vour heads ; the same ocean rolls at vourfeet;
hut all else, how changed! You hear now no roar of
hostile cannon; vou see no mixed volumes of smoke and
flame, rising from burning Charleston. •

4. The ground strewed with the dead and the dying ;
the impetuous charge ; the steady and successful repulse;
the loud call to repeated assault ; the summoning of all
that is manly to repeated resistance; a thousand hosoms
fieely and fearlessly bared, in an instant, to whatever of
terror there may be in war and death ; all these you have
witnessed, but you witness them no more.

5. All is peace. The heights of yonder metropolis, its
towers and roofs, which you then saw filled with wives
and children and countrvmen, in distress and terror and
looking, with unutterable emotions, for the issue of the

35i

combat, have presented you, to-day, with the sight of its
whole happy population, conic out to welcome and greet
you with a universal jubilee.

G. Yonder proud ships, by a felicity of position, ap-
propriately lyinp: at the foot of this mount, and seeming
londly to cling around it, are not means of annoyance to
\ou, but your country's own means of distinction and de-
fence.

7. All is peace ; and God has granted you this sight
of your contry's happiness, ere you slumber in the grave
for ever.

8. He has allowed you to behold and to partake the
reward of your patriotic toils; and, he has allowed us,
your sons and countrymen, to meet you here, and in the

NAME OF THE PRESENT GENERATION , IN THE NAME OF YOUR
COUNTRY, IN THE NAME OF LIBERTY, TO THANK YOU I

9. Veterans ! you are the remnant of many a well
fought field. You bring with you marks of honor from
Trenton and Monmouth, from Yorktown, Camden, Ben-
nington, and Saratoga. Veterans of half a century !
when, in your y)uthful days, you put every thing at
hazard in \our country's cause, good as that cause was,
and sanguine as youth is, still your fondest hopes did
not stretch onward to an hour like this ! At a period
to which you could not reasonably have expected to
arrive ; at a moment of national prosperity, such as you
could never have«foreseen, you are now met here, to en-
joy the fellowship of old soldiers, and to receive the over-
llowings of an universal gratitude.

10. But your agitated countenances and your heav-
ing breasts inform me that even this is not an unmixed
joy. I perceive that a tumult of contending feelings
rushes upon you. The images of the dead, as well as
the persons of the living, throng to your embraces. The
scene overwhelms you, and I turn from it. May the
Fath'er of all mercies smile upon your declining years,
and bless them ! And when you shall here have exchanged
your embruies ; when you shall once more have pressed

355 '

the hands which have so often been extentcd to p:ive
succor in adversity, or }jras|HMl in Ihe exultation of
victory; then look abroad into this lovely Inrid, which
your youiif; valor defended, and mark flic lia|)|)iiiess
with which it is filled ; yea, look abi'oad info tbe N\hole
earth, and see what a name you bave contributed to irive
to your country, and what a nraise yon ba\e added to
freedom, and tlien rejoice in the sympathy and ^n-atifude
which beam uj)on your last days from the im[)roved con-
dition of mankind.

Webster.

LESSON XVIII.

THE RESISTANCE OF THE COLONIES ADVOCATED.

* I

Aggres'sion, n.y the first attack, an act of hosiility.
Irresolu'tiox, h., want of docisioii in piirposo. F. ir ^ndn^.^^olution.
Supine'ly, ad., carelessly, iiulolently, drowsily. From L. supinnm.
Phan'tom, n., an apparition, a spectre. V. fautome, corrupted from

L. fantusma.
iNviN'ciBLE, a., not to be conquered or subdued. F. 'invincible ; L.

in, and vinco, to conquer.

1. Mr. President, — The gentlemen who are opposed
to our resisting with arms the aggressions of Great
Britain, tell us, sir, that we are weak, unable to cope
with so formidable an adversary.

2. But, sir, when shall we be stronger ? Will it be the
next week, or the next year? Will it be when we are
totally disarmed, and when a British guard shall be sta-
tioned in every house ? Shall we gather strength by
irresolution and inaction?

3. Shall we acquire the means of elfectual resistance
by lying supinely on our backs, and hugging the delusive
phantom of hope, until our enemies shall have bound us
hand and foot ?

' 'I

356'

4. Sir, wc are not wnak, if wc make a proper use of
those means which the God of nature has placi'd in our
power. Three millions of people, armed in the holy
cause of liherty, and in such a country as that Nvhich \v«^
possess, are invincihie hy any force which our enemy
can send against us.

5. Besides, sir, we shall not fight our hattles alone.
There is a just God who presides over the destinies of
nations, and who will raise up friends to tight our hattles
for us. The hattle, sir, is not to the strong alone ; it is
to the vigilant, the active, the hrave.

6. Besides, sir, we have no election. If we were hase
enough to desire it, it is now too late to retire from the
contest. There is no retreat, hut in suhmission and
slavery ! Our chains are forged ! Their clanking may he
heard on the plains of Boston I The war is inevitahle ;
and let it come ! I repeat it, sir, let it come !

7. It is in vain, sir, to extenuate the matter. Gen-
tlemen may cry peace, peace ; hut there is no peace.
The war is actually hegun ! The next gale, that sweeps
from the north, will bring to our cars the clash of re-
sounding arms !

8. Our hrethren are already in the field I Why stand
we here idle ? What is it that gentlemen wish ? What
would they have ? Is life so dear, or peace so sweet, as
to be purchased at the price of chains and slavery 1
Forbid it, Heaven 1 I know not what course others may
take : but as for me, give me liberty, or give me

DEATH !

Patrick Henry.

IV:

357

LESSON XIX.

NATIONAL GLORY.

TKn'RiTORY, «., the extent or compass of land, within the bounds,

or beloiipinp to the jin-isdiction of any state, city or other body.

F. tenutoirc ; 1. and S. territono ; L. tem'tonum.
Ba'sis, n., the ground-work, or first principle. L. and G.
II UMM.'iATiNG, ;>/;., humbling, mortifying, depressing.
Obi iTKRATE, V. t., to efface ; to wear out. L. oblitero, ob, and

littcra, letter.
Inva'dkr, //., one who enters the territory of another with a view

to war, concpiest, or plunder. From L. invailo ; in, and vado,

to go.
Cav'ii., n., false or frivolous objections.

i. We are asked, what have we gained hy the war ?
I have shown that we have lost nothing in rights, terri-
tory, or honor ; nothing for which we ought to have
contended, according to the principles of the gentlemen
on the other side, or according to our own. Have we

§ained nothing hy the war ? Let any man look at the
egraded condition of this country before the war, the
scorn of the universe, the contempt of ourselves, and tell
me if we have gained nothing by the war ?

2. What is our present situation ? Respectability and
character abroad, security and confidence at home. If we
have not obtained, in the opinion of some, the full mea-
sure of retribution, our character and constitution are
placed on a solid basis never to be shaken.

3. The glory acquired by our gallant tars, by our
Jacksons and our Browns on the land, is that nothing ?
True, we had our vicissitudes; there were humiliating
events which the patriot cannot review without deep re-
gret ; but the great account, when it comes to be bal-
anced, will be found vastly in our favor.

5. Is there a man who would obliterate from the
proud pages of our history, the brilliant achievements
of Jackson, Brown, and Scott, and the host of heroes on

358

larii and Roa, whom 1 cariiiol oniimcraU^ ? Is there a
man who coiihl nol|(h»sirc a participation in the na-
tional ghn'y accpiiiNMl hy the war ? Yes, national (//on/,
which, however tlie ex|>ression may he condemned hy
some, must he clierished hy c\ery j^MMuiine patriot.

5. What (h) I mean hy nati(nial ^Mory ? Gh)ry such as
Hull, Jackson, and l*erry have actpjired. Andare ^'^entle-
men insensihie to fheir deeds, to the value of them in
animatin*: the country in the hour of peril hereafter ?
Did thehattle of Thermopvia' preseive (Jreece I»ut once ?
(j. While the Mississippi coiilimies tiihear the trihutes of
t!ie Iron Mountains and the AllcLdianies to her Delta and
() the (julf of Mexico, the eighth of Jamiary shall he re-
mcmhered, and the 'dorv of that dav shall stitnulate fu-
turc patriots, and nerv(; tlie arms of unhorn freemen in
driving the presumptuous invader from our country's
soil.

7. Gentlemen may hoast of their insensihility to fee-
linjj^s inspired hy thecontemplalion of such events. But I
would ask, does the recollection of Durdver's hill, Sara-
toga, and Yorktown alVord them no j)leasure ? Every act
of nohle sacrifice to the country, ( very instance of patri-
otic devotion to her cause, has its heneficial udluence.

8. A nation's character is the sum of its splendid deeds;
thev constitute one common patrimony, the nation's in-
heritance. They awe foreign powers, they arouse and
animate our own people. 1 love true glory. It is this
sentiment which ought to he cherished; and, in spite of
cavils, and sneers, and attempts to put it down, it will
finally conduct this nation to that height to which God
and nature have destined it.

Henry Clay.

i *

J :- ■•

350

LESSON XX.

THE EDUCATION OF THE POOR,

Tai'knts, n., emiiioiil .ihililies ; supprior ;^rriiiiis. L. tnlentum.
Paktic'iihtivD, />/., sliaivd in cuinnion with others; partaken,
BiiM'ATuH, /<., a luernhiM" of a senate.

I. Tm: I'llucatioii of tlu' poor silts the talonts of acoiin-
Iry, and (lisc(»\( t the clioicest ^^ilts ol" iialiire ill the
(loplhs ol'soliliido, and in the darkiuiss ol' poverty.

1. Kdiication searches e\erv\\liere I'ortah'iifs; siriiii''
among the |:ravel Tor the gold, holding Uj) every pehhie
to the light, and seeing whellier it he the lel'iise of im-
tnre, or whether Ihohand ol' arl eaiiLrive it hrilliancv and
price.

3. There are no hounds to the value of this sort of
education. 1 come here to spejik upon this occasion ;
Nvhen fourteen or lifleen youths, who have long parti-
cipated of your hountv, come lo return \ou their thanks.

4. How do we know that there may not he, among all
these, one who shall enlarge the houndaries of knowledge;
who shall increase the power of his coinitry hy his cn-
terj)rise in comuKM'ce; watch over its safety in the most
critical times hy his vigilance as a magistrate ; and con-
sult its true hap[)iiiess h^ his integrity aiid his ahility as
a senator ?

5. On all otlier things there is a sign, or a mark; we
know them immediately, or we can find them out ; hut
man, we do not know ; for one man dilVers from another
man, as heaven dilli rs from earth ; iuid the excellence
that is in him, ( lucalion seeks for with vigilame, and
preserves with care. We might make a hnlliant list of
our great English characters who have heen l)orn in cot-
tages. May it ever increase; there can he no surer
sign that we arc a yvise and u liappy people.

Smith.

14'

SCO

LESSON

vi.

CHARACTKR OK NAPOI.FX;, hONAPARTE.

Prod'igy, n., any Ihififj rnii of the onliiiary course of nature. L.
proflit/hifn, troMi jni)i/if/n.

Maunif'icenck, //., },'r;iii(lt'ur (tfapitoarnnco. I,, mntfuipcpntin.

An NAi.s, «., a spi'cics u[ history (lii^feslud in orilcr uf time. L. «/*-
nnlC'i, (tniKili.s, from annus, a year.

Chitk niDN, n.y a slaniJ.inl of jii(i,;,Mn;,s ^I'l- ('niTi:niA.j (J.

Si'BsiDiAHv, n., aiding'; ussisl;iiit ; fin'iii>hiiiy hflp. K. suhsiilmire ;
L. auhsitliariu.'t.

Dy'nasty, «., a race or siircpssion of kiiiprs of the same line op
family, who ptvrrn a particular connfry. (1.

Di'ai)i;m, /<., till' mark or badj^e of royalty worn on the licad. G.
and L. dindmm.

Pan'tomimk, //., a ^wnc. or representation in dumb show. L. pnn-
tomiinus; and also G.

Ubiquity, //., existence in all places or everywhere at the same
time. L. u/jitju\ everywhere.

Romanck', n., ]ii tale of extraordinary adventures, fictitious and
often extravagant. F. rornfnis ; I. romn/izn.

Subal'tehn, /i., a subordinate ollicer in an army or military body.

Ad'amant, //., a stone iinai^ined bysome to be of impenelrable hard-
ness. G.and L. (iddinn,: ; a woid of Celtic origin.

LEVEb:', the concourse of persons who visit a prince or great per-
sonage in the morning. F. from /t'w/', to rise; L. levo.

Des'i'OT, «., an absolute ruler; in a yene rat sense, a tyrant. G. I.
(lespoto ; F. ifeipute.

In'iidel, n., one who disbelieves the inspiration of the Scriptures,
. and the divine origin of Christianity. F. and I..

1. TIe is fallen ! We may now pause before that splen-
did prodigy, Nvliich lowered among us like some ancient
ruin whose frown terrified the glanee, its magnificence
attracted. Grand, gloomy, and peculiar, he sat upon the
throne a sceptred hermit, wrapped in the solitude of his
own originality. A mind, hold, independent, and de-
cisive ; a will, despotic in its dictates; an energy that
distanced expedition, and a conscience pliahle to every
touch of interest mark the outline of this extraordinary
character; Ihe most extraordinary, perhaps, that in the
annals of this world, ever rose, or reigned, or fell. Flung
into life, in the midst of a revolution lliat quickened
every energy of fi people who acknowledge no superior,

th(

nil,'

lied

or,

361

ho corninpncod his roiirso, a slr.ui^'rr l»y Mrlli, and a
scliolai* hy cliarity. Willi no IVit'inI hut his swonl, and
no lortnnc hut liislahMilsJio rnslicd in Ihc lisl where rank
and Nvcahh, and Renins had anased tiieniselscs, and
competition (IlmI from liim as from the ^lanci* of destiny.

2. He knew no motive hnt interest ; acknowied^^ed
no eriterion hnt success ; he \Norslii|»|ied no (lod hnt
anihition, and with an eastern d(?votion he knelt at tiie
shrine of his i(hdalrv.' Snhsidiarv to this, tliere was no
creed that he did not profess, there was no opinion lliat
he did not promnl^^•lte : in the liope of a d\nasl\, he
upheld the crescent ; for the sake of a divorce, he Ixtwed
hefore the cross ; the orphan of St. I.onis, he hecame
the adopted child of the repnhlic ; and with a pairicidal
ingratitude, on the ruins holh of the throne and Irihnne,
lie reared the throne of his despotism. A pr(d'essed
catholic, he imprisoned the pope ; a pretended patriot,
lie impoverished the country ; and, in the name of IJrn-
tus, he f^rasped ^vithout remorse, and wore without
shame, the diadem of the Ciesars !

3. Throu^di this pantomime of jxdicy, fortune played
the clown to his caj)rices. At his touch, crowns crumlded,
l)e^'<j:ars rei|:ned, systems vanished, the wiMest theories
took the color of his whim, and all that was \enerahle,
and all that was novel, chan^red places with the rapidity
of a drama. Even apparent defeat assumed the appea-
rance of victory ; his tli<;hl from K^'^ypt conlirmed his
destiny; ruin itself only elevated him to empire. But
if his fortune was ^'reat, his ^^enius was transceiident ;
decision flashed upon his councils ; and it was the same
to decide and to perform. To inferwr intellects his com-
binations appeared perfectly impossihie, his plans perfectly
impracticable ; hut, in /lis hands, sim|)licily marke<l their
development, and success vindicated their adoption. His
person partook the character of his mind ; if the one never
yielded in the cabinet, the ot/ic?- never bent in the tield.
Nature had no obstacle that iie did not surmount ; s|)ace no
opposition he did not spurn; and whether amid Alpine
rocks, Arabian sands, or Polar snows, he seemed proof
against peril, and empowered with ubiquity.

•

362

4. The whole continent tremhicd at hehohlinf? the
audacity of liis designs, and the miracle of their execution.
Skepticism howed to the |)rodi<;ies of his performance ;
romance assumed the air of history, nor \vas tlieir aufjfht
too incredible for belief, or too fanciful for expectation,
^^hen the world saw a subaltern of Corsica wavin*,^ his
imperial llajj: over her most ancient capitals. All the
visions of anticpiity became commonplaces in his contem-
plations : kin^^s were his people ; nations were his out-
posts; and he disposed of courts, and crowns, and camps,
and ciiurches, and cabinets, as if they were titular di^Mii-
taries of the chess-board. Amid all these changes he stood
immutable as adamant.

5. It mattered little whether in the field or in the draw-
ing-room ; with the mob or the levee ; wearing the jacobin
bonnetortheiroiierown ; banishinga Braganza, or espous-
ing a Hapsburg ; dictatin(.^ peace on a raft to the Czar of
Russia, or contemplaiingdefeatat the gallows of Leipsig;
he was still the same military despot.

0. In this wonderful combination, his alfectalions of
literature must not be omitted. The jailer of the press,
he alfected the patronage of letters; the proscriber of
books, he encouraged |)hi!osophy ; the persecutor of
authors and the murderer of printers, he yet pretended
to the protection of learning ; the assassin of Palm, the
silencer of de Stael, and the denouncer of Kotzebue, he
was the friend of David, the benefactor of De Lille, and
sent his academic prize to the |)hilosopher of England.

7. Such a medley of contra<licli()ns, and at the same
lime such an indi\idual consistency were never united
in the same characler. A royalist, a re|>ublicnn, and an
enjperor; a Mohammedan, a catholic, and a patron of
the s>jnagogue; a subaltern and a sovereign; a Irnitor
and a t>,rai»»; a Christian and an inlidel ; he was through
all his vicissitudes, the same skm, iinpalienf, inflexible
original; the same Uk^slcrious, incoM^pivliensible self;
the luan without a model, and without H shadow.

PllILLIPS^

363

LESSON XXII.

NIAGARA FALLS.

pRRpENDic'iTLAR, «., hanpiiig or extending in a right line from any

f.iven point, towards the centre of the earth.
Gat'aract, «., a great fall of water over a precipice. L. cntnmcta^

and also from G.
Cuff, u., a high and steep rock ; any precipice. \.. rlivm, also A.S.
Ampimtiieatue, n., a range of rocks or walls fonning a semicircle.

From (1 .
Chasm, n.y a cleft; a (Issnre; a gap. G. and L. chnsma. From G.
Gulf, n., a recess ot the ocean from the general line of the shore

into the land. F. (jotfn. L S. and Port, golf'o.
Pyramvd'al, n., having the form of a pyramid. F. pi/ramufnl ; I.

pirnmiffnle.
Irradiate, v. t., to emit rays; to shine; to illuminate; L. irradio;

in, and rddio, to shine.
Perturbed', ^/.,distnrl)ed ; agitated ; restless.
Comminu'tion, n., the act of reducing to small particles. From L.

commu/iu\' ; con, and tninuo, to lessen.
Spiral, a., winding upwards like a screw. F. sptra/, from L.

.s7>?'m, a spire.
Fos'siL, n., dug from the earth. F. foftsile ; L. fossiliii.
Okgan'ic, n., (irgnuk' rpumin.^, are the remains of animals or vege-
tables petrified or embedded in stone. L. onjnnirns'.
Im'petus, //., the force with which anv bodv is driven or impelle<l.

L.
Giyrii'ic, a., belonging to the Gothic style of architecture, with high

and pointed arches, cliisteivd columns, cVc.
CoLos'sAL, n., very large; Inigw ; gigantic.
Keful'gent, n.y casting a bright light; shining; splendid. From

L. refalyens, refalyea.
Artil'lerv, //., cannon; great guns. V.nrtiUene; \. nrfir/herin;

S. avldlena.
Volcan'ic, n., produced by a vtdcano. (From vidrnnn.)
Herald, ^/., a forerunner ; a precursor ; a harbinger. F. Iicrnut ;

S. /tertddo ; 1. anddo.

gulai

1. The form of the Niajifai'.i Falls is that of an irre-
semicircie, ahout tliree (juartors of a mile in ex-
tent. This is divided into tvvo distinct cascades by the
intervention of Goat Island, the extremity of which is
perpendicular, and in a line with the precipice, over
wiiich fl)e water is projected. The cataract on the Ca-

364

nada side of the River, is called the Horse shoe, or Great
Fall, from its peculiar form; and that next the United
States, the American Fall.

2. The Table Rock, from which the Falls of the Nia-
gara may he conternplate<l in all their ^M'andcur, lies on
an exact level with the edj^^e of the cataract on the Ca-
nada side, and, indeed, forms a part of the precipice, over
which the water ni lies. It derives its m.uik* from the
circumstance of its projecting' beyond lh<- < litis Ihat sup-
port it, like the leaf of a table. To jjain tins position, it
IS necessary to descend a steep bank, and 1(» follow a path
that winds arnon^^ slinibbery aii<l trees, whieli entirely
conceal from the eye the scene that awaits hiuj who Ira-
verses it.

3. When near the termination (»f this road, a few steps
carried me bevond all these obstructions, jind a ma-Mii-
licent amphitheatre of cataracts burst upon my view with
appallin^^ suddenness and majesty. However, in a mo-
ment, the scene was concealed from my eyes by a dense
cloud of spray, which involved me so completely, that I
did not dare to extricate mvself.

4. A mingled and thunder-like rushin«i; tilled my (Mrs.
I could see nolhin<jr, except when the wind madea chasm
in the spray, and then tremendous cataracts seemed to
encompass me on every side; while, below,ara}j:infj:and
foaming gulf, of undiscoveral)lc extent, lashed the rocks
with its hissing waves, and swallowed, under a horrible
obscurity, the smoking Hoods that were precipitated into
its bosom.

5. At iirst, the sky was obscured by clouds, but, after
a few minutes, the sun burst forth, and the breeze, sub-
siding at the same time, permitterl the spray to ascend
perpendicularly. A host of pyramidal clouds rose ma-
jestically, one after another, from the abyssattbe bottom
of the Fall ; and each, when it had ascended a little above
the edge of the cataract, displayed a beautiful rainbow,
which, in a few moments, was gradually transferred into
the bosom of the cloud that immediately succeeded.

6. The spray of the Great Fall had extended itself
through a wide space directly ovgr incj and, receiving'

3G5

the full inniiorirc of tho snn, exiiibitod a luminous and
nijimiilicciil I'a'mlxnv, wliirli continued to overarch and
inadiale llu' spdt on wliicli I stood, while I entliusiasti-
cally contciiiplalcd tlie iiidescriltahle scH'ue.

7. Any person who lias nerve enou^^h, may plnnjj^e his
hand into the \\al(!rorihe fireat Fall, at'tei' it is projected
over tin? |)i'eci|>ice, merely hy Iviiij^ down Hat. with his
face hevond the ed'-^e of the Table liock, and slrelchiiii;
out iiis arm io its utmost extent. The experiment is ti'idy
a horrible one, and sucli as I would not wish to repeat;
for, e\en to this day, [ i'ecd a slunbb'rii)}:- and rec(>ilin^'
sensation when I recollect ha\ing been in the posture
above described.

8. The body of ^vater, which comj)oses the middle
part ol" the Great Fall, is so innm^ise, that it descends
nearK two thirds of th(3 space wllhout beini; milled or
broken ; aiid the solemn caimn.ss, with which it rolls
over the ed^e of the precipice, is linely contrasted with
the perturbed ;.p|.eai'ance it assumes after ha\inL'" reached
the ^ulf below. Ilui the water, toward each side of tlie
Fall, is shattered the moment it drops over the rock, and
loses as it descends, in a ^reat mea.^ :■•••, the character of
a fluid, bein^- divided into pyranndal-shaped fra}i;nieiits,
the bases of which arc turned upward.

9. The sui'face oi Ui-^ ^'"If, below the cataract, presents
a very sin;j;ula' .ispcc'; se^unin^^ as it were, lilted with
an innnense ({uanl"f s of hoar frost, which is aj^nlaled by
small and rapid uu.oil.ition. The particles of waler are
dazzlin^ly whil* , lud do not apparently unite toj^^elher,
as mi^lit be suj)pose;d, but seem to continue for a time in
a stale of distinct comndnution, and to repel each other
with a thrilling and shiverinu, motion, which cannot easily
be described.

• {{). The road to the Ixjttoin of the Fall presents manv
fiiore dillicullies than that which leads to the Table ilock.
^fkr jeavin;; the Tal)le Hock, the traseller must [)roceed
down the river nearly half a rnile, where he willcome to
a smaU chasm in the bank, in which there is a spiral slair-
Q'^5^ iu^ly?«^d in a wooden bujlding. By descending 1||q

366

stair, which is seventy or eighty feet in perpendicular
height, he will tind himself under the precipice, on the
top of which he formerly walked. A high but sloping
bank extends from its base to the edge of the river; and,
on the summit of this, there is a narrow slippery path,
covered with angular fragments of rock, which leads to
the Great Fall.

H. The impending clitfs, hung with a profusion of
trees and brushwood, overarch this road, and seem to
vibrate with the thunders of the cataract. In some places,
they rise abruptlv to the height of one hundred feet, and
display, upon their surfaces, fossil shells, and the organic
remains of a former world; thus sublimely leading the
mind to comtemplate the convulsions which nature has
undergone since the creation.

12. As the traveller advances, he is frightfully stunned
by the appalling noise ; clouds of spray sometimes envelop
him, and suddenly check his faltering steps; rattlesnakes
start from the cavities of the rocks ; and the scream of
eagles, soaring among the whirlwinds of eddying vapor,
which obscure the gulf of the cataract, at intervals an-
nounce that the raging waters have hurled some bewil-
dered animal over the precipice. After scrambling
among piles of huge rocks that obscure his way, the tra-
veller gains the bottom of the Fall, where tiie soul can
be susceptible only of one emotion, that of uncontroll-
able terror.

13. It was not until I had, by frequent excursions to
the Falls, in some measure familiarized my mind with
their sublimities, thai 1 ventured to explore the recesses
of the Great Cataract. The precipice over which it rolls, is
very much arched underneath, while the impetus which
the water receives in its descent, projects it far beyond
the clilf, and thus an immense Gothic arch is formed by
the rock and the torrent. Twice I entere<l this cavern,
and twice I was obliged to retrace my steps, lest I should
be sutfocated by the blast of the dense spray that w hirled
around me ; however the third time, I succeeded in advan-
cing about tweuty-tive yards.

367

\A. TTcro (larknoss l)op:an to onrircle nio. On onosidc,
black clifl" stretched itself into a ^'ij^antic artli I'ar
i»ovo my liead, and on the other, the dense and liissinj^
torrent formed an im[)enetrahh» slieet of foam, with which
1 was drenched in a moment. The rocks were so slip-
pery, that I could hardly keej) my feet, or hold securely
by them ; while the horrid din made me think the preci-
pices above were tumbling down in colossal fragments
upon my head.

15. A little way below the Great Fall, the river is, com-
paratively speakin^% so tran(piil, that a ferry-boat plies
between the Canadian an<l American shores, for the con-
venience of travellers. When I lirst crossed, tht; heav-
ing flood tossed about the skill' with a violence th;it seemed
verv ahirminii ; but, as soon as we uained the middle of
the river, my attention was altogether engaged by the
surpassing grandeur of the scene before me.

10. I was now in the area of a semicircle of cataracts,
more than three thousand feet in extent, and lloaled ou
the surface of a gulf, raging, fathomless, and intermi-
nable. Majestic clilfs, splendid rainbows, lofty trees, and
columns of spray, were the gorgeous decorations of this
theatre of wonders ; while a dazzling sun shed refulgent
glories upon every part of the scene.

17. Surrounded with clouds of vaj)or, and stuinied in-
to a state of confusion and terror by the hideous noise,
1 looked upward to the height of one hundred and fifty
feel, and saw vast floods, dense, awful, and stupendous,
vehemently bursting over the precipice and rolling down
as if the windows of heaven were opened to pour another
deluge upon the earth.

18. Loud sounds resembling discharges of artiller
or volcanic explosions, were now distinguishable ami
the watery tumult, and added terrors to the abyss from
which they issued. The sun, looking majestically through
the ascending spray, was encircled by a radiant halo,
whiK fragments of rainbows floated on every side, and
momentarily vanished, only to give place to a succession
of others more brillian*

1^..

368

iO. Lookiiinr backwards, 1 saw thcNiafjara river, apralrt
bocoiniii}; calm and traiKiuil, rolling inagnilicently het-
MiMMj llio lowcrin^^ cliiVs, that rose on either side. A
gentle hr('t'/(! riillle.l the waters, and beautiful birds flut-
tered ai'ound, as if to welcome its egress from those clouds
and thunders, and rainbows, which were the heralds ol*
its precij)itatioii into the abyss of the cataract.

HOWISON.

•«o*-**'

LESSON xxm.

CHARACTER OF Till-: IRISH PEASANTRY.
Dkfamf.I)', pt., slamloi'od; dlshonorp^ by evil reports. From F.

ihlfiiinnr; L. ili/pnitn, to (l(M';ilhi=.

Ri;i>Li;iE', r/., comi^'jluly lilld ; lull. L. replelus ; re and pieo, to

lill.
MKitiTo'mors, a., doserviui,' of reward or of notice. I. meriton'o;

F. i/D'f/ioin'.
Vii.'ii'vim;, />/>., di'bnsiiij;; dcfaming;
Pk.vsantuv, n., the body uf country people. From F. pai/sa.', a

jii'asaiit.
Ria'iG'NANT, n., (jpposilo; contrary; inconsistent. F. FromL. repug-

nima.
Sto'ic, //., niaiiireslin;;' iiidilTerencc to pleasure or pain. G.
Id'iom, //., a modi' (d'evpression peculiar to a language or people.

F. i(li(itue\ I., idloind.
Instinctivk, ^., prompted by instinct; spontaneous.
HosroAL'iTY, II., jtbc art or practice of receiving and entertaining

strangers vvillioiit reward, or with kind and generous liberality.

F. Iinspitiilitc : L. hospitalitaii.
Her"oisM; ••,, t.U' qualities of a hero; bravery; courage. F. hero-

h'nic.
In'natk, (?.. iid)orn ; native; neutral. L. innatu,^, ivom tnnascor ; ft,

and iKuscor, to be born.
Tkactabu:, ft., that may be easily led; docile. L.tractabilis,irom

triirto, to ;:aiiill(\
Privation, n., absence of what is necessary for confort. ,

1. The Irish people liave been as little kn(5\vn, as they
have been grossly defamed, to the rest of Europe.

2. The lengths to which English writers have pro-

Mi' '

369

ceeded in poursuit of this object would surpass all belief,
were not tlie tacts proved by histories written under the
immediate eve and sanction of Irish jfovernments, histo-
ries replete with falsehood, which combined with the
still more mischievous misrepresentations of modern
writers, form ail to«j:ether a mass of the most cruel ca-
lumnies that ever weighed down the character of a me-
ritorious people. -*— *

3. This svstem, however, was not without its mean-
ing. From tlie reip^n of Elizji!>elli, the policy of Enj^land
has been to keep Irelan<l in a stale of internnl division :
perfect unanimity amoufi: her inhabitants|l»as l)een con-
sidered as likely to ^ive her a population and a power
incompatible wilh suimMlion ; and there are not wantinj^
natives of Ireland, wlio, impressed with that erroneous
idea, zealously [)lunge into the same: doctrine, as if they
would best prove*! their loyalty to the king by vilifying
their countrv.

A. The Irish peasantry, who necessarily com|)osed the
great body of the pojjulation, combined in their character
many of those singular and repugnant qualities which
peculiarly designate the people of dill'erent nations; and
this reniarkabli; conli'ariety of characteristic traits perva-
ded almost tin* whob^ current of their natural dispositions.
Laborious, domestic, accustomed to wants in the midst
of plenty, they submit to hardship without repining, and
bear the severest privations with stoic fortitude. The
sharpest wit, and the shrewdest subtilty, which abound
in Ihe I'baractcr of the Irish peasant, generally lie con-
cealed under the seinhlance of dulness, or the appearance
of simplicity ; juid his language, replete with iln keenest
humor, possesses an idiom of ecpilvocation, which never
fails successfully to evade a direct answer to an unwel-
come question.

5. Iu(|uisitive, artful, and penetratmg, the Irish peasant
learns mankind without extensive intercourse, and has
an instim^live knowledge of the world, without mingling
in its societies ; and never, in any other instance, did
there exist a people who could display so much address

a70

and so much talenl in the ordinary transactions of life as
the Irish peasantry.

6. The Irish peasant has, at all periods, heen pecu-
liarly distlng:uislied for unbounded hut indiscriminate
hospitality, which, Ihon^^h naturally devoted to the ne-
cessities of a friend, is never denied l)y him even to the
distresses of an enemy.* To l)e in want or misery, is the
best recommendation to his disinten^slod protection ; his
food, his bed, his raiment are eqnallv the stranger's and
his own; and the deeper the distress, the more welcome
is the sulferer to the peasant's cot.

7. His attachments to his kindred are of the strongest
nature. The social duties are intimately blended with the
natural disposition of Jin Irish peasant; though covered
with rags, oppressed with poverty, and perhaps with
hunger, the linest specimens of generosity and heroism
are to be found in his unecpialled character.

8. An enthusiastic attachment to the place of their na-
tivity is another striking trait of the IriviU character,
which neither time nor absence, ,prosp6rity^ nor adver-
sity, can obliterate or diminish. Wherever an Irish
peasant was born, there he wishes t( lie ; and, however
successful in acquiring wealth or rank in distant places,
he returns with fond affection to renew his intercourse
wi:h the friends and companions of his youth and his
obscurity.

9. An innate spirit of insubordination to the laws has
heen strongly charged upon the Irish peasantry : but a
people to whom the punishment of crimes appears rather
as a sacrifice to revenge than a nu^asure of prevention, can
never have the same deference to the law, as those who
are instructed in *he principles of justice, and taught to

* It has been remarked that the Enerlish and Irish pt'ople form
iheir judgment of strangers very ditleronllN ; — an l-inglishman
suspects a stranger to be a rogue, till he tiiids that he is an honest
man ; the Irishman conceives every person to be an lionest man,
till he finds him out to be a rogue ; and this accounts for the
very striking difference in their conduct and hospitality to stran^
gers.

371

recognize its equality. It has, however, been uniformly
admitted by every iiiiparlial writer on the allairs of Ire-
land, that a spirit of strict justice has ever characterized
the Irish peasant. * Convince liiin, hy plain ami impar-
tial reasoning, that he is wrong; and he withdraws from
the jugement-seat, if not with cheerfulness, at least with
submission : but, to make him resj)ect the laws, he must
be satistled that they are impartial ; and, with that con-
viction on his mind, the Irish peasant is as perfectly
tractable, as the native of any other country in the
world.

iO. An attachment to, and a respect for females is
another characteristic of the Irish peasant. The wife

{)arlakes of all her husband's vicissitudes; she shares
lis labor and his miseries, with constancy and with
affection. At all the s|)()rts an<l me<'tings of the Irish

{)easantry, the women are alwuys of the company : they
lave a great inlluence : and, in his smoky cottage, the
Irish peasant, surrounded by his family, seems to forget
all his privations. The natural cheerfulness of his dis-
position banishes reflection : and he experiences a simple
nappiness, which even the highest ranks of society might
justly envy.

Sir J. Baruington.

LESSON XXIV.

THE FOUNDEH OF MARYLAND.

10
to

CoMRo'vEnsY, n., dispute, debate, commonly in writing. From L.

co/itrovertu.
Emol'umknt, n., profit, advantage. L. eniolumentum.
Conver'sion, n., change from one religion to another. L. con"

versio .

* Sir John Davis, attorney-general of Ireland, who, in the reign
of James the First, was employed by the king to establish the En-
glish laws throughout Ireland, and who made himself perfectly
acquainted with the character of the inhabitants, admits that
" there were no people under heaven, who loved equal and impar-
tial justice better than the U-ish. "

372

Privy', n., admitted to secrets of state. F. privd, L. privus.
Pekr \(;k, //., the rank or dignity of a peer or nobleman. Irom F.

I mil'.
Kmiit siASM, //., elevation of fancy, r illation of ideas. G. enthu-

aiii.'itnihs.
KxToi.', r., to praise i to magnify; to laud, to celebrate. Li

r.vlnlln,
Stati ri:', /<., a law ; an »'di«'l of the legislature. Fi. titidutum.
('iiah Ti:ft, /^, a writing heslitwing privileges or rights. L. chortn.
Pa i>i>T, //., a name given U) one who acknowledges the si»irilual

snprema(;y of the Pope. F. ptipi.sie ; L. pajiista, from papa,

poi)e, or lather.

1. It was llio jKN'tiiiar forlune of the United Slates that

they wei'e severailycoloiiized hy men, in orij^in, religious
iaitli, and purposes,

as various as tiie climes whicii are

included within their limits. Before Virj^inia could
complete a settlement, and conlirm its claims to jurisdic-
tion nwv the cuuulry north of the Potomac, ji new •govern-
ment was erecled, on a h)undalion as extraordinary as its
results were lnMievolent.

2. Sir George Calvert had early hecome interested in
colonial estahlisliments in America. A native of York-
shij-e, educated at Oxford, with a mind enlarged hy
<'.\letjsive travel, on his entrance into life hefriended hy
Sir Itohert (k'cil, iidvanced to the honors of knighthood,
and at length employed as one of the two secretaries of
stale, he not only secured the consideration of his patron
and sovereign, hut the good opinion of the world ; and
his capacity for husiness,his industry, and his lidelityarc
acknowledged hy all iiistorians.

3. In an age when religious controversy still continued
to he active, and when the increasing divisions ainon»
Protestants were spreading a general alarm, his mind
sought relief from controversy in thchosom of the Roman
Catliolic (ihurch ; and preferring the avowal of his opi-
nions to tin; emoluments of office, he resigned his place
and openly professed his conversion. King James was
never hitter against the Catholics, who respected his pre-
tensions as a monarch. Calvert retained his place in the
privy council, and was admitted to the dignity of an Irish
peerage, by the title of Baron Baltimore.

373

4. lie had, from oarlv 1

thusinsm of Knuland in f;

, shared in
avor of Ainorican

I the peneral en-
•ji}4^ian(i m lavor oi Ainorican plantations;
he liarl hoen a nienilxM' of the ^M'cat ronipany for Vir-
ginia ; and, wliili' secretary of stale, lie had obtained a
special patent Inrtlie soulliein pminonfory of N(;Nv-foiind-
land, and he looked to A'ir^'inia, oC which the climate,
the fertility, and tlu^ adsantaj^M's were so much extolled.
Yet, as a papist, he could hardly expect a hos()it.*il !?i wel-
come in a colony from which tin* careful exeiusioji of
Roman Caflh 'i<s had hecn ori^'inallv avowed as a special
object, and \\ Ihe slaliifes of the provincial I.e^'islalure,
as well as tl nmmands of the soverei|,Mi, aimed at a

perpetual reli^'ious uniformity.

•

5. Rut the country he\ond the Potomac seemed to be
as vet untenanted hv anv but Ww scattered hordes of the
native tribes. Tlu^ French, the Dutch, and the Swedes,
were prep;irin^^ to occupy the? country, and a ^M'aiit
seemed the readiest mode of securin': tht; soil hv an
En^dish settlement, an<l it was not dilhcult for Calvert —
a man of such mocb'ration that all parties seemed taken
with him — sincere in his character, diseiifra^^ed from all
interests, and a favorite with the royal family, to obtain
a charter for domains in that happy clime.

6. The fundamental charter of the colony of Maryland,
which, bevond all doubt, was penned by the first Lord
Baltimore himself, was the sulhcient frank pledjje of the
liberties of the colonist, not less than of the rights and
interests of the proprietary; and, while Christianity was
made by it the law of the land, no preference was given
to any sect, and equality in religious rights, not less than
in civil freedom, was assured to all.

Bancroft.

!i>i

ill I

* *

^>.

IMAGE EVALUATION
TEST TARGET (MT-3)

f/.

n.i

11.25

|5o ""^^ inii^s

U 11.6

Photographic

Sciences
Corporation

23 WEST MAIN STREET

WEBSTER, NY. 14580

(716) 872-4503

•1>'

'*b^

^ /<'

V MP,c

y^S'

.^\^

(/.

//■

374

LESSON XXV.

THE SETTLEMENT OF MARYLAND.

Lieutenant (lef-ten'ant), w., an officer who supplies the place of a

superior in his absence. F., composed of lieu, place, and tenant^

L. tenens, holding.
Pin'nace, n., a small vessel navigated with oars and sails. S.

pinaza: F.pinasse; Port, pina^'n.
Cour'tesy, n., politeness connected with kindness; civility. F. coiir-

toisi'e, from courtois.
Creek, /i., small inlet, bay, or cove. A.S. crccea ; F. crique.
Es'tuary, n., an arrrvof the sea; a frith. L.cestuarium, from cestuo,

to boil, or foam.
Perpetu'ity, n., endless duration. L. perpetuitas.
Sur'plus, /i., overplus, that which remains when use is satisfied.

F. sur, and plus, more.
Propri'etary, «., one who possesses or holds the title to a thing in

his own right. The grantees of Pennsylvania and Maryland, and

their heirs, were called the proprietaries of those provinces. F.

proprUtaire, from propriety
Aus'piCEs, «., the omens or prognostics of an undertaking. L.

auspicmm.
Intol'erance, ti., want of toleration ; not suffering to exist without

persecution. From intolerant.
Remote', a., distant; very far removed. L. remotus, removeo; re,

and moveo, to move.
Achieve', v. t., to perform or execute; to accomplish. F. achever,

to finish; S. and Port, acabar, from cabo, end, cape.

1. Twice, it is said, did Lord Baltimore, in person,
visit his settlement; with ships, manned at his own
charge, he repelled the French, who were hovering round
the coast with the design of annoying the English fisher-
men ; and, having taken sixty of them prisoners, he se-
cured a temporary tranquillity to his countrymen and his
colonists. But notwithstanding this success, he found all
hopes of a thriving plantation in Avalon to be in vain.
"Why should the English emigrate to a rugged and inhos-

Eitable island, surrounded by a hostile power, when the
ardships of colonizing the milder regions of Virginia
had already been encountered and a peaceful home might
now be obtained without peril ?

375

I-

2. Before the patent could he finally adjusted and pass
the ^reatseal, Sir Georjie Calvert died, leaving a name
agains twhich the hreath of calumny has hardly whispered
a reproach. His son, Cecil Calvert, succeeded to his ho-
nors and fortunes. For him, Hie heir of his father's in-
tentions, not less than of his lather's fortunes, the char-
ter of Maryland was puMished and confirmed ; and he
ohtained the high distinction of successfully performing
what the colonial companies had hardly heen ahle to
achieve.

3. It was not long hefore gentlemen of hirth and qua-
lity resolved to adventure their lives and fortunes in the
enterprise of planting a colony under so favorahlea char-
ter. Lord Baltimoi'e, who, for some unknown reason,
ahandoned his purpose of conducting the emigrants
in person, appointed his hrother to act as his lieu-
tenant ; and, on Friday, the twent\ -second of No-
vemher, with a small hut favoring gale, Leonard Cal-
vert, and ahout two hundred people, most of them Ro-
man Tathoiic gentlemen and their servants, in the Ark
and the Dove, a ship of large hurden, and a pinnace, set
sail for the northern hank of the Potomac. Having staid
hv the way in Barhadoes and St. Christopher, it was not
till Fehruarv of the following vear, that thev arrived at
Point Comfort, in Virginia ; where, in ohedience to the
express letters of King Charles, tliey were welcomed hy
Harvey with courtesy and humanity. Clayhorne also
appeared, hut it was as a prophet of ill-omen, to terrify
the company by predicting the fixe<l hostility of the na-
fives.

4. Leaving Point Comfort, Calvert sailed into the Po-
tomac ; and with the pinnace ascended the stream. A
cross was planted on an island, and the country claimed
for Christ and for England. At about forty-seven leagues
above the mouth of the river, he found the village of Pis-
cataqua, an Indian settlement nearly opposite Mount Ver-
non. The chieftain of the tribe would neilher bid him
go nor stay; "he might use his own discretion." It did
not seem safe for the English to plant the first settlement
so high up the river; Calvert descended the stream, ex-

376

amining, in his barge, the creeks and estuaries near the
Chesapeake; ho entered the river which is now called
St. Mary's, and which he named St. George's ; and about
four leagues from its junction with the Potomac, he an-
chored at the Indian town of Yoacomoco. The native
inhabitants, having suffered from the superior power of
the Susquehannahs, wiio occupied the district between
the bays, had already resolved to remove into places of
more security in the interior; and many of them had
begun to emigrate before the English arrived. To Gal-
vert, the spot seemed convenient for a plantation ; it was
easy, by presents of cloth and axes, of hoes and knives,
to gain the good-will of the natives, and to purchase
their right to the soil which they were preparing to
abandon. They readily gave consent that the English
should immediately occupy one half of their town, and,
after the harvest, should become the exclusive tenants of
the whole. Mutual promises of friendship and peace
were made; so that, upon the twenty-seventh day of
March, the Catholics took quiet possession of the little
place; and religious liberty obtained a home, its only
home in the wide world, at the humble village which
bore the name of St. Mary's.

5. Three days after the landing of Calvert, the Ark and
the Dove anchored in the harbor. Sir John Harvey soon
arrived on a visit ; the native chiefs, also, came to wel-
come or to watch the emigrants, and were so well re-
ceived that they resolved to give perpetuity to their lea-
gue of amity with the English. The Indian women
taught the wives of the new comers to make bread of
maize ; the warriors of the tribe instructed the hunts-
men how rich were the forests of America in game, and
joined them in the chase. And, as the season of the
year invited to the pursuits of agriculture, and the En-
glish had come into possession of ground already
subdued, they were able, at once, to possess cornfields
and gardens, and prepare the wealth of successful hus-
bandry. Virginia, from its surplus produce, could furnish
a temporary supply of food, and all kinds of domestic
cattle. No sufferings were endured ; no fears of want

377

were excited ; the foundation of the colony of Maryland
was |)eacefally and happily laid. Within six months, it
had (ulvanced more than Virp:inia liad done in as many
years. The proprietary continued with •(reat liherality to
provide every thin<j^ that was necessary for its comfort
and protection, and spared no cost to promote its inte-
rests ; expending', in the two first years, upwards of forty
thousand pounds sterlin<j^. But k\r more memorable was
the character of the Maryland institutions. Every other
country in the world had persecutinj? laws; "I will not,"
— such was the oath for the f:jovernor of Maryland, —
** I will not, by myself or any other, directly or indirect-
ly, molest any person proiessin<jf to believe in Jesus
Christ, for or in respect of religion." Under the mild
institutions and munificence of Baltimore, the dreary
wilderness soon bloomed with the ^warming life and
activity of prosperous settlements ; the Roman Catholics,
who were oppressed by the laws of Enf,dand, were sure
to find a peaceful asylum in the quiet harbors of the
Chesapeake ; and there, too, Protestants were sheltered
against Protestant intolerance.

G. Such were the beautiful auspices under which the
province of Maryland started into being ; its prosperity
and its peace seemed assured ; the interests of its people
and its proprietary were united ; and, for some years, its
internal peace and harmony were undisturbed. Its his-
tory is the history of benevolence, gratitude, and tolera-
tion. No domestic factions disturbed its harmony. Every
thing breathed peace but Clayborne. Dangers could only
grow out of external causes, and were eventually the sad
consequences of the revolution in England.

7. Calvert deserves to be ranked among the most wise
and benevolent lawgivers of all ages. He was the first in
the history of the Christian world to seek for religious
security and peace by the practice of justice, and not by
the exercise of power; to plan the establishment of popu-
lar institutions with the enjoyment of liberty of con-
science ; to advance the career of civilization by re-
cognizing the rightful equality of all Christian sects.

^!i

jmmtmm'.,

378

The asylnm of Papists was the spot, whcro, in a remote
corner of the world, on the hanks of rivers whicli, as yet,
had hardly heen explored, the mild forbearance of a pro-
prietary adopted religious freedom as the basis of the
state.

Bancroft.

LESSON XXVI.

THE PIILAR-TOWERS OF IRELAND.

1. TuE pillar-towers of Ireland, how wondrously they

stand
By the lakes and rushing rivers through the \ alleys of

our land ;
In mystic file, throughout the isle, they lift their heads

sublime.
These gray old pillar-temples — these conquerors of

time !

2. Beside these gray old pillars, how perishing and

weak.
The Roman's arch of triumph, and the temple of the

Greek,
And the gold domes of Byzantium, and the pointed

Gothic spires —
All are gone, one by one, but the temples of our sires!

3. The column, with its capital, is level with the dust,
And the proud halls of the mighty, and the calm

homes of the just ;
For the proudest works of men, as certainly, but

slower,
Pass like the grass at the sharp scvthe of the mower !

379

mt
I

A. Rut the prass grows again, when in majesty and
inirtl),
On the wing of the Spring, comes the goddess of the

Earth ;
But for man, in this world, no spring-tide e'er returns
To the labors of his hands or the asiies of his urns !

5. Two favorites hath Time — tlie pyramids of Nile,
And the old mystic temples of our own dear isle —
As the breeze o'er the seas, where the halcyon has its

nest,
Thus Time o'er Egvpl's tombs and the temples of the
West !

6. The names of their founders have vanish'd in the

gloom,
Like the dry branch in the fire or the body in the

tomb ;
But to-day, in the ray, their shadows still they cast,
These temples of forgotten gods — these relics of the

past !

7. Around these walls have wander'd the Briton and the

Dane —
The captives of Armonica, the cavaliers of Spain —
Phoenician and Milesian, and the plund'ring Norman

peers —
And the swordsmen of brave Brian, and the chiefs of

later years.

8. How many different rites have these gray old tem-
ples known !

To the mind what dreams are written in these chron-
icles of stone I

What terror and what error, what gleams of love and
truth.

Have flash'd from these walls since the world was in
its youth !

9. Here blazed the sacred fire — and, when the sun was
gone,
As a star from afar to the traveller it shone ;

380

And tho warni blood of the victim have these gray old

temples drunk,
And the death-song of the Druid, and the matin of the
Monk.

10. Here was placed the holy chalice that held the sacred

wine.
And the gold cross from the altar, and the relics from

the shrine.
And the mitre shining brighter, with its diamonds,

than the East,
And the crozier of the Pontiff, and the vestments of the

Priest.

H. Where blazed the sacred fire, rung out the vesper

bell-
Where the fugitive found shelter, became the hermit's

cell ;
And Hope hung out its symbol to the innocent and

good.
For the cross o'er the moss of the pointed summit

stood.

12. There may it stand for ever, white this symbol doth
impart
To the mind one glorious vision, or one proud throb

to the heart ;
While the breast needeth rest may these gray old tem-
ples last.
Bright prophets of the future, as preachers of the
past 1

D. F. McCarthy.

.fi '

381

LESSON XXYII.

IN MEMORIAM.

I •

TO TOE MEMORY OF TUE LATE LAMENTED
BISnOP O'REILLY.*

BY THOMAS d'ARCY m'GE

Shall the Soldier who marches to battle require
From the Chief, his own time to advance and retire ?
The choice of the foe or the choice of the field?

Or the spot where at last his life's blood he may yield ?
Then, how weak would his trust be, how faint his belief,
Who could barter for favors with Christ for his Chief?
How unworthy to follow our Lord would he be
Who could fly from the tempest, or shrigk from the sea?

Oh ! not such was his hope, as we saw him depart
On the work of his Master, — not such was hi heart —
His spirit was calm as the blue sky above —
For there dwelt the Lord of his life and his love ;
No terrors for him whispered over the wave,
For he knew that the Master was mighty to save ;
The ocean to him was secure as the land
Since all things obey the Creator's command.

* Written for the exhibition of the New Haven Catholic Schools.
It is hardly necessary to remind the reader, that the lamented
Bishop sailed on board the steamship "Paciiic" from Liverpool,
January 13rd, 1856, and never afterwards was heard of,

382

How oft in the eve o'er the sky-pointing spar

His eye must have turned to the hiininous star —

*' 'Tis the star of the sea I " he would say, as he pray'd

To Mary our Mother for comfort and aid.

In the last fatal hour when no succor was nigli

How blest was his lot, with such helper on high!

When the sordid grew lavish, the brave pale with fear.

How happy for him, our dear Mother was near I

Where the good ship hath perished, or how it befell,
No man that beheld it, is living to tell —
All is darkness, all doubt, on the sea, on the shore,
But we know we shall see our dear Father no more.

Ye cold capes of Greenland, say, heard you the sound ?
The shout of the swimmer, the shriek of the drown*d?
Ye vapors that curtain Newfoundland's dark coast,
Have you tidings for us, of our Father that's lost ? ^

We may question in vain ; still respondeth the Power
Almighty, — ** Man knows not the day nor the hour,
" He was Mine, and I took him, — why question ye Mc,
** Of the secrets I hide in My breast, like the sea, —
** Oh ye children of Faith ! why bewail ye ^he Just?
" That I have the spirit, and you, not the dust !
*' The dust, what avails where the righteous may sleep,
** In the glades of the earth, or the glens of the deep ?

When the Trumpet shall sound and the angel shall call,
** To the place of My presence, the centuries all — '
It To the dust of the war field shall rise in its might

383

** Embattled to stand or to fall in My sight,
'* And the waves shall be hid by the hosts they give
forth,

** From the sands of the South to the snows of the
North,

*' And ye too shall be there!— there with him you

deplore,
** To be Mine, if ye will it, when time is no more ! "

3Hi

SAXON AND ENGLISH PUEFIXES.

A .si^'niMos on or t'/i

Bo oboiif, brf)

ore

til, on, )nnk\nti

as, ^/f'(H»t,, //l)t'(l, Acc.

.. /yf'spriiiklr. ///'Sjicak, vtc.

. . r'//nill, ''//('iiniilrr, r/zahlc, Ac.

(£■/« is often charjf^ed into '.v//;. . as, r///h,ii-k, ^'///jMiwcr, iVi;.)

Fnre ln'j'ore

Mis, un ncyntion

Out, over — e.n-i'ss

Up motion njncnrds

With from, or (lyinnst

Counter — contrary
For «o/

/'o/v'tcll, /li/vwarn, iStc.
wj?'vinf'(trni. ////do, &o.
o///stri|), ///v'/'Ioad, A<;.
?</>st:ii't, np^vl.
w?t/n\\'ii\\, «'/if//stan(l.
cou'iter-M'X, ('<>anterh\i\y\.r\CG.
////•I)i(], /orget.

LATIN i>fu:fl\i:s.

A, ab, ahs, signify from, nirny, as, ^/risc, /'//yjiiro, r//>stract.
Ad si|,Miili('s to . . </dore.

{Ad, in composition with words coniinoncin!,' with a consonant,
frerpiently chaiifjcs the // into the connncnciii^' Icltci' of tlie word
with whicli it is joined, viz, ^/.vcond, ^/jciise, ofiix, ^/yfifravate, ally^
anmi\, ^'/'ply, /v/'raign, /wsist, atld'm.)

Am, or amb — about . . ambiowt, nmb'\i\on.

Ambo both . . w/z^/videxti-ous.

Ante before . . anteci'(\ci\i, /^////icipale.

Circum around . . . c/>'c///>/spect, circa'w.

Cis on this side . . ewalpine.

Con toyether . . co//vene, 6*o/<tain.

(This pretix varies in composition as well as ad. As a fjeneral
rule nearly all the prefixes are subject to some variation in com-
position.)

. . contradict.
. . ^/t'press, (fcieci.
. . (/isivncl, ^//.varin, rZ/ffuse.
. . egress, eject, exclude.
. . tu7;Y/vagant, tu-^raordinary.
. . ?V<active, ///firm.
. . 2'//ject, ?V/fuse.
. . ?///t'yrupt, i/derceed,
. . introd{iCQ.
. . y«,r/r/position.
. . obstacle, o/>struct, o/>pose.
kly ^je^mit, y>e/'forate, pellxic'id.
. . post\H)ne.

. . prel\K,fjredici. :

. . ///rfeynatiiral, preterit.
. . pronomi, proceed.
. . retract, regain, renovate.
. . re/ro grade, /'eZ/'ospect.
. . seduce, i^ecede.
, , 5J>jecure, Simplicity,

Contra

against

down, of, from

Dis, di

asunder

E, ex

out of

Extra

beyond

In (before

an adj . ) not

111 (betore

a vert)) in, into

Inter

between

Intro

within

Juxta

niyh

in the way of

Per

through, thoron

Post

after

PriB

before

Prieter

beyond

Pro

for, forward

back, again

Retro

backward

a^ide

gine

'^'"Withoui

38,*^

f;il)I(', Slc.

Sub signifies m;*^/''/' ,' as, .v//l>niit. sufhi^c, si(ccci\\t

Siilitt'p hnir/ith . . snUfrU\ifi\

Siipi'i' orrr, nhnvo . . ,v>/y>/';slnicfiin'.

(Sillier has soiiioliiiKs tho Froncli t'ni-m, .v//;'.lii coniposilion with
Kii|;iisli Words; as .v*</"Iim>iiiiI, .v/»/'|)ass, \r.)

Trans hci/ond, ^/cvov.v . . //v//<sa('t, frntt.^)ovl.

Ultra hoijoniJ . . ^///YMiiontane.

(illKKK PHKMXl-S.

aiicc.

;t.

nsonant,
lie word
I to, r//iy,

sipnillos nr//(Uiiifi or {irtiu

Am phi

fjut'/i

Ana

throuyh, up

Anti

— — (itjiniist

Apo

fi'dtn, auniif

Auto

xvlf

Cata

(Utwn

Dia

throuyh

Kpi

Himii

H yper

over, above

Hypo

u/iffei'